The URL can be used to link to this page

42-089 (22) .. MR M M wie OR .w WRIGHT- PI E Engineering a Better Environment #t k I I N a I I I i 1 i CHAIN-0FA—USTODY N b� -UKL, Page Of BOLD FIELDS FIELDS REQUIRED. PLEASE CIRCLE REQUESTED ANALYSIS 108636 SAMPLING 0 p 3 DATE IT1M>= w : r c ° d e • ._ 8 *IF COMPOSITE, INDICATE CBOTH x >` W�� o s E° I�OTCS SAMPLE I.D. START&FINISH Q ry p°ts a �, et 't, MEOH VIAL # DATEITIMI 7- 10 w_ 2 17 12 •2 III< L rd k, A 11AR i I 4-Kist; -011; Dun WATER;SW-SURFACE WATER; D • R hms WATER; �IWWhSTE'kA'fER - NzltC3;N NO S-H,SO-Na-NaOH- M-MEOH GER: DATE NEEDED: TEMP. -C METALS: 8 R{RA • PB,fu P i Rn QA/QC REPORTING OPTIONS ICE? YE NO OTHER METALS: -- REPORTING LEVEL PRELIMS: YES OR NO t STATE: _ ZIP: 01$'1 A E4 C IT YES: fAx OR PDF DISSOLVED METALS FIELD F}LTEREDt YES No a�0, N07ES:(IE:SPECIAL DETECTION Umas,BILLING INFO,IF DIFFERENT) OR ELECTRONIC OPTIONS (� No FAx E-MAIL PDF EQUIS %rfr PLC. 0.-41 PRESUMPTIVE CERTAINTY 'fef.I�L�i Tim l7i.L1� � .n i/ l dr SA lF (S): °1 RE I [I1S E: TIME: D Bw AIT1 OA. - SITE HISTORY: w RELINQUISHED $Y: DAT: TIkE: RE(EIYED IIi fl� "��, ,,,$�_•� SUSPECTED CONTAMINATION: RELINQUISHED 13Y: DATE: TINE: RECEIVED BY: FIELD READINGS: �`±, 4 Gorlcano.NH 03301 TEL: `14.0525 1.800.287.0525) FAx:603.228.4591 , E-MAIL:CUSTOMER_SEAVICE06AILASS.CD• NW.EA1LA6S.00M i I I1TE:';.ORIGINAL G EN: PROJECT MANAGER) 111 R n1 LABORATORY REPORT EAI ID#: 108636 Client: Wright-Pierce(MA) Client Designation: Northhampton,MA Leachate Treat.Plant 112359A Sample ID: 12369S Lab Sample ID: 108636.01 Matrix: solid Date Sampled: 2/17112 Analytical Date of Date Received: 2/22/12 Matrix Units Analysis Method Analyst Arsenic <0.5 TCLPsolid mg/L 3/28/12 6020 DS Barium <0.5 TCLPsolid mg/L 3/28112 6020 DS Cadmium <0.1 TCLPsolid mg/L 3/28112 6020 DS Chromium <0.1 TCLPsolid mg/L 3/28112 6020 DS Lead <0.5 TCLPsolid mg/L 3/28/12 6020 DS Mercury <0.01 TCLPsolid mg/L 3/28112 6020 DS Selenium <0.1 TCLPsolid mg/L 3/28/12 6020 DS Silver <0.1 TCLPsolid mg/L 3/28/12 6020 DS s eastern analytical, inc. www.eailabs.com Phone:(603)228-0525 A a A I I A I A I A A I I I a CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY KECORD 107896 � � Page of BOLD FIELDS REQUIRED. PLEASE CIRCLE REQUESTED ANALYSIS. 0 • • INORGANICS • • w d d g SAMPLING p ' s s uj DATE/TIME T_ 0 i ° d '+ ° 49 r y �+ *IF COMPOSITE, v tit 0 lu U ^�° = m� J r dd = �_ �I�= � _� a� � INDICATE BOTH x = » m ° ., a .. z °� a ° o K NOTES ;E . M10H VIAL START&FINISH I3 In ^ DATE/TIM °ado o °o xd r= li i7 12- _..._. S-q Le _- _ a r iz _ L A 13 1 ' A. i i _ I i J . ......... MATRIX: A-AIR:S-Salt -GROUND WATER;SW-SURFACE WATER; DW-DRINKING WATER; WW-WASTE WATER PRESERVATIVE: H-HC N-HNO S-H SO;`N"aNa,OH; M M�E�OH/� - ivL- i��`J�T1T 1�� DATE NEEDED: METALS: 8 RCRA 13 PP OFEMN Pe, Cu PROJECT MANAGER: COMPANY:--r�Iz[ - rr�� QA(QE REPORTING OPTIONS ICE? YE NO OTHER METALS: ADDRESS: 17 REPORTING LEVEL PRELIMS: YES OR No CITY: A db It - STATE: — ZIP:_��C A B C If YES: FAX aR PDF D1SwLYED METALS FIELD FnTERED? YES NO NOTES:(IE:SPECIAL DETECTION LIMITS,BiLUN6INFO,IF DIFFERENT) PHONE: c�`0 � �al, Err.: OR ELECTRONIC OPTIONS FAX: -�a-�.. t�,5�1��' E-Mmu PA-vin a411f) OL) �.{��/(��7f1 j1 �F ��'U'�h PRESUMPTIVE CERTAINTY No FAX E-MAIL PDF EQuIS SITE NAME: N° I A t�J 1r LY�LfLA!19� *rX _RA Al A V / A C PROJECT#: GI 18 STATE: NH ME VT OTHER: RE i Ut5J1 E: IMf: $Y: REGULATORY PROGRAM:NPDES: RGP POTW SToRNwATER oR 1 iITa- 31Y. SITE HISTORY. GWP, OIL FuNo, BRowNFIELD ox OTHER: MED-11Y. DAT: TIME: ECEIYED (� SUSPECTED CONTAMINATION: QUOTE#: � lf= l / PO#: RELINQUISHED BY: DATE: TIME: RECEIYED BY: FIELD READINGS: eastern analytical, inc. 25 CHENELL DRIVE( CoNCoao,NH 03301 I Tru 603.228.0525 1 1.800.287.0525 I FAX:601228.4591 E-MAIL:CUSTOMER_S£RVICECi EAtLASS.COM'WWW.FAILABS.COM /nvjissiwwllnGorfrtoryserrriers (WHITE:ORIGINAL GREEN:PROJECT MANAGER) � CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY RECORD professional er anall analytical o0 vices EA1 SRB# 107896 Sample ID Date Sampled Matrix sParameters Sample Notes 12359L 2/17/2012 laqueous I Mercury Cold Vapor(Phoenix) 13:15 L4-70 314 i AAI sRB# 107898 Project state: MA Results Needed bv:Preferred date 3'� Eastern Analytical Inc. PO Number: 27807 Project ID: 0 QC Deliverables ®A [3A+ ❑8 [3B+ ❑C ❑PC Please call prior to analyzing,N RUSH surcharges will be applied. Company Phoenix Environmental Labs Notes about oroiect: Address 587 East Middle Turnpike Email pdf of results and invoice to Address Manchester, CT 06040 customerservlce @ealiaba com. les �by- V/0-7 Account# Relinquifhed by Dateft Re elved bw Phone# (860) 645-1102 p ;30 Fax Number 860 645-0823 Relinquished by Date/Time Received lu Eastern AnaWal,Inc. 25 Chenell Dr. Concord, NH 0330! Phone:(603)228-0525 1-800-287-0525 Fax:(603)228-4591 alt PHOEVX Gf y Environmental Laboratories, Inc. rvY#�1av� 587 East Middle Turnpike,P.O.Box 370,Manchester,CT 06045 Tel.(860)645-1102 Fax(860)645-0823 Analysis Report FOR: Attn: Front Office Eastern Analytical February 28, 2012 25 Chenell Drive Concord, NH 03301 Sample Information Custody Information Date Time Matrix: WATER Collected by: 02/17/12 13:15 Location Code. EASTANAL Received by: LB 02124/12 10:30 Rush Request: Standard Analyzed by: see"By"below P.O.#: 27807 Laboratory Data SDG ID: GBB47035 Phoenix ID: 6647035 Project ID: 107896 Client ID: 12359L Parameter Result RL Units Date Time By Reference Mercury 0.0002 0.0002 mg/L 02/27/12 RS 7470/E245.1 Mercury Digestion Completed 02/27112 D 7471/245.1 Comments: If there are any questions regarding this data,please call Phoenix Client Services at extension 200. ND=Not detected BDL=Below Detection Level RL=Reporting Level This report must not be reproduced except In full as defined by the attached chain of custody. *a A OL Phyllis hiller,Laboratory Director s February 28,2012 Page 1 of 1 Ver 1 t PHOE ` Environmental Laboratories, Ar Tuesday, February 28, 2012 Attn: Front Office Eastern Analytical 25 Chenell Drive Concord, NH 03301 Project ID: 107896 Sample ID#s: BB47035 This laboratory is in compliance with the CWQC procedures outlined in EPA 600!4-79- 019, Handbook for Analytical Quality In Water and Waste Water, March 1979, SW846 QA/QC and NELAC requirements of procedures used. ` This report contains results for the parameters tested, under the sampling conditions described on the Chain Of Custody,as received by the laboratory. A scanned version of the COC form accompanies the analytical report and is an exact duplicate of the original. If you have any questions concerning this testing, please do not hesitate to contact Phoenix Client Services at ext. 200. w. Sincerely yours, Phyllis Shiller Laboratory Director NELAC -#NY11301 CT Lab Registration #PH-0618 MA Lab Registration#MA-CT-007 ME Lab Registration#CT-007 NH Lab Registration#213693-A,B NJ Lab Registration#CT-003 .� NY Lab Registration#11301 PA Lab Registration#68-03530 RI Lab Registration#63 VT Lab Registration#VT11301 587 East Middle Turnpike,P.O.Box 370,Manchester,CT 06040 Telephone(860)645-1102 Fax(860)645-0823 E 711AL. LABORATORY REPORT EAI ID#: 107896 Client: Wright-Pierce(MA) "s Client Designation: Northhampton, MA Leachate Treat.Plant 12359A Sample ID: 12359L Lab Sample ID: 107896.02 Matrix: aqueous Date Sampled: 2/17/12 Analytical Date of Date Received: 2/22/12 Matrix Units Analysis Method Analyst Aluminum 8.2 AgTot mg/L 2/23/12 200.8 DS Arsenic 0.033 AgTot mg/L 2123/12 200.8 DS Barium 4.1 AgTot mg/L 2/23112 200.8 DS Cadmium 0.023 AgTot mg/L 2/23112 200.8 DS Chromium 0.16 AgTot mg/L 2123/12 200.8 DS Copper 0.060 AgTot mg/L 2/23/12 200.8 DS Iron 1800 AgTot mg/L 2/23/12 200.8 DS Lead 0.10 AgTot mg/L 2/23112 200.8 DS Magnesium 150 AgTot mg/L 2/23/12 200.8 DS Manganese 57 AgTot mg/L 2/23/12 200.8 DS Potassium 390 AgTot mg/L 2123/12 200.8 DS Sodium 1500 AgTot mg/L 2123/12 200.8 DS Total Hardness(as CaCO3) 2300 AgTot mg/L 2/23112 200.8 US eat +er �r s eastern analytical, inc. www.eailabs.com Phone:(603)228-0525 °# 5 LABORATORY REPORT EAt 1D#: 107896 Client: Wright-Pierce(MA) Client Designation: Northhampton,MA Leachate Treat.Plant 12359A .. Sample ID: 123595 s® Lab Sample ID: 107896.01 Matrix: solid Date Sampled: 2117/12 Analytical Date of Date Received: 2/22/12 Matrix Units Analysis Method Analyst Antimony 0.7 SolTotDry mglkg 2127112 6020 DS Arsenic 7 SolTotDry mg/kg 2127112 6020 DS Barium 470 SolTotDry mg/kg 2/27/12 6020 DS Beryllium <0.5 SolTotDry mg/kg 2/27/12 6020 DS Cadmium 3.4 SolTotDry mg/kg 2127/12 6020 DS Chromium 31 SolTotDry mg/kg 2/27/12 6020 DS Copper 16 SolTotDry mg/kg 2127/12 6020 OS Lead 19 SolTotDry mglkg 2127112 6020 DS Mercury <0.1 SolTotDry mg/kg 2127/12 6020 DS Nickel 98 SoITotDry mg/kg 2127/12 6020 DS Selenium <1 SolTotDry mg/kg 2/27/12 6020 DS Silver <0.5 SolTotDry mg/kg 2/27112 6020 DS Thallium <0.5 SolTotDry mg/kg 2127112 6020 DS Zinc 2000 SolTotDry mg/kg 2127112 6020 DS e. eastern analytical, inc. www.esitabs.com Phone:(603)228-0525 4 r LABORATORY REPORT EAI IN: 107896 Client: Wright-Pierce(MA) Client Designation: Northhampton,MA Leachate Treat.Plant 12359A wit Sample ID: 12359L Lab Sample ID: 107896.02 Matrix: aqueous Date Sampled: 2/17/12 Analysis Date Received: 2/22112 Units Date Time Method Analyst Solids Total 9300 mg/L 2/24/12 13:00 2540B DLS Solids Dissolved 8600 mg/L 2/24112 13:00 2540C DLS Chloride 4600 mg/L 2/29/1215:35 4500CIE DLS Nitrite-N <0.5 mg/L 2123/12 15:40 353.2 DLS Nitrate-N 2.6 mg/L 2123/1215:40 353.2 DLS Ammonia-N 0.66 mg/L 2129/12 10:30 4500NH3D SEL TKN 13 mg/L 3/02/1213:304500N6tg"C SEL Total Phosphorus-P 0.20 mg/L 2/27112 16:07 "3155.71 SKC Ottho Phosphate-P <0.01 mg/L 2/24112 10:14 365.1 SKC BOD 35E mg/L 2/23/1214:45 5210B KL COD 350 mg/L 2/27/1211:00 H8000 KJR TOC 110 mg/L 212711217:47 5310C LO Turbidity 170 NTU 2122/1217:11 180.1 NZ Color 5Q 1-600 Pico 2/22112 17:19 110.2 CJJ BOD E:The DO depletion in the dilutions analyzed did not meet the recommended criteria of 2 mg/L for a valid BOD reading. This is an estimated value. Samples for BOD,Color,Turbidity,ortho-Phopshate, Nitrate and Nitrite were received by the laboratory past their hold times. Samples were analyzed past hold time per client request. ,� eastern analytical, Inc. www.eailabs.com Phone:(603)228.0525 4s LABORATORY REPORT EAI IN: 107896 —F.2 Client: Wright-Pierce(MA) Client Designation: Northhampton,MA Leachate Treat.Plant 112359A ow Sample ID: 12359S or Lab Sample ID: 107896.01 Matrix: solid wW Date Sampled: 2117/12 Analysis Date Received: 2122112 Units Date Time Method Analyst s Solids Total 85 Percent 2123/12 14:00 2540G DLS pH 6.9 SU 3101112 15:30 9045 SKC Specific Conductance 1800 us/cm 3/02/12 14:45 120.1 KJR Flashpoint >200 °F 3101/12 10:00 1010 SKC Ow Reactive Cyanide <1 mglkg 2128112 13:45 7.3.3.2 KJR Reactive Sulfide <10 mg/kg 2128112 13:45 7.3.4.2 KJR ow ww ow o AW For analysis of Specific Conductance approximately 0.5 grams of sample(as received)was suspended In 50 mts of deionized lab water, mixed for 30 minutes and then allowed to settle. The specific conductance was analyzed on the aqueous phase. s ow ow ow eastern analytical, Inc. www.esllebs.com Phone:(603)228-0525 2 SAMPLE CONDITIONS PAGE EAI (D#: 107 Client: Wright-Pierce(MA) Client Designation: Northhampton, MA Leachate Treat.Plant I 12369A ...... ._ ._ w._......__._ Temperature upon receipt(°C): 10 Received on ice or cold packs(Yes/No): y ' Acceptable temperature range('C):0-6 Date Date Sample %Dry Lab ID Sample ID Received Sampled Matrix Weight Exceptions/Comments(other than thermal preservation) ear 107896.01 12359S 2/22/12 2/17/12 solid 81.8 Adheres to Sample Acceptance Policy 107896.02 123591. 2122/12 2117/12 aqueous BOD,Color,Turbidity,ortho-Phosphate,Nitrate and Nitrite received past hold time and analyzed at the client's request 4W �r 44 w in Samples were properly preserved and the pH measured when applicable unless otherwise noted. Analysis of solids for pH, Flashpoint Ignitibility, Paint Filter, Corrosivity, Conductivity and Specific Gravity are reported on an 'as received"basis. AN All results contained in this report relate only to the above listed samples. References include: 1)EPA 60014-79-020, 9983 2)Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater:Inorganics, 19th Edition, 1995;Microbiology, 20th Edition, 1998 a0 3) Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste SW 846 3rd Edition including updates IVA and 1VB 4)Hach Water Analysis Handbook,2nd edition, 1992 eastern analytical, inc. www.eailabs.com Phone:(603)228-0525 °.w xp APPENDIX A Analytical Testing Data of the Contents of the Tank 16620-17 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM STANDBY POWER SYSTEM - BUILDING LOAD TESTS Owner: Date: Project: Contractor: Equipment Manufacturer: Equipment: TEST#1 ❑ TEST #2 ❑ TEST#3 ❑ This certifies that the entire equipment/system has met the BUILDING LOAD TESTING requirements of Section 16620, 16950 and all other applicable requirements of the contract documents. (Authorized Representative of the Manufacturer (Date) (Contractor) (Date) (Engineer) Wright-Pierce (Date) END OF SECTION 12359A 16620-16 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM STANDBY POWER SYSTEM - RESISTIVE LOAD BANK TEST •6 Owner: Date: Proj ect: Contractor: Equipment Manufacturer: Equipment: This certifies that the entire equipment/system has met the RESISTIVE LOAD BANK TESTING requirements of Section 16620, 16950 and all other applicable requirements of the contract documents. (Authorized Representative of the Manufacturer (Date) (Contractor) (Date) (Engineer) Wright-Pierce (Date) 12359A ••� 16620-15 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM d. Time required to come up to operating speed, voltage and frequency overshoot e. Time required to achieve steady-state condition with all switches transferred to the emergency position f. Voltage g. Frequency h. Current i. Oil pressure j. Ambient air temperature k. Kilowatts 1. Power factor m. Battery charger rate at 5 minute intervals for the first 15 minutes 2. Data shall be recorded at 15 minute intervals throughout the test. 3. Continue this load test for 2 hours per NFPA 110, observing and recording load changes and the resultant effect on voltage and frequency. 4. Return normal power, record the time delay on retransfer for each switch (set for 15 minutes minimum) and the time delay on prime mover cooldown period and shutdown. 5. Upon completion of the above test, allow the prime mover to cool for 5 minutes. Then apply available building load via Automatic Transfer Switch. A power failure shall be initiated by opening all switches or breakers supplying the normal power to the building or facility. This load pickup shall be in one step immediately upon reaching rated RPM. 6. The manufacturer's representative shall test and verify all protective functions of the generator control by accessing the control system through the use of a laptop computer and simulating failure modes or fault conditions. 7. During or after the tests, the Owner's operating personnel shall be fully instructed by the factory-trained representative in the operation and maintenance of this equipment. '*� 12359A 16620-14 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM ow F. Automatic Load Transfer Switch: or, 1. General: The existing automatic transfer switch at the facility shall be utilized for the Automatic Load Transfer Controls. The exiting Transfer Switch is manufactured by Kohler, and is rated at 600 amps 480/277 VAC. Model # .. 166341-0600. The existing transfer switch operation shall be tested for proper operation. Contractor shall provide any replacement parts needed as necessary for proper operation. W PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be made in complete accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install unit on concrete base to provide for servicing access and oil pan removal. C. Flexible connections shall be used on all connections to unit. D. Fill the engine cooling system with a solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol and water. E. Support muffler so that its weight is not supported by the engine. Exhaust pipe .., sizing shall be as required to maintain exhaust backpressure within the limits established by the generator set manufacturer. F. Bond steel base, generator and engine frames and all equipment enclosures to main •w ground electrodes. 3.2 FIELD TESTS AFTER INSTALLATION -- A. The complete installation shall be initially started and checked out for operational compliance by factory-trained representative(s) of the engine-generator set(s) manufacturer. The engine lubrication oil as recommended by the manufacturer for operation under environmental conditions specified, shall be provided by the engine-generator set(s) supplier. B. Upon completion of initial start-up and system checkout, the supplier of the system shall perform a field test in the presence of the Contractor, Engineer and Owner's operating personnel to demonstrate load carrying capability and voltage and frequency stability. C. The Contractor shall supply fuel for generator, water for pumps, and complete electrical system operating and functional in order to verify that generator will start the connected loads in the order specified. D. 100% Load shall consist of resistive load bank. Unity power factor is suitable for on-site testing, provided that rated load tests at power factor have been performed , by the manufacturer prior to shipment. 1. Records shall be maintained throughout the tests consisting of. a. Time-of-day �• b. Coolant temperature c. Cranking time until prime mover starts and runs 12359A aw 16620-13 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM point of the alternator (over current shutdown). The protective functions provided shall be in compliance with the requirements of NFPA70. C. Controls shall be provided to individually monitor all three phases of the output current for short circuit conditions. The control/protection system shall monitor the current level and voltage. The controls shall shut down and lock out the generator set when output current level approaches the thermal damage point of the alternator (short circuit shutdown). The protective functions provided shall be in compliance with the requirements of NFPA70. d. Controls shall be provided to monitor the kW load on the generator set, and initiate an alarm condition (overload) when total load on the generator set exceeds the generator set rating in excess of 5 seconds. Controls shall include a load shed control to operate a set of dry contacts (for use in shedding customer load devices) when the generator set is overloaded. e. An AC over/under voltage monitoring system that responds only to true RMS voltage conditions shall be provided. The system shall initiate shutdown of the generator set when alternator output voltage exceeds x" 110% of the operator-set voltage level for more than 10 seconds, or with no intentional delay when voltage exceeds 130%. Under voltage shutdown shall occur when the output voltage of the alternator is less than 85%for more than 10 seconds. £ A battery monitoring system shall be provided which initiates alarms when the DC control and starting voltage is less than 25VDC or more than 32 VDC. During engine cranking (starter engaged), the low voltage limit shall be disabled, and if DC voltage drops to less than 14.4 volts for more than two seconds a"weak battery" alarm shall be initiated. g. When required by National Electrical Code or indicated on project drawings, the Control System shall include a ground fault monitoring relay. The relay shall be adjustable from 3.8-1200 amps, and include adjustable time delay of 0-10.0 seconds. The relay shall be for indication only, and not trip or shut down the generator set. Note bonding and grounding requirements for the generator set, and provide relay that will function correctly in system as installed. E. Auxiliary Equipment: 1. Starting Battery: Two (2) batteries shall be supplied for each engine (24VDC control system) and shall be mounted in a battery rack within the engine- generator set skidbase. Batteries shall be 12 Volt, heavy duty, diesel starting lead-acid type. 2. Battery Charger(s): A voltage regulated battery charger shall be provided for each engine-generator set. Chargers shall be equipped with float, taper, and equalize charge settings. Charger shall be wall mounted within the generator room. 3. Provide a remote emergency stop station, break-glass type, for mounting outside room housing the prime mover. 12359A 16620-12 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM b. The control system shall also incorporate a data logging and display provision to allow logging of the last 10 warning or shutdown indications on the generator set, as well as total time of operation at various loads, as a percent of the standby rating of the generator set. 6. Engine Control Functions a. The control system provided shall include a cycle cranking system, which allows for user selected crank time, rest time, and # of cycles. Initial settings shall be for 3 cranking periods of 15 seconds each, with a 15- second rest period between cranking periods. b. The control system shall include an idle mode control, which allows the engine to run in idle mode in the RUN position only. In this mode, the alternator excitation system shall be disabled. C. The control system shall include an engine governor control, which functions to provide steady state frequency regulation as noted elsewhere in this specification. The governor control shall include adjustments for gain, damping, and a ramping function to control engine speed and limit exhaust smoke while the unit is starting. The governor control shall be suitable for use in paralleling applications without component changes. d. The control system shall include time delay start (adjustable 0-300 seconds) and time delay stop (adjustable 0-600 seconds) functions. e. The control system shall include sender failure monitoring logic for speed sensing, oil pressure, and engine temperature which is capable of discriminating between failed sender or wiring components and actual failure conditions. .w 7. Alternator Control Functions a. The generator set shall include an automatic digital voltage regulation system that is matched and prototype tested by the engine manufacturer with the governing system provided. It shall be immune from malfunctions due to load-induced voltage waveform distortion and provide a pulse width modulated output to the alternator exciter. The voltage regulation system shall be equipped with three-phase RMS sensing and shall control buildup of AC generator voltage to provide a linear rise and limit overshoot. The system shall include a torque- matching characteristic, which shall reduce output voltage in proportion to frequency below a threshold of [58-59] HZ. The voltage regulator shall include adjustments for gain, damping, and frequency roll-off. Adjustments shall be broad range, and made via digital raise-lower switches, with an alphanumeric LED readout to indicate setting level. Rotary potentiometers for system adjustments are not acceptable. b. Controls shall be provided to monitor the output current of the generator set and initiate and alarm (over current warning) when load current wo exceeds 110% of the rated current of the generator set on any phase for more than 60 seconds. The controls shall shut down and lock out the generator set when output current level approaches the thermal damage Wr 12359A aw 16620-11 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM The lamp condition shall be clearly apparent under bright room lighting conditions. The generator set control shall indicate the existence of the following alarm and shutdown conditions on an alphanumeric digital display panel: o low oil pressure (alarm) o low oil pressure (shutdown) o oil pressure sender failure (alarm) o low coolant temperature (alarm) o high coolant temperature (alarm) o high coolant temperature (shutdown) o engine temperature sender failure (alarm) o low coolant level (alarm or shutdown—selectable) o fail to crank (shutdown) o fail to start/overcrank(shutdown) o overspeed (shutdown) o low DC voltage (battery)(alarm) o high DC voltage (battery)(alarm) o weak battery (alarm) o low fuel-day tank(alarm)(diesel only) o high AC voltage (shutdown) o low AC voltage (shutdown) o under frequency (shutdown) o over current(warning) o over current (shutdown) o short circuit (shutdown) o ground fault (alarm) (optional—when required by code or specified) o overload (alarm) o emergency stop (shutdown) MW b. Provisions shall be made for indication of four customer-specified alarm or shutdown conditions. Labeling of the customer-specified alarm or shutdown conditions shall be of the same type and quality as the above specified conditions. The non-automatic indicating lamp shall be red, and shall flash to indicate that the generator set is not able to automatically respond to a command to start from a remote location. 5. Engine Status Monitoring a. The following information shall be available from a digital status panel on the generator set control: o engine oil pressure (psi or kPA) o engine coolant temperature (degrees F or C) o engine oil temperature (degrees F or C) o engine speed (rpm) o number of hours of operation(hours) o number of start attempts o battery voltage (DC volts) 12359A 16620-10 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM functions for the generator set. The control system shall also be designed to allow local monitoring and control of the generator set, and remote monitoring ■► and control as described in this specification. The control shall be mounted on the generator set. The control shall be vibration isolated and prototype tested to verify the durability of all components in the system under the vibration conditions encountered. The generator set mounted control shall include the following features and functions. 2. Control Switches MW a. Mode Select Switch. The mode select switch shall initiate the following control modes. When in the RUN or MANUAL position, the generator set shall start, and accelerate to rated speed and voltage as directed by the .a operator. In the OFF position the generator set shall immediately stop, bypassing all time delays. In the AUTO position the generator set shall be ready to accept a signal from a remote device to start and accelerate to rated speed and voltage. b. EMERGENCY STOP switch. Switch shall be Red "mushroom-head" pushbutton. Depressing the emergency stop switch shall cause the generator set to immediately shut down, and be locked out from automatic restarting. c. RESET switch. The RESET switch shall be used to clear a fault and allow restarting the generator set after if has shut down for any fault condition. d. PANEL LAMP switch. Depressing the panel lamp switch shall cause the entire panel to be lighted with DC control power. The panel lamps shall automatically be switched off 10 minutes after the switch is depressed, or after the switch is depressed a second time. 3. Generator Set AC Output Metering. The generator set shall be provided with a metering set including the following features and functions: a. Analog voltmeter, ammeter, frequency meter, and kilowatt (KW) meter. Voltmeter and ammeter shall display all three phases. Ammeter and KW meter scales shall be color coded in the following fashion: readings from 0-90% of generator set standby rating: green; readings from 90-100% of standby rating: amber; readings in excess of 100%: red. .� b. Digital metering set, 0.5% accuracy, to indicate generator RMS voltage and current, frequency, output current, output kW, kW-hours, and power factor. Generator output voltage shall be available in line-to-line and line-to-neutral voltages, and shall display all three phase voltages (line- to-line or line-to-neutral) simultaneously. c. Both analog and digital metering are required. The analog and digital metering equipment shall be driven by a single microprocessor, to provide consistent readings and performance. 4. Generator Set Alarm and Status Display a. The generator set shall be provided with alarm and status indicating lamps to indicate non-automatic generator status, and existing warning and shutdown conditions. The lamps shall be high-intensity LED type. 12359A •�* 14 16620-9 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM ms exciter system. No brushes will be allowed. Telephone influence factor less than 50 per NEMA MG 1. 2. Generator shall be directly connected to engine flywheel housing and driven through a flexible coupling to insure permanent alignment; gear driven generators are not acceptable under this specification. 3. Insulation shall meet NEMA standards for Class H. 4. The maximum alternator temperature rise shall not exceed 125°C above ambient. Generator design shall prevent potentially damaging shaft currents. 5. In order to limit generator voltage distortion caused by harmonic currents, the generator sub-transient reactance shall not exceed 0.12 per unit as calculated by the generator supplier using the generator set base rating. 6. The three-phase, broad range, reconnectible generator shall have 12 leads .w brought out to allow connection by user to obtain any of the available voltages for the unit. 7. Voltage regulator shall be solid-state design and shall function by controlling the exciter magnetic field between stator and rotor to provide no load to full load regulation of rated voltage within± 1% during steady-state conditions. a. The engine-generator set and regulator must sustain at least 90% of no load voltage for ten (10) seconds with 250% of rated load at near zero power factor connected to its terminals. b. The voltage regulator shall be insensitive to severe load induced waveshape distortion from SCR or thyrister circuits, such as those used in battery charging (UPS) and motor speed control equipment. C. A rheostat shall provide a minimum of ±5% voltage adjustment from rated value. 8. The generator, exciter, and voltage regulator shall be designed and manufactured by the engine-generator set manufacturer so that the characteristics shall be matched to the torque curve of the prime mover. This design allows the prime mover to use its fullest power producing capacity (without exceeding it or over compensating) at speeds lower than rated, to provide the fastest possible system recovery from transient speed dips. A system that routinely selects a linear-type (straight line) constant volts/hertz characteristic, without regard for the engine power and torque characteristics, will not meet this specification. 9. PMG Exciter shall be three-phase, full-wave rectified, with heavy-duty silicon diodes mounted on the common rotor shaft and sized for maximum motor starting loads. 10. Generator design shall be of the self-protecting type, as demonstrated by the prototype short-circuit test as described under "Testing" herein. All other generator performance criteria shall be equal to that of the specified equipment. D. Engine-Generator Set Control: 1. The generator set shall be provided with a microprocessor-based control system that is designed to provide automatic starting, monitoring, and control w 12359A 16620-8 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM temperature control. Performance of components shall be as required by set manufacturer. b. Radiators shall be provided with a duct adapter flange permitting the attachment of air discharge duct directing the discharge of radiator air through the wall. .. 8. Engine Exhaust System: a. Exhaust muffler shall be provided for each engine of size as recommended by the set manufacturer. Muffler shall be of the industrial type. Provide support for the muffler so its weight is not supported by the engine as indicated within the contract drawings. b. Stainless steel flexible exhaust connection shall be provided as required for connection between engine exhaust manifold and exhaust line, in compliance with applicable codes and regulations. c. All components shall be properly sized to assure proper operation without excessive back pressure when installed as shown on drawings. d. Exhaust line shall be insulated as indicated in Specification Section 15180. 9. Diesel Fuel System: a. Provide sub-base fuel tank with level gauge. The tank shall be sized for „w 173 gallons minimum, Tank shall be new, unused, and shall not be galvanized. Tank shall be UL listed for secondary containment, dual wall, with rupture basin switch. b. A low fuel supply sensing device shall be installed on the fuel tank. C. The fuel tank shall be provided with a 2-inch exterior fill line with lockable cap, and a 2-inch exterior vent line with approved vent cap. The locking cap shall be a minimum of 2 feet above the top of the tank. The vent shall terminate at 8 feet above finished grade if diesel driven or 12 feet above finished grade if gasoline driven. d. Provide aluminum stairs, platform, support structures, and railing system to allow personnel access to the control panel and generator circuit breaker to maintain all NEC code working space requirements when required. A maximum distance of 6'-0" above grade shall be maintained to operate the generator circuit breaker and control panel when installed on an integral fuel tank. i. The system shall be inclusive of all material, required foundation, mounting brackets, etc. to meet this requirement. The contractor shall coordinate all efforts needed to install this system with the General Contractor and include all costs for this item in the bid price for this project. .� C. Generator 1. Generator shall be single-bearing, 2/3`d pitch, self-aligning, four-pole, synchronous type, revolving field, with amortisseur windings, with direct drive centrifugal blower for proper cooling and minimum noise, with temperature compensated solid-state voltage regulator, with brushless PMG 12359A 16620-7 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM 6. The generator set shall meet the Massachusetts DEP requirements listed in 310 CMR 7.26. B. Engine: 1. Each engine shall be certified to Tier III US EPA Non-Road Source Emissions Standards, 40CFR 89, in effect as of May 2012, along with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Emission regulations at the time of installation. 2. Engine shall be liquid-cooled, diesel for use with number 2 diesel fuel. Design shall be turbocharged and intercooled where required by engine manufacturer. 3. Engine shall be certified by the engine manufacturer as capable of driving a generator yielding a kW rating as specified herein. Engine shall be capable of driving the generator at this rating on a continuous standby basis for the duration of normal utility source interruptions per SAE J1349 conditions. 4. Fuel injection and valves shall not require adjustment while in service. 5. Maximum ambient air temperature: 122°F. 6. Engine equipment shall include the following: a. An electric starter(s) as required by the manufacturer. b. Positive displacement, mechanical full pressure lubrication oil pump, full flow lubrication oil filters with replaceable elements and dipstick oil level indicator. c. Fuel filter with replaceable element, and an engine driven, mechanical positive displacement fuel pump, all mounted on the engine. Replaceable dry element air cleaner. d. Engine speed mechanical governing system to automatically control generator frequency to 5% of rated frequency from no load to full load rated output. e. Engine protection devices shall have sensing elements located on the engine to initiate the following preliminary alarms and engine shutdowns: 1) Low coolant temperature alarm 2) Low lubrication oil pressure alarm 3) High coolant temperature alarm 4) Low lubrication oil pressure shutdown 5) High coolant temperature shutdown 6) Overspeed shutdown 7) Overcrank lockout 8) Low coolant level shutdown f. Engine starter battery charging alternator with solid-state voltage regulator. g. Engine-mounted, thermostatically-controlled, water jacket heater(s) for ambient 40 degrees F, to aid in quick starting. Heater(s) shall be rated 1500 Watts, 120 Volts, single phase, 60 Hz 7. Cooling System: a. Engine shall be radiator-cooled by engine-mounted radiator system including belt-driven pusher fan, coolant pump, and thermostat 12359A 16620-6 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. This system shall include an engine-generator set meeting or exceeding the minimum ratings as tabulated below, on a continuous standby basis. kW kVA Power Factor Hz Volts Phase/Wire .� 100 125 0.8 60 480/277 3 Phase, 4 Wire Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Allowable Starting Allowable Peak Allowable Surge kW Surge kVA Voltage Dip Voltage ip Fre . Dip Capability Capability 20% 20% 10% 2. The engine generator set shall be capable of reliably starting the connected loads in the order listed in the table below. This shall be accomplished without exceeding the voltage and frequency dip specifications, and without causing unacceptable operation of electrical equipment. Load Rating Starting Load Name (HP/kVA) Method �. Ste 1: Leachate Pump#1 20 FVNR Lighting Loads 30 kVA Ste 2: Leachate Pump#2 20 FVNR mp VFD PWM= Variable Frequency Drive, Pulse-Width-Modulated FVNR =Full Voltage Non-Reversing Motor Starter .w RVSS=Reduced-Voltage Solid-State Motor Starter 3. The motor starting requirements as noted herein shall be fully coordinated with the Engineer and the Town to provide automatic load shedding, sequencing and shutdown when operating on emergency power. 4. The Standby Power System supplier shall have a complete understanding of the loads to be started and operated on emergency power, and the generator shall be properly sized and configured to perform the intended function. 5. Each engine-generator set shall be mounted on a heavy duty steel base to MW maintain proper alignment between components, and each set shall incorporate vibration isolators of the type and quantity as specified by the set manufacturer, whether mounted internally or externally to the set. ow 12359A .. 16620-5 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM the generator terminals must be short-circuited ten times on all three phases for a duration of thirty seconds. Engine-generator set must build up and perform normally without manual interventions of any kind such as resetting of circuit breakers or other tripping devices when the short circuit is removed. j. Failure mode test for voltage regulator: With engine-generator set operating at no load, rated speed and voltage, the AC sensing circuit to the regulator must be disconnected for a period of at least one hour. The engine-generator set must be fully operational after the test, and without evidence of damage. k. Endurance testing is required to detect and correct potential electrical and mechanical problems associated with typical operation. 2. Factory Production Model Tests: Before shipment of the equipment, the engine-generator set(s) and automatic load transfer controls shall be tested under rated load and power factor for performance and proper functioning of control and interfacing circuits. Automatic load transfer controls shall also be tested alone under rated load if rated load is larger than that of the engine- "" generator set(s). Testing at unity power factor only (resistance banks only) is not acceptable, since kW output is affected by the higher generator efficiency at unity power factor, and the KVAR for motor starting and regulation loads varies with power factor. Tests shall include: a. Single step load pickup per NFPA 110. b. Transient and voltage dip responses and steady state voltage and speed (frequency) checks. A summary of these test results shall be submitted a minimum of one month before the date of substantial completion 3. Field Tests After Installation: After installation the engine generator set and automatic load transfer controls using the existing transfer switch shall be fully tested as specified herein. 1.5 WARRANTY A. The complete standby electric power system, including 1800 r/min engine- generator set and transfer switch equipped with set exerciser, and running time meter, shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years or fifteen hundred (1,500) operating hours, whichever occurs first, from the date of Substantial Completion. Multiple warranties for individual components (engine, generator, controls, etc.) will not be acceptable. Satisfactory warranty documents must be provided. This warranty shall be detailed in available written documents. In the judgment of the specifying authority, the manufacturer supplying the warranty for the complete system must have necessary financial strength and technical expertise with all components supplied to provide adequate warranty support. 12359A 16620-4 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM 4. Independent testing laboratory reports indicating the performance test results of the electric plants including power rating, stability and voltage and • frequency regulation. 5. Unless specified otherwise herein, all performance data and other information shall be as on the manufacturer's printed literature. Performance data shall be the result of test procedures in accordance with nationally recognized standards, plus such other procedures that are judged necessary by the manufacturer to insure maximum service reliability for emergency systems, and shall be available for inspection by the Engineer upon request. 6. Equipment supplier shall submit calculations to demonstrate compliance with the motor starting and performance criteria as specified elsewhere in this Section. 1.4 TESTING A. The intent of this specification is to provide equipment of rp oven reliability and compatibility. Three separate series of tests shall be performed: • Factory Prototype Model Tests, • Factory Production Model Tests, and • Field Tests. .� 1. Factory Prototype Model Tests: The electric generating system consisting of prime mover, generator, governor, coupling and all controls must have been tested as complete unit on representative engineering prototype model as required by NFPA 110. The tests, being potentially damaging to the equipment tested, must not be performed on equipment to be sold, but on separate prototype models as specified by NFPA 110, and their accomplishment certified by means of documentation of the tests accompanying submittal data. These tests shall have included: a. Maximum power level (maximum kW). b. Maximum motor starting capacity (maximum KVA) and voltage dip recovery within seven (7) cycles of applied load. C. Structural soundness (Short-Circuit and Endurance Tests). d. Torsiograph Analysis: The manufacturer of the engine-generator set shall verify that the engine-generator combination, as configured, is free from harmful torsional stresses. The analysis shall include correlation of empirical data from tests on a representative prototype unit. The empirical data must include spectrum analysis of the torsional transducer output within the critical speed range of the engine-generator set. Results of this analysis shall be made available to the specifier on request. Calculations based on engine and generator separately are not acceptable. e. Engine-generator cooling and combustion air requirements. f. Transient response and steady-state speed control and voltage regulation. g. Generator temperature rise per NEMA MG1. h. Harmonic analysis and voltage waveform deviation per MIL-STD-70513. i. Three-phase short-circuit test for mechanical and electrical strength. With system operating at rated Volts, Amperes, power factor, and speed, 12359A .�. 16620-3 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM a. Any bidder wishing to use substitute equipment shall submit detailed data to the Engineer. Complete shop drawings, diagrams and details shall be prepared specifically for this project. Standard and typical drawings will not be acceptable. Data for substitute equipment shall include complete information for the following: 1) Plan drawing to verify that substitute equipment will fit into space allocated and allow for removal and service. 2) Allowance for proper cooling and combustion air. 3) In order to verify that all interconnecting wiring and piping is accounted for, provide complete interconnecting wiring diagrams and piping diagrams. 4) Provide the results of engineering to show compliance with the requirements for "prototype testing". 5) Complete load study and load profile to show that engine-generator set(s) will not be overloaded during any phase of operation, • including motor starting and steady-state load conditions. 6) Specification information, factory literature, catalog sheets, etc., to show compliance with specifications. 7) Deductions or additions to contract price for use of proposed substitute equipment. 8) Complete list of deviations from these specifications. 9) Short circuit study of the load circuits to verify that selective coordination and thermal and magnetic stresses on components will be equal to that specified. 10) List of projects using similar equipment for the last 5 years. 11) Subtransient reactance listed. E. Service: 1. Replacement parts and competent service shall be available within the New England states. 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit shop drawings per Section 16010. Provide complete shop drawings for each system and piece of equipment specified, including all auxiliary devices. Shop drawing submittals shall consist of a single soft cover binder with index tabs, and shall include: 1. Complete typewritten description of system operation(s), and ratings, including a listing of all auxiliary devices. ' 2. Manufacturer's data sheets and detailed dimensioned drawings for all pieces of equipment and auxiliary devices. 3. Complete interconnecting wiring diagrams, cross referenced with equipment designations indicated in the Contract Documents, indicating all required wiring between the electric plant control panel, the automatic load transfer controls and all auxiliary devices. 12359A 16620-2 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM together before shipment and the engine-generator set manufacturer is the source of supply and responsibility for warranty,parts and service �^ 3. The responsibility for performance to this specification in its entirety cannot be split up among individual suppliers of components comprising the system, but must be assumed solely by the supplier of the system. The manufacturer shall furnish schematic and wiring diagrams for the engine-generator set(s). 4. All controls shall be the standard of the manufacturer who is engaged in the manufacture of generators and has them available for sale on the open market. "R Control parts shall be identified by part numbers of this manufacturer and shall have second source listing where applicable. Control systems that are supplied by a sub-vendor or subcontractor of the vendor and not incorporated .A within the documentation drawings of the generator manufacturer are not acceptable. C. The generator set manufacturer shall coordinate the use of the existing Transfer Switch for the automatic load transfer controls. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The electric generating system must meet all requirements of NFPA 110 (Level 2) including design specifications, prototype tests, one-step full-load pickup, and installation acceptance. B. The performance of the electric plant shall be certified by the manufacturer verifying the electric plant's full power rating, stability, and voltage and frequency regulation. C. The complete standby power system installation, start-up and operating instructions shall be performed under the supervision of a factory-trained engineer/representative of the system manufacturer. D. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Electric Plant: aw a. Cummins Power Generation b. Kohler c. Caterpillar d. Generac 2. Equipment as described herein is that as manufactured by Cummins Power Generation at Minneapolis, Minnesota, and all equipment furnished shall be equal in every way to that specified herein, including quality, operation, and •. function. 3. The equipment spacing, mounts, electrical wiring, ventilation equipment, fuel and exhaust components have all been sized and designed around the manufacturers listed. If alternate equipment is substituted, the contractor shall be responsible for changes in the facilities work, made necessary from installation of equipment other than Cummins Power Generation, without additional cost to the Owner, and shall verify all work with the equipment manufacturer. 12359A on 16620-1 SECTION 16620 STANDBY POWER SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete standby power system as indicated in the Contract Documents. The system shall be a factory built, prototype tested, production tested, field tested, complete and operable emergency / standby electric generating system, including all devices and equipment specified herein, shown on the Drawings, and/or as required for the service. Materials and equipment shall be new and current, delivered to the site completely wired, tested, and ready for installation. This Qw system shall include the following: 1. A diesel engine driven electric plant to provide standby electric power. 2. Engine-generator control console resiliently mounted on each generating set shall include complete engine start-stop control and monitoring system. 3. Starting batteries with battery charger for each engine-generator set. 4. Automatic load transfer controls utilizing the existing Kohler 600 amp transfer Switch to provide automatic starting and stopping of the electric plant and switching of the load. 5. Mounted and loose accessories, control devices, and other equipment as specified herein and/or as shown on Drawings. 6. Such other components, accessories, parts, tests, documents, and services, as needed to meet the performance requirements of this specification. 7. All necessary interconnecting wiring and connections to provide proper system operation. NOTE: Manufacturer of generator enclosure may opt to provide a separate 120V panelboard for interior lighting, battery charger and receptacle branch circuits. Electrical Contractor to coordinate branch circuits and feeds with the type of service provided by the generator set enclosure manufacturer. B. This equipment, including engine-generator sets, shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the production of engine- generator sets for a minimum of ten years. 1. The electric generating system described herein, including these components, shall be factory built, factory tested, and shipped by this single manufacturer, so there is one source of supply and responsibility for warranty, parts, and service. This manufacturer shall have a representative based within 300 miles of the installation site who can provide factory trained servicemen on a 24- hour per day basis, the required stock of replacement parts, and any technical assistance required. 2. Different manufacturers for the engine-generator set and the automatic load * ! transfer controls will be acceptable providing that the equipment is fully tested 12359A me 16400-3 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Inspect all bus bolts in motor control centers and panelboards prior to energization to check for looseness. 3.2 TESTS A. See Test Requirements in Section 16050. END OF SECTION �.e 12359A 16400-2 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION .s. 2. The modifications to the existing motor control centers are shown on the contract drawings. The manufacturer of the existing motor control centers is Square D. Therefore all modifications, to the respective motor control centers, are to be of the same manufacturers as noted herein. No substitutions will be allowed. 3. This Contractor shall visit the site to become thoroughly familiar with the work required and specified herein. All modifications shall be performed without jeopardizing the integrity of the existing equipment. All work to be performed shall be complete and shall meet with all standards and guidelines for installation of this equipment. �. 4. The contract drawings indicate that specific compartment sections to be modified with new equipment and/or modifications to existing equipment installed per the revised controls shown on the contract drawings. Each aw compartment is to be replaced with this new equipment and/or modifications to existing equipment in order to retrofit the compartment sections as required by the contract documents. am 5. Each compartment shall be provided with a complete modification as required and shown by the retrofit. 6. The short-circuit ratings of all new and modified devices shall be equal to or MW greater than that of the existing equipment. This is to be verified by this Contractor and the information furnished and included in the shop drawing submittals for this equipment. ow 7. Furnish a complete set of shop drawings for this retrofit. This shall include all front elevations, wiring diagrams, component data etc. for a complete submittal as required by the modifications. "` 8. The contract drawings indicate the individual compartment retrofit. The Contractor shall be allowed to replace the sections as required in their entirety. This shall be verified with the Contractor and brought to the attention of the .w Engineer prior to final cost submittal and shop drawing submittals. 9. Replace barriers in each section which are to be completely gutted with new units to provide for a completely isolated and safe compartment. Provide completely new door for each compartment to be modified with the appropriate openings, wiring, nameplates, devices, etc. for a complete retrofit. ,.. 10. Provide screwed on nameplates for all revised sections as required for all front compartment devices and as noted on contract drawings. 11. The contents of this section of the specifications are to be reviewed for the .R retrofit equipment and this new and/or modified equipment shall meet these requirements for this new and/or modified equipment where applicable. 12. The requirements noted have been outlined for this section. If any information *' on existing equipment cannot be verified then this shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer and verified prior to submitting bid for this project. 12359A """ 16400-1 +w� SECTION 16400 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION B. Provide a modified Electrical Service and Distribution system as indicated on the "Single- Line Diagram" and as specified herein. 1.2 _QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The equipment specified herein is based upon the first manufacturer named after the phrase "Acceptable Manufacturer's". Equipment types, device ratings, dimensions, etc. correspond to the nomenclature dictated by that manufacturer. Equipment of other acceptable manufacturer's shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified. B. All equipment shall be tested at the factory. Unless specified elsewhere, standard factory inspection and operational tests will be acceptable. +�u 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit Shop Drawings for all service and distribution equipment specified herein including the following information: 1. Manufacturer and equipment type. 2. Standard catalog information sheet. 3. Detailed Shop Drawings indicating plan, elevation, end, and isometric views. 4. Single-line diagram. 5. Schematic/wiring diagrams 6. Complete bill of materials. 7. Additional information necessary to verify equipment to be supplied has features specified. 8. The above shall be submitted in a single complete brochure which shall be in the form of a soft cover binder with index tabs. B. Provide six (6) copies of all correspondence, including verbal communications, with the utility company to the Engineer. Correspondence shall verify approval of the utility company for the proposed service. C. Submit documentation of all grounding tests. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Modifications to Existing Motor Control Centers: 1. The work of this section includes the furnishing, installing and testing of the required modifications to be performed to existing motor control center(s) as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. 12359A 16160-11 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES C. Clean all enclosure surfaces and touch up any scratched or damaged areas to the satisfaction of the Engineer. D. Clean or replace all filters located in enclosures which contain ventilation fans. END OF SECTION **! 12359A 16160-10 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 3. Small enclosures may be supported on walls using stainless steel metal framing channels or similar hardware to provide a minimum 1/4 inch air space between enclosure and wall. C. Equipment Mounting 1. All framing channels and mounting hardware shall be stainless steel - no .. exception. 2. Use stainless steel fittings and hardware of the same material as the channel. All fittings supplied shall be by same manufacturer as the channel. 3. Provide cross bracing as required using unistrut securely fastened to the mounting structure or building structure to provide for a rigid mounting assembly. 4. The ends of all framing channels/strut shall be provided with PVC end caps for protection of personnel. 5. Backboards used for mounting of equipment shall be constructed of 3/4 inch thick fiberglass, unless otherwise specified on the drawings. 6. All channels or unistrut installed in such a manner that parts are located below grade shall be coated with a black bitumastic waterproofing material for the below grade portion and extending a minimum of 6 inches above grade. The exposed portion of the channel shall be taped off prior to coating for a neat, even, finished appearance. D. Equipment mounting heights shall be as shown on the contract drawings or the tops placed a maximum of 72 inches above finished floor or platform when the elevation is not shown. E. Provide special protection for all devices and terminal blocks when cutting, drilling, and/or installing any device in the control panel. F. All conduits entering exterior enclosures or in Nema 4X environments shall be suitable gasketed on the outside and conduits shall be sealed (inside) using a pliable duct seal to prevent the entrance of water. F. All panels and equipment contained on or within them shall be suitably identified with project specific nomenclature on plastic lamacoid nameplates as specified in 16010. G. All lifting eyes, hooks, brackets, devices etc., used to install, lift, transport, etc., the control panel shall be removed after installation and all resultant holes shall be plugged with threaded bolts for a finished, permanent installation. All methods of plugging the holes shall maintain the Nema rating of the enclosure. 3.2 TESTS A. Testing of the enclosures themselves is not required, however, all equipment and controls which are mounted in or on the enclosures shall be tested as a complete assembly as specified in the applicable sections of DIVISIONS 15 and 16. 3.3 CLEANING A. Do not allow excess debris, water or other fluids to accumulate inside the enclosures during the course of construction. B. Upon completion of the work, remove all debris and surplus materials from inside the enclosures and leave them clean. 12359A +� 16160-9 s CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 10. All control panels shall be provided with spare mountings for additional relays. Number of spare mountings will correspond to 5% of the total number of relays within each panel, with a minimum of one (1) spare mounting. 11. All control panels shall be provided with an appropriately sized surge arrester to protect panel internals. Surge arrester shall be equal to Square D Model SDSA3650 in quality and appropriately sized for function. 12. All control panels will be suitable for use with 120v, 1 phase power, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. The panels shall be equipped with an internal power supply fuse or circuit breaker and a thru-the-door, lockable, disconnect switch. Fuse blocks will be provided as required to allow a separate fuse for each piece of equipment within the panel requiring power. 13. Provide complete "As Built" wiring diagrams to be provided with the O&M manuals and in the enclosures for all control panels. 14. All wiring entering and leaving control panels shall be terminated on field terminal blocks and labeled. 15. Provide large letter lamacoid plastic name plate as specified in 16010 at the top center of each control panel with properly identified nametag which corresponds to the contract designation name. Verify final name designation with the Engineer prior to installation. F. Spare Parts/Materials: 1. Provide 1 gallon of paint for each enclosure/panel topcoat color utilized. 2. Provide the following spare parts for each panel/enclosure provided. Spare parts shall be contained in the panel/enclosure in such a manner as to permit accessibility and prevent accidental damage without interfering with internally mounted equipment. a. Provide 10 of each lamp type used. b. Provide one of each type relay used. c. Provide one control switch, indicating light and/or push-button of each type used. d. Provide 1 set of each fuse type and size used. e. Provide 1 of each color and type light lens used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION „ A. All interconnecting wiring between panels, unless specifically detailed otherwise on the drawings, shall be by the electrical trade regardless of source of the panel itself. All conduit, wiring and installation requirements for each enclosure shall be completely and thoroughly coordinated with all applicable trades prior to equipment installation. B. Install enclosures in locations as shown on the Drawings. 1. All floor mounted enclosures either free standing or on floor stands shall be mounted on a 4” high, concrete, maintenance pad. 2. Securely fasten the each floor mounted enclosure to the maintenance pad. 12359A 6M 16160-8 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES D. Nameplate/Identification: 1. All panels/enclosures, and all contained equipment/instrumentation shall be .• provided with a nameplate providing project specific identification of the unit or device. Identification wording shall be as noted on the drawings. In the absence of specific identification of name tag wording, provide general descriptive information of unit function. 2. Provide nametags as specified in 16010 3. Name tags shall be permanently mounted below panel mounted items (interior and exterior as appropriate), or in as appropriate location as to clearly identify its function. E. Control Panel Wiring: .• 1. All wiring shall conform to the latest requirements of NEC, all state and local code requirements, and as described on the Drawings and in the Contract specifications. 2. All control wires internal to panels shall be minimum No. 14 AWG. Wires carrying line voltage shall be minimum No. 12 AWG. All conductors shall be copper. Wiring in close proximity to heating devices shall be Type AVA U.L. approved. All wiring shall be run in PVC wiring channels and bundled with nylon cable ties. Line voltage wiring must be run separately from control, signal and intrinsically safe wiring. PVC wiring channels shall be properly sized for the capacity of wires being installed based on the overall project needs and shall not be over filled. 3. Bundles of wires must be secured to the panel structure every 8 inches minimum. All interior wiring will be point to point with no splices. 4. Shielded wire shall be separated from other wires and equipment with suitable barriers and with terminal blocks for continuous shield grounding to the connecting cables. 5. Intrinsically safe wiring shall be separated by barriers from all other wiring and shall be identified as required by the N.E.C. and installed with proper .R separation per U.L. 508A requirements. 6. Wires to the front of panel devices shall be looped, extra flexible, bundled and located in a manner to prevent damage due to opening and closing the door. 7. All wires shall be marked at both ends with numbers by self-sticking wire markers or with slip-on style plastic markers. Color coding shall include the following: a. Red wires - Interior control circuits b. Orange wires - Interlocks powered from external sources C. Blue wires - DC voltages d. See Section 16010 for additional color coding. 8. Terminals shall be arranged in alphabetic and numeric order in columns on removable subplates. A maximum of two connections shall be made to each side of a terminal, including jumpers. Provide an additional 20 percent spare terminals with the following minimum requirements: a. Power terminals - 2 spares b. Control terminals - 10 spares C. Signal terminals - 12 spares ,W 9. Provide ground terminal for each panel. 12359A *' 16160-7 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES g. All control devices and the main circuit breaker operating handle shall be mounted through the interior panel door. The main circuit breaker handle shall have a lock arrangement to prevent the inner door from being opened when in the on position. h. Where required, the outer door shall have transparent window(s) to allow for viewing of the instruments and/or controls without opening the exterior door. The transparent window kit shall maintain the NEMA rating of the panel. i. Enclosures 16 inch wide and larger shall be equipped with heavy duty, zinc plated stop arm kits to lock the external door in the open position. 2. Instrument and Control Panels a. All instrument and control enclosures shall have the proper NEMA rating for the areas in which they will be installed, as specified above. All front-mounted instruments and devices shall be installed in such a way as to maintain the NEMA rating of the enclosure. b. Panels which are to be installed outdoors shall meet the special requirements of"Outdoor Control Panels and Panels located in Unheated Spaces". c. Panels shall be supplied with a GFI type duplex convenience receptacle and a panel light with an easily accessible on-off switch. The receptacle and panel light shall be provided with a separate overcurrent protective device and connected in such a manner so as to not disconnect control, .� instrumentation, or PLC power in the event that the GFI outlet should trip. d. Panel lights for panels located in outdoor or unheated spaces shall have a 100-watt incandescent panel light with protective guard. e. Panel lights for panels located in heated spaces shall be a 32 watt fluorescent lamp with protective lens. The length of the lamp shall be a minimum of 75% of the width of the enclosure. 3. Special Cooling Requirements a. Enclosures which contain Variable Frequency Drives or other heat- producing equipment shall be provided with modifications and/or accessories designed to dissipate excess heat and allow for proper equipment cooling, while maintaining the enclosures NEMA rating. Following are several accessories which may be used, depending upon the ambient temperature and NEMA rating of the area installed. 1) Cooling fans with dust filters, for NEMA 1 enclosures. 2) Heat exchangers with circulating fans and filters, for NEMA 12 enclosures. 3) Air conditioners, for NEMA 12 enclosures in areas with high ambient temperatures. b. Cooling fans shall be wired such that they only operate when the VFD or heat producing equipment is running. c. Air conditioners where used in enclosures shall operate constantly. d. Provide heat dissipation calculations and cooling method proposal for review and acceptance to be included as part of the shop drawing review for this equipment. Design ambient air temperature shall be 95°F. AN 12359A 16160-6 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES C. Enclosures shall be supplied with no holes or knockouts; shall have door and body stiffeners where necessary for a rigid installation and a rolled lip around door and enclosure opening. d. Enclosures to be installed outdoors shall be provided with drip shields. e. Provide oil-resistant door gaskets all around door openings. All enclosure .� hinges, clamps, etc. shall be stainless steel or fiberglass as appropriate. f. Enclosures/panels shall be provided unpainted, with metal enclosures having a smooth brushed finish. 5. NEMA Type 12 Enclosures: c. Enclosures shall be sheet steel, 16 gauge for box sizes up to and including 24" by 24", 14 gauge for box sizes larger than 24" by 24" up to 60" by 36", .s and 12 gauge for box sizes greater than 60" by 36". Free-standing enclosures shall be 12 gauge minimum. Enclosures shall have continuously welded seams, ground smooth, supplied with no holes or .. knockouts and a rolled lip around door and enclosure opening. Enclosures to be installed in areas with the potential for dripping liquids shall be provided with drip shields. • d. Provide oil-resistant door gaskets. e. Panels/enclosures shall be coated inside and out with ANSI 61 gray over phosphatized surfaces .. C. Special Requirements: 1. Outdoor Control Panels and Panels located in Unheated Spaces a. When components requiring a minimum temperature in which to operate, such as solid state devices, are to be installed inside the enclosure, the enclosure shall be NEMA 4 minimum, or 4X where specifically called for, or required. The enclosures shall be insulated and heated as a factory-installed requirement. Field installations after the fact will not be acceptable. Insulate the inside of all exterior surfaces with 1 inch thick rigid fiberglass insulation board having a maximum thermal conductivity ("k" value) of 0.35 BTU-in/hr-ft2-OF. The insulation shall be finished with manufacturer's standard all service jacket. Coverings containing foil will not be acceptable. b. Enclosures shall be equipped with a built-in heater and adjustable thermostat. The heater shall be sized to maintain 40OF (or higher if ..� required) inside panel with an outside ambient temperature of 430OF and a 15 MPH wind. The heater shall include a fan to circulate the air within the enclosure to prevent hot spots. Thermostat shall measure air temperature, not surface temperature. Heater shall be similar to Hoffman Engineering Co. series D-AH, Genesis automation or approved equal. C. Provide strip heater with thermostat for condensation control. d. Provide heating requirement calculations for review and acceptance to be included as part of the shop drawing review for this equipment. e. Panels shall have a dead front lockable outer door with a separate hinged NEMA 1 inner door. f. The panels inner door latches shall be T-handle or quick release type only. 12359A .. 16160-5 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES b. Provide oil-resistant, water tight door gaskets. c. Panels/enclosures shall be factory coated inside and out with prime and finish coats. Finish coat color to be ANSI 61 gray. Two prime coats shall be applied. Primer shall be rust inhibitive primer equal to Koppers Inertol Rust inhibitive Primer 621. Finish coat shall be compatible with prime coat and shall be an alkyd applied in two coats with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils per coat. Alkyd coating shall be equal to Koppers Glamortex 501 Enamel. Surface preparations shall be in accordance with manufacturer's requirements 4. NEMA Type 4X Enclosures: a. Type 4X enclosures shall be stainless steel, aluminum, or fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP). No other metals or plastics will be allowed. 1) Type 304 stainless steel enclosures shall be 16 gauge for box sizes up to and including 24" by 24", 14 gauge for box sizes larger than 24" by 24" up to 36" width, and 12 gauge for box widths greater than 36 inches. Free-standing enclosures shall be 12 gauge minimum. 2) Aluminum enclosures shall be type 5052 H-32 aluminum, minimum 0.080-inch thick. 3) Fiberglass enclosures shall have the following properties: a. Thermal Conductivity 2.0 BTU in/hr - ft2/Degree F (ASTM C 177) b. Dielectric Strength (ASTM 375 VPM D149) C. Notched IZOD Impact 12 Ft. lb/in. (ASTM D256) d. Arc Resistance (ASTM 180 Seconds D495) e. Water Absorption (ASTM 0.30 Percent �. D570) f. Tensile Strength (ASTM 8,000 PSI D638) g. Heat Deflection (ASTM 395 Degree F - 264 PSI D648) h. Flexural Strength (ASTM 18,000 PSI D790) i. Service Temperature Range -31 Degrees F to 266 Deg. F b. Metal enclosures shall have continuously welded seams, ground smoothed. Fiberglass cabinet and enclosures shall be thermoset polyester reinforced with fiberglass. Cabinet and enclosure bodies, covers, doors and backs shall be by the compression, injection or open molding process. Finish for fiberglass cabinets and enclosures shall be light gray inside and outside. """"' 12359A 16160-4 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES 12-inch floor stands. No floor stands are to be provided for free-standing models. #, 13. Enclosures larger than 16" in any dimension shall utilize a three point latching system. 14. Panel front-mounted pilot lights, selector switches, push button control stations and appurtenances shall be provided in accordance with Section 16900 and 13440. 15. Where required, enclosures shall be provided with an interior panel, painted .� white, for mounting of internal components. B. General NEMA Class Requirements: 1. NEMA Type 1 Enclosures .. a. Enclosures shall be sheet steel, 16 gauge for box widths up to and including 18", 14 gauge for box widths of 24", and 12 gauge for box widths of 30" and greater. Enclosures shall have continuously welded seams ground smooth; supplied with or without knockouts and shall have door and body stiffeners where necessary for a rigid enclosure. b. Panels/enclosures shall be factory coated inside and out with ANSI 61 gray polyester powder coating over phosphatized surfaces. Where required, enclosures shall be provided with interior panels painted white, for mounting of components. • 2. NEMA Type 3R Enclosures: a. Type 3R enclosures shall not be used to house controls or electronics that require heating. See the specific "Special Requirements" for outdoor panels below. b. Enclosures shall be steel, 16 gauge for box widths up to and including 12", 14 gauge for box widths between 15" and 24", and 12 gauge for box widths of 30" and greater. Free-standing enclosures shall be 12 gauge minimum. Enclosures shall have drip shield top; seam free sides, front, and back; and furnished with knockouts or factory installed cut outs in bottom only. C. Panels/enclosures shall be factory coated inside and out with prime and finish coats. Finish coat color to be ANSI 61 gray. Two prime coats shall be applied. Prime coat shall be rust inhibitive primer equal to Koppers Inertol Rust inhibitive Primer 621. Finish coat shall be compatible with prime coat and shall be an alkyd applied in two coats with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils per coat. Alkyd coating shall be equal to Koppers Glamortex 501 Enamel. Surface preparations shall be in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. 3. NEMA Type 4 Enclosures: a. Enclosures shall be sheet steel, 16 gauge for box sizes up to and including 24" by 24", 14 gauge for box sizes larger than 24" by 24" up to 60" by 36", and 12 gauge for box sizes greater than 60" by 36". Free-standing enclosures shall be 12 gauge minimum. Enclosures shall have continuously welded seams ground smooth; supplied with no holes or knockouts. Provide with door and body stiffeners as required for a rigid installation and with rolled lip around door and enclosure opening. Enclosures to be installed outdoors shall be provided with drip shields. 12359A .•p 16160-3 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES ra 9. Submit all control panel faceplate arrangements for review and acceptance. 10. Refer to specification 16010 for suggested submittal formatting. 1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING_ A. Delivery, storage and handling of electrical/instrumentation cabinets, enclosures and equipment contained within shall be in accordance with the general conditions Specification 01340 and specification 16010. B. Replace or repair, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, any cabinets and enclosures which are defective or have been damaged during storage or installation, at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General for all Enclosures: 1. NEMA classifications for panels and enclosures shall be as noted on Drawing E-1, unless otherwise specifically called out within the Drawings or Specifications. 2. Panels and enclosures shall be furnished factory-wired and tested with all equipment and appurtenances mounted thereon. 3. Control panels and enclosures shall be U.L. listed and labeled as a complete and functioning system. 4. Panels larger than 36-inches in any dimension shall not be wall mounted. 5. Provide two doors if panel is larger than 36-inches wide. 6. Refer to the drawings and pertinent specifications for minimum control panel faceplate requirements. In the absence of specific details, faceplates shall be .� arranged in such a manner as to provide a neat, workable and operator friendly panel. 7. Doors shall have side mounted, stainless steel, continuous length, piano-type hinges and pins. 8. Latches shall be T-handle or quick-release type only. Latches which require use of tools or coins for access, utilize wing-nuts, clips around the outside of enclosure etc., will not be acceptable. 9. Panels/enclosures shall be equipped with map pockets located on the inside of the door. 10. Panels/enclosures shall be equipped with provisions for locking the access doors. 11. Panels/enclosures shall be essentially of the dimensions shown on the Drawings, or as required to contain the necessary apparatus for the particular installation. Final panel/enclosure dimensions shall provide for easy access and workability to all internal components with ease of maintenance and future modifications considered. Conflicts with panel sizing and available spacing shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Engineer prior to proceeding. ,s 12. Provide door and body stiffeners where necessary for a rigid enclosure. Large enclosures shall be provided with lifting eyes and, where floor-mounted, with 12359A no 16160-2 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES ow H. ASTM D790 - Test Method of Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 0.0 I. ASTM D792 - Test Method for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastic by Displacement. J. UL94 - Test for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and .W Appliances. K. UL508A - Industrial Control Panels. W. 1.5 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Shop drawings shall be thoroughly checked by the Contractor for formatting, compliance and completeness with the Contract Documents prior to submittal to the Engineer. B. Improperly formatted, incomplete or difficult to follow/identify exactly what is being provided will be returned without being reviewed. Delays in equipment **� and construction schedules associated with incomplete submittals shall rest solely on the Contractor. C. Verify and document that all enclosures to be furnished have been checked, will fit into available spaces, will maintain specified and code clearances, and will conform to the Submit shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions, Specifications 01340, 16010 and as indicated herein. Shop drawings shall be .. submitted for all cabinets, enclosures and equipment located on or within these enclosures for a complete all inclusive submittal. As specified, coordinate the manufacturer of all associated devices and equipment with the contractor in order to be consistent throughout the project. D. NEMA ratings of the areas in which they are to be installed as described on Drawing E-1. " E. Shop drawings shall consist of the following: 1. Shop Drawings formatting shall be set up and organized in accordance with the general conditions Specification 01340 and Specification 16010. 2. Provide documentation, as applicable, from a UL certified fabricator that the control panel has been tested, fabricated, and labeled as a complete functioning system and is in compliance with all UL listings and standards. 3. Scaled and dimensioned enclosure layout drawings (internal and external) along with catalog cut sheets shall be provided. 4. Enclosure NEMA ratings, project specific identification, where located, etc., shall be clearly and properly identified on each panels cut sheet. 5. Provide a specific statement noting that the enclosure/panel furnished will fit in the space provided and will maintain proper clearances. 6. Listing of all accessories to be furnished with each panel and properly identified. 7. Complete a complete wiring diagram for all items located within the enclosure such as panel lights, duplex receptacles, panel heaters, cooling fans, relays, control devices, protective devices, etc., where applicable. 8. Provide heating requirement calculations for all exterior panels and panels located in unheated spaces, and cooling requirement calculations for heat dissipation from panels containing VFD's and other heat generating equipment as necessary. 12359A « 16160-1 SECTION 16160 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The purpose of this Specification is to provide details of cabinets and enclosures for non-hazardous indoor and outdoor locations, which will protect internal equipment from environmental conditions existing in the areas in which the enclosures are to be installed. Also, it is the intent of this Specification to provide consistency between enclosures supplied under different sections of this Contract. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE r A. Supply cabinets and enclosures in accordance with the following: 1. Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc. listed. 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standard 250-1991. 3. American National Standards Institute. 4. National Electrical Code. B. Cabinets and enclosures supplied under this Section shall conform to the requirements of Specification Section 16010, "Quality Assurance". C. Stock cabinets and enclosures shall be manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Company, Saginaw Control and Engineering or approved equal. Custom fabricated enclosures shall be equal in quality, appearance and performance to stock enclosures. All enclosures shall be subject to the review of the Engineer. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Additional details for panels and enclosures associated with HVAC equipment are provided in the individual specification sections in Division 15. B. Miscellaneous panel and enclosure auxiliary equipment, such as lights, switches, receptacles, fuses, etc. are contained in Section 16050, and as noted on the Contract Drawings. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 177 - Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus. B. ASTM D149 - Test Methods for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage and Dielectric Strength of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials at Commercial Power Frequencies. C. ASTM D256 - Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics. D. ASTM D495 - Test Method for High-Voltage, Low-Current, Dry Arc Resistance of Solid Electrical Insulation. E. ASTM D570 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. F. ASTM D638 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastic. G. ASTM D648 - Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position. "" 12359A 16050-18 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.2 TESTS A. Branch circuits shall be tested during installation for continuity and identification and shall pass operational tests to determine that all circuits perform the function for which they are designed. B. For all feeder wiring rated 600 volts or less, provide 1,000 volt "Megger" insulation „r test prior to energizing feeders. Use a motor driven megger for all tests. Test voltage shall be applied until readings reach a constant value, and until three (3) equal readings, each one (1) minute apart, are obtained. Minimum megger reading .P shall be 45 megohms for feeder conductors. Document test results and submit for approval prior to energizing conductors. END OF SECTION 12359A �` 16050-17 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS surrounding the outlet are complete. Install single one-piece multi-gang covers over multi-gang devices. G. Junction and Pull Boxes 1. Install junction and pull boxes in readily accessible locations. Access to boxes w shall not be blocked by equipment, piping, ducts and the like. Provide all necessary junction or pull boxes required due to field conditions and as required by the National Electrical Code, Article 314. H. Equipment Mounting Heights 1. Unless otherwise noted, mount devices and equipment at heights measured from finished floor to device/equipment base as follows: (Device base to be set at CMU joint unless otherwise noted.) a. Toggle switches (up position "on") 48" b. Receptacle outlets (long dimension vertical, ground pole nearest floor) 16" C. Receptacle outlets, above baseboard heaters 30" min. d. Receptacle outlets, hazardous areas 48" e. Receptacle outlets, at countertops 48" f. Receptacle outlets, weatherproof, above grade 24" min. g. Telephone outlets 16" h. Telephone outlets, wall mounted 48" i. M.A. T.V. outlet 16" j. Fire alarm manual station 48" k. Fire alarm Audio/Visual Station 88" 1. Branch circuit panelboards, to top of backbox 72" m. Distribution panelboards, to top of backbox 72" n. Terminal cabinets, control cabinets, annunciator panels,to top of backbox 72" o. Disconnect switches, motor starters, enclosed circuit breakers, to top of box 60" 2. ' Where structural or other interferences prevent compliance with mounting heights listed above, consult Engineer for review to change location before installation. I. Hangers and Supports 1. Provide steel angles, channels and other materials necessary for the proper support and erection of motor starters, distribution panelboards, large disconnect switches, pendant-mounted lighting fixtures, etc. 2. Panelboards, cabinets, large pull boxes, cable support boxes and starters shall be secured to ceiling and floor slab and not supported from conduits. Small panelboards, etc., as approved by Engineer, may be supported on walls. Racks for support of conduit and heavy electrical equipment shall be secured to building construction by substantial structural supports. 12359A 16050-16 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS wiring at 480V shall not be grouped, except in cable trays. The installation shall be installed in accordance with all requirements of the NEC (including wire ampacity derating factors), manufacturer's requirements, and the .� Engineer. Excessive grouping which interferes with functionality and reliability will not be allowed. The wiring configuration as shown on the aw drawings is the baseline requirement for the work. F. Outlet Boxes 1. Consider location of outlets shown on Drawings as approximate only. Study .. Architectural, Mechanical, Plumbing, Process, and Structural Drawings and note surrounding areas in which each outlet is to be located. Locate outlet so that when fixtures, motors, cabinets, equipment, etc., are placed in position, outlet will serve its desired purpose. Where conflicts are noted between Drawings, contact Engineer for decision prior to installation. Comply with Article 314 of National Electrical Code relative to position of outlet boxes in finished ceilings and walls. 2. Prior to installation, relocate any outlet location a distance of five feet in any direction from location indicated on Drawings if so directed by the Engineer. Prior to completion of wall construction, adjust vertical height of any outlet from height indicated if so directed by Engineer. The above modifications shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Where outlets at different mounting heights are indicated on Drawings adjacent to each other (due to lack of physical space to show symbol on Drawings), install outlets on a common vertical line. .R 4. Where switch outlets are shown adjacent to strike side of door, locate edge of outlet box approximately 3 inches from door frame. 5. Outlet boxes in separate rooms shall not be installed "back-to- back" without the approval of the Engineer. 6. Outlet boxes shall be sized to accommodate the wiring device(s) to be �.. installed. 7. Outlet boxes installed in plaster, gypsum board or wood paneled walls shall be installed with raised plaster covers or raised tile covers. .R 8. Outlet boxes installed in tile, brick or concrete block walls shall be installed with extra-deep type raised the covers or shall be 3-1/2 inches deep boxes with square corners and dimensions to accommodate conductors installed. 9. Surface ceiling mounted outlet boxes shall be minimum 4 inches square, 1-1/2 inches deep, galvanized sheet metal. 10. Surface wall mounted outlet boxes shall be cast type boxes having threaded or compression type threadless hubs. Exterior boxes shall be cast type with threaded hubs and gasketed cover plates secured by non-ferrous screws. 11. Floor outlets shall be installed flush with finished floor, adjust level and tilt as ' required. Where finished floor is terrazzo, provide boxes specifically designed for installation in terrazzo. Where floors are to receive carpet provide floor outlet with carpet flange. ' 12. Install a device cover plate over each and every outlet indicated on Drawings. Do not install plates until painting, cleaning and finishing of surfaces 12359A W 16050-15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS U.L. approved cable lubricants when necessary. Do not use mechanical means to pull conductors No. 8 or smaller. 2. In general, conductors shall be the same size from the last protective device to the load. 3. All wiring systems shall be properly grounded and continuously polarized throughout, following the color coding specified. Connect branch circuit wiring at panelboards, as required, in order to provide a "balanced" three- phase load on feeders. 4. All feeder connections shall be made to bus and other equipment using solderless, pressure type terminal lugs, as manufactured by Burndy, National, O.Z., T. & B., or equivalent. 5. For splices and taps, No. 10 AWG and smaller, use solderless "Thread-On" connectors having spiral steel spring and insulated with a vinyl cap and skirt, as manufactured by 3M Co. (pre- insulated "Scotch-Lock"), Ideal ("Wing- Nuts"), or approved equal. 6. For splices and taps, No. 8 and larger, use solderless "Split Bolt" type connector as manufactured by Anderson, Burndy, Kearney, Thomas & Betts, or equivalent. 7. Use cast connections, Cadweld or Thermoweld, for ground conductors. 8. Make all splices and connections in accessible boxes and cabinets only. 9. Cover uninsulated splices, joints and free ends of conductor with rubber and friction tape or PVC electrical tape. Plastic insulating caps may serve as insulation. 10. On termination at branch circuit outlets, leave a minimum of eight inches (8") free conductor for installation of devices and fixtures. 11. Feeder conductors shall be continuous from point of origin to load termination without splice. If this is not practical, contact the Engineer and receive written approval for splicing prior to installation of feeder(s). Where feeder conductors pass through junction and pull boxes, bind and lace conductors of each feeder together. For parallel sets of conductors, match lengths of conductors as near equal as possible. 12. Branch circuit conductors installed in panelboards, and control conductors installed in control cabinets and panels shall be neatly bound together using "Ty-Raps" or equivalent. 13. Provide conduit seals and explosion proof devices as indicated on the plans and as dictated by the National Electrical Code for all Hazardous Locations indicated on the Drawings. 14. Lighting fixtures, detectors, etc., in Mechanical Equipment, Boiler and Pump Rooms shall be installed with exposed conduit after equipment, ductwork, piping, etc., are in place. In general, lighting shall be as located on the Drawings, however, where conflicts exist, locate lights for best distribution. 15. Contractor may group certain wiring with the approval of the Engineer, as follows. Power 120V may be grouped with power 120V. Control 120V may be grouped with control 120V. Instrumentation may be grouped with *� instrumentation. Specialty wiring may be grouped with like systems. Power 12359A 16050-14 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 14. If it is necessary to burn holes through webs of beams or girders, call such points to the attention of the Engineer and receive written approval both as to location and size of hole before proceeding with work. All holes shall be burned no larger than absolutely necessary. 15. Wherever a cluster of four or more raceways rise out of floor exposed, provide neatly formed 6" high concrete envelope with chamfered edges around .s raceways. 16. Support adequately by malleable iron pipe clamps or other approved methods. In exterior or wet locations supports shall allow not less than 1/4 inch air space between raceway and wall. Firmly fasten raceway within 3 feet of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet or fitting. The following table lists maximum spacing between supports. Additional supports may be required due to field conditions, strength of supporting members, etc. Furnish and install such supports at no additional cost to Owner. Conduit Type Horizontal Vertical Trade of Spacing in Spacing in Size Run Feet Feet 1/2", 3/4" Concealed 7 10 It', 1-1/4" Concealed 8 10 1-1/2" & lgr. Concealed 10 10 1/2", 3/4" Exposed 5 7 1", 1-1/4" Exposed 7 8 1-1/2" & lgr. Exposed 10 10 17. Where raceways puncture roof, install pitch pockets as required in order that the roof warranty is maintained. 18. Provide a bushing at each conduit termination unless fitting at box where conduit terminates has hubs designed in such a manner to afford equivalent protection to conductors. Provide grounding type insulated bushings on all conduit sizes one and one-quarter inch (1-1/4") trade size and larger, and on all .� feeder raceways regardless of size. Provide standard bushings for conduits one inch (1") and smaller unless otherwise stated. Provide sealing bushings for all conduits entering from below grade. D. Become familiar with the general construction of the building and place sleeves, inserts, etc., as required. All penetrations through existing concrete floors and walls shall be core drilled and sleeved. In areas where dampness or gases are present, seal around conduits using fittings as specified in Paragraph 2.1.A. All penetrations through new below-grade concrete walls or floors shall be sealed using fittings as specified in Paragraph 2.1.A. E. Wiring Methods 1. Do not pull conductors into raceways until raceway system, including all outlets, cabinets, bushings and fittings, is completed. Verify that all work of other trades which may cause conductor damage is completed. Use only 12359A ""` 16050-13 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 10. Flexible metal conduit shall be used for final connection to all motors, final connection to rotating or vibrating equipment, final connections to dry type transformers and final connections to recessed lighting fixtures. Liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be used in all wet or damp locations. Maximum length of flexible conduit shall be 36 inches, except that from outlet boxes to recessed lighting fixtures, maximum length shall be 6 feet. 11. Surface metal raceway shall be used for surface runs in finished areas where specifically indicated on Drawings. 12. Instrumentation cables (analog 4-20 mA DC) shall be installed in steel conduit, either rigid galvanized steel conduit, IMC, or PVC-coated rigid steel conduit, in accordance with the NEMA rating of the area of installation. C. Raceways Shall Be: 1. Sized as indicated on the Drawings. Where sizes are not indicated, raceways shall be sized per the National Electrical Code in accordance with the quantity, size, type and insulation of conductors to be installed; however, raceways shall be minimum one-half inch (1/2") trade size for branch circuit wiring and minimum three-quarter (3/4") trade size for all telephone, intercommunication, instrumentation and fire alarm and cable T.V. systems and for all branch circuit "Home Runs" to panelboards. 2. Installed to provide adequate grounding between all outlets and the established electrical system ground. Bond conduit systems per NEC. 3. Cut square, free of burrs due to field cutting or manufacture, and bushed where necessary. 4. Installed with exterior surfaces not less than six inches (6") from any surface with a temperature of 200 degrees F or higher. 5. Plugged at the ends of each roughed-in raceway with an approved cap or disc to prevent the entrance of foreign materials during construction. " 6. Concealed throughout except where exposure is permitted by the Engineer. 7. Installed parallel or perpendicular to floors, walls and ceilings. 8. Installed with a minimum of bends and offsets. All bends shall be made lip without kinking or destroying the cross section contour of the raceway. Factory made bends shall be used for raceways one-inch (1") trade size and larger. 9. Installed with U. L. approved raintight and concrete-tight couplings and connectors. 10. Firmly fastened within three feet of each outlet box, junction box, cabinet or fitting. Raceways shall not be attached to or supported by wooden plug anchors or supported from Mechanical Work such as ductwork, piping, etc. 11. Installed with a 414 AWG fish wire in all telephone, intercommunication, "Spare" or "Empty" conduit runs to facilitate future installation of conductors. 12. Installed with expansion fittings at all building expansion joints such that no undue stress is placed on any electrical raceway due to the proper functioning of expansion joints. 13. Arranged in a neat manner for access and allow for access to work installed by other trades. 12359A MW 16050-12 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ow between raceways. Top raceway shall be not less than 30 inches below finished grade. d. For all underground raceways, bottom of trench shall be solid ow undisturbed earth. Earth showing extensive signs of peat, cinders, rubble or any conditions not suitable for a stable foundation should be reported to the Engineer for recommendation. Small packets (up to 1 cu. yd.) of unsuitable soil shall be excavated and replaced with compacted gravel borrow maximum rock size 2 inches. In areas which have had fill work ,. completed during the progress of work under this contract, verify that the bottom of trench is 95 percent compaction minimum. If compaction is less than 95 percent provide additional compaction in bottom of trench. •� e. Provide underground electrical marking tape for the full length of all trenches for underground raceways. Marking tape shall be SETON #210 Electrical or equivalent. 8. Concrete Encasement of Raceways: a. Form concrete envelope around raceways, 3 inch minimum thickness concrete at top, bottom and sides of duct bank 7-1/2 inch minimum center-to-center spacing between raceways. Concrete shall be full width of trench. Top raceway shall be not less than 30 inches below finished grade, except where under building slabs. Open trench for its complete length before concrete is poured; if any obstructions are encountered, make provisions to avoid them. Support raceways minimum 3 inches above bottom of trench before pouring concrete. b. Furnish and install precast concrete, plastic or fiber spacers in order to achieve consistent spacing between raceways. Stagger couplings. .� Securely tie raceways in place to prevent floating. Pour concrete as soon as possible after placing and securing of raceways. c. Pull iron-shod mandrel, not more than 1/4 inch smaller than bore of ,. raceway, through each raceway to remove concrete and other obstructions. Clean raceway by drawing through properly sized cylindrical brushes as many times as necessary to remove dirt. .� d. Whenever non-metallic raceways are used, concrete envelope shall be 6 inch minimum thickness concrete at top, bottom, and sides, of duct bank and shall contain reinforcing rods. Reinforcing shall be continuous runs of No. 4 deformed rods located in all four corners as well as top and bottom of envelope between each raceway. e. In locations where non-metallic raceways are used, change to heavy wall metallic conduit of same internal diameter before rising out of ground; furnish and install metallic conduit elbows. Carry concrete envelope to a point 12 inches minimum above grade or floor slab at rise point. Slope .� top of concrete away from raceway, chamfer edges. f. Where raceways rise above grade and terminate in building, provide conduit sealing bushing on each raceway as specified in Paragraph 2.1.A. 9. All wiring installed in hazardous locations (NEMA 7 or 9): PVC-coated rigid heavy wall steel conduit. 12359A A in 16050-11 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS MR in PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise noted, wiring for all systems indicated in the Contract Documents shall consist of insulated conductors installed in raceways. Raceways shall be continuous from outlet box to outlet box and from outlet box to cabinet,junction or pull box. Secure and bond raceways to all boxes and cabinets such that each system of raceways will be electrically continuous throughout. B. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, install all wiring in the following applicable raceway system: 1. Wiring above 600 volts in indoor dry locations (NEMA 1) or outdoor, above grade locations (NEMA 3R): Galvanized rigid heavy wall steel conduit or rigid heavywall aluminum conduit. 2. Wiring 600 volts or less in dry concealed locations (NEMA 1): Galvanized electrical metallic tubing (for raceway sizes up to and including 2" trade size), galvanized intermediate metal conduit, rigid heavy wall aluminum conduit or galvanized rigid heavy wall steel conduit. 3. Wiring 600 volts or less in dry exposed indoor locations (NEMA 1 or 12): Galvanized intermediate metal conduit, galvanized rigid heavy wall steel conduit. 4. Wiring 600 volts or less in outdoor, above grade locations (NEMA 3R): Galvanized rigid heavy wall steel conduit, rigid heavy wall aluminum conduit, or intermediate metal conduit. 5. Wiring 600 volts or less in indoor wet locations (NEMA 4): Galvanized rigid heavy wall steel conduit. " 6. Wiring 600 volts or less in indoor or outdoor corrosive locations (NEMA 4X): PVC-coated rigid steel conduit, or PVC Schedule 40 or 80 conduit where not subject to physical damage (8 feet or more above finished floor). 7. Underground Raceways: a. Underground raceways shall be galvanized rigid heavy wall steel conduit or Schedule 80 extra heavy wall PVC conduit installed as directed below. b. Encase all underground raceways described hereafter in concrete envelope: 1) Remote pump station; 2) Raceways beneath areas of vehicular traffic. Encasement shall be to 10'-0" from edge of traffic. C. All other underground raceways (branch circuits, instrumentation, control, etc.) shall be bedded in compacted sand except when in the same • trench as those raceways required to be encased in concrete or as noted on the Drawings. Sand shall be 6-inch minimum thickness at top, bottom and sides of raceways, 7'/z inch minimum center-to-center spacing 4W 12359A .w 16050-10 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS aw a. U.L. Class RKl for service entrances and feeders supplying combination motor loads. b. U.L. Class RK5 for motor branch circuits. 3. Provide two (2) complete sets of fuses for all fusible disconnect switches. J. Metal Framing Channel 1. Channel for dry locations shall be roll formed from 12 gauge steel standard ASTM A570, Grade 33. 2. Channel for wet or exterior locations shall be roll formed from 12 gauge steel and shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, material standard ASTM A570, Grade 33, and finish standard ASTM A123. 3. Channel for corrosive locations shall be roll formed from stainless steel AISI AW Type 316. 4. Use fittings of same material as channel. Fittings shall be by same manufacturer. 1W 5. Metal framing shall be B-Line Systems, Inc. of Highland, Illinois or equivalent. K. Electrical handholes shall be Composolite as manufactured by Strongwell Corporation or equivalent. Handholes and manholes shall be sized per the N.E.C. according to number and sizes of entering conduits. All handholes installed in paved areas or within 4 feet of paved areas shall be rated for H2O wheel loading. .� Separate handholes, and conduit systems shall be provided for power, control, and instrumentation systems. L. In general, conductors shall be continuous from the power supply to the equipment A. being serviced without any splices. However, if conditions dictate otherwise, provide splices with a compression connector on the conductor. Insulate and waterproof using one of the following methods which are suitable for continuous submersion in water: I. Provide cast-type splice insulation by means of molded casting process .. employing a thermosetting epoxy resin insulation in a packaged form ready for convenient mixing without removing from the package. 2. Gravity poured method shall employ materials and equipment contained in an approved commercial splicing kit which includes a mold suitable for the cables to be spliced. When the mold is in place around the joined conductors, prepare the resin mix and pour into the mold. 3. Provide heavy-walled heat shrinkable splice insulation by means of a thermoplastic adhesive sealant material which shall be applied by a clean burning propane gas torch. 4. Provide a cold-shrink rubber splice which consists of EPDM rubber tube which has been factory stretched onto a spiraled core which is removed during splice installation. The installation shall not require heat or flame , or any .� additional materials such as coverings or adhesives. It shall be designed to be used with in-line compression type connectors, indoor, outdoor, direct-burial or submerged locations. VW M 12359A go 16050-9 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS sw Square D Model 5. Therefore all modifications, to the respective motor control centers, are to be of the same manufacturers as noted herein. No substitutions will be allowed. 3. This Contractor shall visit the site to become thoroughly familiar with the work required and specified herein. All modifications shall be performed without jeopardizing the integrity of the existing equipment. All work to be performed shall be complete and shall meet with all standards and guidelines for installation of this equipment. 4. The contract drawings indicate that specific compartment sections to be modified with new equipment and/or modifications to existing equipment installed per the revised controls shown on the contract drawings. Each compartment is to be replaced with this new equipment and/or modifications to existing equipment in order to retrofit the compartment sections as required by the contract documents. 5. Each compartment shall be provided with a complete modification as required and shown by the retrofit. 6. The short-circuit ratings of all new and modified devices shall be equal to or greater than that of the existing equipment. This is to be verified by this Contractor and the information furnished and included in the shop drawing submittals for this equipment. 7. Furnish a complete set of shop drawings for this retrofit. This shall include all front elevations, wiring diagrams, component data etc. for a complete submittal as required by the modifications. 8. The contract drawings indicate the individual compartment retrofit. The *� Contractor shall be allowed to replace the sections as required in their entirety. This shall be verified with the Contractor and brought to the attention of the Engineer prior to final cost submittal and shop drawing submittals. 9. Replace barriers in each section which are to be completely gutted with new units to provide for a completely isolated and safe compartment. Provide completely new door for each compartment to be modified with the appropriate openings, wiring, nameplates, devices, etc. for a complete retrofit. 10. Provide screwed on nameplates for all revised sections as required for all front compartment devices and as noted on contract drawings. 11. The contents of this section of the specifications are to be reviewed for the retrofit equipment and this new and/or modified equipment shall meet these requirements for this new and/or modified equipment where applicable. 12. The requirements noted have been outlined for this section. If any information on existing equipment cannot be verified then this shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer and verified prior to submitting bid for this project. I. Power Distribution Fuses 1. All fuses rated 600 volts and below shall be rejection type dual-element, time- delay type. Acceptable Manufacturers are Bussman, Littlefuse and Shawmut. 2. Fuses shall be U.L. Class and rating as shown on the drawings or as required by the manufacturer of the equipment they are protecting. In general, shall be: 12359A 16050-8 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS the door open. The handle position shall indicate whether the switch is "ON" or "OFF". 4. Switches shall be horsepower rated for ac and/or do as indicated by the plans. All fusible switches rated 100 thru 600 amperes at 240 volts and 30 thru 600 amperes at 600 volts shall have a UL approved method of field conversion „ from standard Class H fuse spacing to Class J fuse spacing. The switch also must accept Class R fuses and have provisions for field installation of a UL listed rejection feature to reject all fuses except Class R. The UL listed short .� circuit rating of the switches shall be 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when Class R or Class J fuses are used with the appropriate rejection scheme. The UL listed short circuit rating of the switch, when equipped with Class H fuses, shall be 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes. 800 and 1200 ampere switches shall have provisions for Class L fuses and shall have a UL listed short circuit rating of 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes. The cost of any conversion kit and labor associated with conversion to accommodate the required fuses shall be included in the base bid. In general, U.L. Class H fuses are not to be used. Refer to the paragraph on fuses, this section on further requirements for fuses. 5. Enclosures a. Safety switch enclosures for non-hazardous locations shall be as specified in Section 16160. Enclosure NEMA ratings shall be as indicated on the Drawings. b. Switches specified as NEMA 7 & 9 shall be furnished in cast aluminum enclosures with conduit provisions as specified. Enclosures shall be provided with a bolted cover and with sealing means for hazardous location protection. "ON" and "OFF" position identification shall be cast into the cover, not painted on or applied with an adhesive. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers: Square-D, Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or approved equal. .. G. Circuit Breakers 1. Circuit breakers shall be molded case, thermal-magnetic type, ratings as noted, with overcenter, trip-free, toggle-type operating mechanism, quick-make, quick-break action and positive handle indication. Multiple pole breakers shall be common trip type. Each circuit breaker shall have a permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. Breakers shall be calibrated for operation, an ambient temperature of 40°C and shall be suitable for mounting and operating in any position. Breakers shall have removable lugs, U. L. listed for copper and aluminum conductors. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Breaker shall match Manufacturer, and short circuit rating of existing equipment. aw H. Modifications to Existing Motor Control Centers: 1. The work of this section includes the furnishing, installing and testing of the required modifications to be performed to existing motor control center(s) as aw specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. 2. The modifications to the existing motor control centers are shown on the contract drawings. The manufacturer of the existing motor control centers is .w W 12359A 00 16050-7 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS sheet steel in unfinished areas. Although only one manufacturer has been noted, acceptable manufacturers are: Hubbell, General Electric, Cooper, Pass and Seymour, Bryant, as noted, or approved equal. Provide devices as indicated by Contract Documents. 2. Toggle Switches a. 20 Ampere, 1-pole, 277 Volt: Hubbell 1221 b. 20 Ampere, 2-pole, 277 Volt: Hubbell 1222 C. 20 Ampere, 3-way, 277 Volt: Hubbell 1223 d. 20 Ampere, 4-way, 277 Volt: Hubbell 1224 e. 20 Ampere, 1-pole, 277 Volt w/Neon Pilot Light: Hubbell 1221-PL f. 20 Ampere, 2-pole, 277 Volt w/Neon Pilot Light: Hubbell 1222-PL g. 20 Ampere, 3-way, 277 Volt w/Neon Pilot Light: Hubbell 1223-PL h. 20 Ampere, 1-pole, 277 Volt,Key Operated: Hubbell 1221-L i. 20 Ampere, 2-pole, 277 Volt, Key Operated: Hubbell 1222-L j. 20 Ampere, 3-way; 277 Volt,Key Operated: Hubbell 1223-L k. 20 Ampere, 4-way, 277 Volt, Key Operated: Hubbell 1224-L 1. Emergency Boiler Shutoff Switch: Hubbell 1221-RDB w/red device plate and engraved lettering reading "Emergency Boiler Shutoff'. 3. Receptacles a. 20 Ampere, 125 Volt, Single Receptacle: Hubbell 5361 b. 20 Ampere, 125 Volt, Duplex Receptacle: Hubbell 5362 C. 20 Ampere, 125 Volt, Duplex G.F.I. Receptacle: Hubbell GF-5362 F. Safety Switches 1. Furnish and install heavy duty safety switches as indicated on the plans and specifications. All safety switches shall be NEMA Type HD and Underwriters Laboratories listed. 2. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the "OFF" position when the switch door is open. All current carrying parts shall be �. plated to resist corrosion and promote cool operation. Switches shall have removable arc suppressers where necessary to permit easy access to line side lugs. Lugs shall be front removable and UL listed for 60°C or 75°C, aluminum or copper wires. 3. Switches shall be quick-make, quick-break such that, during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the contacts has started. The operating handle shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover. Provisions for padlocking the switch in the "OFF" position with at least three locks shall be provided Switches shall have a dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door when the handle is in the "ON" position, and to prevent closing of the switch mechanism with 12359A 16050-6 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS red PVC outer jacket. Cable shall be Belden type 9580 (for two conductors) or equivalent. See drawings for exact number of conductors. C. Fire alarm wiring installed within buildings indicated on the drawings to be shielded shall be 300V, 105 deg C, power limited, type FPLR cable, 914 AWG minimum solid bare copper with PVC insulation, aluminum- polyester shield and a#16 awg stranded tinned copper drain wire encased in a red PVC outer jacket. Cable shall be Belden type 9581 (for two conductors) or equivalent. See drawings for exact number of conductors. d. Conductors for fire alarm wiring installed between buildings either aerially or in underground duct banks, or any location in close proximity with higher voltage wiring, shall be 300V, 105 deg C, power limited, type FPLR twisted shielded pair cable. Cables shall be #12 AWG minimum, solid bare copper with PVC insulation, aluminum-polyester shield and a #16 awg stranded tinned copper drain wire encased in a red PVC outer jacket. Cable shall be Belden type 9583 (for two conductors) or equivalent. See drawings for exact number of conductors. e. Fire alarm conductors to be installed in air-plenum's, elevator pits or as " allowed by the NEC or NFPA without conduit shall be 300V, 200 deg C., power limited, plenum rated, type FEP cable. conductors shall be #14 awg minimum, stranded tinned copper, FEP insulated, aluminum- polyester shield with 85% tinned copper braid shield encased in a red PVC outer jacket. Cable shall be Belden type 83752 (for two conductors) or equivalent. See drawings for exact number of conductors. ' C. Outlet Boxes 1. Standard outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized steel not less than 1-1/2 inches deep, 4 inches square or octagonal, with knockouts. Acceptable Manufacturers: Steel City, Appleton, Raco or equivalent. 2. Outlet boxes exposed to moisture shall be cadmium cast alloy complete with hubs and gasketed screw fastened covers. Acceptable Manufacturers: Steel City, Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, Raco or equivalent. 3. In no case shall boxes be sized smaller than as indicated in Article 314 of the National Electrical Code for the conductor sizes installed. �^ D. Pull and Junction Boxes 1. Boxes shall be constructed as specified in Section 16160 with trim for flush or surface mounting in accordance with the location to be installed. Provide screw-on type covers. Boxes installed in damp locations shall be of watertight construction with gasketed cover and conduit hubs. 2. In no case shall boxes be sized smaller than as indicated in Article 314 of the �. National Electrical Code for Conduit and Conductor sizes installed. E. Wiring Devices 1. Wiring devices shall be specification grade as described herein. Switch .d handles, receptacles, etc. shall have a brown finish. Provide device cover plates of satin finish stainless steel in finished areas and cadmium finished Aw 12359A W 4 16050-5 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS B. Conductors and Cable 1. All power wiring conductors shall be insulated for 600 volts, unless otherwise noted, and shall be standard AWG and KCMIL sizes. Conductors shall be 98 percent copper, stranded, heat and moisture resistant and cross-linked polyethylene insulated for all sizes No. 12 AWG and larger. Smaller sizes shall not be used except for communications and special systems. For lighting and receptacle circuits, solid wire may be used in lieu of stranded wire, for No. 12 and No. 10 AWG only. Conductors shall be labeled with U.L. approval and be marked with the manufacturer's name, wire size and insulation type. Insulation for all 600 volt conductors shall be Type XHHW. Acceptable Manufacturers: Okonite, Southwire, Pirelli, or equivalent. 2. Variable frequency drive (VFD) motor supply cables shall be provided where ,. indicated on Drawings. VFD cables shall be four (4) conductor tinned stranded copper, with cross-linked polyethylene insulation, overall foil (100% coverage) / tinned copper braid (85% coverage) shields, No. 12 AWG tinned copper drain wire, and outer PVC jacket. Cables shall conform to UL specification for 1000 Volt flexible motor supply cable. Acceptable Manufacturers: Belden, Olflex, or equivalent. 3. All control wiring (120 or 24 volt, AC or DC) conductors shall be insulated for 600 volts, unless otherwise noted, and shall be No. 14 AWG minimum size, or larger if so indicated on the Drawings. Conductors shall be 98 percent • copper, stranded, heat and moisture resistant, and thermal plastic insulated, Type THHN/THWN. Acceptable Manufacturers: Okonite, Southwire, Pirelli, or equivalent. 4. All instrumentation control cables (4-20 mA signal) referred to on the Drawings as "twisted shielded pairs", shall be 600V, 80 deg. C, individually shielded twisted pairs, No. 16 AWG, stranded conductors of tinned copper with polyethylene insulation and aluminum-polyester shielding with #18 awg stranded copper drain wire surrounded by a chrome PVC jacket. Control cable shall be rated 600 volt and shall be UL listed with 100% shield coverage. Belden type 8719 or equivalent unless specified otherwise by the instrument manufacturer. 5. Data Wiring: a. Cables for data wiring shall be Category 5, 4-pair, 24 AWG solid bare copper conductor,unshielded, FEP insulation, plenum rated, Belden Cat. No. 1701 A, or equivalent. 6. Fire Alarm Wiring: a. Conductors for fire alarm circuits shall be routed in rigid galvanized steel conduit unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4". b. Signaling circuit conductors for fire alarm wiring installed within buildings shall be 300V, 105 deg C, power limited, type FPLR cable, #14 AWG minimum solid bare copper with PVC insulation encased in a 4� 12359A or 16050-4 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS diameter of the sleeve shall be the same as the outside diameter of the pipe used with it. The wall thickness of the sleeve shall be the same as the plastic coating. h. Fittings and Accessories: 1) All fittings, inside and out and accessories for use with PVC coated conduit shall be coated using the same specifications as that of the conduit. 2.) Right angle beam clamps and U-bolts will be provided with PVC encapsulated nuts that cover all exposed parts of the threads. 3) U-bolts will be sized to snugly fit the nominal 40 mil coated conduit. ,W 4) The screw heads on Form 8 condulets shall be encapsulated with a corrosion-resistant material by the manufacturer. The screw heads (on Form 8 condulets) will be hexagonal with a screwdriver slot. 5) All PVC coated conduit and fittings shall be installed using tools available from the manufacturer for the use intended. i. Installation of the system is to be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. j. A phenolic coating shall be fusion-bonded to the inside of the conduit, with a thickness of 2 mils minimum.. k. The interior coating shall be applied in such a manner so as to allow field bending without cracking or flaking of the interior coating. 1. Approved material: PLASTI-BOND RED as indicated on the Drawings and as manufactured by ROBROY INDUSTRIES, Verona, Pennsylvania, or approved equal. 8. Surface metal raceway shall be of .040" steel with buff finish. Acceptable Manufacturers: Wiremold "700 Series". 9. All fittings shall be of the same material as the respective raceway system. 10. Expansion fittings shall be watertight combination expansion and deflection type designed to compensate for movement in any direction. Fittings shall have flexible copper braid bonding jumpers, neoprene sleeve and stainless steel bands. Acceptable Manufacturer: O.Z./Gedney Type DX or approved equivalent. 11. Fittings for sealing around conduits passing through new below-grade qW concrete walls or floor shall be O.Z./Gedney Co. Type FSK, or equivalent. 12. Conduit wall and floor seals for cored holes and sleeved openings shall be Type CSM series as manufactured by O.Z./Gedney Co., or equivalent. 13. Conduit sealing bushings to seal the ends of conduits entering enclosures from below grade shall be O.Z./Gedney Co. Type CSB series, or equivalent. 14. Electrical metallic tubing fittings shall be interlocking compression type of cadmium-plated malleable iron or zinc coated steel, or stainless steel. No die cast, set screw and indenter type fittings shall be used. 15. Provide fittings for freeze expansion as required. .� 12359A "� 16050-3 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Conduit, Raceway and Tubing 1. Rigid Heavy Wall Steel Conduit (RSC or RGS) shall be constructed of hot dipped galvanized or electro-galvanized steel. Acceptable Manufacturers: Allied, Wheatland, or equivalent. 2. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) shall be hot-dipped galvanized or electro- galvanized steel. Acceptable Manufacturers: Allied, Wheatland, or equivalent. 3. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) shall be constructed of electro- galvanized steel. Acceptable Manufacturers: Allied, Wheatland, or equivalent. 4. Aluminum Conduit shall be rigid, heavy wall aluminum. Acceptable Manufacturers: Anaconda, Kaiser, VAW, or equivalent. 5. Flexible Metal Conduit shall be constructed of one continuous length of U. L. Approved electro-galvanized, spirally wound steel strip with interlocking convolutions and interior surfaces free from burrs and sharp edges. Flexible metal conduit installed in damp and wet locations shall be "liquid-tight" with PVC jacket. Acceptable Manufacturers: Alflex, Electri- Flex, or equivalent. 6. Non-Metallic (P.V.C.) Conduit shall be Schedule 40, heavy wall and U. L. listed for use above ground and direct burial underground. PVC conduit to be direct buried (not encased in concrete) shall be Schedule 80, extra heavy .. wall and UL Listed for the use intended. Acceptable Manufacturers: Carlon, Rob-Roy, or equivalent. 7. P.V.C. Coated Metallic Conduit. a. The galvanized metallic conduit, prior to plastic coating, shall conform to Federal Specifications WW-C-581d, ANSI Standard C80.1, UL Standard #6 and NEMA RNI-1980. b. The conduit shall be hot dip galvanized inside and out with galvanized threads. C. All conduit, conduit bodies, connectors, support systems and accessories in the corrosive areas, above grade or below grade, shall be coated as specified. d. Before coating, the galvanized surface shall be coated with an epoxy- acrylic primer to provide a bond greater than the tensile strength of the coating. e. The thickness of the coating is to be a nominal 40 mils except where the configuration or application of the unit dictates otherwise. f. The plastic coating shall be factory-applied by the same manufacturer who produces hot dip galvanized conduit. The coated conduit shall conform to NEMA Standard No. RNI-1980 (Type 40). g. Every female opening shall have a plastic sleeve extending one pipe diameter or 2", whichever is less, beyond the opening. The inside 12359A ow 16050-2 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS aw G. Where more than one trade is involved in an area, space or chase, all shall cooperate and install their own work to utilize the space equally between them in , proportion to their individual requirements. In general ductwork shall be given preference (except where grading of piping becomes a problem) followed by piping then electrical wiring. If, after installation of any equipment, piping, ducts, conduit, etc., it is determined that ample maintenance and passage space has not been provided, rearrange work and/or furnish other equipment as required to provide this space. The Contractor shall review drawings for other trades to determine any •� potential interferences and identify those with other trades. H. Cabling installed underground in trafficked areas, such as parking lots, driveways, turn-arounds, access roads, etc., shall be encased in concrete duct banks or .� otherwise protected from physical damage in accordance with the National Electrical Code, Articles 100 and 300. Wherever possible, the Contractor is to route these cables such that the minimum amount of cable run shall be subjected to these loads. If direct burial cable is permitted by Code for trafficked areas, it shall be installed in accordance with Article 100. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In General, the workmanship of the electrical installation shall be as described in the N.E.C.A. Electrical Design Guidelines. All methods of construction, details of workmanship, etc. that are not specifically described therein or indicated in the Contract Documents, shall be subject to the control and approval of the Engineer. B. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated in their respective sections of the Specifications. C. Work determined by the Engineer to be unsatisfactory according to industry standards shall be redone at the Contractor's expense, with no additional compensation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit shop drawings for the following equipment, materials, products, etc.: 1. Conduit, Raceway and Tubing. *• 2. Conductors and Cable 3. Outlet Boxes 4. Pull and Junction Boxes 5. Wiring Devices 6. Control Devices and Equipment 7. Modifications to MCC's 8. Circuit Breakers 9. Fuses 10. Metal Framing Channel 11. Electrical Handholes and Manholes 12. Conduit and Wall Seals Material and Fittings .R 13. Conductor Splices B. Submit Shop Drawings per SECTION 16010. 12359A 16050-1 SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Drawings are basically diagrammatic, unless detailed dimensioned Drawings are included, and show only approximate locations of equipment, fixtures, panelboards, MCC's, wiring devices, etc. Exact locations shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. B. While the general run of electrical feeders, branch circuits, conduits, etc. is indicated on the Drawings, it is not intended that exact routing be determined therefrom. Circuit designations on Single Line Diagrams, Electrical Schematics, Instrumentation Schematics, Panelboard Schedules and in the form of "Home Runs" on branches indicate the designation of the branch circuit, the size and quantity of branch circuit conductors, the branch circuit overcurrent device rating and the panelboard or interconnection box from which the branch circuit is served. These designations may be modified subject to field conditions and review of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing all drawings to determine the wiring and conduit requirements for a fully functioning system. C. Where the type, size, rating or mounting of equipment, raceways, conductors, wiring devices, etc. indicated in the Contract Documents is not clearly defined, " request clarification, in writing, no less than ten (10) days prior to the Bid date. If clarification is not requested within this time frame, provide Electrical work as directed by the Engineer. Electrical Contractor shall verify with the General Contractor and other subcontractors that equipment sizes remain per design prior to submitting bid. Contractor shall verify that all work required for a complete system is included in their bid. D. Measurements shall be made at the site and in the building during construction and all systems installed as the work progresses in such a manner that the equipment, piping, vents, ducts, conduit, etc., will fit in the space provided, maintain head room and if in unfinished areas, be as neatly installed, as obscure and "out-of-the- way" as physically possible. E. Prior to submission for review any item of equipment, determine whether or not it will fit in the space provided. Any changes in the size or location of the material or equipment supplied, which may be necessary in order to meet field conditions or in order to avoid conflicts between trades, shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Engineer and no exceptions taken before such alterations are made. F. All equipment and accessories and its interconnecting piping, ductwork, conduit, etc., shall be installed in such a manner that ample maintenance and passage space and Code-required space/access will be provided. 12359A No 16010-9 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL s� PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be as specified in the appropriate Sections of DIVISION 16. B. Approval of materials shall be as indicated in this Section. �. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be as specified in the appropriate Sections of DIVISION 16. 3.2 TESTS s A. Refer to paragraphs 1.1J and 1.1K of this SECTION. B. Provide additional testing as indicated in the appropriate Sections of DIVISION 16. 3.3 CLEANING A. Do not allow refuse and surplus materials to accumulate on the project site during the course of the work. B. Upon completion of the work, remove all refuse and surplus materials and leave the premises neat and clean. C. Clean all equipment surfaces and touch up all damaged surfaces to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 12359A am 16010-8 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL Symbols, equipment designations, etc. shall be consistent with the Contract Documents. Provide exact locations of all work which has been concealed in concrete, masonry or underground. G. Contractor shall provide detailed instrumentation loop diagrams, control panel diagrams, and motor schematics indicating exact point to point wiring. The electrical contractor and instrumentation vendor shall prepare the diagrams jointly to allow full coordination. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Coordinate material and equipment delivery with the project schedule. Notify the Engineer immediately, in writing, if material or equipment delivery will adversely affect the project schedule, include documentation from equipment suppliers indicating the revised delivery dates and the reason for the delay. B. Exercise care during loading, transporting, unloading and handling of materials to •R prevent damage. C. Check for defective or damaged materials, and for incomplete equipment shipments within seven (7) days after equipment delivery to the project site. D. Store materials and equipment on the construction site in enclosures or under protective covering in order to assure that materials and equipment are kept undamaged, clean and dry. ow E. Replace or repair, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all materials and equipment that are defective or that have been damaged during installation, at no additional cost to the Owner. "' 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Temporary light &power. `w 1. Coordinate temporary power usage with all other trades. 2. The General Contractor shall provide all temporary power, and shall pay for all temporary power. 3. Limit temporary service to 100 amperes, 120/240 volt, 1 phase, 3 wire. 4. Limit power and hand tool usage to motors not exceeding 1/2 HP. 5. Temporary power shall be separate from process power. B. Schedules: 1. Cutting and Patching: Perform all cutting, patching, trenching, trench covers, plastering, chases, slots, furring, grounds, masonry foundations, piers, excavating, pole bases, backfilling, pads, and other work incidental to installation of apparatus as required for electrical work. 1W 1.6 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee all equipment, materials and workmanship in accordance with the General Conditions of the Construction Contract and Section 11000. B. Warrant all material furnished and work executed is in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. 12359A '"' 16010-7 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL 4. Where substitutions are allowed as "equal" it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make any and all necessary modifications required to accommodate the installation of the substituted item(s). B. Shop Drawings and Samples: 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with General Conditions and as indicated herein. 2. Shop Drawings shall be submitted on all items of equipment and systems as indicated in related sections of DIVISION 16. 3. Shop Drawings shall be thoroughly checked by the Contractor for compliance with the Contract Documents. Verify that all equipment and materials proposed to be furnished will fit into available space and maintain specified clearances, and that all equipment is compatible with the general building construction of the areas into which they are to be installed. The submittal of any Shop Drawing implies that the Contractor has reviewed this Shop Drawing and that the above requirements have been met. 4. Shop Drawings Shall Consist Of: a. Project name and location. b. Contractor's name. C. Index Sheet - Listing the equipment being submitted utilizing equipment designations, or symbols, indicated on the Contract Documents together with the proposed manufacturer, style/type and catalog number. d. Manufacturer's scale or dimensioned drawings along with standard catalog "cut" sheets. e. Equipment ratings, service clearances and configuration. f. Listing of accessories to be furnished. g. Single-line and schematic diagrams where applicable. h. Refer to related sections of the specifications for special shop drawing requirements for individual equipment types. 5. Provide samples of such items as lighting fixtures and wiring devices upon request of the Engineer. C. Provide all certificates of inspection and approval from all regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Work under Division 16. D. Maintain properly documented and witnessed test and checkout reports and submit these to the Engineer prior to energizing the Electrical system. E. In accordance with Specification Section 01340, deliver to the Engineer six (6) bound sets of full and complete directions pertaining to the operation and maintenance of all equipment and systems installed under this Contract. These directions shall be neatly bound, consist of typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11" sheets with index tabs, and shall be accompanied by plans, diagrams, etc. of the work installed, parts lists, etc. necessary for the guidance of the Owner in operating, altering or repairing the installation. F. Provide the Owner with a list of local ' service departments of duly authorized distributors of materials and equipment of the type installed, which will stock the manufacturer's standard parts, etc. �. F. At the completion of the installation, provide reproducible Record Drawings indicating the final configuration of all Electrical Systems as they were installed. 12359A •. 16010-6 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL aw ow- 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supply all new materials, devices and equipment in conformance with: 1. Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc. ow 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 3. American National Standards Institute. 4. National Electrical Code. "• 5. OSHA B. All materials provided under this Contract shall be equal in quality, appearance and performance to that specified herein and shall be subject to the review of the .� Engineer. Verify the availability of all materials proposed to be used in the execution of the work prior to submitting same for the Engineer's review. The discontinuance of production of any material or product after the Engineer's review has been made shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing an alternate of equal quality and design without additional cost. „ C. Materials and equipment furnished under this Contract shall be standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of such products and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with Specification requirements. Products shall essentially duplicate material and equipment that have been in satisfactory local use at least three years. D. The Contractor shall have supplied comparable systems to those specified herein and shall maintain engineering and service departments capable of designing and maintaining these systems. For a period of twelve (12) months from the date of acceptance of the work, provide all necessary supervision, labor, materials, and equipment, in order to correct any defects in any system due to faulty materials, equipment, installation methods, or workmanship and consequent damage resulting from such defects. This work shall be scheduled during normal working hours and at the convenience of the Owner. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Substitutions 1. Where new equipment is specified to be provided as part of an extension to an existing system, the manufacturer of that equipment shall match that of the original. Substitutions will not be considered as equal unless specifically noted so. 2. Certain new equipment and systems have been specified with one or more make(s) followed by the phrase "or equal". In such cases, the Contractor may submit a proposed substitution for review by the Engineer. The decision of equality of a proposed substitution rests fully with the Engineer. 3. Certain new equipment and systems have been specified with one or more make(s) WITHOUT the phrase "or equal". In such cases, only one of the manufactured products listed will be allowed. 12359A 16010-5 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL additional lamacoid nametag for each overcurrent device or motor starter located within the enclosure to indicate the equipment which it serves or controls. All labeling shall be complete and project specific as shown on the contract documents. 3. All branch circuit panelboards and distribution panelboards shall be provided with a neatly typewritten directory identifying the equipment each overcurrent protection device protects. Provide and mount this directory under plastic in the directory frame at provided in each panelboard. 4. Power conductors shall be continuously polarized and color coded throughout using the following scheme: a. White or gray - All neutral conductors, 208/120V systems b. White w/tracer of any color but Green All neutral conductors, 480/277 volt systems C. Green-All ground conductors d. Phase Conductors - �. 208/120V 240/120V 480/277V Systems Systems Systems Phase A - Black Phase A -Purple Phase A - Yellow Phase B - Red Phase B - Pink Phase B -Brown Phase C - Blue Phase C - Tan Phase C - Orange e. For conductors No. 6 and smaller, color coding shall correspond to the color of the conductor insulation. For color coding of wire larger than No. 6, use self-adhesive, wrap-around type markers. These markers shall be used at all panelboards, junction boxes, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, etc. 5. Control conductors shall be identified using numerical tags corresponding to conductor designations indicated on approved shop drawings of schematic diagrams, and as required for clarification of system and equipment connections. Conductors shall be clearly identified at each terminal block, equipment connection and junction. Tags and labels shall be pre-manufactured for intended purpose. we 6. Lamacoid Nametags a. Lamacoid nametags shall be nominal V x 4-3" with 5/32" black lettering on a white background. b. Lamacoid nametags shall be constructed of a modified acrylic composition with a minimum .002" matte finished top layer suitable for outdoor locations and UV stable. d. Lamacoid nametags shall have beveled edges on all four sides. e. Provide holes in nametag for permanent attachment to equipment. M. All electrical equipment shall be suitable for the areas where mounted in accordance with Area Classifications indicated on Electrical Drawings. Contractor shall assure that the proper type, enclosure, mounting and catalog numbers are provided during the Submittal phase. 12359A Am 16010-4 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL Oft shall assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs in correcting such work in order to comply with such codes, standards, etc. , 4. Secure and pay for all permits, fees and licenses necessary for the proper execution of the work under DIVISION 16. J. Tests and Procedures Prior To Start-up: 1. All equipment shall be properly identified as indicated in this SECTION. 2. All equipment and materials shall be clean, dry and free of foreign materials. All screw and bolt connections shall be checked for tightness. 3. Conductor connections and terminations, and all bus bar connections shall be checked for proper tightness and continuity. 4. Provide 1000 volt "Megger" insulation testing on all 600 volt feeder conductors and motor power conductors. K. Demonstration of Complete Electrical Systems 1. The Owner will assume no liability or responsibility for any portions of the �. installation under this Contract until they are demonstrated and accepted in writing. Final demonstrations shall be made only after the Engineer is , satisfied that the work has been completed in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents. 2. After the Electrical system is completed, and when directed by the Engineer, „ demonstrate the total system operation and make final adjustments to the system. If any system or piece of equipment within a system fails to function properly, rectify such defects or inadequacies and make a final demonstration as directed by the Engineer. 3. Provide the services of authorized manufacturers' representatives to instruct the Owner's representatives in the proper operation of each partial or complete system installed under this Contract. 4. Pay all charges or fees, including the cost of any special test equipment, factory engineers, etc. necessary for the proper performance of the specified " tests, demonstrations and instructions. 5. All demonstrations and instructions referred to shall be scheduled at the convenience of the Engineer and the Owner and in no case shall be scheduled without at least seventy-two (72) hours written notice. Provide written certification by system and / or major equipment system along with industry acceptable test documentation that the electrical and instrumentation systems have been completely tested and are in proper operational working condition. L. Identification: 1. All distribution equipment (substations, switchboards, motor control centers, .� distribution and branch circuit panelboards, transformers, transfer switches, disconnects, starters, control panels, etc.) shall have an engraved lamacoid nametag, mounted on the device in a clearly visible location, indicating the equipment's designation, identification number and power supply. All labeling shall be complete and project specific as shown on the contract documents. 2. All distribution equipment which feed multiple loads such as switchboards, distribution panels, motor control centers, etc., shall be provided with an 12359A .. 16010-3 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL under DIVISION 15 will be provided under DIVISION 15, unless specifically indicated on the Drawings related to DIVISION 16. H. Removals, Relocations and Rearrangements: 1. Examine the existing site, structure(s) and installation(s) for the work of all trades which will influence the cost of the work under DIVISION 16. This work shall include removals, relocations and rearrangements relating to the work of all trades which may interfere with, disturb or complicate the performance of the work under DIVISION 16; and relating to the work involving systems, equipment and related service lines which shall continue to be utilized as part of the finished project. 2. When the Contract Documents indicate elimination of, or structural changes in walls, floors, ceilings, enclosures, pipe chases, etc., remove, relocate, rearrange and reconnect as required, all existing Electrical Work such that systems to remain shall continue to function properly. * 3. Provide in the Base Bid a sufficient amount to include all removals, relocations, rearrangements and reconnections herein specified, necessary or required to provide approved operation and coordination of the combined new and existing systems and equipment. 4. Work includes demolition of existing electrical driven process equipment within the facility and near the lagoons. 5. Work also includes the demolition and installation of a new generator. The Treatment Facility, and Leachate Pump Station shall maintain a back-up power source at all times during the construction of this project. Prior to installation of the new generator, the utility company must be notified so the transfer switch and related equipment that maintain isolation from the utility service can be reviewed and approved. L Codes and Fees: 1. Comply with the following codes, standards,regulations and specifications: a. National Electrical Code (N.F.P.A. No. 70 - most recent edition) b. Life Safety Code (N.F.P.A. No. 101 - most recent edition) C. Occupational Safety and Health Act (O.S.H.A.) - regarding construction practices. d. Utility Company standards, specifications and requirements. e. Telephone Company standards, specifications and requirements. f. State and local electrical codes, building codes and fire codes for the locale where the work is to be performed. 2. Compliance with the above codes, standards, etc., does not relieve the Contractor from the requirements of the Contract Documents which may exceed these codes, standards, etc. but which are not contrary to them. 3. If it is observed that the Contract Documents are at variance with any of the above codes, standards, etc., promptly notify the Engineer in writing, and necessary changes shall be adjusted by appropriate modification. If any work is performed which is contrary to such codes, standards, etc., the Contractor 12359A ow 16010-2 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL b. Provide complete branch circuit wiring systems including all raceways, conductors, cables, outlet and junction boxes, wiring devices and device connections. C. Provide a complete Standby Power System as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. d. Provide all required interconnecting conduit and wiring for HVAC, ATC Power and Control Systems and operations specified under Division 15. Electrical subcontractor is responsible to review the HVAC/ ATC Drawings and Specifications to Division 15 to determine the ATC control conduit and wiring requirements. Electrical subcontractor is responsible to implement conduit and wiring needs to match the functional descriptions in Division 15. e. Coordinate the work of other trades which will affect the work under DIVISION 16 and direct such trades as required to accomplish all necessary cutting, patching, excavation, trenching, backfill, and concrete work necessary for the completion of the work under DIVISION 16. 3. Coordination with Division 15 a. Provide all required interconnecting power and control 120V conduit and wiring for HVAC Systems and operations specified under DIVISION 15. Electrical subcontractor is responsible to review the HVAC Drawings and Specifications to determine the power conduit and wiring requirements. Electrical subcontractor is responsible to implement conduit and wiring needs to match the functional descriptions in Div 15 except that specifically identified as provided by the HVAC subcontractor. HVAC subcontractor shall be responsible for all control low voltage 24VAC conduit and wiring. This shall include, but is not necessarily limited to, wiring for automatic temperature control, boiler and control wiring for plumbing systems. The HVAC subcontractor shall provide all miscellaneous 120VAC control from HVAC control panels to final control devices, as required, unless specifically included in Electrical work per the Drawings and Specifications. Provide safety disconnects and receptacles required by NEC. G. Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. The materials and methods used for all Electrical Work indicated in the Contract Documents shall meet the requirements specified in Division 16. 2. The following Electrical Work and Work relating to the Electrical Work will be performed under other Divisions of the Contract Documents: a. Substitutions, product options, cleaning up and project record documents are specified in DIVISION 1. b. Site work and excavation are specified in DIVISION 2. c. Concrete Work DIVISION 3. d. Metals are specified in DIVISION 5. e. Painting is specified in Section 09900. f. All interconnecting 24 volt control wiring required for the specified Heating and Ventilation systems, equipment and operations indicated 12359A ' ar 16010-1 SECTION 16010 w. ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, operations, methods and procedures as indicated in the Contract Documents, together with all items necessary for or incidental to the completion of the work. B. All systems or additions to existing systems indicated in the Contract Documents shall mean all necessary supervision, labor, equipment and materials required to provide complete, properly functioning systems. C. All systems shall be adjusted, tested, inspected and turned over to the Owner in perfect working order. D. The words "provide", "supply", "supply and install", "install", "furnish" or "furnish and install", as used in DIVISION 16 or as indicated on the Drawings related to DIVISION 16 shall mean a complete and properly functioning Electrical installation performed by the Contractor. E. References: 1. Refer to Architectural, Structural, Heating and Ventilating, Plumbing, Process Piping and Instrumentation Drawings to coordinate material and equipment locations and electrical requirements. 2. Applicable portions of DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS together with DIVISION 1 - "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS", are part of DIVISION 16. 3. Refer to "SECTION 01630 - SUBSTITUTION AND PRODUCT OPTIONS", for work affecting DIVISION 16. Refer to SECTION 00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS; SECTION 00700 - GENERAL 40 CONDITIONS: SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS; and as specified herein regarding substitutions of materials and equipment. 40 F. Work Specified Herein: 1. Visit and examine the project site and become familiar with all existing conditions pertinent to the work to be performed thereon. No additional compensation will be allowed for failure to be so informed. 2. The following scope of work is a brief generalization of the type and extent of the work specified under DIVISION 16. Detailed requirements are indicated on the Drawings and in related sections of the Specifications. The work specified under DIVISION 16 includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: a. Provide Electrical Service and Distribution System as indicated on the "Single-Line Diagram", related drawings and schedules, and as specified herein. 12359A 16001-2 ELECTRICAL FILED SUB-BID PART2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION ww im 12359A Ow 16001-1 SECTION 16001 ELECTRICAL FILED SUB-BID PART 1 - GENERAL OW 1.1 FILED SUB-BID DESCRIPTION A. The work of this section requires a filed sub-bid in accordance with Massachusetts General Law, Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44J, inclusive and as amended. The following technical specification sections describe the work to be provided under a single filed sub-bid for the Electrical category of work. 16001 - Electrical Filed Sub-Bid 16010 - Electrical - General 16050 - Basic Materials and Methods 16160 - Cabinets and Enclosures 16400 - Service and Distribution 16620 - Standby Power System B. Reference Drawings: The work of this section is shown on the following Drawings and shall be provided under a single filed sub-bid for the Electrical category of work. E-1 through E-8 C. The Sub-bidder's attention is directed to all Division 0 and Division 1 Specification Sections, which are hereby made a part of this Section. 1.2 FILED SUB-BID SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Sub-bids for work under this section shall comply with M.G.L., Ch. 149, §44D through 44F, and shall be filed on the form provided in Division 0 of these Specifications. B. Sub-bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, on the date and before the time stipulated in the Advertisement for Bid. C. Sub-bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security and the appropriate DCAM certification and update statement. D. Submit Sub-Bid in accordance with Article 15 of Section 00100 - Instructions to Bidders. E. The work of this Section shall be incorporated in the appropriate category of the General Bid Form to be submitted by General Bidders. A subcontract, in the form required by M.G.L., Ch. 149, §44F, shall be made on the basis of this sub-bid. 12359A .s 15891-2 DUCT INSULATION&LINING 2. Required on all heated or cooled supply air ductwork from air handling unit to duct termination including air handler if not factory insulated. 3. Required on exhaust ductwork from outside closure damper to exterior wall or roof. 4. Insulate entire ducts and seal to prevent condensation on cold surfaces, including standing seams, support straps, and other metal attached to the ductwork. 5. Insulate access doors and gaskets to prevent metal to metal contact. B. Apply insulation to clean, dry ductwork. C. Remove damaged insulation and replace to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Use sealing tapes 3 inches wide, reinforced, pressure sensitive type, SMACNA approved. Tapes that do not adhere to insulation shall be cause for rejection of all insulation work. Only apply tape when ambient temperature is between 40°F and 100° F. E. Fiberglass Ductwrap: 1. Apply insulation adhesive in 4" wide strips, 8" on center, circumferentially around duct. 2. Tightly wrap insulation around duct with all joints butted and longitudinal joint overlapped 2 inches. 3. On the bottom of ductwork over 24 inches wide, provide and install mechanical fasteners at not more than 18" on center. 4. Tape all joints with 3" wide tape. 5. Tape over protruding stick pins. F. Rigid Fiberglass Duct Board: 1. Impale insulation on welded pins or stick clips. 2. Install pins not more than 3" from edges, and 12" on center. 3. Seal all insulation edges and butt joints with 3" wide tape. 4. Seal all stick pin penetrations with round vapor barrier patches. END OF SECTION 12359A ""` 15891-1 SECTION 15891 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide and install all duct insulation as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: "HVAC - General" is specified in this Division. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Hazard Rating: When tested by ASTM E84 method flame spread rating shall not exceed 25. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Fiberglass: a. Owens-Corning. b. Knauf. C. Certainteed. d. Or approved equal. 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit samples of each insulation type. B. Submit T-0" piece of sealing tape. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Duct insulation for non-wet area locations. 1. Ductwork: a. 1'/2 inch thick fiberglass ductwrap b. Factory applied reinforced aluminum or vinyl vapor barrier facing. C. Thermal conductivity @ 75°F: .26/inch minimum d. Equal to Owens-Corning series ED-100 FRK-25 2. Plenums and duct sections with one side 48" or larger: a. 1'/2 inch thick rigid industrial fiberglass insulating board b. Factory applied reinforced aluminum or vinyl vapor barrier facing C. Thermal conductivity @ 75°F: .24/inch minimum d. Density: 3 lb/cu. ft. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Duct Insulation: 1. Required on all outside air intakes from exterior wall or roof to duct termination or damper including fan casing. 12359A ow 15869-2 LOUVERS PART 2 - PRODUCTS a 2.1 MATERIALS A. Exterior Stationary Louvers: 1. Equal to Ruskin Mfr. Co. Model ELF-3751). 2. Storm proof, .081 extruded aluminum 6063-T5 blades. 3. Architectural style. 4. 6063-T5 extruded structural aluminum frame, .100" wall thickness, mitered corners and caulking slots. 5. Rigid hidden architectural style mullions as required for span, but not greater than 48" on center. Provide mullions at each section of louver requiring duct or fan connection. 6. Blade stiffeners. 7. 1/2 inch mesh replaceable aluminum bird screen on interior, insect screen where shown on the Drawings. 8. Kynar 500 finish- manufacturer's standard color selected by Engineer. 9. 4 inch width. 10. Provide extended sill. 11. Caulk slots and flange when installed in masonry construction. Provide nailing •• flange when installed in wood frame construction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install as required using manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. B. Caulk all openings as required in Division 7 and as shown on the Drawings. C. Isolate metal to metal contact between aluminum louver frames and steel damper frames or ductwork with suitable paint. 3.2 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Clean all louvers and dampers of grease, tar and dirt to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. Adjust all louvers to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 12359A 15869-1 SECTION 15869 LOUVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide and install louvers and accessories where shown on the Drawings. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere (When Applicable): 1. Caulking and flashing are specified in Division 7. 2. Sheet metal ductwork, air devices, automatic temperature control, etc., are specified in the appropriate Sections in this Division. 3. Electrical is specified in Division 16. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All louvers shall be certified by AMCA for air pressure drop, free area, and water penetration. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Ruskin Mfr. Co. 2. Air Balance, Inc. 3. Louvers & Dampers, Inc. 4. American Warming and Ventilating, Inc. 5. Airstream Inc. 6. Or equivalent. 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit shop drawings, manufacturer's literature, maintenance data and operating instructions as stated in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. B. Submit free area, pressure drop, and water penetration data for each louver for approval. C. Submit AMCA certification for louver style. D. Submit sample louver section with proposed finish for review and no exceptions taken by the Engineer. E. Submit scale drawings of each louver showing sizes, construction details, and mullion locations. 1.4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened containers as job progress requires. B. Store in unopened containers in weathertight building. C. Exercise care in handling to avoid bending blades or frames, damaging finish and other damage of any nature. 12359A MW 15862-2 DAMPERS B. Damper Operators: 1. Manual operators supplied by damper or louver manufacturer. 2. Motor operators and linkage to connect motor to damper linkage will be furnished and installed by the Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) Contractor. 3. Normal closed or open as noted, spring return, electric motor operated. Modulating type as indicated in Section 15604. C. Miscellaneous Connecting Sheet Metal: 1. Galvanized steel or stainless steel to match adjacent duct. 2. Thickness: Per SMACNA 3. Joints, seams, connections, cross bracing, flanges and supports as required for installation and recommended by SMACNA. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install dampers, operators and linkage in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Insure all blades open, close, and seal properly. C. Adjust weights on backdraft dampers. END OF SECTION e 12359A 15862-1 SECTION 15862 DAMPERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide and install dampers and accessories where shown on the Drawings. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. "HVAC General" is specified in this Division. 2. Electrical is specified in Division 16. 3. Combination louvers and dampers are specified in Section 15869. �r 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Air Balance, Inc. 2. Airstream 3. Louvers & Dampers, Inc. 4. Ruskin. 5. Or approved equal. 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 1.4 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver as Work progress requires. B. Protect in a suitable weathertight enclosure to prevent damage of any nature. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Motor Operated Air Control Dampers: 1. Control Dampers: a. Equal to Ruskin Model CD50 control damper. b. Multi-blade, parallel or opposed blade as indicated. C. Fully gasketed with a maximum allowable leakage of 8 cfm per square foot of face area at 4 inches W.C. differential pressure. d. Entire damper shall be constructed from aluminum 6063-T5 structural shapes and extrusions. e. Bearings and blade shafts shall be non-corrosive. 12359A 15840-5 DUCTWORK AND DEVICES 3.3 SHEET METAL THICKNESS TABLES A. Minimum Sheet Metal Gauges For Rectangular Duct for both galvanized steel and stainless steel ducts shall be according to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, P Edition- 2005. B. Wherever the tables allow for more than one choice of gage and reinforcement, the Contractor shall select the gage reinforcement and reinforcement spacing that will be used throughout the Contract and submit this information to the Engineer through the submittal process specified in the General Conditions. END OF SECTION VO 12359A .. 15840-4 DUCTWORK AND DEVICES H. Duct Supports: Provide and install duct supports not less than two 1-inch by 1/16 inch thick spaced one on each side of duct in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal & Flexible 2"a Edition. Supports on the risers shall allow free vertical movement of the duct. I. Support ducts and install to be completely free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Attach supports only to structural framing member and concrete slabs. Do not anchor supports to metal decking unless a means is provided and approved for preventing the anchor from puncturing the metal decking. Where supports are required .W between structural framing members, provide suitable intermediate metal framing. Where C-clamps are used, use retainer clips. J. Access Panels: Provide access panels for all concealed valves, controls, dampers, duct access doors, and any item requiring inspection and maintenance. Provide access panels of sufficient size. .R K. Flexible Collars: Provide flexible collars in connections between fans and ducts or casings and where ducts are of dissimilar metals, as shown on the Drawings and were required. Make collars of neoprene coated glass fabric weighing approximately 30 �. ounces per square yard. Securely fasten flexible connections by stainless steel clinch type bands for round ducts. For rectangular ducts, install the flexible connections locked to metal collars using normal duct construction standards. •► L. Flashings: Where ducts pass through exterior building walls and roofs, provide flashings and make waterproof. Flashing shall conform to Division 7. M. Cleaning of Duct System: After completing installation of ductwork, clean the entire system of rubbish, plaster, dirt and any other debris. After installation of equipment and connections are made to fan, and before any grilles, outlets or registers are installed, blow out the entire system with dampers and outlets wide open. 3.2 QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: Upon completion and prior to acceptance of the installation, perform the w following tests: 1. Low Velocity Ductwork: Test and make substantially airtight all supply, return, and exhaust ducts, plenums, and casings, at the static pressure indicated for the system before covering with insulation or concealing in masonry. Substantially airtight shall be construed to mean that no air leakage is noticeable through the senses of feeling or hearing at all duct joints. B. Preliminary Tests: Give the air supply and distribution system and its components an operational test for a period of not less than 4 hours. C. After preliminary test, adjust, test and balance the air supply and distribution system to obtain air volumes as shown on the Drawings. Record final balanced air quantities and submit to the Engineer for approval. .. D. Provide necessary samples from installed ductwork as Engineer may require (not to exceed 10) for inspection purposes. Patch all openings due to the removal of the samples at no additional cost to the Owner. 12359A �^ 15840-3 DUCTWORK AND DEVICES elbows with curved vanes as shown on the Drawings. Devices shall be of the same material as ductwork. F. Duct Access Doors: Provide hinged doors at all automatic dampers, fire dampers, coils, thermostats, temperature controllers, and other apparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct system. Doors shall be 12 by 12 inches unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Where size of duct will not accommodate this size, make the doors ,e as large as practical. Install doors not less than 24 by 24 inches on each side of each air-handling unit. Doors shall be rigid, and shall be provided with airtight felt gaskets. Provide doors with hinges, pins and two fasteners of the same material as the adjacent duct. Provide doors 24 by 24 inches or larger with fasteners operable from both sides. Doors in insulated ducts shall be of the insulated type. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, doors shall swing so that fan pressure or suction holds the door closed. G. Duct Sleeves and Prepared Openings: 1. Round ducts - 15 inches in diameter or less: Provide duct sleeves for all round ducts 15 inches diameter or less passing through floors, walls, ceiling, or roof. Install ducts larger than 15 inches diameter and all square and rectangular ducts passing through floors, walls, ceilings or roof. Sleeves shall conform to the requirements of Section 15092 except as noted below: a. Sleeve shall provide one inch clearance between the duct and the sleeve, or one inch clearance between the insulation and the sleeve for insulated ducts, except at grilles, registers, and diffusers. 2. Round ducts larger than 15 inches diameter and all rectangular ducts: a. Install ducts larger than 15 inches diameter and all square and rectangular ducts passing through floors, walls, ceilings or roof through prepared openings. b. Provide one inch clearance between the duct and the prepared opening, or one inch clearance between the insulation and the prepared opening for insulated ducts, except at grilles, registers, and diffusers. C. Space between the prepared opening and the duct or duct insulation shall be packed with commercial grade twisted fireproof yarn. Seal the annular space with polyurethane sealant, S-6, per Section 07900 for standard penetrations. Penetrations through fire rated walls and floors shall utilize Fyre-shield sealant, S-7, per Section 07900 in lieu of the polyurethane sealant. 3. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper size and location of sleeves and prepared openings. The Drawings attempt to indicate approximate sleeve and prepared opening sizes. The actual size is to be carefully coordinated with concrete placement and other construction activities to ensure sufficient and properly sized sleeves and prepared openings are provided. Due consideration should be given to the need for increased opening sizes to accommodate devices such as fire dampers or contractor selected equipment. 4. Provide duct sleeves and prepared openings for all duct mains and duct branches. Branch takeoff connections to grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal & Flexible 2nd Edition. 12359A M 15840-2 DUCTWORK AND DEVICES MW PART 2 - PRODUCTS or 2.1 MATERIALS A. All ducts, devices and accessories except PVC ducts and other ducts noted on drawings shall be constructed to SMACNA 2 inch water gage (w.g.) classification for both vacuum and pressure applications. B. Ducts, devices and accessories shall be constructed of materials as noted below and on the Drawings. 1. Galvanized Steel C. Insulation and Lining: Ducts requiring lining or insulation shall use materials specified in the "Duct Insulation and Lining" Section in this Division. Note that duct sizes shown are inside clear dimension, not necessarily sheet metal size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION .w A. Elbows, vaned elbows, take-offs, branch connections, transitions, splitters, duct volume dampers, fire dampers, flexible connectors, and access doors shall conform to SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. B. Install duct so that ductwork shall operate without chatter, vibration, and be air tight so that no dust marks from air leaks will show at connections or outlets. C. Field Changes to Ductwork: Design changes such as those required to suit the size of factory fabricated equipment actually furnished to minimize losses in pressure and performance due to sudden expansion and contraction. Use transitions in field changes as well as modifications to connecting ducts. D. Splitters and Dampers: Dampers shall have accessible operating mechanism, and where operators occur in finished portions of the building, operators shall be chromium plated with all exposed edges rounded. Splitter dampers shall be operated by quadrant operators or 3/16 inch rod brought through the side of the duct with locking setscrew and bushing. Two rods are required on splitters over 8 inches. Manual volume-control dampers shall be operated by locking type quadrant operators. Dampers and splitters shall be two gages heavier than duct in which installed. Unless otherwise indicated, multi-leaf damper shall be opposed blade type with maximum blade width of 4 inches. Access doors or panels shall be provided for all concealed damper operators and locking setscrews. Unless otherwise indicated, provide the locking type quadrant operators for dampers, when installed on ducts to be thermally insulated, with stand-off mounting brackets, bases or adapters to provide clearance between the duct surface and the operator not less than the thickness of the insulation. Stand-off mounting items shall be integral with the operator or standard accessory of the damper manufacturer. Provide volume dampers where shown on the Drawings. E. Air Deflectors: Provide air deflectors in all square elbows, duct- mounted supply outlets, takeoff or extension collars to supply outlets, and tap-in branch-takeoff connections. Air deflectors shall be factory-fabricated and factory- or field-assembled units consisting of curved turning vanes or louver blades for uniform air distribution and change of direction with minimum turbulence and pressure loss. Provide square 12359A 15840-1 SECTION 15840 DUCTWORK AND DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide and install all required sheet metal and ductwork, setting of control dampers, louvers, flexible connections, and devices as shown on the Drawings or required to make the installation complete in accordance with the intent of the Drawings and Specifications. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. "HVAC - General" is specified in this Division. 2. Pipe Sleeves and Seals are specified in Section 15092. 3. Sealants are specified in Section 07900. C. Design Criteria: The drawings do not show every detail of fittings, hangers and equipment which are necessary for the complete installation, but are provided to show the general arrangement. 1.2 _QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ductwork: 1. SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal & Flexible, 3rd Edition," 2005. 2. ASHRAE Duct Construction Recommendations (5 percent maximum leakage allowable). 3. SMACNA "Thermoplastic Duct (PVC) Construction Manual, 2"d Edition," 1995. 4. SMACNA "Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards, 2nd Edition," 1999. 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit manufacturer's certification for the type of material provided. B. Submit all shop drawings to the Engineer as specified in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract and as specified in Section 01340. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver all ductwork and accessories as Work progress requires. B. Store all material to prevent damage of any nature. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection: 1. Protect all ductwork, and accessories from the accumulation of paint, concrete, mortar, etc. 2. Keep the interior of duct system free from dirt, rubbish, etc. 12359A 15832-2 ROOF VENTILATORS mv 3.2 CLEANING A. Clean roof ventilators of grease, tar and dirt to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION aw OF .. ow 12359A Aw 15832-1 40 SECTION 15832 ROOF VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install roof ventilators as shown on the Drawings and as herein specified. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: "HVAC - General" is specified in this Division. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Penn-Ventilator, Inc. "Airette" 2. Louvers & Dampers, Inc. 3. American Warming and Ventilating. 4. Loren Cook Co. - G.I. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Low Profile Rectangular: 1. Hood and base: a. Hood-formed of 18 ga. aluminum. b. Properly braced aluminum support structure to withstand wind and snow loads. c. All joints shall be fastened by means of corrosion resistant bolts or by welding. d. Finish: Standard mill. e. Throat size shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Furnish galvanized weather and insect screen. 3. Roof Curb: a. Furnish unless concrete curb is constructed integral with roof. b. 12 inch high galvanized steel or aluminum construction. C. Inside shall have 1 inch minimum of semi-ridig insulation with aluminum liner. d. 2 inch x 2 inch treated wood nailer when required. e. Sealed and welded corner support angles. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install as shown on the Drawings and using manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install as job progress requires to insure proper flashing and counter flashing. 12359A wu 15608-3 STEEL INSIDE FUEL STORAGE TANK PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Testing: After the oil piping system has been completed, test the same with air at 110 percent of the maximum anticipated pressure of the system but not less than 5 psi gage at the highest point of the system. This test shall be maintained for a sufficient time to complete visual inspection of all joints and connections, but for at least 10 minutes. 1. Remove any components that will not withstand the test pressure. 2. Repair all leaks. No caulking will be permitted for repairs. 3. Repeat tests as required by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. C. After testing, fill both tanks with No. 2 oil at no additional cost to the Owner. At completion of project, refill tanks immediately prior to acceptance by Owner. D. Demonstrate proper operation of all gauges and detection systems to the Owner and Engineer. ,. END OF SECTION MX Mw '" " 12359A 15608-2 STEEL INSIDE FUEL STORAGE TANK PIPING AND EQUIPMENT a. Malleable-iron threaded fittings ASME/ANSI B16.3, Class 150. •� b. Wrought steel welding fittings ASTM A 234/A234M. 2. Vent and fill piping shall be schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM A53/A53M with malleable iron threaded fittings ASME/ANSI B16.3, Class 150 Terminate vent with NFPA type flame. 3. Underground pipe shall be encased in flexible, double-containment piping complying with UL971 manufactured by OPW "FlexWorks" or equal. B. Valves and Piping Specialties: 1. Bodies shall be bronze with end connections compatible with piping system. 2. Gate Valves: Wedge disc, non-rising stem, 125 pound class. 3. Check valves: Lift check or swing type, 125 pound class, with renewable composition discs or metallic disc of regrinding type. 4. Fusible link valve: Deadweight loaded gate valve with fusible thermal link. 5. Filter at boiler only shall be simplex type, with inlet and outlet connections at the same horizontal line. The cartridge shall be wound fiber type with a minimum ®, life expectancy of 2,000 gallons. C. Tank Level Gauge: 1. Direct reading, in gallons. ., 2. One gauge on each tank. 3. Equal to Scully "Econ-O-Gage" or Scully "Ventalarm Gauge". D. Overfill Alarm: 1. Equal to Scully "Ventalarm Signal" standard model or Scully "Remote Ventalarm Signal" as shown on drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The entire installation shall conform to NFPA 30 and 31, and local and state codes. B. Carefully set tanks in place to prevent splitting or cracking of tank or damage to the .� finish. C. Install all pipe, fittings and valves as required for complete fuel system between tank .and equipment. D. Provide Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves at all floor, wall, and foundation penetrations. Pack the space between the pipes and sleeves with oakum and seal the ends with silicone caulking as specified in Division 7. E. Install tank gauges on tanks. F. Provide dielectric unions at junction between steel and copper piping or equipment. G. Provide anti-syphon check valve whenever top of tank is above level of fuel burning equipment. 3.2 TESTING A. Test the fuel tank for leaks after installation with air at a pressure of 5 psi. 12359A '" An 15608-1 4W SECTION 15608 An STEEL INSIDE FUEL STORAGE TANK PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ,. PART 1 - GENERAL 44 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide and install, where shown on the Drawings, fuel piping and accessories for standby generator diesel tank. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Concrete is specified in Division 3. 2. Mechanical is specified in the appropriate Sections in this Division. 3. Electrical is specified in Division 16 (fuel tank to be supplied with standby generator). 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes, Regulations and Standards: 1. National Fire Protection Association. 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 3. American Petroleum Institute. 4. NFPA 30/31 as amended by the State of Massachusetts. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Valves and Piping Specialties: a. Stockham b. Crane C. Preferred Utilities d. Or approved equal. 2. Gauges and Alarms: a. Petrometer b. Preferred Utilities C. Scully d. Or approved equal 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit shop drawings as stated in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. B. Submit all test reports as required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe: 1. Fuel lines shall be schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM A53/A53M. 12359A 15604-5 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL(ELECTRIC) 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide all control equipment, panels and manual controls with black lamacoid nameplates engraved with white letters indicating the function, tag number, service or apparatus being served. B. Properly number all wires and terminals where applicable. 3.6 GUARANTEE A. The control system designated on Drawings and plans and herein specified, shall be guaranteed to be free from original defects in both material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year of normal use and service, excepting damages from other causes. This guarantee shall become effective starting the date the Owner begins to receive beneficial use of the system. 3.7 PROGRAMMED MAINTENANCE A. Upon completion of the installation, the control contractor shall submit to the Owner for consideration, an agreement, to provide the necessary programmed maintenance to keep the various control systems in proper working condition. B. This proposed programmed maintenance agreement shall fully describe the maintenance work to be performed and shall advise the cost of this work during the 1 year guarantee period provided as part of this Contract by the ATC Contractor as well as for subsequent years thereafter. END OF SECTION 12359A Imp 15604-4 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL(ELECTRIC) ..E damper operators shall be powered closed and spring loaded to open fully upon a power failure. .w 3.2 INSTALLATION A. The automatic temperature control mechanics shall provide supervision and aw direction for all trades that are installing equipment supplied by the temperature control manufacturer. B. All controllers, wiring, equipment, etc., shall be installed by mechanics regularly nW employed by the temperature control manufacturer. C. Control wiring shall be neatly installed, parallel to building lines, and in locations not subject to damage. .w 3.3 COMPLETION .. A. Upon completion of the project, the control system provider shall: 1. Completely adjust, ready for use, all thermostats, controllers, valves, damper operators, relays, etc., provided under this Section. ,w 2. Furnish three (3) instruction manuals covering the function and operation of the control systems on the project for the use of the Owner's operating personnel. A representative of the ATC systems provider shall be available on site for 8 hours of start-up and shall conduct an operational test of the system in the presence and satisfaction of the Engineer's designated representative and the Owner's representative. During this 8-hour period, the technician shall *� instruct the Owner's Representatives in the proper use and routine maintenance of all ATC equipment. 3.4 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Operator Training shall be performed by a duly authorized representative of the ATC system provider, who is fully trained in the installation, startup and operation of the equipment. B. Provide combined training and operational assistance for plant operators in the proper operations of the ATC system equipment, and in the techniques, methods, schedules, etc. associated with maintenance. C. The level of the training and operational assistance provided shall be as required to ensure proper understanding of the equipment's operations, maintenance and warranty conditions. Should the representative require time in addition to the minimums indicated herein to sufficiently detail the proper operations and maintenance of the equipment, it will be provided at no additional cost to Owner. Under absolutely no circumstances shall warrantees become void due to Owner's failure to follow operational and maintenance procedures which were not fully detailed and described in Owner's representatives during these sessions. D. At the Owner's discretion, the training sessions may be video recorded for Owner's future use. .W .► 12359A .. 15604-3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL(ELECTRIC) position dampers accurately and smoothly. The damper operator mounting arrangement shall be outside the airstream wherever possible. 4. The operators shall be capable of operating at varying rates of speed to correspond to the dictates of the controllers and variable load requirements. The operators shall be capable of operating in sequence when required by the sequence of the operation. The operators shall have external adjustable stops to limit the stroke in either direction. The operator linkage arrangement shall be such as to permit normally open or normally closed positions of the dampers as required. 5. Electric Operators: a. On-off, reversing, or proportional as required. b. Spring return to closed or open position as required. 6. Dampers associated with emergency generator cooling shall fail open on loss of electrical power. D. Miscellaneous Devices: 1. Provide all the necessary relays, positioners, clocks, transformers, etc. to make a complete and operable system. 2. Locate these devices on local panel unless specified otherwise. E. Miscellaneous Hand Switches and Indicator Lights: 1. Size: 30 mm 2. All indicator lights shall be 120V AC, LED with push to test option. 3. Reference Section 16900 for additional specifications. 4. Number of positions and nameplate legends shall be as indicated in paragraph 3.1. F. Relays: 1. Pilot duty relays shall be Form C, UL listed,two (2) to four (4) pole relay with DIN rail mounted base rated a minimum of 5 amps at 120 VAC. Relay shall have indicator and mechanical test pushbutton. 2. Industrial relays or contactors shall be used to directly drive 120 VAC single phase equipment. 3. Refer to Section 16900 for additional requirements. G. Panels: �• 1. Panels shall be provided to enclose all relays, switches, and controllers as required. 2. Required indicating and control devices shall be installed in the cover. 3. Terminal strips shall be provided for all electrical connections. 4. Panels shall be central and/or local as indicated or required. 5. Control Panels shall be provided in accordance to Section 16160. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION A. Generator Room: 1. Generator Ventilation: Upon opening of the generator contactor the intake and exhaust motorized dampers shall open fully. The intake and exhaust 12359A 15604-2 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL(ELECTRIC) 4. Barber-Coleman 5. Robertshaw 6. or equal 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS ,. A. Scheduling of Work: Schedule all work so as not to delay the work of other trades. 1.4 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval as required by the General Conditions. Shop drawings shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Manufacturer's literature for all equipment including maintenance and operating instructions and parts lists. 2. Description of operation for all systems. 3. Electric wiring diagrams showing all wiring, and equipment including all .� inter-connections on a terminal to terminal basis. Refer to ladder wiring diagrams shown on the Drawings. Note any discrepancies due to actual system submitted. 4. Panel layouts for all local and central panels, and panel sizes. 5. Valve and damper operator schedule showing size, configuration, capacity and location of all equipment. 6. A detailed explanation of any control system that is different, or will function differently than that specified. ow PART 2 - PRODUCTS aw 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: The control system shall consist of all thermostats, temperature transmitters, controllers, automatic valves and dampers, damper operators, control '® panels, and other accessory equipment to fill the intent of the specification and provide for a complete and operable system. All 24 volt control wiring shall be provided by the automatic temperature control contractor as shown or required to aw provide a complete system. Refer to Drawings for electrical wiring and interlocks. All panels and devices shall meet the NEMA electrical classification of the space in which they are installed. See Drawing Sheet E-1 for NEMA schedule. B. Dampers: 1. All control dampers shall be furnished as part of Section 15862. 2. All dampers shall be installed by sheet metal trades. C. Damper Operators and Linkages: 1. Damper operators shall be electric open-close or fully proportioning as indicated or required. 2. Linkages shall be suitable to connect operator to damper leaves and transmit full torque of motor. All necessary hardware shall be included with the • linkages. 3. Damper motors shall be quiet in operation and shall have ample power to overcome friction of damper linkage and air pressure acting on louvers to 12359A ,.� kv 15604-1 SECTION 15604 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ELECTRIC) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install an Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) system of the type and function required on the Drawings and as herein specified. B. Type of System: Electric. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: "HVAC - General" is specified in this Division. "Cabinets and Enclosures" is specified in Section 16160. D. Other Trades: The automatic temperature control trades shall coordinate and supervise other trades whose work affects the control systems. E. Work Performed by Other Trades: The following incidental work shall be furnished by the designated trade under the supervision of the automatic temperature control (ATC) trade: 1. The heating/cooling trades shall: a. Install automatic valves and separable wells that are specified to be supplied as a portion of the control systems. b. Furnish and install all necessary: valved pressure taps, water, drain and overflow connections and piping. 2. The sheet metal trades shall: a. Furnish and install all automatic dampers. b. Provide necessary blank-off plates required to install dampers that are smaller than duct size. c. Assemble multiple section dampers with required interconnecting linkages and extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper motors. d. Provide necessary sheet metal baffle plates to eliminate stratification and provide air volumes specified. Locate baffles by experimentation and affix and seal permanently in place only after stratification problem has been eliminated. e. Provide access doors or other approved means of access through ducts for service to control equipment. ,�. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The system shall be installed, tested, and balanced by competent mechanics regularly employed by the temperature control manufacturer. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Honeywell. 2. Johnson Service Co. 3. MCC Powers 12359A 15600-3 HVAC-GENERAL F. Furnish and install all necessary supports and bases for all items furnished under HVAC as required for the specific item/equipment to provide alignment to adjacent inlet and outlet interconnecting piping and/or ductwork. In the absence of specific details within the Contract Documents for the supports and bases, submit proposal outlining supports/bases for the specific item/equipment being provided including materials of construction, size, components and other necessary details for review and acceptance by the Engineer. Materials of construction shall be suitable for the intended operating environment. Standard 4-inch concrete housekeeping pads are not included within this specification and are furnished by others. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all work with a neat and orderly appearance, as specified and as shown on the Drawings. B. Make all installations structurally sound throughout. C. Locate all installations to avoid interference with cranes and materials handling equipment, storage areas, work of other trades, and traffic areas. D. Perform all work incidental to the installation of the apparatus and materials including, but not limited to, cutting, patching, trenching, excavating, backfilling, trench covering, plastering and the constructing of chases, slots, furring, foundations, piers and pads, when applicable. All work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable Divisions of this Specification by qualified workmen regularly employed in the applicable trades. 3.2 CLEANING A. Do not allow refuse and surplus materials to accumulate and obstruct the construction site. B. Upon completion of the installation, remove refuse and surplus materials from the construction site and leave the building neat and clean. 3.3 BALANCING A. Balancing of air system flows shall be in accordance with Section 15907. END OF SECTION 12359A am 15600-2 HVAC-GENERAL Electrical. Coordinate equipment ratings, starter sizes, protective device sizes, wire and conduit sizes, holding coil voltages and control voltages with Division 16. C. Design Criteria: The Drawings do not show every detail of pipe, valves, fittings, hangers and equipment which are necessary for the complete installation, but are provided to show the general arrangement and extent of work to be performed. 1.2 SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A. Submit shop drawings as specified in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract and as stated in each Section. B. Submit manufacturer's installation, operation, and maintenance information for all mechanical equipment as specified in the General Conditions. Information shall consist of, but not be limited to, the following: *„ 1. Manufacturer's operation& maintenance manuals. 2. Parts List. 3. Address of local suppliers for parts. 4. Address of local factory approved service organizations. 1.3 SEISMIC CONTROL A. Refer to specification section 13081 for general project and equipment specific seismic requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all materials and mechanical work until the project is accepted by the Owner. B. Immediately remove from the construction site all materials damaged and/or destroyed and replace with new materials to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide and install only new materials and equipment and of the latest design of the respective manufacturers. B. All materials and equipment of the same classification shall be the product of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified. C. Provide all electrical specialties and accessories as specified with the equipment in accordance with requirements of Division 16. All specialties and accessories shall meet the NEMA Electrical Classification of the space in which they are installed. See Drawing Sheet E-1 for the NEMA Schedule. D. Furnish to the proper trades, all manufacturer's wiring diagrams for installation of mechanical equipment. E. Provide tee fittings, elbows, reducers, sheet metal safing, and other required components to install equipment and control devices furnished by other trades. 12359A 15600-1 SECTION 15600 HVAC - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and transportation as required to completely install the heating and ventilation system as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 2. The heating and ventilating work shall include, but not be limited to the following: a. Ductwork and devices. b. Air moving and air handling equipment. C. Fuel storage and distribution systems. d. Automatic temperature control systems. e. Pipe and equipment insulation. f. Balancing air systems. g. Connections to equipment installed by other trades. h. Installation of components and devices furnished by other trades that are located in Heating and Ventilating piping, ducts, or equipment. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere (When Applicable): 1. Excavation and backfill is specified in Division 2. 2. Concrete is specified in Division 3. 3. Structural steel is specified in Division 5. 4. All equipment shall comply with Specification Section 11000, Equipment General. 5. Pipe Sleeves and Seals are specified in Section 15092. 6. Pipe Hangers and Supports are specified in Section 15094. 7. Pipe, insulation, ductwork, dampers, fans, etc., are specified in the appropriate Sections in this Division. 8. Electrical Work: a. The H&V work shall include the installation of all motors, temperature controls, limit switches, etc., as herein specified. All 480 volt, 208 volt and 120 volt wiring and connections, and all motor starters, not specified in this Section, will be provided under Division 16 - Electrical. b. All 24 volt wiring and auxiliary devices required for the specified systems, equipment and operations indicated in this Section shall be provided under this Section, unless specifically indicated on the Drawings related to Division 16 - Electrical. This shall include, but is not necessarily limited to, all wiring for automatic temperature and damper modulation control. •w C. The materials and methods for all electrical work provided under this Section shall comply with the requirements specified under Division 16 - 12359A .. 15400-4 PLUMBING-GENERAL low 1. Piping Which Carries Water or Liquid Under Pressure: Fill pipes with water and subject them to 100 psig. or 1-1/2 times the normal working pressure, whichever is greater, for two (2) hours with no loss in test pressure. 2. Soil, Vent, Waste and Drain Piping: a. Plug all outlets and fill pipes with water to the top of the highest vent stack above the roof, or with not less than 10 feet of water at all points in section. b. The piping shall hold this water for a period of 30 minutes without showing a drop in water level. 3. Fuel Gas Piping: Test with compressed air at 15 psi for 30 minutes with no loss in pressure at test gauge. Bubble test all fittings and joints with a soap/water solution. 4. Remove any equipment that cannot withstand test pressures prior to any testing. 5. Do not test plastic piping with compressed air or other gases. F. Repairs: 1. Should leaks be found, repair as required even to the extent of disassembling and remaking the joints, or replacing sections of pipe. 2. Caulking of threads or the use of chemical compounds to correct leaks will not be permitted. 3. Replace defective pipe and fittings and repeat tests until the testing results are approved by the Engineer. 3.3 DISINFECTION A. Disinfect all pipes installed to carry potable water. Perform the work in accordance with the procedure outlined in AWWA Designation 0601. B. Use a dosage which will produce not less than 50 ppm. available chlorine throughout the entire system and not less than 10.0 ppm chlorine residual after a .. contact period of not less than 24 hours. Repeat disinfection if chlorine residual is less than 10 ppm after 24 hour contact period. .. C. During the disinfection period, exercise care to prevent the contamination of water in the existing community, town, or city water main. D. After the disinfection period, flush the piping with clean potable water until the chlorine residual does not exceed 0.2 ppm. END OF SECTION 12359A "°'" 15400-3 PLUMBING-GENERAL PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that are new, suitable for intended use, and of type, style, and quality specified and as shown on the Drawings. B. Provide pipe, fittings, and devices that meet requirements of local plumbing codes and be in accordance with applicable ASTM, ANSI, and Commercial Standard (CS) standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all plumbing and piping systems in a neat workmanlike manner. B. Lines and Grades: 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, install all piping parallel to the building walls wherever possible. 2. Install all piping to accurate lines and grades. C. Supports: Provide pipe hangers and supports as specified in the "Pipe Hangers & Supports" Section in this Division. D. Expansion: Provide suitable provisions for expansion of pipelines wherever necessary. E. Do not provide nor install close nipples. F. Do not install piping through, directly over, or in front of electrical switchgears and power panels. G. Caulk the spaces between the pipe and walls, ceilings, and floors gas-tight where shown on the Drawings. H. Fittings for Dismantling Piping: Provide a sufficient number of unions to allow the dismantling of all piping. I. Pitch: 1. Pitch sanitary and drainage piping 1/4 inch per foot, and never less than 1/8 inch per foot for piping 4" or larger with prior approval by the administrative authority. 2. Pitch all other piping toward low points and install valved drains at the low points. 3.2 TESTING A. When the installation is complete, test all pipelines in the presence of the Engineer and the Plumbing or Building Inspector in accordance with the requirements of the local and state plumbing codes, at no additional cost to the Owner. Provide all necessary equipment and utilities. B. Test underground piping prior to backfilling. C. Test piping prior to application of paint and insulation. D. Separately test portions of piping which will be concealed before completion. E. Procedure: 12359A am 15400-2 PLUMBING-GENERAL aw 2. All measurements shall be verified at the job site. ow 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials and Workmanship: All materials and workmanship shall be suitable for the respective work and the type of service encountered. B. Equipment: All equipment shall be constructed to operate safely without water hammer and undue wear. C. Local Codes: Perform all work in accordance with applicable state and local plumbing codes, except where requirements of this Contract are more stringent. D. Permits: Arrange for all permits, inspections, and tests required by codes at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Standards: When standards are referred to, the latest issue shall apply. 4W 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Scheduling Work: Install and test all plumbing to be cast into or buried under concrete floor slabs prior to the placement of concrete. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to ordering fixtures, equipment and appurtenances, submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. B. Submit to the Engineer: Copies of manufacturer's installation, maintenance and operating instructions including parts lists for all equipment furnished as specified in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. C. Submit a list of local supply houses for replacement parts for all equipment furnished. 'w 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. Exercise care during loading, transporting, unloading and handling to prevent aw damage of any nature to interior and exterior surfaces of equipment, fixtures, pipe and fittings. .w B. Do not drop equipment and fixtures. C. Store materials on the project site in enclosures or under protective coverings. D. Assure that all materials are kept clean and dry. , E. Do not store materials directly on the ground. F. Exercise care so as not to damage, crack, mar finish and to prevent damage of any nature to fixtures. .w G. Remove damaged fixtures from project and replace at no additional cost to the Owner. H. Protect fixtures after installation by wrapping or covering to prevent use and "" damage. 1.6 SEISMIC CONTROL ow A. Refer to specification section 13081 for general project and equipment specific seismic requirements. ow 12359A aw N 15400-1 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Description: Perform the following items of work required to complete the work of this Section, as shown on the DRAWINGS and specified herein: 1. All labor, materials, equipment and transportation shall be provided as required to completely install the plumbing and water systems, with all connections as shown on the DRAWINGS and described in these specifications or as required by the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code. The accompanying DRAWINGS do not show every detail of pipe, valves, fittings, hangers, equipment and fixtures which are necessary for the complete installation but are provided to show the general arrangement and extent of work to be performed. B. Work Included: The plumbing work shall include, but not be limited to the following (when applicable): 1. Building sanitary waste and vents and sanitary building drain systems to the +0 point outside the building indicated on the drawings. 2. Building rainwater system to the point outside the building indicated on the drawings. 3. Building domestic hot and cold water supply system to the point outside the building indicated on the drawings. 4. Plumbing fixtures and trim. 5. Water, waste, and vent connections to equipment when furnished by others. 6. Fire extinguishers and cabinets. 7. Special piping and process systems shown on the Drawings. 8. All other plumbing items indicated on the DRAWINGS, specified herein, or needed for a complete and proper plumbing installation. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere (When Applicable): 1. Project cleaning is specified in Division 1. 2. Excavation and backfill is specified in Division 2. 3. Concrete is specified in Division 3. 4. Caulking and flashing are specified in Division 7. 5. Pipe Sleeves and Seals are specified in Section 15092. 6. Pipe Hangers and Supports are specified in Section 15094. 7. Piping, pipe fittings, valves, insulation, fixtures, equipment, and accessories are specified in the appropriate Sections of this Division. 8. Electrical is specified in Division 16. D. Drawings and Measurements: 1. The Drawings show the general arrangement, direction, and sizes of pipes. They are not intended to show every offset, valve, and fitting, and every structural difficulty that may be encountered. "" 12359A 15180-3 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION 3.2 CLEANING 4 A. Clean all insulation of accumulated paint, concrete, mortar, etc. B. Do not damage insulation during cleaning. s END OF SECTION '!*� 12359A 6W 15180-2 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION 2. All service vapor retarder jacket. 3. Required for use on all pipes as listed in Table 1. 4. All cold piping shall be sealed to prevent condensation. 5. Thickness of insulation shall conform to Table 1. B. Emergency Generator Exhaust Pipe and Muffler. ow 1. High.temperature mineral fiber. 2. Thickness: 2 inches. 3. Covering: 16 oz. fiberglass lagging cloth. a. Prime surface with lagging sealer adhesive. b. Embed the fiberglass lagging cloth in the sealer adhesive. C. Top coat the lag cloth with sealer. C. Fittings and Valves: 1. Pre-molded PVC covers with fiberglass fill on fiberglass insulation systems. 2. Mineral fiber insert insulation with an aluminum pre-molded fitting cover. 3. Do not insulate unions and flanges. D. Staples: Outward clinching type, type 304 or 316 stainless steel. w. E. Adhesives: 1. Fiberglass: Non-flammable vapor barrier adhesive as manufactured by Benjamin Foster or Childers or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Apply insulation only after all pipes have been tested and approved. B. Clean and dry all surfaces to which insulation is to be applied. C. Neatly finish the ends of insulation on exposed piping at valves, flanges, etc., with cover strips. D. Insulation at sleeves: 1. Insulation shall be continuous through all sleeves except where gas-tight seal WM is indicated. 2. Provide aluminum cover on insulation where caulking is required. 3. Delete insulation at walls requiring a gas-tight seal. E. Insulation at Hangers: 1. Insulation shall be continuous at hangers. 2. Provide protection saddles at pipe hangers where required to prevent compression or distortion of insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer's requirements. F. Fiberglass factory applied insulation jacket: 1. Seal all laps, joint strips, exposed staples, exposed ends with vapor barrier adhesive. 2. Install only when temperature is between 40 degrees and 120 degrees F. "w 3. Secure with staples where required for additional strength and to prevent fishmouths. aw 12359A am 15180-1 SECTION 15180 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide and apply insulation to all non-buried interior piping in accordance with Table 1, heating system pipeline components, and emergency generator exhaust pipe and muffler. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: "Plumbing - General", "HVAC General", and "Emergency Generator Exhaust Piping" are specified in this Division. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: 1. Fiberglass pipe insulation shall conform to ASTM C547. 2. All-service vapor retarder jacket shall conform to ASTM C1136. 3. Mineral fiber high temperature pipe insulation shall conform to ASTM C547 Type 11. B. Have all insulation work performed by skilled insulation workmen regularly employed in the trade. C. Fire Hazard Rating: Except for materials listed below, all insulation materials, adhesives, coatings and other accessories shall have a UL fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for fuel contributed and smoke developed. Exceptions are: 1. Factory pre-molded one-piece PVC fitting and valve covers and pipe " jacketing. 2. Asphaltic mastic. D. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Fiberglass: a. Owens-Corning b. Certainteed C. Knauf d. or equal 2. High temperature mineral fiber: a. Owens-Corning b. Knauf C. Certainteed d. or equal PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fiberglass Pipe Insulation: 1. Mineral fiber thermal insulation. 12359A 40 15070-1 w SECTION 15070 STANDBY GENERATOR EXHAUST PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install the exhaust piping system and install exhaust equipment furnished with the standby generator as shown on the Drawings. ' ! B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: "Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General" is specified in this Division. C. Items to be provided with the Generator by the Supplier of the Generator: 1. Flexible connection(s). 2. Muffler(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Exhaust Pipe and Fittings: Standard weight, Schedule 40 steel pipe with long radius welded, flanged, or screwed elbows. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install exhaust pipe and muffler as shown on the Drawings: 1. Provide and install a condensate pocket and drain valve at the base of the rise from the generator. 2. Provide and install a ventilated thimble through the wall with cover plates where shown on the Drawings. 3. Provide and install a drain cock on the muffler when required or shown on the Drawings. 4. Provide and install flashing and counter flashing where shown on the Drawings. 5. Insulate muffler and pipe in accordance with the Insulation Section in this Division. B. Adequately support the muffler and piping to prevent any strain on the flexible connection. 3.2 START UP A. Start up standby generator with the Engineer present to ensure that the exhaust pipe and muffler are properly sealed. B. Repair all leaks to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 12359A 15063-2 COPPER PIPE&FITTINGS (INTERIOR APPLICATIONS) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Jointing: „ 1. Solder Joints: a. Ream or file pipe to remove burrs. b. Clean and polish contact surfaces of all joints. C. Apply flux to both male and female ends. d. Insert ends of tubes into fittings, the full depth of the sockets. e. Bring the joints to soldering temperature in as short a time as possible. f. Form continuous solder beads around the entire circumferences of the joints. B. Bending Pipe: 1. Bend pipe by the method and to the radius to comply with the manufacturer's recommendation. 2. Bends shall be free of any cracks or buckles. C. Support: Support all pipes in accordance with the "Pipe Hangers & Supports" Section in this Division. D. To permit convenient disassembly for alterations and repairs, install unions where shown on the Drawings and: 1. In long runs of piping, 2. In bypasses around equipment, 3. In connections to traps, tanks, pumps, and other equipment, 4. Between shutoff valves, and 5. In other locations as directed by the Engineer. E. Remove all valve internals when soldering into pipelines. END OF SECTION MW 12359A 15063-1 SECTION 15063 COPPER PIPE & FITTINGS (INTERIOR APPLICATIONS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install copper pipe and fittings of the type(s) and AW size(s) and in the location(s) shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Pipe &Pipe Fittings - General is specified in this Division. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pipe: Seamless copper water tube, ASTM B88 (pressure) and ASTM B-306 atmospheric. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe Use (When Applicable): 1. Domestic water (interior). a. Type L, soft annealed, 1 inch and smaller. .. b. Type L, hard temper, 1-1/4 inches and larger. 2. Process fluids, compressed air, vacuum, inert gas, general use and where indicated (interior). a. Type L, hard temper. 3. Fuel oil piping (where indicated): a. Type L soft temper. B. Fittings: 1. Wrought copper and bronze solder joint pressure fittings: ANSI B16.22. 2. Cast bronze solder joint pressure fittings: ANSI B16.18. 3. Cast bronze solder joint drainage fittings: ANSI B16.23. 4. Cast bronze fittings for flared copper tubes: ANSI B16.26. C. Solder and Flux: 1. Solid string or wire solder, 95 percent tin, 5% antimony on all pressure piping and potable water. 2. Silver solder, 45% brazing silver alloy (where indicated). 3. Flux: Non-corrosive paste type as required for type of solder. 4. Acid core, paste type, or solder/flux combinations are not permitted. 5. Solder or flux containing lead in any form will not be permitted on any potable water system. 12359A 15061-3 STEEL PIPE&FITTINGS 3. Leave flange bolts with the ends projecting 1/8 inch to 3/8 inch beyond the faces of the nuts after tightening. 4. Gasket material shall be compatible with pipeline fluid. D. Grooved Joints: 1. Follow manufacturer's instructions. 2. Utilize manufacturer approved pipe grooving machines. 3. Lubricate all gaskets. 4. Torque all bolts as required by manufacturer. E. Cutting: Cut pipe from measurements taken at the site; not from the Drawings. a.r F. To permit convenient disassembly for alterations and repairs, install unions or flanges where shown on the Drawings and: 1. In long runs of piping, 2. In bypasses around equipment, 3. In connections to traps, tanks,pumps, and other equipment, 4. Between shutoff valves, and 5. In other locations as directed by the Engineer, and as indicated on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 12359 15061-2 STEEL PIPE&FITTINGS 4. Welded: a. ASTM A-234 made from ASTM A-106 Grade B seamless tube. b. Long-radius elbows. C. Reducing tees for one size reduction, weld-o-lets or thread-o-lets for small take-offs. d. 150 pound series slip-on or weld neck flanges ANSI B-16.5 using carbon steel, ASTM A-181, grade 1: 5. Unions: 250 pound series malleable iron with brass to iron seats. 6. Corrosion Resistant Fittings: a. Welded corrosion resistant steel pipe shall be of fittings fabricated from the same alloy as the pipe. b. Screwed corrosion resistant steel pipe shall use malleable iron or ductile iron fittings. 7. Grooved Joint Pipe Fittings: a. Manufacturer: (1) Victaulic, Style 75 (2) Or equal of Gustin-Bacon b. Fittings as specified above, with pre-cut grooves. C. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard, or as required for intended service with respect to fluid, temperature and pressure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Threaded Joints: 1. Ream the ends of threaded pipe to remove all burrs. 2. Cut threads clean with long tapers. 3. Remove all dirt and chips from the inside of the pipe and fittings and from the threads. 4. Make up joints with an approved pipe joint compound or tape applied to the male threads only. 5. When connecting pipes to recessed drainage fittings, seat them against the shoulder of the fittings. 6. When required to back off joints, entirely disjoint, wipe the threads of both the pipe and fittings clean, apply new joint compound, and reassemble the connection. B. Welded Connections: 1. All welding shall conform to ANSI B31.1. 2. All welders shall be certified for types and classes of welds being performed. 3. All welds shall be inspected for quality and suitability. Repair or replace all unsatisfactory welds. C. Flanged Joints: 1. Tighten flange bolts so that the gaskets are uniformly compressed and sealed. 2. Do not distort flanges. 12359 ow 15061-1 SECTION 15061 STEEL PIPE & FITTINGS PART 1- GENERAL *! 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install steel pipe and fittings of the type(s) and size(s) and in the location(s) shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. * ' B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere (When Applicable): "Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General" is specified in this Division. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Standard Steel Pipe: 1. Classes and maximum working pressures shall be as specified in ANSI B31.1 and as shown on the Drawings. 2. ASTM A-53 carbon steel, welded or seamless. 3. Zinc coated (galvanized) or black steel as indicated. 4. Underground: a. Buried steel pipe shall be coated with a factory-applied coating of polyethylene, bonded to the pipe with a hot applied elastic adhesive. The coating and adhesive shall have a minimum thickness, as recommended by the coating manufacturer. b. The field coating of welded joints, fittings and field repairs to the factory- applied coating shall be made with pressure-sensitive tape and primers recommended by the manufacturer of the polyethylene coating. C. The polyethylene coating shall be X-Tru-Coat or an acceptable equivalent *' product. d. The joints of buried galvanized pipe and any carbon steel fittings shall be wrapped with petroleum-based tape. The tape width shall be as recom- mended by the manufacturer. The tape overlap shall be 55 percent. e. The tape shall be equivalent to Denso tape for application less than 130°F and equivalent to Densyl tape for application greater than 130°F (including air lines). 5. End connections: As shown on the Drawings. B. Fittings: 1. General Service Screwed: Standard pattern malleable iron with full length clean cut threads, ANSI B16.3. 2. Special Service Screwed: Class 2,000 or 3,000 forged steel. 3. Drainage Screwed: Cast iron recessed thread. e 12359 09900-12 PAINTING B. Markings shall be 3-inches high stenciled letters painted adjacent to the item in a color contrasting the background color. END OF SECTION 12359A 09900-11 PAINTING 3.8 PIPING IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. All pipes, whether concealed or exposed to view shall be painted a separate color as selected by the engineer. For insulated pipes, only the insulation shall be painted. B. Markers shall be corrosion resistant laminated plastic bound to the pipes with nylon fasteners or shall be "coil-fit." Pipes with diameters less than 1-1/4 inch shall have marker hung from pipe with nylon fasteners. C. Lettering size shall be in accordance with the following: SIZE OF LEGEND LETTERS Outside Diameter of Minimum Length of Size of Letters Pipe or Covering Marker In In In Up to 1-1/4 8 1/2 1-1/2 to 2 8 3/4 " 2-1/2 to 6 12 1-1/4 8 to 10 24 2-1/2 Over 10 32 3-1/2 D. Adjacent to each marker there shall be an arrow indicating flow direction. E. Marker location shall be in accordance with the American National Standard Institute Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems (ANSI A13.1). Markers shall be placed adjacent to all valves and/or flanges; adjacent to all changes in direction on all pipe ••� branches; and where all pipes pass through walls or floors on each side of wall/floor. On straight runs of piping, markers shall be placed at no less than 10 foot intervals. Where pipes are located above or below the normal line of vision, the lettering shall be placed below or above (as appropriate)the horizontal centerline of the pipe. F. Valve status indicator alignment arrows shall be provided on the indicator and scale sides of all interior hand wheel, chain and lever operated valves. Arrow heads shall appear aligned when the valve is in the full-open position. Arrow heads shall be painted on with stencils, or a color contrasting with the color of the valve. Arrow heads shall be minimum of 3/4-inch in smallest dimension. Valve position indicators shall be aligned to be visible from normal working levels. G. Refer to Specification Sections 11000, 15400 and 15600 for Equipment and Valve Identification requirements. "` H. Pipe supports consisting of pipe rings, clamps, clevises, U bolts, pipe rollers, saddles, etc., shall be painted with the same color as that of the pipe. I. Wall supported pipe hangers consisting of brackets, standoffs, etc., shall be painted with the same color as that of the wall. J. Ceiling/roof supported pipe hangers consisting of thread rods, beam clamps, etc., shall „ be painted with the same color as that of the ceiling. K. Floor supported pipes consisting of stanchions shall be painted with same color as that of the pipe. .R 3.9 LOAD RATING IDENTIFICATIONS A. Provide markings indicating the load rating of all hoists, monorails and lifting hooks. .• 12359A ,,, 09900-10 PAINTING NOTES: 1. Surface preparation shall be as specified within this section and as noted in the table above. 2. All dry film thickness indicated are the minimum required. 3. All ferrous metals, piping and equipment delivered to the site with shop primers other than the specified primer shall receive an intermediate coat as necessary for compatibility with the indicated top coats. 4. All ferrous,nonferrous and galvanized metals in contact with concrete or masonry shall receive a POLYAMIDE epoxy primer with a minimum dry film thickness of 4 mils applied to the contact area. 5. Galvanized surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D6386 and SSPC SP-16. 6. The hollow metal doors and frames shall receive the primer indicated above,applied over the manufacturer's shop coatings. 7. Verify the products provided are compatible with the existing coatings in the existing facility. 8. Paint all exterior building components and items mounted to the building(s). 9. Tnemec 161 can be used where the cold temperatures affect cure and dry times 12359A A A A A 09900-9 PAINTING C. Schedule The product model and coatings system numbers listed below are based on products and performance criteria provided by The Tnemec Company, Inc. and are listed to establish the standard of quality. Equivalent products from will be accepted provided they meet or exceed the performance of the listed products. SURFACE/ITEM SURFACE PRIMER INTERMEDIATE FINISH PREPARATION MASONRY&CONCRETE Masonry Surfaces Tnemec Series 1254 Tnemec Series 1028/1029 Tnemec Series 1028/1029 (Existing painted surfaces where Clean&Dry EpoxoBlock; Enduratone at 2 to 3 mils Enduratone at 2 to 3 mils items have been removed) at 80-100 SF/Gallon METALS Weather Exposed Ferrous Metals, Tnemec Series Piping and Equipment Specified SHOP Touch-Up Tnemec Series 66HS Tneme- 73 Endura-shield to be Shop Primed in Their Shop Primer Epoxoline at 3 to 5 mils at 3 to 4 mils Respective Sections Enclosed Ferrous Metals,Piping and Equipment Specified to be SHOP Touch-Up Tnemec Series 66HS Tneme- Tnemec Series 66HS Tneme- Shop Primed in Their Respective Shop Primer Epoxoline at 3 to 5 mils Epoxoline at 3 to 5 mils Sections Ferrous Metals,Non-Ferrous ASTM D6386 Metals and Galvanized Steel in Solvent Cleaning Tnemec Series 66HS Tneme- Top coats as noted herein for the Top Coats as noted herein for the Contact with or Embedded in Followed by Epoxoline at 3 to 5 mils surfaces exposed to view surfaces exposed to view Concrete and Masonry Including SSPC-SP16 Steel Lintels. All other Weather Exposed and Tnemec Series 66HS Tneme- Tnemec Enduratone 1029 Tnemec Enduratone 1029 Enclosed Ferrous Metals Epoxoline 11 at 3 to 5 mils at 2 to 3 mils at 2 to 3 mils Including Metal Doors,Pressed 2.5 to 3 mils Steel Frames, and Bollards Unless Shop Primed) Exposed electrical conduit, Same color and finish as Same color and finish as conduit fittings and outlet boxes background surface and/or background surface and/or mounted on painted or finished equipment equipment surfaces or exposed in painted If background surface is unfinished If background surface is rooms conduit is not required to be unfinished conduit is not required painted to be painted 12359A 09900-8 PAINTING equipment, leaving their finishes in a satisfactory condition. Remove all materials and debris and leave the site of the work in a clean condition so far as this work is concerned. 3.6 FINAL INSPECTION A. Protect all painted and finished surfaces against damage until the date of final acceptance of the work. The Engineer will conduct a final inspection of all painters' work. As part of the final inspection the Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with the specified film thickness with appropriate paint gauges. The Contractor shall be required to repaint, refinish, or retouch any areas found which do not comply with the requirements of this Section. 3.7 PAINT SCHEDULE A. Definitions 1. Enclosed surfaces shall be those non-submerged surfaces enclosed and/or protected within a building in such a manner that it can not be exposed to UV light or weather conditions. 2. Weather exposed surfaces shall be all other conditions including buried items which do not fall into the definition of submerged or enclosed surfaces as noted above. 12359A .,` 09900-7 PAINTING d. Make each coat a different tint from that of the preceding coat, with final coat tinted to the exact shade selected by the Engineer. Lightly sand surfaces between each coat of gloss and semi-gloss finishes, and wipe clean. 5. Comply with the recommendation of the product manufacturer for drying time between succeeding coats. Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's specific curing requirements for rust inhibitive primer shop coats prior to allowing topcoating. 6. Sand and dust between each coat to remove defects visible from a distance of five feet. 7. Finish coats shall be smooth, free of brush marks, streaks, laps or pile up of paints and skipped or missed areas. 8. Inspection: a. Do not apply additional coats until the completed coat has been inspected by the Engineer. b. Only inspected and reviewed coats will be considered in determining the number of coats applied. 9. Leave all parts of moldings and ornaments clean and true to details with no undue amount of paint in corners and depressions. 10. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors clean and sharp with no overlapping. 12. Refinish entire wall where portion of finish has been damaged or is not acceptable. 13. Apply one coat of metal primer, of the types specified hereunder, and one coat of flat black metal enamel, to the surfaces of all ductwork behind grilles, for a distance of 18 inches. 15. Runs on face are not permitted. 16. Back prime all wood siding with specified stain. 17. Adjust natural finishes as necessary to obtain identical appearance on veneers and solid stock. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Furnish and lay drop cloths in all rooms and areas where painting and finishing is being done to adequately protect flooring and other work from damage during the prosecution of the painting work. B. Remove all canopies of lighting fixtures, all electric switch plates, and similar equipment, set them carefully away, and cover adequately, protect the fixtures, etc.; replace the canopies, plate, etc. in as good condition as when found. C. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriter's Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. 3.5 CLEANING A. At the completion of the work of this Section, remove all paint spots and oil or grease stains, caused by this work from floors, walls, fixtures, hardware and 12359A Ow 09900-6 PAINTING C. Previously Coated Surfaces (including new items that are shop primed) 1. The areas of the coated surface that are blistered, eroded, brittle or otherwise failed shall be completely removed before beginning the specified surface preparation. 2. The areas where the existing coating is intact shall be sanded to dull the finish. .. 3. Before applying the new coating over an existing coating, a test section must be done to ensure compatibility of the new and old coatings. 4. All other existing coatings shall be prepared as recommended by the manufacturer and as specified in this section. 5. Ferrous metals arriving at the job site with shop primers other than the polyamide epoxy or rust inhibitive primers specified shall be provided with an intermediate coat as necessary for compatibility with specified topcoats. 6. Special attention shall be paid to the potential for epoxy shop and intermediate coats to chalk upon exposure to sunlight. The Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's required surface protection/covering and surface preparation recommendations before any intermediate or top coats can be applied over chalked surface. Epoxy primers and intermediate coats shall be top coated no .w later than 45 days after the application of the epoxy coating. If topcoats are to be applied later than 45 days, the following surface preparation shall be O provided: a. The existing finish shall be etched by sanding with 80 grit paper or cloth. b. Surfaces shall be pressure washed with 3000 to 5000 pounds of pressure. „ C. The Engineer, at his discretion, can require the Contractor to conduct adhesion tests of the topcoats. or 3.3 APPLICATION A. Workmanship: 1. Employ skilled workmen to insure workmanship of the highest quality. IM 2. Materials shall be applied only by craftsmen experienced in the use of the specific products involved. B. General Requirements: sw 1. Apply all coatings under adequate illumination. 2. Perform no work in the rain, dew, or fog, when the temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit and at least 5 degrees Fahrenheit above the dew point, or before the other coats have thoroughly dried. 3. Do not apply coatings until the material surfaces are thoroughly dry. 4. Apply paints and varnishes with suitable brushes, rollers or spraying equipment. a. The rate of application shall not exceed that as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the surface involved. b. Keep brushes, rollers and spraying equipment clean, dry and free from contaminates and suitable for the finish required. c. Apply stain by brush. Cover surfaces with a uniform coat and wipe off if required. I2359A 09900-5 PAINTING C. Mix only in mixing pails placed in suitably sized nonferrous or oxide resistant metal pans. D. Use only tinting colors recommended by the manufacturer for the specific type of finish. E. Fungicidal agents, when applicable, shall be incorporated into the paints and stains by the manufacturer. F. Mix and prepare paints in strict accordance with Manufacturers recommendations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive paint and finishes for conditions that will adversely affect execution, permanence or quality of work and which cannot be put into an acceptable condition through preparatory work as included in Part 3.2, Surface Preparation. B. Immediately notify the Engineer in writing when a surface to be finished cannot be put into an acceptable condition. C. Do not proceed with surface preparation or coating application until conditions are suitable. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall rectify, at no additional cost to the Owner any unsatisfactory finish resulting from the application of coatings on surfaces not in acceptable condition. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Ferrous Metal Surfaces (Items not shop primed) 1. All ferrous metals shall be sandblast cleaned in accordance to SSPC-SP6 immediately prior to priming. 2. Remove dirt, oil and grease by washing surfaces with mineral spirits. 3. Surfaces shall be dry and free of dust, oil, grease and other foreign material before priming. 4. Feather edges of sound existing paint by grinding, if necessary. 5. Clean and touch up weathered, worn or damaged shop coats of paint with the specified primer. 6. Restore shop coats of paint with identical materials if removed for welding and fabrication. B. Galvanized Metal: 1. Thoroughly clean surface with mineral spirits to remove oily residue. 2. Dry with clean cloth. 3. Preparation shall be at a minimum SSPC-SP-1. 4. Treat surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, before applying the primer. 5. Galvanized surfaces shall be top coated no later than 30 days after galvanizing. Surfaces top coated after that period shall receive SSPC-SP-16 and shall be surfaced prepared in accordance with ASTM D6386. „ 12359A 09900-4 PAINTING H. Comply with all applicable health and fire codes and regulations including safety precautions recommended by the manufacturer. Storage space shall be provided with a suitable fire extinguisher fully charged at all times. I. Heat shall be provided in the storage area if paints are to be stored during winter months. The temperature shall be maintained above 40 degrees F at all times. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which coatings and coating systems shall be applied. B. Do not apply coatings in areas where dust is being generated. C. Do not apply coatings when the air or material surface temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit and unless the temperature is at least 5 degrees Fahrenheit above the dew point. D. Do not apply exterior coatings in frosty, damp or rainy weather or while surfaces are exposed to hot sunlight. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. For all materials with a shelf life of greater than 12 months, provide one gallon of each type and each color of touch-up paint shall be provided to the Owner by the ow Contractor in unopened containers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS (PAINT) , A. Tnemec Company, Inc. B. ICI (Glidden/Devoe) C. Sherwin Williams • 2.2 MATERIALS Refer to the paint schedule for specific products and application. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. All finish coats shall be compatible with shop prime coats. B. Turpentine shall be pure spirits of turpentine. C. Shellac shall be four pounds and shall meet the U.S. Government specifications as issued by the Bureau of Commerce. D. When interior or exterior wood and metal are primed in the mill or shop as part of painting contract, use the materials specified in every case for such surfaces and use in accordance with manufacturer's directions for first or priming coat. 2.4 MIXING AND TINTING A. Deliver paints and enamels ready-mixed to project site. B. Accomplish job mixing and job tinting only when required and no exceptions taken by the Engineer. 12359A .� No 09900-3 PAINTING on the Engineer and no exceptions taken and reviewed by him before commitment for •' materials is made. C. Materials selected for coating systems for each type of surface shall be the products of a single manufacturer. No D. Include on label of all containers: 1. Manufacturer's name 44 2. Type of paint 3. Manufacturer's stock number 4. Color 5. Instructions for reducing,where applicable 6. Label analysis 7. Shelf life dates ., E. Field Quality Control: 1. Contractor shall request review by the Engineer, of first finished room, space or item of each color, texture and method of applications, prior to proceeding with additional painting.. 2. Use first acceptable room, space or item as the project standard for each color scheme. R 3. For spray application, when applicable, paint a surface not smaller than 100 square feet as the project standard. 4. Repainting of materials failing to meet the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings, shall be performed by the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. The number of coats and total mil thickness specified in the paint schedule are minimums. If the specified minimum film thickness is not achieved, additional coats shall be applied to achieve the total film thickness specified. F. Paints submitted shall meet all Federal and State regulations pertaining to Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) compliance, and be in accordance with OTC 2005 Standards. 1.7 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING_ A. Deliver coating materials in sealed containers with labels legible and intact. B. Store only acceptable project materials on the project site. C. All painting materials shall be stored and mixed in a single location coordinated with the Engineer. The Contractor shall not use any plumbing fixture or pipe for mixing or for disposal of any refuse. The Contractor shall carry all necessary water to the mixing room, and shall dispose of all waste outside of the building in a suitable receptacle. D. Restrict storage location to paint materials and related equipment and supplies. E. Keep storage location neat and clean. F. Remove all soiled and used rags, waste and trash from the storage location and building at the end of each work day. G. Repair all damage to the storage location, caused by painting materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. 12359A .w 09900-2 PAINTING ..e D ASTM D6386 - Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coated Iron and Steel Products for Painting „ E. Federal Test Method No. 141 - Method 6141, Stain Removal. F. ANSI A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. G. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council. •• H. SSPC-PAI, "Standard for Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting." I. SSPC-PA2, "Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gauges." J. SSPC-SPI, "Solvent Cleaning." K. SSPC-SP2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." L. SSPC-SP3, "Power Tool Cleaning." M. SSPC-SP6, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." N. SSPC-SP7, 'Brush Off Blast." O. SSPC-SP10, "Near-White Blast Cleaning." P. SSPC-SP16, 'Brush Blast Cleaning of Non Ferrous Metals" Q. SSPC-PA Guide 3, Standard "A Guide to Safety in Paint Application," latest revision. R. VOC Standards - All coatings shall be in accordance with all applicable State and Federal VOC Standards. 1. OSHA 29 CFR 1925.55 Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts and Mists. .w 2. Ozone Transportation Commission (OTC) 2005 VOC Regulation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01340. B. Submit a minimum of three (3) color charts for color selection by Engineer. C. Submit schedule on manufactures letter head with list of items to be coated, type and manufacturer of shop coating and type of field coating, including primers, details on surface preparation methods, application procedures and dry mil thickness. • D. Color scheme shall be in accordance with schedules provided by the Engineer, and all tinting and matching shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer. E. Submit coating manufacturer's certification that proposed field coatings are compatible with shop coatings. F. Submit coating manufacturer's certification that the proposed coatings meet all state and federal VOC regulations. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials used on work shall be exactly as specified in brand and quality. No .. claim by the Contractor as to unsuitability or unavailability of any material specified, or his unwillingness to use same, or his inability to produce first class work with same, will be entertained unless such claims are made in writing and submitted to the Engineer at least seven (7) days prior to the date established for receipt of General Bids. .� B. Before purchasing materials for the work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a list of the products he proposes to use, and the list shall be reviewed by 12359A .. 09900-1 w SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examine the various SECTIONS of the SPECIFICATIONS and be thoroughly familiar with all provisions regarding painting and finishing work included therein. B. Apply specified finish coats of paint to all preprimed surfaces and complete finishing system to unprimed items. C. Paint all process, mechanical, structural, architectural and electrical work exposed to view including equipment, piping, electric panels, electrical conduit, electrical boxes, stanchions, supports and all other items unless specified in the respective SECTIONS to be prefinished. D. Backprime, with specified interior first coat, all surfaces of wood finish and trim which will be concealed after installation. E. Paint all ferrous metals and galvanized metals on the building exteriors. F. Apply paint on finish surfaces only to the new items installed as specified herein and indicated on the Drawings. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry D. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers E. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames F. Division 11 - Equipment G. Division 15 - Mechanical H. Division 16 - Electrical 1.3 PREFINISHED ITEMS NOT REQUIRING PAINT OR FINISH A. Items and equipment that are specifically specified to receive the manufacturer's standard primer and finish coats in the factory, except as noted for color and for touch-up painting. B. Copper, bronze, brass, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel, aluminum or monel metals (unless otherwise noted). 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM D2247 - Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100 Percent . Relative Humidity. B. ASTM D 2794 - Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact). C. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 12359A 08710-9 FINISH HARDWARE If an opening has, through error, been omitted from the following hardware set numbers listings, it shall be the bidders responsibility to supply hardware of equivalent quality and quantity, as that which is specified for a comparable opening. Hardware at New Interior Double Door Each Leaf shall have: Hinges, Closure w/cush-n-stop, kick plate, Active Leaf: Lockset Function D Inactive Leaf: Flush Bolts, Astragal END OF SECTION �s 12359A 08710-8 FINISH HARDWARE A. Upon completion of the installation of the finish hardware, it shall be the responsibility of the finish hardware supplier to visit the project and to examine the Ow hardware for each door on which he has provided hardware and to verify that all hardware is in proper working order. Should he find items of hardware not operating properly, he should make a report, in writing, to the general contractor, "w advising him of the problem and the measures required to correct the problem. 3.5 ADJUSTING OW A. The adjustments for all door closers shall be the contractor's responsibility and these adjustments shall be made at the time of installation of the door closer. The closing speed and latching speed valves, shall be adjusted individually to provide a .� smooth, continuous closing action without slamming. The delayed action feature or back check valve shall also be adjusted so as to permit the corrected delayed action cycle or hydraulic back check cushioning of the door in the opening cycle. All valves must be properly adjusted at the time of installation. B. Each door closer has adjustable spring power capable of being adjusted, in the , field, from size 2 through 6. It shall be the contractors responsibility to adjust the spring power for each door closer in exact accordance with the spring power adjustment chart illustrated in the door closer installation sheet packed with each .� door closer. 3.6 CLEANING A. It shall be the responsibility of the general contractor to clean all items of finish hardware and to remove any remaining pieces of protective materials and labels. 3.7 PROTECTION A. All exposed portions of finish hardware shall be carefully protected, by use of cloth, adhesive backed paper or other materials, immediately after installation of the hardware item on the door. The finish shall remain protected until completion of the project. Prior to acceptance of the project by the engineer and owner, the Ow general contractor shall remove the protective material exposing the hardware finish. 3.8 INSTRUCTIONS AND TOOLS A. It shall be the responsibility of the finish hardware supplier to provide installation and repair manuals and adjusting tools, wrenches, etc...for the following operating products: (1) Locksets (all types) (2) Exit devices (all types) , (3) Door closers 3.9 HARDWARE SET NUMBERS • A. The Hardware Sets listed below indicate the items of hardware required for each opening. It is the bidders responsibility to accurately furnish the proper quantities, items, sizes, weights and functions as required by the plans and this specification. 12359A 08710-7 FINISH HARDWARE C. The following products will be acceptable: Ives - 458 Glynn Johnson - F136 Door Controls - 780 ' Rockwood - 555 2.14 FINISH A. With the exceptions of door closers, plates, coordinators, thresholds and weather stripping, all hardware items shall be furnished in satin stainless steel finish 32D. B. Exceptions are as follows: Door Closers: Sprayed Aluminum PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. It shall be the general contractors responsibility to inspect all door openings and doors to determine that each door and door frame has been properly prepared for the required hardware. If errors in dimensions or preparation are encountered, they are to be corrected by the responsible parties prior to the installation of hardware. 3.2 PREPARATION A. All doors and frames, requiring field preparation for finish hardware shall be carefully mortised, drilled for pilot holes, or tapped for machine screws for all items of finish hardware in accordance with the manufacturers templates and instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. All materials shall be installed in a workmanlike manner following the manufacturer's recommended instructions. B. Exit devices shall be carefully installed so as to permit friction free operation of crossbar, touch bar, thumb latch, lever or knob. Latching mechanism shall also operate freely without friction or binding. C. Door closers shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Each door closer shall be carefully installed, on each door, at the degree of opening indicated on the hardware schedule. Arm position shall be as shown on the a* instruction sheets and required by the finish hardware schedule. D. Installation of all other hardware, including locksets, push-pull latches, overhead holders, door stops, plates and other items, shall be carefully coordinated with the hardware schedule and the manufacturers instruction sheets. E. Locations for finish hardware shall be in accordance with dimensions listed in the pamphlet "Recommended locations for Builders' Hardware" published by the Door and Hardware Institute. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 12359A 08710-6 FINISH HARDWARE ran of all valves, for proper control of closing speed, latching speed, delayed action, backcheck, and spring power adjustments, shall be the responsibility of the install- ing contractor as set forth in Part III Execution. H. Where top rail of door is insufficient in height to mount the closer directly to the rail, drop brackets shall be provided. 2.8 DOOR STOPS A. It shall be the responsibility of the hardware supplier to provide door stops for all doors in accordance with the following requirements. B. Wall type bumpers with a concealed type flange shall be used wherever possible and shall be one of the following: "" Ives - 4071/2 Door Controls - 3211 T Rockwood - 409 Ow C. Where wall type bumpers cannot be used, such as on unreinforced partitions or in situations where door comes in contact with material such as glass, or any other "0 obstruction, provide dome type floor stops of the proper height. Ives - 436, 438 Door Controls - 3310X, 3320X Rockwood - 440, 442 Hager - 243 2.9 SILENCERS A. Provide rubber silencers for all interior steel (hollow metal) frames. Silencers shall be pneumatic type 1/2 inch diameter with 1/8 inch projection. B. Provide 3 silencers for the strike jamb of steel frames for single doors and two for the head for steel frames for pairs of doors. 2.10 KICK PLATES A. Kick plates shall be .050 gauge solid stainless steel 8-inches (6-inches at full glass doors) high by 1- 1/2 inches less door width for single doors and 1 inch less door width for pairs of doors. B. Kick plates shall be applied on the push side of all doors where noted. 2.11 FLUSH BOLTS A. Extension flush bolts shall have forged bronze face plate with extruded brass lever and with wrought brass guide and strike. Rods for flush bolts shall be 12 inch steel or brass for doors up to T-6" in height. Where doors are over T-6" in height the flush bolt rod length shall be increased in increments of six (6) inch for each six (6) inch of additional door height. Plate size shall be 6 3/4 inch x one (1) inch to meet ANSI A115 and SDI specifications. Bolt projection shall be 5/8 inch. B. Floor strikes for flush bolts shall be dustproof type cast or extruded bronze with cast bronze floor plate minimum 3-1/2 inch x 1-5/8 inch with masonry anchors for concrete floors. Provide a dustproof strike, for sill application, for all bottom flush bolts for all pairs of doors. 12359A ,.� RM 08710-5 FINISH HARDWARE cylinders, and shall permit access to all areas by the General Contractor, during the construction period, prior to the owner assuming control of the building. D. Upon completion of the building, the Contractor or Owner shall remove the construction master key biting section by means of an extractor key to be supplied by the finish hardware contractor. The removal of the construction master key biting section shall prohibit the operation of the construction master key from that moment on. E. Provide a total.of six (6) master keys for each group and six (6) grand master keys. Each keyed different change shall have minimum of four (4) change keys. F. All change keys, master and grand master keys shall be delivered directly to the owner by the hardware subcontractor who shall obtain a receipt for delivery of same. 2.7 DOOR CLOSERS A. All door closers for this project shall be the product of one manufacturer, and shall have heavy cast cases with full cover and be full rack and pinion type construction, non-handed and non-sized with adjustable back-check effective at 70 degrees for both standard and parallel arm mounting. B. The following products will be acceptable: Door Closers Corbin/Russwin - DC6200 LCN - 4111/4011 Sargent - 280 Norton - 7500 C. At areas and routes accessible to persons with disabilities, provide closers that meet all state and federal regulations. D. The hardware contractor shall insert in the hardware schedule, beside each door listing, the required degree of opening for each door. If the door swing is over 140 degrees, parallel arm type closers shall be used. Door closers mounted on corner brackets, or top jamb application, shall not be permitted. E. Door closers with cush-n-stop arms shall be provided for all exterior, out-swing doors and other openings as specified under hardware sets. They shall have heavy forged steel parallel arms and soffit plates attached to the frame by six (6) screws. The forged steel arm shall have a positive stop bracket with an adjustable tension hold-open feature controlled with a slotted screw permitting adjustment from no hold-open to full restraint of door movement, Cush-N-Stop hold open function. The hold open feature does not apply to fire doors. F. Where door closers are noted to require delayed action feature, provide closers as specified herein, but having a separate delayed action valve, to permit adjustment of delayed action cycle. When adjusted, the door closer shall close at a controlled rate of speed, through the delayed action cycle range. G. The installing contractor shall be responsible for proper installation of door closers in accordance with degree of opening indicated on hardware schedule. Adjustment 12359A 08710-4 FINISH HARDWARE 3'0" wide McKinney T4B3386-4 1/2 inches 2. The width of hinges shall be sufficient to clear all trim. 3. Doors in channel iron frames shall have half mortise hinges of a comparable weight as listed for full mortise hinges. 4. Hinges of foreign manufacture shall not be considered acceptable for this project. C. Two hinges shall be provided for each door leaf up to and including five feet (5'0") in height. An additional hinge shall be required for each additional two and one half feet (2'-6") or fraction thereof in height. E. Refer to finish section for hinge finish. 2.3 MORTISE LEVER HANDLE LOCKSETS A. Locksets for this project shall be mortise type with solid cast stainless steel lever handle sectional trim. B. The following is a guide to the manufacturers and designs acceptable for this project. Schlage L9000 Series L06 Design Sargent 8200 Series LNL Design W Corbin/Russwin ML2000 Series NSA C. Locksets for labeled fire doors shall have a fusible link or other mechanism to prevent latch bolt retraction in the event of fire. D. The following is a list of lock functions as indicated under "hardware sets": FUNCTION CORBIN SARGENT SCHLAGE W A (Storeroom) 57 04 80 B (Office) 51 05 50 W C (Passage) 10 15 10 D (Classroom) 56 37 70 E (Public) 42 16 60 F (Bathroom) 30 65 40 G(Deadbolt) 12 22 62 H(Utility) 11 & 15 31 80 2.5 KEYING .� A. All locks and cylinders shall be keyed as required by the owners instruction and operated by master key group AA and Grand Master key group A. B. It is required that the key system have visual key control and that all keys and cylinders be stamped with the alphanumeric key symbol designated for each key change as recommended by the Nomenclature for Master key Systems established by the Door and Hardware Institute. •» C. Provide six (6) construction master keys to be supplied with the locksets to the General Contractor. The construction master key shall operate all locks and aw 12359A .. 08710-3 FINISH HARDWARE A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hinges 1. Stanley Hardware Division 2. Hager 3. McKinney 4. Or equal B. Locksets 1. Schlage 2. Sargent 3. Corbin/Russwin 4. Or equal C. Door Closers 1. Sargent 2. LCN 3. Corbin/Russwin 4. Or equal D. Kick Plates 1. Burns 2. Rockwood 3. Or equal E. Flush Bolts 1. Rockwood 2. Glynn Johnson 3. Or equal 2.2 HINGES A. All hinges for this project shall be stainless steel,ball bearing type. B. The following is a guide for hinge size and type required for this specification. 1. MANUFACTURER 1-3/4 inch Stanley FBB 191-4 1/2 inches Doors up to Hager BB 1191-4 1/2 inches 3'0" wide McKinney TB2314-4 1/2 inches 1-3/4 inch Stanley FBB 199-4 1/2 inches Doors over Hager BB1199-4 1/2 inches 12359A 08710-2 FINISH HARDWARE qualifications. This person shall be recognized as having the ability to be fully responsible for the scheduling, detailing and execution of this section of the specifications and related items. This qualified consultant shall be responsible for processing all submissions, correspondence, technical matters related to the finish hardware and it's application specified in this section. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Steel Doors and Frames - Section 08110, and the Finished Hardware - Section 08710 shall be provided by a single supplier. B. The supplier of the aluminum doors specified in Sections 08120 and 08130, shall provide the hardware for the aluminum doors. The hardware specified in this w" Section established the level of quality of the hardware required. The aluminum door supplier shall review this information and provide materials, make and models suitable for the doors specified in their respective Sections. MW 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The finish hardware shall be delivered to the job site and received there by the General Contractor. The General Contractor shall prepare a locked storage room with adequate shelving, for all hardware. The storage room shall be in a dry, secure , area, and shall not include storage of other products by other trades. B. All finish hardware shall have the necessary screws, bolts and other fastenings required for correct installation of each item. The cylinders, locksets, exit devices, door closers, shall be clearly marked with the respective individual door or heading number. C. After the hardware has been installed and prior to the acceptance of the building by the Owner, it shall be the General Contractors responsibility to properly protect the hardware and the hardware finish from all dents, scratches, defacing that may occur during the construction period. Hardware that is considered damaged or scratched during the construction period shall be replaced by the General Contractor at no cost to the owner or hardware supplier. Hardware items with paint on them shall be cleaned and/or replaced by the General Contractor at no charge to the owner. MW 1.8 WARRANTY A. The finish hardware specified for this project shall be guaranteed against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of completion and acceptance of this building. In addition, door closers shall carry a guarantee of five (5)years from date of completion and acceptance of this building. B. If an item of hardware is found to be defective by reasons of defects in material and workmanship, it shall be replaced by the hardware supplier at no charge to the owner. The installation of the replacement item shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor if within the building guarantee period specified under general conditions, or by the Owner if beyond the building guarantee period. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE 12359A .,� 08710-1 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finish Hardware for All Doors B. Weather Stripping C. Door Silencers D. Keying to coordinate with the Owner's existing master key system. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry C. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames D. Section 08360 - Sectional Overhead Doors 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI Al 15 - Standards for Door and Frame Preparation B. ANSI A156 - Standards for Finish Hardware D. Other Applicable Life Safety and Building Codes. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The finish hardware supplier shall submit for review a complete and detailed finish *+ hardware schedule using a vertical typewritten format. The finish hardware schedule shall contain a listing of the name of each manufacturer and the product listing for the series included in the hardware schedule. B. Provide catalog cuts on specified hardware. C. It shall be the responsibility of the finish hardware supplier to obtain from the owner or the owner's representative, a detailed keying schedule listing the respective key symbol and location for the locksets having the corresponding key symbol. D. The finish hardware supplier shall make available to the general contractor a detailed list of template numbers and templates required for each of the door manufacturers that require templates. E. Submit the finished hardware suppliers field report indicating that the finished hardware has been installed and is working properly. The report shall note all deficiencies and conditions required to correct them. Refer to "Field Quality Control" as specified herein. 1.5 _QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The hardware supplier shall have in his employ an architectural hardware consultant (AHC) or a person with equivalent number of years required for AHC 12359A 08360-3 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. Perform installation of door, track, hardware, and related items in strict accordance with the final Shop Drawings and the manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After erection, properly clean and protect all work as necessary under various working conditions to avoid damage of any nature. B. Repair any damage and replace parts as required to adjacent Work, which has been damaged in connection with work of this Section, and bear all costs therefor. C. Remove all waste and accumulated material from site. END OF SECTION 12359A 08360-2 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS .e C. Handle equipment to prevent damage of any nature. 1.7 WARRANTY A. All parts warranted for a period of one year against defective material and workmanship. B. Door shall have 10 year warranty against delamination. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Raynor Manufacturing Company Series TC B. Overhead Door Company Series 593 C. Or equal 2.2 DOOR A. Door Sections: Thermal break, roll formed interior and exterior panels, 26 gauge, commercial quality hot-dipped galvanized steel. B. Insulation: Expanded polystyrene core. C. Hardware: All hinges and brackets made from galvanized steel. Provide lift handles, pull handles and step plates for opening and closing. D. Spring Counterbalance: Heavy duty oil tempered wire torsion springs on continuous ball bearing cross header steel shaft. Galvanized aircraft type lifting cables with minimum safety factor of seven to one. E. Weatherstripping: Head, neoprene rubber and galvanized retainer; jamb mounted vinyl and aluminum seal; door bottom, U-type vinyl seal and extruded aluminum retainer; sectional joint seal, neoprene foam rubber. F. Manual operation: Pull chain. .� 2.3 TRACK A. Size track according to door size and weight, see Drawings. „ B. Galvanized track, continuous angle mounted. Reinforce horizontal track with continuous angle. 2.5 FINISH A. Door Exterior: Prefinished with baked acrylic enamel prime coat and finish coat, color by Engineer. .. B. Door Interior: Prefinished with baked acrylic enamel prime coat and finish coat. 2.6 TESTING A. After erection, test operation and make all adjustments necessary to assure a smooth traverse of the door. 12359A .,, 08360-1 SECTION 08360 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Insulated steel sectional upward-acting door. B. Galvanized steel track C. Hardware 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 09900 - Painting 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A525 - Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. B. ASTM C236 - Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box. C. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. ASTM E283 - Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Flame spread 15 B. Smoke Developed 120 C. "R" Value 12.76 D. Wind Load 35 pounds per square foot 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provision of Section 01340. B. Submit Shop Drawings, including large scale details of door and track construction indicating all gauges, weather stripping, "R" factor and installation to the surrounding conditions. C. Submit with final Shop Drawings, all required templates for location of overhead track and bolts. 1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver fabricated assemblies as job progress requires in the largest sections permitted,properly labeled for field erection. B. Store in original packaging on site under protective coverings and out of the way of normal construction activities. Provide special storage in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 12359A aw 08110-4 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES .wk C. The finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance, and free from warp and buckle. Miters shall be well formed and in true alignment. .w PART 3 - EXECUTION awl 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with Steel Door Institute. B. Install doors in accordance with Door Hardware Institute. C. Coordinate with Masonry Wall Construction for anchor placement. 3.2 TOLERANCES aw A. Maximum diagonal frame distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. ow 3.3 ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION ,w wr 12359A w 08110-3 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES w F. Hinge reinforcement- 12 gage, channel shape. G. Lock face, flush bolts, surface mounted closers - 14 gage H. All other surface mounted hardware - 14 gage. I. Provide flush top cap sealing against water on all exterior doors. J. Prepare exterior door bottoms to receive door bottoms. K. Doors shall be reinforced, stiffened, sound deadened with Kraft Honeycomb core completely filling the inside of the doors and laminated to both inside faces of the panels. The strength developed on the laminated assembly shall be 4000 pounds per square foot in compression and 1100 pounds per square foot in shear along the glue line. 2.3 FRAME CONSTRUCTION A. Frames - 14 gauge, Galvanized. C. All exterior frame joints and interior frames installed in masonry shall be continuously welded and ground smooth. Where galvanized coating has been burned or damaged, paint with Z.R.C. liquid zinc or equal. All joints in frame shall be watertight. F. Hinge, Lock and Strike Reinforcement - 10 Gauge G. Door Closer Reinforcement- 14 Gauge H. Floor Clips - 18 GA minimum 1. Frame Anchors - Provide minimum three anchors per jamb as required for the adjoining wall construction; a base angle and one anchor for every 2 vertical feet. Provide anchors of not less than 18 gauge steel or 3/16 inch diameter wire adjustable. J. Frame Splines - Same as frame L. Reinforcement, stiffeners, and base angle clips shall be welded to inside surfaces of frames. M. Locate hardware cutouts and reinforcing from templates obtained from the hardware supplier. Weld sheet steel dust covers over all cutouts in frames to prevent contact of mortar with reinforcing and lock strikes. N. Attach glazing beads with countersunk flathead machine screws, spacing the bead to permit installation of glass plus setting material. O. Turn edges of frames to form retainers for anchors. P. Punch three (3) holes in top of strike jamb of door frames for application of silencers. Punch two (2)holes in head frame for pairs of doors. Q. Before shipping, provide removable angle spreaders securely fastened to bottom of each jamb; do not remove until frames are secured in place. 2.4 FINISHING A. Doors and frames shall be hot dipped galvanized,A60 coating. B. Clean all surfaces of doors, frames, anchors and related items specified hereunder, by hot or cold phosphate treatment standard with the manufacturer. Following cleaning, apply one coat of rust-inhibitive prime paint and bake on. Prime all surfaces, including those which will be inaccessible after erection. 12359A 08110-2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES B. Labeled door and frame construction to conform to NFPA 250. C. Install door and frame assembly to conform to NFPA 80 for labeled glass indicated . on door schedule. D. Doors and frames shall be factory fabricated. All field modifications shall be approved by the Engineer. ow 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Steel Doors and Frames - Section 08110, and the Finished Hardware Section 08710 shall be provided by a single supplier. 1.7 PACKAGING A. Doors shall be fully wrapped in corrugated cardboard,single faced paper 42-pound with a 26-pound liner medium "B" flute, protecting all surfaces of the door. Flute shall be run the full height of the door. ""� B. Wood strips, 3/8 inches, 2 inches commercial grade, finished one side for marking, extending 1/2 inch beyond the top and bottom of the door shall be temporarily applied to the edges of the door. C. The corrugated cardboard and wood strip shall be held firmly in place by three (3) 3/8 inch by 18 GA steel bands on each door. D. Wood strips shall be marked clearly giving door type, size, hand lock preparation, and mark number. The metal banding shall not interfere with the marking. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors, frames and windows to the job site in manufacturer's unopened packaging. B. Store doors and frames upright in a protected area on wood runners or skids and covered with vented plastic. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Curries B. Steel Craft C. Or equivalent. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. 16 gauge stretcher level steel, galvanized for all doors. B. 1/8 inch bevel in two inches on hinge and lock edge. ,. C. Seams shall be continuously welded and ground smooth. D. Top and bottom 14 gauge, cold-rolled steel reinforcing channels spot welded within door. E. Mortise and reinforce doors for finish hardware in accordance with template. Requirements are furnished under finish hardware. .W 12359A ow 08110-1 SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES (HOLLOW METAL) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Steel Doors. C. Steel Frames. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry D. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry E. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers F. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware G. Section 09900 - Painting 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A366 - Specification for steel, carbon, cold-rolled sheet, commercial quality. B. ASTM E152 - Methods for fire tests of door assemblies. C. ASTM A 525 - Specification for general requirements for steel sheet, zinc-coated (galvanized) by the hot-dip process. D. ASTM B 117 - Method of salt spray (fog) testing. E. ASTM D1735 - Method for water fog testing of organic coatings. F. SDI - Steel Door Institute - 100. SDI - Steel Door Institute - 105. G. DHI - Door Hardware Institute. H. ANSI - American National Standard Institute. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01340. B. Submit a complete door and frame schedule, large scale details of door and frame construction, indicating all gauges, reinforcing, cutouts, anchors and anchor clips. C. Submit labeled door and frame certification. D. Do not fabricate hollow metal work without final shop drawing review. E. Submit manufacturers certification that door and frame hardware reinforcing gages comply to ANSI/SDI 100. F. Submit verification that all existing dimensions and conditions have been field verified. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of SDI-100. 12359A go 07900-4 JOINT SEALERS aw Other Joints Designated to Receive Sealant ow END OF SECTION R. .w am mm ow wr AW ow ow or aw aw .. 12359A .. 07900-3 JOINT SEALERS B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1056; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width; as recommended by sealant manufacturer. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 - EXECUTION r 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. �• B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Perform preparation in accordance ASTM C790 for latex base sealants. E. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. C. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot apply within these temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter,ridges, and sags. G. Tool joints concave. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01710. B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. C. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. 3.6 SCHEDULE Type Location A. S-1, S-2 or S-6 - At Penetrations in the Exterior Walls 12359A 07900-2 JOINT SEALERS ow 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer *R during and after installation. B. VOC Standards - All sealants shall be in accordance with all applicable State and Federal VOC standards. 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work in this Section with related sections. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Installer to provide five year warranty to include coverage of installed sealants, caulking and accessories which fail to achieve air tight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. S-1, Epoxidized Polyurethane Sealant: Multi-component, chemical curing, non- staining, non-bleeding, non-sagging type; color as selected by Engineer; Dymeric 240 FC, as manufactured by Tremco, Sika Corporation or equal. Durability (Bond and Cohesion) - 25 percent +40 percent Shore "A" Hardness Range 25 B. S-2, Polyurethane Sealant: Multi-component, chemical curing, non-staining, non- bleeding, non-sagging type; color as selected by Engineer; Sikaflex 2C as manufactured by Sika Corporation, Tremco or equal. Durability (Bond and Cohesion) +/- 50 percent Service Temperature Range - 40 to 170 degrees F Shore "A" Hardness Range 25 (40 for self leveling) C. S-6, Polyurethane Sealant: One component, moisture curing, non-staining, non- .w bleeding, non-sagging type; color as selected by Engineer; Sika-flex IA as manufactured by Sika Corporation, Tremco or equal. „ Durability(Bond and Cohesion) +25 percent Service Temperature - 40 to 170 degrees F ow Shore A Hardness 40 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer. XW 12359A MW 07900-1 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and backing. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 01710 - Project Cleaning C. Section 02513 - Bituminous Concrete Paving D. Section 04200 -Unit Masonry E. Section 07310 - Asphalt Shingles F. Section 07531 - EPDM Roofing G. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim H. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames 1. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C790 - Recommended Practices for Use of Latex Sealing Compounds. B. ASTM C920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealant C. ASTM C834 - Specification for Latex Sealing Compounds D. FS-TT-S-227 - Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Multi-Component E. FS-TT-S-230 - Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single Component F. FS-TT-S-001543 - Sealing Compound: Silicone Rubber Base G. Sealing and Waterproofers Institute - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01340. B. Submit color charts or samples. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Submit schedule of all items to be installed. Indicate intended use of each product. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum ten years experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum five years experience. .. C. Compatibility: Verify sealants used are compatible with joint substrates. D. Joint Tolerance: Compliance with the manufacturer's limitation is required. E. Conform to Sealant and Waterproofers Institute requirements for installation. 12359A 07620-3 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and notify general contractor of any defects or other characteristics which may be detrimental to the installation and performance of the materials to be installed. B. Commencement of work shall constitute acceptance of surface conditions. C. Field verify all dimensions of the prefabricated items prior to fabrication to ensure ease of installation with a proper and tight fit. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Installation of all materials in this Section shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Ensure a watertight installation at all points where prefabricated items meet the roofing. C. Install cleats, formed fascia and continuous closure as shown on the Drawings. Anchor as recommended by Manufacturer. D. Set fascia flange in sealant as recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer. 3.3 CLEANING A. At the completion of the work, clean, and remove from site, all rubbish and accumulated materials and leave the work in a satisfactory condition. END OF SECTION 12359A 07620-2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM E. The Contractor shall obtain the services of an installer with a minimum of 10 years of experience of working with the materials specified. , F. The snow fence shown on the Drawings are a minimum. The Contractor shall have the system designed by either the roof system manufacturer or the manufacturer of the snow fence system. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials with a protective vinyl masking. ,. B. Store all materials in properly protected and dry storage facilities until ready for use. Do not use materials which have been damaged in any manner. C. Protect work from damage during construction period so that it will be without any indication of abuse or damage at time of acceptance. 1.7 WARRANTY ..� A. Metal Roofing Contractor shall guarantee installation for a period of two years for weather tightness from date of acceptance. B. Warranty material to be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of five years. C. Warranty finish against color fade, chalking and film integrity for a period of 20 years. XW PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER'S A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 6. Aluminum Gravel Stop a. Firestone Metal products b. Metal Era c. W.P. Hickman Co. d. Petersen Aluminum Corporation e. Or equal 2.2 FINISH A. Unless indicated otherwise, finish on all materials shall be Kynar 500, Hylar 5000, or equal, Fluoropon resin finish, color selected by Engineer. Texture shall be smooth . 2.3 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1. Aluminum Fascia - 0.050 inch aluminum formed as detailed on Drawings. Provide concealed splice plates to accommodate thermal movement and a continuous keeper to hold the item in place. .� J. Aluminum Gravel Stop - Factory fabricated .063 inch aluminum snap on gravel stop with a continuous 24 gauge G-90 galvanized steel cant dam and compression strip. Provide splice plates with matching color to control thermal movement. ., System 200 as manufactured by Metal Era or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 12359A 07620-1 SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM w PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1. Aluminum Coping 2. Aluminum Gravel Stop 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 - Submittals ** B. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry C. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry E. Section 07531 - Single-Ply EPDM Roofing F. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers 1.3 REFERENCES A. SMACNA- Architectural Sheet Metal Manual B. ASTM B5 - Specification for Electrolytic Touch-Pitch Copper Refinery C. ASTM B 101 - Specification for Lead Coated Copper D. ASTM B152 - Specification for Copper, Sheet, Strip, Plate and Rolled Bar E. ASTM B209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provision of Section 01340. B. Submit large scale shop drawings detailing: Roofing, eave and rake trim, soffit vent, gutters and downspouts, and accessories; include all splice plates and method of anchorage. C. Submit large scale shop drawings detailing all the trim at the metal siding. D. Submit color chips for color selection by Engineer. E. Submit manufacturers catalog cuts, spec data sheets, and installation instructions. F. Submit installer's qualifications for review by Engineer. G. Submit design and layout of the snow fence system provided by the roof system or snow fence system manufacturer. +w 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field measurements shall be taken prior to fabrication to assure symmetry and verify as built conditions. B. All sheet metal flashing and trim shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the recommendations in the SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. C. All materials shall be installed with concealed starter cleats and splice plates to accommodate thermal movement. Exposed through nailing or face nailing is not allowed. D. Hem all exposed edges. 12359A 40 .A 07531-5 SINGLE-PLY EPDM ROOFING 3.7 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. A manufacturer's technical representative shall be present at the start of the roofing installation. B. Upon completion of the EPDM system, a manufacturer's representative will make a thorough inspection of the installation to determine that the roof system has been applied according to specifications and manufacturers standards. C. Upon completion of work on the existing roof, a manufacturer's representative will make a thorough inspection of the work to determine that it complies with the manufacturer's standards and specifications. 3.8 CLEANING A. Remove debris, scraps, containers, rubbish and other trash resulting from installation of the roofing system from job site each day. END OF SECTION 12359A .w 07531-4 SINGLE-PLY EPDM ROOFING .w wo B. Flashing: EPDM flashing as by the membrane manufacturer. C. Prefabricated roof flashing as detailed on the Drawings. D. Membrane Bonding Adhesive: Adhesive as recommended by the membrane manufacturer. E. Miscellaneous Materials for Single-Ply Membrane: Provide manufacturers standard materials to ensure a complete installation and warranty. •w F. Separator Mat: As recommended by roofing manufacturer. G. Rubber Walkway Pads 30 inches square. H. Termination Bars - Rigid Aluminum Stock with Stainless Steel Fasteners. ow I. Splice Tape - For use in lap splicer 6-inches wide. J. Russ Strip - Reinforce Universal Securement strip as recommended by the manufacture. so 2.3 ROOF DRAINS A. Roof drains shall be retrofit type as manufactured by RAC (Roof Accessories Company)Zurn, or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Comply with manufacturers' instructions for preparation of substrate. Clean substrate of dust, debris and other substances detrimental to roofing work. B. Wood blocking at perimeter shall be installed prior to the start of roofing work. No voids greater than '/4 inch is permitted. C. There shall be no voids between adjacent boards of insulation in excess of 1/4 inch. D. Report unsatisfactory conditions to the contractor in writing. Beginning work is presumed as acceptance of all conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 FULLY ADHERED SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install membrane by unrolling over prepared substrate and allow to relax a minimum of 30 minutes before applying bonding adhesive. B. Apply bonding adhesive to the two surfaces and allowed to dry (tacky). Roll membrane into the coated substrate with no wrinkles. C. Lap adjoining sheets as recommended by membrane manufacturer. Install 6-inch splice tape for all field and flashing seams. ' D. Install membrane and prefabricated flashing at fascia and all roof penetrations as recommended by the roofing manufacturer. E. Install Russ strip or other securement as recommended by the Manufacturer at all roof perimeters, expansion joints, skylights, roof curbs and any angle change which exceeds 1-inches in one horizontal foot. F. No seams will be allowed at low points. G. Install roof drains as per manufacturer's instructions. WW 12359A ow a� 07531-3 w SINGLE-PLY EPDM ROOFING A. Membrane Manufacturers Total System warranty period shall be for 15 years after date of acceptance for materials and workmanship. B. Installers guarantee period shall be for two (2)years after date of acceptance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MEMBRANE MANUFACTURERS A. Firestone Building Products Co. B. Carlisle Syntec Systems C. Versico D. Or Equal 2.2 MATERIALS A. Single-ply membrane shall be ultraviolet and ozone resistant and meet the minimum requirements set forth by ASTM D4637 for type 1 non-reinforced EPDM single-ply roofing membranes and shall have the following properties: Property Test Method Specifications Specific Gravity ASTM-D-297 1.15 ± .05 Tensile Strength ASTM-D-412 1400 psi minimum Elongation ASTM-D-412 300 Percent minimum Tear Resistance ASTM-D-624 125 lbs/in. minimum Shore A Durometer ASTM-D-2240 60± 10 Ozone Resistance 7 days/100 pphm @ 100 Degrees F with 50 Percent extension ASTM-D-1149 No Cracks Heat Aging ASTM-D-573 Tensile min. 1200 psi 28 days @ 240 Degrees F Elongation min. 210 Percent Brittleness Temp. ASTM-D-746 -40 Degrees F Resistance to Water Change in weight after immersion 7 days @ 150 Degrees F ASTM-D-471 +8 Percent maximum Water vapor permeability max, perm mils ASTM-E-96 2.0 Density: 60 mils Tolerance on nominal thickness, Percent ASTM-D-412 +/-10 12359A 40 am 07531-2 SINGLE-PLY EPDM ROOFING .R A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01340. B. Submit specifications, installation instructions, and general recommendations for roofing system provided. C. Submit copies of pre-roofing conference. D. Submit Shop Drawings of anchorage, penetrations and large scale details. E. Submit manufacturer's certification that the roofing system and installation complies with ASCE-7 and the uplift loading criteria as indicated on the structural drawing. F. Submit a letter from the manufacturer verifying that they have reviewed the project and indicating that the completed installation will qualify for the warranties specified. G. Submit a copy of the Roof Inspection Report(s). 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturers: Obtain primary flexible sheet roofing from a single manufacturer. „ Provide secondary materials as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. B. Installer: Installer shall be certified in writing by the manufacturers as a licensed or approved installer of the system specified. C. Work on existing roofs shall be done by a Contractor who is certified by the manufacturer of the existing roof system. 1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Prior to the installation of roofing and associated work, a meeting shall be held at project site with installers, manufacturers, installers of related work, the General Contractor and Owner's representative. General Contractor shall record discussions and agreements and furnish copy to each participant. Provide at least 72 hours advance notice to participants prior to convening pre-roofing conference. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Manufactured roofing materials shall be delivered in manufacturer's original unopened containers or wrapping with labels intact and legible. B. Store and protect materials from damage and weather in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Keep materials clean and dry. Store material on raised platforms and cover top, sides and bottom C. Adhere to the special precautions of the manufacturer or as required by the general conditions, whichever is most stringent. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Proceed with roofing work when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and warranty requirements. 1.10 WARRANTY or 12359A ar 07531-1 SECTION 07531 SINGLE-PLY EPDM ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Single-ply EPDM fully adhered roofing system. B. Roof Drains [Retrofit only]. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry C. Section 07220 - Roof and Deck Insulation D. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim E. Division 15 - Mechanical: General 1.3 REFERENCES ,Ar A. Underwriter's Laboratory(UL) B. ASTM D297 - Test Method for Rubber Products. C. ASTM D412 - Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension. D. ASTM D471 - Test Method for Rubber Property -Effect of Liquids. E. ASTM D573 - Test Method for Rubber- Deterioration in an Air Oven. F. ASTM D624 - Test Method for Rubber Property -Tear Resistance. G. ASTM D746 - Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. H. ASTM D 1149 - Test Method for Rubber Deterioration - Surface Ozone Cracking in a Chamber. I. ASTM D2240 - Test Method for Rubber Property- Durometer Hardness. J. ASTM E96 - Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. K. ASTM D4637 - Standard Specifications for EPDM sheet used in single ply roof membrane. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide labeled materials which have been tested and listed by UL for application indicated, with the following rating for roof slopes shown, "Class A" rated materials. B. Certified Test Results: Test reports from an independent testing laboratory, attesting that products meet the specified test requirements. C. The completed installation shall be inspected and approved by a representative from the roofing manufacturer. All deficiencies noted in this inspection shall be corrected at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 SUBMITTALS IM 12359A in mw 07220-4 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION or or END OF SECTION ,w MW aw .w am aw .w .. ww 12359A ow 07220-3 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION A. Mechanical fasteners shall be non-corrosive coated screws with a minimum .200 inch diameter shank and .250 inch diameter thread by required length or as required by manufacturer. B. Washer plates shall be 3 inch round or square, as required by the roofing manufacturer. 2.4 CRICKET SYSTEM A. Standard tapered rigid insulation blocks with a 1/2 inch per foot taper. B. Standard tapered wood fiber board edge strip, tapered to zero. 2.5 INSULATION ADHESIVE „ A. A single component,low rise, elastomeric, urethane foam adhesive. B. Product shall be Weather-Tite Pourable Foam Insulation Adhesive as manufactured by Millennium Adhesive Products, Inc., or equal. wr C. Warrantee on the insulation adhesive shall be the same length as the specified roofing system warranty. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install sheet vapor barrier as recommended by the manufacturer for use at metal decks. B. Insulation shall be installed in multiple layers. All joints shall be staggered from the layer below by a minimum of 6". C. Insulation shall be neatly fitted to all penetrations, projections, and nailers with no joints more than 1/8" in width. All gaps greater than 1/4 inch wide shall be filled with acceptable insulation material. D. No more insulation shall be installed than can be covered with roofing membrane before the end of the day's work or before the onset of inclement weather. E. Insulation boards shall be mechanically fastened as required to meet the wind uplift criteria for the project and the specific written recommendations of the roofing manufacturer. F. Install crickets as shown on Drawings. G. Adhered Insulation Installation 1. Apply 75-pound base sheet vapor barrier. 2. Install insulation in 4-foot by 4-foot sheets using hot asphalt or adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 CLEAN-UP A. Remove adhesive and asphalt spatters and smears. B. Remove debris from project site. C. Leave work areas in clean condition. 12359A °�r 07220-2 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION C. Manufacturer's Literature: Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. .� D. Submit the Manufacturer's project specific fastening requirement to meet ASCE-7 and the uplift loading criteria as indicated on the structural drawings. E. Certificates: Manufacturer's certification that materials meet specification .R requirements. F. Submit proof that all concrete decks have been tested for moisture prior to installation of the vapor barrier. *� 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in manufacturer's original unopened packaging. B. Identify contents, manufacture, brand name, thermal values, and applicable standards. C. Store materials in area protected from weather, moisture, and open flame or sparks. .� D. Remove damaged materials from site. 1. 6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install materials when temperature is 40 Degrees F or below, during rain or wet weather, or when surfaces are wet. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Material shall be compatible with the roofing system specified and shall be as required by the roofing system manufacturer to achieve the warranties specified. *� A. Firestone B. NRG Barriers C. Celotex Corp. 2.2 RIGID INSULATION A. Rigid insulation - Rigid polyisocyanurate foam insulation laminated to a black glass reinforced mat facer. B. Tapered Insulation - Rigid polyisocyanurate foam insulation laminated to a black glass reinforced mat facer, tapered as shown on the drawings. ow C. Compressive Strength- 25 psi ASTM D1621. D. Foam Core Density -Nominal two pounds per cubic foot. E. Flame Spread - 25, ASTM E84. F. Moisture Vapor Transmission- 1.0 per inch, ASTM E96. G. Long Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR) Value as specified. H. Insulation shall be 4-foot by 4-foot sheet where hot asphalt or adhesive is used. 2.3 MECHANICAL FASTENERS 12359A 07220-1 SECTION 07220 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyisocyanrate foam core insulation panels laminated to a black glass reinforced mat facer on both sides. B. Tapered polyisocyanurate foam core insulation panels laminated to a black glass reinforced mat facer on both sides. C. Crickets 1.2 RELATED SECTION A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry C. Section 07531 - Single-ply EPDM Roof D. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim E. Division 15 - Mechanical 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1621 - Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics B. ASTM D1622 - Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics C. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials D. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials E. ASTM D36 - Test Method for Softening Point of Bitumen (Ring and Ball Apparatus) F. ASTM D92 - Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup G. ASTM D113 - Test Method for Ductility of Bituminous Materials. H. ASTM D226 - Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing I. ASTM D312 - Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing J. ASTM D2042 - Test Method for Solubility of Asphalt Materials in Trichloroethylene K. CAN/ULS-5770 - Long Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR) of Closed-Cell Thermal Insulation Foams. L. ASTM F 1869 - Anhydrous Calcuim Chloride Test. M. ASTM F 22170 - Relative Humidity Probe. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01340. B. Shop Drawing showing roof configuration and insulation layout. 12359A 07002-2 ROOFING FILED SUB-BID PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION ow aw 12359A .A 07002-1 SECTION 07002 ROOFING FILED SUB-BID PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 FILED SUB-BID DESCRIPTION A. The work of this section requires a filed sub-bid in accordance with Massachusetts General Law, Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44J, inclusive and as amended. The following technical specification sections describe the work to be provided under a single filed sub-bid for the Roofing and Flashing category of work. 07002 - Roofing Filed Sub-Bid 07531 - Single-Ply EPDM Roof(Fully Adhered) 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim B. Reference Drawings: The work of this section is shown on the following Drawings and shall be provided under a single filed sub-bid for the Roofing and Flashing category of work. A-1 C. The Sub-bidder's attention is directed to all Division 0 and Division 1 Specification Sections, which are hereby made a part of this Section. 1.2 FILED SUB-BID SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Sub-bids for work under this section shall comply with M.G.L., Ch. 149, §44D through 44F, and shall be filed on the form provided in Division 0 of these Specifications. B. Sub-bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, on the date and before the time stipulated in the Advertisement for Bid. C. Sub-bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security and the appropriate DCAM certification and update statement. D. Submit Sub-Bid in accordance with Article 15 of Section 00100 - Instructions to Bidders. E. The work of this Section shall be incorporated in the appropriate category of the General Bid Form to be submitted by General Bidders. A subcontract, in the form required by M.G.L., Ch. 149, §44F, shall be made on the basis of this sub-bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used 12359A 06100-3 ROUGH CARPENTRY 4. Other nailers and blocking in excess of 7/8 inch thick - 3/4 inch diameter galvanized steel anchor bolts or expansion bolts, as applicable. 6. Secure other non-specified lumber with galvanized steel fasteners, of a type most suitable for the application. 8. Hardware and fasteners in contact with pressure treated lumber shall be stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY BRACING A. Provide and maintain, until such time as permanently built into the structure, all temporary bracing for walls, door frames, sills, and other work requiring bracing and which is not specified as being provided under other SECTIONS of the specifications. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Do such work as is necessary to cover and protect all finishes and other work from damage during construction. 3.3 NAILERS AND BLOCKING A. Fasten nailers and blocking to concrete and masonry with specified bolts, as shown on Drawings. Space bolts not over 32 inches on centers. Stagger lines of bolts on nailers wider than nominal 3-1/2 inch width. Use not less than two (2) bolts per piece of nailer length. Counterbore nailers so that nut and ends of bolts are recessed below top surface. Install wood shims behind nailers and blocking against masonry, as required, to ensure completely true surface. END OF SECTION 12359A MW 06100-2 ROUGH CARPENTRY .W C. Submit lumber species and grade. D. Submit hardware and hangers indicated on the Drawings. MW 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store all materials in an elevated dry location, protected by waterproof coverings. Do not store within the building until masonry, concrete, and other such wet work has been completed and allowed to dry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS •2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Wolmanized Pressure-Treated Lumber 1. Hickson Corp. 2. Hoover Treated Wood Products 3. Koppers 2.2 LUMBER TREATMENTS A. Pressure Preservative Treatments: All dimension lumber, wood blocking and nailers which will be embedded or in contact with concrete and masonry, and all nailers which will be concealed by roofing and flashing, shall be treated with ACQ (Type D). The minimum retention shall be 0.25 pounds of preservative per cubic foot of wood. B. Brush Preservative Treatment: Brush coat all end cuts after cutting with ACQ or equal. Apply in two heavy coats on all surfaces prior to installation of lumber. 2.3 MATERIALS A. All dimensional lumber to be used in exterior and bearing walls shall be Spruce- Pine-Fir No. 2 or better unless indicated otherwise on the Structural Drawings. B. Nailers, blocking, equipment bases, and all other lumber of actual 1-1/2 inches or greater thickness - Douglas fir, spruce, pine, number two (2) or better, unless '" indicated otherwise on the Structural Drawings. C. Furring and other lumber less than 1-1/2 inches in thickness - No. 2 spruce or Douglas fir. 2.4 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Expansion anchor and anchor bolts shall be as shown on the Drawings and as specified in Section 05500. For other non-specified conditions the following minimums shall apply: 1. Top plates and sill plates at masonry bond beams -3/4-inch diameter galvanized anchor bolts 2. For blocking attached to steel beams - 1/2-inch diameter anchor bolts at 2-feet in center, staggered. 3. Sill plates at wood framed walls attached to concrete - 1/2-inch diameter anchor bolts. 12359A WR 06100-1 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary enclosures. B. All rough lumber, including wood nailers, posts, plates, blocking, strapping, and lumber bases for mechanical and electrical equipment. C. Rough hardware, such as nails, bolts, screws, clips, as required to install rough carpentry work. 1.2 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames: Flush metal doors and pressed steel frames. B. Section 08360 - Sectional Overhead Doors. C. Section 15540 - Fire Extinguishers. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry D. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim E. Section 09900 - Painting 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All lumber except as otherwise specified herein shall: 1. Be new, dressed 4 sides (S4S), clean, and free from warping and other defects. 2. Conform to U. S. Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendations R-16 for sizes and use Classifications. 3. Have a moisture content not exceeding 19 percent when delivered to the project. 4. National Forest Products Association - "National Design Specification for Wood Construction- 2005 including Design Values for Wood Construction". B. Plywood shall conform to American Plywood Association APA Grade Trademark and Product Standard PS-1. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provision of Section 01340. B. The treating plant shall furnish a notarized certificate that all pertinent details of these specifications have been met. 12359A 04200-8 UNIT MASONRY SW 3.18 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, grounds and other penetrations. .w Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. B. Obtain Engineer approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.20 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01710. B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears. C. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. D. Clean soiled surfaces of unpainted surfaces with cleaning solution. " E. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.21 COLD WEATHER CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE .� A. Where ambient temperatures are below 40 degrees F or anticipated to drop below 40°F within 24 hours, provide "weather protection" for the masonry under construction and use heat sources to maintain temperatures above 40 degrees F within the enclosure. Maintain the heated enclosure for a minimum of 24 hours after construction. B. Heat mortar sand or mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 degrees F and 90 degrees F at the time of mixing. Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry. C. Temperature of stored masonry units shall not be less than 20 degrees F when laid in the masonry. Remove visible ice on masonry units before the unit is laid in the masonry. D. Provide a High/Low thermostat within the enclosure or at the work. 3.22 HOT WEATHER CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE A. When the ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees F: 1. Lightly wet the mortar bedding surface areas. 2. Keep mortar moist, and do not string out on the wall so far ahead of units being placed that drying will take place prior to placement of units. 3. After the units are in place, a very light fog spray shall be applied sufficient times during the first 24 hours for proper curing. B. Provide a High/Low thermostat within the enclosure or at the work. END OF SECTION 12359A ,,,� 04200-7 UNIT MASONRY A. Mason shall coordinate dowel placement and coordinate vertical reinforcing splices for constructability. B. Install reinforcing before laying masonry. Installation shall be done per the Masonry Reinforcing Shop Drawing marked "No Exceptions Taken". C. Prior to placing grout, clean all reinforcement of loose, flaky rust; scale; grease; mortar; grout; or other coating which might destroy or reduce its bond with grout. The details of reinforcement shall conform to ACI 315. Do not bend or straighten reinforcing. Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings. Placement of reinforcement shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to placing grout. D. Position vertical bars accurately at the centerline of the reinforced wythe within a tolerance of 1/2 inch. Maintain a minimum clearance between the bars and masonry units of 1/2 inch and between parallel bars of one diameter of the reinforcement. Hold vertical reinforcing in place using metal supports, centering clips, spacers, or caging-devices located near the ends of each bar and at intermediate intervals of not more than 160 diameters of the reinforcement. Wire column and pilaster ties in position around the vertical steel, laying ties in mortar joints will not be permitted. E. Stagger splices in adjacent bars. Lay bars a minimum of 48 diameters of the reinforcement or two feet whichever is greater. Welded or mechanical connections shall develop the full strength of the reinforcement. F. Vertical reinforcing shall extend into the bond beam located at the top of the wall. The open top channel block shall be drilled to accommodate the vertical reinforcing. 3.16 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, build in metal door and glazed metal frames, wood nailing strips, plates and other items furnished by other sections. B. Build in items plumb and level. C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout or batt insulation as shown on the Drawings. D. Do not build in organic materials subject to deterioration. 3.17 TOLERANCE A. Maximum variation from alignment of columns and pilasters: 1/4 inch. *+ B. Maximum variation from unit to adjacent unit: 1/32 inch. C. Maximum variation from plane of wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more. D. Maximum variation from plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. E. Maximum variation from level coursing: 1/8 inch in three feet and 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch in 30 feet. F. Maximum variation of joint thickness: 1/8 inch in three feet. G. Maximum variation from cross sectional thickness of walls: 1/4 inch. 12359A 04200-6 UNIT MASONRY H. Perform jobsite cutting of masonry units with electrically operated carborundum saws to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. Do not break units with hammers or other tools. I. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint. •� K. Install bullnose concrete masonry units at all external corners, doors and window jambs as detailed on Drawings. M. Use open top channel blocks for masonry lintels. ' N. Cut mortar joints flush where ceramic tile is scheduled. 3.9 JOINT REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement as shown on Drawings. B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening. C. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first joint below top of walls. D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum six inches. E. Embed anchors attached to structural steel members. Embed anchorages in every second block joint. G. Install horizontal joint reinforcing at 16" on center at all interior masonry walls. .� H. Reinforce wall intersections with strap anchors 16 inches on center. 3.13 GROUTED COMPONENTS A. Reinforce channel bond beam and lintel block with two bars, placed continuously, size as shown on the Drawings. B. Lap splices in vertical reinforcing minimum 48 bar diameters. C. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Vertical reinforcing shall be centered in the width of the core. D. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. E. At bearing locations, fill masonry cores with grout for a minimum 24 inches either side of opening unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E, All cells to receive epoxy or expansion anchors shall be grouted solid. F. Grouting: 1. Request the Engineer to inspect the cells. Allow three days advance notice of .� inspection. a. Provide cleanout opening no less than four inches high at the bottom of ow each cell to be grouted by cutting one face shell of masonry unit. b. Clean out masonry cells with high pressure water spray. Permit complete water drainage. „ 2. After cleaning and cell inspection, seal openings with masonry units. 3. Place grout into spaces. Maintain water content in grout to intended slump without aggregate segregation. 3.14 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL 12359A •� 04200-5 UNIT MASONRY A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270: 1. Proportions by volume for Portland cement-lime-sand mixture: a. 2 parts Portland cement b. 1 part hydrated lime C. 9 parts masonry sand 2. Properties by volume for masonry cement- sand mixture: a. 2 parts masonry cement b. 6 parts masonry sand B. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. D. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. E. If water is lost by evaporation,retemper only within two hours of mixing. F. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or 2'/2 hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F. G. Use care when mixing to provide a consistent mixture. 3.4 GROUT MIXING A. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476: 1. Proportions by volume: a. 1 part Portland cement b. 1/10 part hydrated lime C. 3 parts sand B. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower freezing point of grout. 3.5 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness to provide a neat, uniform appearance. C. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond. Course one unit and one mortar joint to equal eight inches. Form concave mortar joints to provide a neat, uniform appearance. 3.6 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. C. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. D. Remove excess mortar which has splashed or been smeared on finished surfaces with stiff bristle brushes as work progresses. E. Place full mortar bed around each core that is to be grouted. G. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. Iwo 12359A 04200-4 UNIT MASONRY 2.6 MORTAR COLOR AND ADMIXTURES A. Pre-measured mineral pigment; color as selected by Engineer. B. Mortar shall contain DRY-BLOCK II Admixture as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, Blocktite by Euclid Chemical, or equal. 2.7 MORTAR MIXES A. Mortar shall be: ASTM C270, Type S with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 1800 PSI. 2.8 GROUT MIXES *�► A. Grout for bond beams, lintels and reinforced CMU cores shall have 2000 PSI compressive strength at 28 days; mixed in accordance with ASTM C476 fine grout. aw PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION aw A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. D. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted. E. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION MW A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied in other sections. B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. C. Install mortar and grout to requirements of the specific masonry sections. D. Work grout into masonry cores to eliminate voids. E. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. Reinforcement shall remain centered in the width of the cell. F. Remove grout spaces of excess mortar. H. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by covering spread on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent .. rain from splashing mortar and dirt on completed masonry. 3.3 MORTAR MIXING 12359A ., 04200-3 UNIT MASONRY B. Store aggregates such that grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01050. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Interior and Back-up Concrete Masonry Units: Normal weight hollow concrete masonry units, ASTM C90. D. Open top concrete masonry channel bond beam and lintel block: ASTM C90. . E. Bullnosed Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90, Grade N. G. Prism tests to ASTM-1314, fm'=1350 psi - inspected. H. All units indicated for use in fire rated assemblies shall be tested and approved for the hour ratings indicated on the Drawings. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. All masonry reinforcing shall be ASTM A153, hot dipped galvanized with a minimum thickness of 1.5 oz./ft. of wire and ASTM A123 for all other shapes. B. Single wythe joint reinforcement: Ladder type; cold-drawn steel conforming to ASTM A82, nine (9) GA. side rods with nine gage cross ties. C. Rectangular Wire Tie: 3/16 inch diameter wire with two inch bends by length as shown on Drawings. D. Deformed reinforcement shall be ASTM A615, Grade 60. E. PTA Anchor (Partition Top Anchors) shall be model PTA #420 as manufactured s by Hohmann and Barnard, Inc., Model 4301, as manufactured by Wire-Bond, or equal. Anchors shall have a 3/8-inch diameter rod, 12 gauge plate with a plastic insert tube and foam insert allowing for a minimum of deflection. F. Rebar Positioner: Rebar positioner shall be nine gage hot dip galvanized, Type D/A 810, as manufactured by Dur-O-Wal, Inc., Hohmann and Barnard or equal. „ 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Cleaning solutions: Red Brick or Dark CMU - Sure Klean No. 101, light brick or Concrete Masonry Units - Sure Klean No. 600 as manufactured by ProSoCo, Inc., Hydrochemical Techniques, or equal. 2.5 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type I or Type II, gray color. B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91, Type S. C. Mortar aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type. D. Grout aggregate: ASTM C476, Fine Grout. E. Hydrated lime: ASTM C207, Type S. F. Water: Clean and potable. 12359A 04200-2 UNIT MASONRY K. ASTM C 144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar L. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement M. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes O. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry Q. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout R. ASTM C476 - Grout for Masonry S. ASTM C 10 19 - Standard Method of Sampling and Testing Grout. T. ASTM C1314 - Standard Test Method for Constructing and Testing Masonry Prisms Used to Determine Compliance with Specified Compressive Strength of Masonry U. ASTM D1056 - Expansion Joint V. ASTM D2240 - Test Method for Rubber Property - Durameter Hardness W. ASTM E329 - Standard Specification for 'Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection .. X. FS SS-C-153 - Plastic Bituminous Cement Y. ASTM E447 - Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms. aw- Z. AC1 530 - Building Code Requirements for Concrete Masonry Structures AA. AC1 530.1 Specification for Concrete Masonry Construction 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for each item under provision of Section 0 13 40. B. Mason shall coordinate reinforcing steel layout for dowel placement in reinforced concrete foundation walls and masonry walls. C. Cold Weather Construction Procedures as specified. D. Hot Weather Construction Procedures as specified. E. Mortar and Grout Mix Design. F. Submit sieve analyses for mortar and grout aggregates taken within the last 3 months. G. Contractor shall submit verification from the manufacturer that the concrete masonry units have been properly cured to obtain the design strength specified and have sufficiently stabilized so that the units will not shrink after installation or test results conducted by an independent laboratory verifying that the materials manufactured specifically for the project meet the specified requirements. Testing of units shall be at no additional expense to the Owner. H. Submit masonry contractor's qualifications. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Masonry Subcontractor: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with a minimum of five years experience. B. Independent Testing Laboratory shall conform to the requirements of ASTM E329. Key personnel must be qualified and experienced in concrete masonry quality assurance. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover and in a dry location. W# 12359A am w 04200-1 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL * ► 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete Masonry Units B. Masonry Unit Channel Bond Beam C. Masonry Unit Lintel D. Bullnosed Concrete Masonry Units E. Grout Fill for CMU Lintels/Bond Beams and Reinforced CMU Cores F. Mortar Color and Admixtures G. Reinforcement, Anchorage, and Accessories H. Accessories I. Modifications and/or Repairs to Masonry 1.2 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 07210 - Building Insulation: Cavity Insulation. B. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Stepped and counter flashing installed in the masonry. C. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames: Placement of jamb anchors and grouting of steel frames. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01050 - Coordination B. Section 01340 - Submittals C. Section 01400 - Quality Control D. Section 01710 - Project Cleaning E. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers F. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames G. Section 09900 - Painting 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM A82 - Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement B. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc-Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. C. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. D. ASTM A641 - Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire F. ASTM C67 - Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile G. ASTM C05a- Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units H. ASTM C91 - Masonry Cement I. ASTM C109 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortors J. ASTM C140 - Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units 12359A 0330OA-15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE cannot be repaired, the concrete may be accepted or rejected in accordance with the decision of the Engineer. 3.17 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete from high and low temperatures for seven days. B. Protect against vibration until concrete has attained 33% of its 28-day strength. C. Protect against premature loads until the 28-day strength has been attained. D. Concrete structures shall be covered, insulated and heated as required to prevent frost penetration beneath the structures until the Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION .r w MM 12359 03 30OA-14 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE aw 3.14 TOLERANCES A. Maximum allowable deviations from dimensions, elevations, slopes and position shall conform to ACI 117. Tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical reinforcing steel, dowels, or embedded items. 3.15 FAILURE TO MEET STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS A. The strength of the concrete in place will be considered substandard if any one of the following results occur: 1. The arithmetic average of 28-day cylinder tests for any three (3) consecutive test results are less than the specified strength (f c). 2. More than 10 percent of the 28-day cylinder tests have strengths less than the specified strength (f c). 3. An individual compressive strength test result falls below the specified strength (f c) by more than 500 psi. B. Concrete which fails to meet the strength requirements as outlined above will be reviewed by the Engineer. The Engineer will determine whether the substandard concrete will be accepted, rejected or additional tests performed. C. When Substandard concrete as defined in Parts A.1 and A.2 occurs, the Engineer will require corrective measures to be taken immediately in order to increase the average of subsequent strength tests. When substandard concrete as defined in part A.3 occurs, non-destructive testing shall be performed on the substandard concrete. The testing shall be performed by an independent firm elected by the Engineer and ,w paid for by the contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.16 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE +•� A. Defective concrete is defined as concrete in place which does not conform to strength, shapes, alignments, appearances and/or elevation as shown on the drawings and/or presents faulty surface areas. B. Reinforcing steel size, quantity, strength, position, or arrangement at variance with the Drawings will be considered defective. C. Concrete which differs from the required dimensions or locations in such a manner as to reduce the strength will be considered defective. D. Concrete surfaces not finished or cured in accordance with this Section shall be classified as defective concrete. E. Formed surfaces larger or smaller than dimensional tolerances specified in this Division may be rejected. If the Engineer permits the Contractor to correct the error, such correction shall be as directed and in such a manner as to maintain the strength, function and appearance of the structure. F. Concrete members cast in the wrong location may be rejected and shall be removed .• at no additional cost to the Owner if the strength, appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected. G. Inaccurately formed surfaces exposed to view may be rejected and shall be repaired or removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. H. Concrete exposed to view with defects which adversely affect the appearance of the specified finish shall be repaired. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the defects aw aw 12359 0330OA-13 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. Reapply curing compounds every two days during heating period. 4. The maximum allowable temperature drop of the concrete surfaces during the first 24 hours after the end of the curing period shall not exceed 5°F in any 1 hour and shall not exceed a total of a 40°F drop in the first 24 hours. E. Hot Weather: Conform to ACI 305R Concrete temperature shall not be greater than 90°F. Protect from loss of slump, flash set, plastic cracking and rapid evaporation of water. 3.11 JOINTS on A. Saw cut control joints for slabs-on-grade as indicated on the Drawings within 12 hours of placement. B. Provide joints only where shown on the drawings or as otherwise approved after written request. 3.12 MODIFICATIONS OR REPAIRS TO EXISTING CONCRETE A. Field measurements shall be taken at the required structures to determine the quantity of concrete to be removed and/or repair and the amount of patching to be done. B. When removing materials or portions of existing structures and when making openings in existing structures, all precautions shall be taken and all necessary barriers and other protective devices shall be erected to prevent damage to the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, and to prevent damage to the structures or contents by falling or flying debris. C. Remove concrete to the depths shown or required. Roughen concrete surfaces by chipping, sandblasting or scarifying. D. Surfaces must be clean and sound. Surfaces may be dry, damp, or wet, but free of standing water. Remove dust, laitance, grease, curing compounds, impregnations, waxes, foreign particles, and disintegrated materials by mechanical abrasion methods such as sandblasting. E. Exposed reinforcement shall be cleaned by wire brushing and where shown the reinforcement shall be cut or bent. Additional reinforcement shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. 3.13 CORING OF HOLES A. Core drill holes where shown. B. Coring shall be performed with a non-impact rotary tool with diamond core drills, size shall be suitable for pipe conduit, sleeves or mechanical seals to be installed. All equipment shall conform to OSHA standards. Protect all existing equipment, utilities and critical areas against water or other damage caused by the drilling operation. C. No structural members shall be cut without any exceptions taken by the Engineer. 12359 0330OA-12 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE methods for a minimum of seven days after placement regardless of the ambient air temperature: 1. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. Intermittent wetting and drying is not an acceptable curing method. 2. Application of absorptive mats of fabric kept continuously wet. 3. Application of concrete curing compounds. If applying slab sealing compounds, use dissipating resin curing compound. Allow dissipating resin curing compound to chemically break-down, and remove residuals and other foreign material, prior to applying slab sealing compound. B. Moisture loss from surfaces placed against wooden or metal forms exposed to heating by the sun shall be minimized by keeping the forms wet until they can be safely removed. After form removal, the concrete shall be cured by one of the methods described above, for the balance of time remaining as specified above. C. Schedule of Finishes and Curing Requirements: 1. Provide finishes on concrete surfaces according to the following schedule: Location Finish Curing Requirements Exterior Exposed Walls SFF Moist cure or apply two to 6" below grade coats curing and sealing compound Exterior unexposed walls RFF Moist cure or apply two coats .w curing and sealing compound Exterior slabs-on-grade LBF Moist cure and apply two coats aw of slab sealer Slabs (not coated) STF Apply two coats of curing/ "" hardening compound. Equipment Pads WFF MW Stairs, Exterior platforms LBF Moist cure and apply sidewalks and drives two coats of slab sealer .� NOTE: 1. Coordinate compatibility of curing compounds with dampproofing and waterproofing compounds. 2. When two (2) coats of materials are required as indicated above, second coat shall be applied perpendicular to the first coat. „ D. Cold Weather: 1. Conform to ACI 306R 2. Maintain concrete temperature between 50OF and 70OF for a minimum of seven days after placement. Enclose, heat and insulate the concrete as required. 12359 0330OA-11 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. (STF) Steel Troweled Finish: Float the surface with magnesium or cast aluminum float or with a power finishing machine. Steel trowel surface immediately after floating to produce smooth surface. Steel trowel again after concrete has hardened enough so that mortar does not adhere to trowel edge. Ringing sound should be apparent when performing second troweling due to tilted, compacting motion. 2. (WFF) Wood Float Finish: allow concrete to stiffen; float surface twice or more to a uniform sandy texture. 3. (LBF) Light Broom Finish: wood float finish as in E above; while plastic draw a soft-bristled broom, over the concrete in long even strokes with downward pressure. Broom transverse to traffic or at right angles to the slope of the slab. E. Finish to receive concrete fill: do not bull float; remove water scum, laitance and loose aggregate from surface after concrete has started to harden with stiff bristle brush to partially expose coarse aggregate. Clean surface with brooms, water jets or air jets. Maintain wet for 12 hours immediately before placing fill concrete. As fill concrete is placed and just ahead of placement, broom in grout paint to the damp concrete surface. Do not allow grout paint to set prior to placement of concrete fill. F. Flatness and Levelness: All concrete slabs with a steel trowel finish shall be finished to achieve the following "Face Floor Profile Numbers" for composite flatness (FF) and composite levelness (FL) in accordance with Section 8.15 of ACI 302.1: 1. Specified Overall Value: FF 20/171, 15. 2. Minimum Local Value: FF 15/FL 10. 3.9 FINISHING VERTICAL SURFACES A. (RFF) Rough Form Finish: Repair structural defects only and patch tie holes. Fins exceeding 1/4 in. in height to be removed by grinding and/or rubbing. B. (SFF) Smooth Form Finish: The concrete surface shall be of uniform color, texture and free of all irregularities. The arrangement of the facing material shall be orderly and symmetrical, with the number of seams kept to the minimum. Material „ with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents, or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete surface shall not be used. Remove fins flush by grinding and/or rubbing. Repair surface and structural defects as specified in this section. C. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel-toweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations chamfered. 3.10 CURING A. Curing: Curing shall begin immediately following the initial set of concrete or after slab surface finishing has been completed and shall continue after form removal. All concrete shall be cured to attain strength and durability by one of the following 12359 0330OA-10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE H. Contractor shall provide and maintain an insulated, heated concrete cylinder curing box, 4 foot square minimum, with a min.-max thermometer and maintain the temperature between 60°F and 80°F. Contractor to coordinate location with Engineer and Independent Testing Laboratory. 3.7 ADDITIONAL CONCRETE TESTS A. Independent Testing Laboratory shall provide additional testing of in-place concrete as directed by Engineer due to non-compliance or considered substandard. Additional tests may consist of non-destructive testing, cores drilled from the area in question or load tests. Costs of additional testing will be paid by the Contractor. B. When the concrete strength is substandard as defined in Part 3.15, concrete core specimens shall be obtained and tested from the affected area. 1. Three (3) cores shall be taken for each sample in which the strength MW requirements were not met. The drilled cores shall be obtained and tested in conformance with ASTM C 42 "Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete." C. Field cured cylinders may be cast and tested by the Independent Testing Laboratory .w at the request of the Contractor. The costs of these tests shall be borne by the Contractor. If the field cured cylinders are cast and tested prior to 28-days to determine the in-place concrete strength in order to facilitate an accelerated schedule for subsequent concrete placements, backfilling or leakage testing, the following criteria must be met: 1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Independent Testing Laboratory 48 hours in advance of the concrete placement. The Engineer will determine at that point if the results of the field cured cylinders may be used to determine ow the in-place concrete strength. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer as to when the field cured cylinders will be tested and for what purpose. 2. A minimum of 2 cylinders shall be cast for each separate test the Contractor ow requests. A test consisting of at least two cylinders will be required to be considered valid. 3. The field cured cylinders shall be left in the field and located such that they ow are exposed to the identical environmental conditions as the concrete structure. The cylinders shall remain at this location a minimum of 14 days prior to testing. 4. The Engineer shall determine if the strengths indicated by the field cured cylinder tests are adequate for their intended purpose. 3.8 FINISHING SLABS AND FLATWORK A. Screed to bring concrete surface to proper contour and elevation. B. Highway straightedge, bull float or darby float the concrete surface immediately after screeding. C. Allow bleed water to evaporate or remove. D. After completion of the above listed procedures, provide one of the concrete finishes listed below as indicated in the Schedule of Finishes: 12359 0330OA-9 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE G. Consolidate concrete by vibrating. Conform to ACI 309. H. Conform to ACI 306R for placing, curing and maintaining concrete in cold weather. Conform to ACI 306R for placing, curing and maintaining concrete in cold weather I. Conform to ACI 305R for placing, curing and maintaining concrete in hot weather. J. Temperature of concrete placed shall not exceed 90°F. K. Provide concrete Delivery Slid prepared at batch plant with each truck load of concrete showing ticket number, date, truck number, mix strength, maximum stone size, weight of coarse aggregate, weight of fine aggregate, cement weight, volume of concrete, gallons of water added at plant, time water added at plant, quantities of all admixtures used and gallons of water withheld at the plant. L. Thoroughly moisten subgrade materials prior to placing slabs on grade. M. Horizontal wall construction joints deeper than 8' from top of placement, place one inch of sand cement slurry prior to placing concrete. N. Thoroughly clean the surface of the concrete at construction and control joints and *" remove laitance prior to placing adjoining concrete. Do not place concrete against the hardened side of a joint for at least 48 hours. 3.6 TESTING CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. An Independent Testing Laboratory, selected and paid for by the Contractor, shall test and sample concrete for strength, slump and air content as follows: B. Obtain 5 standard test cylinder samples measuring 6"0 x 12" or 8 test cylinders measuring 4"0 x 8" for each class of concrete placed in any one day at the following frequency: 1. For each 100 cubic yards of placed concrete, or 2. For each placement less than 100 cubic yards C. For 6"0 x 12" cylinders: Test 2 cylinders at 7 days; 2 cylinders at 28 days. Hold one cylinder for later testing (if required). For 4"0 x 8" cylinders: Test 3 cylinders at 7 days; 3 cylinders at 28 days. Hold two cylinders for later testing(if required). D. Perform slump tests and air entrainment tests at the project site on each truck and at each sampling. Perform slump and air entrainment tests before addition of High Range Water Reducer (when the high range water reducer is added on site) and slump and air entrainment tests after addition of High Range Water Reducer (all concrete). E. Sample concrete for testing of air and slump at the discharge end of the truck. When concrete is pumped, concrete taken for test cylinders shall be at the discharge end of the pump hose. All concrete sampled for testing shall be taken from the beginning of the concrete truck discharge. No concrete shall be placed until the testing is complete. All concrete sampled for casting of cylinders shall be taken from the middle third of the concrete truck discharge. F. Perform strength, slump and air entrainment tests at other times when directed by the Engineer. G. Additional testing and sampling required as a result of deficient results or improper curing shall be paid for by Contractor. 12359 0330OA-8 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE J. All concrete formwork, including reinforcing steel and embedment items, shall have a temperature greater than or equal to 35°F at the time of concrete placement. 12 REINFORCEMENT A. Conform to the CRSI Code of Standard Practice - Field Erection for surface condition, bending, spacing and placement tolerance. B. Splicing reinforcement: conform to ACI 318; welded wire fabric to be lapped 1'/z courses or 12 inches; tie fabric at 24 inches on center maximum spacing. C. Provide bar supports: on grade use concrete brick; elsewhere use manufactured wire supports. D. Do not bend reinforcing partially embedded in the concrete. `" 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Coordinate installation of embedded items. Contractor shall coordinate the .w installation and securing of all embedded items. B. Contractor shall coordinate number and layout of masonry dowels with the Mason or prior to installation. C. Pipes or Conduits for embedment within a slab, wall or beam, other than those merely passing through, shall satisfy the following: .w 1. Shall not be larger in outside diameter than one-third (1/3) the thickness of the slab, wall or beam. 2. Shall not be spaced closer than 3 diameters on center. ow 3. Shall not impair significantly the strength of the concrete. 3.4 WATERSTOPS .� A. Surfaces to receive surface-applied waterstop shall be cleaned of all debris. Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and install surface- applied waterstop. Protect from contact with water. B. Splice vinyl waterstops as recommended by manufacturer; form continuous seal at joint intersections; terminate with 2" concrete cover where designed to discontinue. C. Secure waterstops on both sides at 12" on center maximum spacing. D. Thoroughly vibrate concrete around waterstop to avoid honeycombing and voids in concrete and to insure complete contact between waterstop and concrete. E. Use prefabricated vinyl corners, tees and crosses. 3.5 PLACING CONCRETE A. Notify Engineer and Independent Testing Laboratory 24 hours minimum prior to each placement. B. All concrete delivery trucks at each placement shall be tested. ,. C. Place no concrete on frozen ground. D. Place all concrete from the delivery truck within 90 minutes of batching of the truck. E. Freefall from concrete truck discharge chute, pump hose and hopper hose: 4 feet maximum F. Do not place partially hardened concrete. 12359 0330OA-7 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B. Bonding Admixture: Latex, non-rewetable type SBR Latex or Flex-con by Euclid Chemical, Daraweld C by W.R. Grace or equivalent. C. Patching Mortar: 1 part of a mixture of white and grey portland cement to 2.5 parts of damp loose sand. Cement type to match substrate. 2.8 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Epoxy Adhesive: Armatec 110 Epocem by Sika Corporation, Corr-Bond by Euclid Chemical Company or equivalent. B. Repair Materials: Repair.materials shall be as indicated in the table below: REPAIR MATERIALS Company Random Cracks Excessive Spalls Cracking Sika Sidadur 35 Hi-Mod LV SikaTop 121 Plus SikaTop 121 Plus L&M Epoflex SL Durathin Patch Duracrete Euco Euco 8000 Concrete Coat Euc6crete NOTES: 1. All repair materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. 2. All cracks that are wet (either damp or leaking) at the time of repair shall be repaired with a material that is specifically intended for wet repair as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. All spall repair material shall be bonded to the concrete with an epoxy adhesive material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Conform to ACI 301 and ACI 347. B. Erect plumb and straight. Maintain rigid. Brace sufficiently. C. Allow no concrete leakage. Provide continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. D. Treat forms with form release agent. Protect reinforcing from contact with form release agent. E. Earth forms shall not be permitted. F. Chamfer all exposed outside corners and edges 0.75 inch unless otherwise noted. G. Clean out inside of forms of all foreign materials prior to concrete placement. H. Maintain forms and shores supporting the cast concrete for a minimum of 36 hours. These periods represent cumulative number of days or hours during which the temperature of the air surrounding the concrete is above 50°F and the concrete has been damp and no loss of moisture has occurred. I. Form pressures increase with the use of concrete with High Range Water Reducers. Design forms accordingly. 12359 0330OA-6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. Construction and Control Joints: 0.375 inch thick by 9 inches wide. Type R938 by Vinylex Corporation, Style 786 by Greenstreak Plastic Products or equivalent. 2. Expansion Joints: 0.375 inch thick by 9 inches wide with a center bulb. Type RL139-38 RLB938 by Vinylex Corporation, Type 696 by Greenstreak Plastics Products or equivalent. Use prefabricated vinyl corners, tees and crosses. D. Surface applied waterstops: "` 1. Volclay Waterstop-RX by Cetco Buildings Material Group a. RX 102 - 3/8" x 3/4" for concrete less than 8" thick b. RX 101 - /4" x 1" for concrete 8 inches thick and greater '` 2. Swellseal by de neef Construction Chemicals Inc. America a. Swellseal 2010 - 3/8" x 3/4" for concrete less than 8" thick b. Swellseal Joint— 5/16"" x V for concrete 8 inches thick and greater .. 3. Swellstop by Greenstreak Plastics Products or equivalent. a. Style 596 - 3/8" x 1" for concrete less than 8"thick b. Style 594 - 3/4" x 1" for concrete 8 inches thick and greater E. Sand Cement Slurry: specified concrete mix Class A without coarse aggregate. F. Bond Breaker: Thompson's Water Seal or equivalent, or form oil. 2.5 NON-SHRINK GROUT A. Conform to ASTM C1107. ., B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using appropriate grout for intended use. 2.6 LIQUID CURING COMPOUND MATERIALS A. Curing and Sealing Compound; ASTM C309 Type 1 Class B. Super Kurseal 25 by A.H. Harris & Sons, Inc. Emulsion Kurseal 309 by A.H. Harris & Sons, Inc., Aqua-Cure VOX by Euclid or equivalent. B. Dissipating Resin Curing Compound: ASTM C 1315 type 1; Film must break down in two to four weeks. Kurez-DR by Euclid Chemical Company, KonKure .. Clear Emulsion by A.H. Harris & Sons, Inc., or equivalent. C. Curing/Hardening Compound: Sodium Silicate Type. Eucosil by Euclid Chemical Company, Super KurHard by A.H. Harris & Sons, Inc., or equivalent. .n D. Curing, Sealing and Hardening Compound: Ashford Formula by Curecrete, 12-34 by Unitex, or equal. E. Curing Water: Water shall be potable from a municipal water supply or shall meet the requirements of ASTM C1602, and shall be free of materials that have the potential to stain concrete. The temperature of the curing water shall not be lower ., than 20°F cooler than the surface temperature of the concrete at the time the water and concrete come in contact. aw 2.7 FINISHING MATERIALS A. Slab Sealer: Silane or Siloxane based 96% chloride ion screen, Baracade Silane 100 by Euclid Chemical, SikaGard 701 W by Sika Corporation or equal. 12359 e4 0330OA-5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE M Min.-Max. Slump Coarse %Air Cernf ac Max W/C Class Strength(f c) Aggregate ± (1.5%) (LB/CY) Ratio w/o w/HRWR HRWR A 4000 PSI No. 67 (3/4") 6 564-620 0.42 1-3 4-8 B 3000 PSI No. 8 (3/8") 6 517-564 0.50 2-5 N/A 3. An alternate concrete mix design using blended hydraulic cements and pozzolans may be proposed. Any alternate mix design proposed shall include a minimum of 30 compressive strength test results from the past 12 months exhibiting a consistent strength and standard deviation. The proposed mix shall contain cementitious materials in the following proportions • a. Portland Cement -No less than 75% of the total by weight. b. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag - No greater than 25% of the total by weight. C. Fly Ash -No greater than 15% of the total by weight. 4. The maximum slump as indicated in the above table will be as measured at the batch plant. 5. Concrete pumping shall conform to ACI 304 unless otherwise indicated herein 6. High range water reducer shall be added either at the concrete batch plant or on site for Class A mixes to obtain the slumps as indicated above. 7. No additional mix water shall be added to the concrete on site which will increase the water-cement ratio of the mix. If additional water is to be added on site, it shall be held back from the specified quantity in the mix design during batching and shall be added on-site for the sole purpose of providing the initial sump as specified prior to adding the high range water reducer. The amount of water held back from the mix shall be clearly indicated on the concrete mix delivery slip. The Resident Project Representative shall be notified prior to adding the water on site. The addition of a greater quantity of water than that indicated shall be cause for non-compliance and potential rejection of the concrete truck. 8. Concrete shall be furnished from one source during the project. • 9. Selection of Concrete Proportions - The Concrete producer shall select the concrete mix proportions on the basis of past field performance or the use of trial mixes in accordance with ACI 318 Chapter 5. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Joint filler and slab perimeters: J-Joint polyethylene foam with tear off strip for sealant or approved equal;joint filler to be slab thickness in depth less 0.5 inch for sealant. B. Expansion joint filler: Self expanding cork by W.R. Meadows or W.R. Grace or equal, size as indicated on the Drawings. C. PVC water-stops shall be extruded polyvinylchloride with virgin resin and shall be the flat ribbed type: 12359 0330OA-4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE am 2.3 REINFORCING STEEL A. Bars: ASTM A615 Grade 60; deformed new materials. ow B. Welded wire fabric: ASTM A185 C. Tie wire: ASTM A82, annealed. D. Bolsters, chairs and supports: plastic coated, stainless steel, or epoxy coated. ow E. Conform to CRSI Code of Standard Practice-Fabrication. 2.3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE aw A. Concrete Materials 1. Portland cement: ASTM C150; Type II. Tricalcium Aluminate (C3A) content in cement less than 8%. Cement shall be furnished from one source during the project. 2. Pozzolans: a. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag: ASTM C989 - Grade 120. b. Fly Ash: ASTM C618 - Type F 3. Aggregates: a. Fine aggregate shall consist of washed inert natural sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM Specification C-33. b. Coarse aggregate shall consist of a well graded crushed stone or a washed ,.. gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM Specification C-33. 4. Water: Potable from municipal water supply or shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1602. 5. Admixtures: All from one common manufacturer. B. Admixtures 1. Low Range Water Reducer: Pozzolith 210 by Master Builders; WRDA with HYCOL by Grace Construction Products Division; or equivalent meeting ASTM C494 Type A. 2. High Range Water Reducer (superplasticiser): Rheobuild 1000 or Glenium 3000 NS by Master Builders; Daracem 100 or ADVA 140M by W.R. Grace; or equivalent meeting ASTM C494 Type F. 3. Air entraining agent: Micro-Air by Master Builders, DAREX II AEA by Grace Construction Products; or equivalent meeting ASTM C260. 4. Non-corrosive non-chloride accelerator: Pozzutec 20+ by Master Builders; Polarset by W. R. Grace or equivalent meeting ASTM C494 type C or E. 5. Not permitted: Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions. C. Concrete aw 1. Concrete Class a. Reinforced concrete sections: Class A „w b. Concrete fill, conduit and pipe encasements: Class B 2. Concrete proportioning shall conform to ACI 318, Chapter 5 except as modified below: W .w aw 12359 0330OA-3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Perform concrete field quality control testing with personnel certified as an ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1 according to the American Concrete Institute (ACI). 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit layout drawings showing the location and extent of all joint waterstops, the type and size of all waterstops to be used and splice locations for each joint. Submit these layout drawings for review prior to the submittal of the reinforcing shop drawings and the start of concrete work. B. Submit shop drawings for concrete reinforcement prior to fabrication, showing bar bends, details and placement. Submit reinforcement for cast in place concrete and concrete masonry. C. Submit Concrete Mix designs including past field performance test results which meet the criteria specified in Chapter 5 of ACI 318. D. Submit sieve analysis and soundness tests for fine and coarse aggregates taken !�* within the last three (3) months. E. Submit Cement Manufacturer's Certificates of conformance with ASTM C150 taken during the last 3 months. F. For all pozzolans proposed, submit certificates of conformance with respective ASTM standards indicated in Part 2.3.A of this specification. G. Submit sample concrete mix delivery slip. H. Submit product data for concrete curing, sealing and hardening compounds. I. Independent Testing Laboratory will submit one copy each of all test reports to each of the following: Engineer, Resident Project Representative, Contractor and Concrete Supplier. J. Independent Testing Laboratory will submit reports within 5 days of testing or 40 inspection. K. Independent Testing Laboratory will telephone the Engineer within 24 hours if tests indicate deficiencies. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Plywood: APA, B-B Plyform Class I exterior. B. Lumber: Southern pine, No. 2 grade or equal. C. Steel: Minimum 16 ga. sheet, well matched, tight fitting, stiffened to resist loads without excess deflection. D. Form Ties: snap-off type, galvanized metal, adjustable lengths designed to break back at least 1 inch from finished surface or ties as indicated above. E. Form release agent: non-staining colorless, compatible with finishes. Super-X Emulsive by A.H. Harris & Sons, Inc., StarSeal EF Bio-Release by Vexcon, Q-2 Form Release by Unitex or equivalent. F. Conform to ACI 301 and ACI 347 2.2 12359 am 0330OA-2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ow O. ASTM A615/ Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars A615M-09b for Concrete Reinforcement ow P. ASTM C31/C31M-10 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field Q. ASTM C33-11 Specification for Concrete Aggregates "" R. ASTM C39/C39M-10 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens S. ASTM C42/C42M-I Oa Standard Test Method of Obtaining and Testing .o Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete T. ASTM C94/C94M-11 Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete U. ASTM C150-09 Specification for Portland Cement go V. ASTM C172-10 Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete W. ASTM C231-10 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed .w Concrete by the Pressure Method X. ASTM C260-10a Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete Y. ASTM C309R-07 Guide for Consolidation of Concrete aw Z. ASTM C494/ C494M-10a Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete AA. ASTM C595-10 Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements ow BB. ASTM C618-08a Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete CC. ASTM C881/C881M-10 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete DD. ASTM C989-10 Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars EE. ASTM C1107/C1107M-11 Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink) FF. ASTM C1240-10a Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures GG. ASTM C 1602-06 Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete w" HH. ASTM E 329-11 Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction , II. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute - Manual of Standard Practice JJ. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute - Placing Reinforcing Bars 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .w A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 318 and ACI 350 as modified here-in. B. Maintain copies of ACI 301, ACI 318, and ACI 350 on site. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS OF INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY A. Independent Testing Laboratory shall conform to concrete testing requirements of ASTM E329. B. Key personnel must be qualified and experienced in concrete quality assurance. 12359 0330OA-1 SECTION 03300A CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-In-Place Concrete B. Formwork .. C. Concrete reinforcement and accessories D. Modifications and/or Repairs to concrete E. Concrete curing F. Concrete finishing G. Concrete repairs H. Concrete testing I. Non-Shrink Grout 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01340 - Submittals B. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry • C. Division 6 - Rough Carpentry D. Division 7 -Roofing E. Division 8 - Doors '" F. Division 15 - Pipes G. Division 16 - Electrical 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 211.1-91 (2009) Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete B. ACI 301-10 Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete C. ACI 302.1R-04 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction D. ACI 304.2R-96 (2008) Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods E. ACI 305R-10 Hot Weather Concreting F. ACI 306.1-90 (2002) Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting G. ACI 308R-01 (2008) Guide to Curing Concrete H. ACI 308.1-98 Standard Specification for Curing Concrete I. ACI 309R-05 Guide for Consolidation of Concrete J. ACI 318-08 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary K. ACI 347R-04 Guide to Formwork for Concrete L. ACI 350-06 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures and Commentary M. ASTM A82-M-07 Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement N. ASTM A185-M-07 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain for Concrete Reinforcement 12359 .. 02800-2 WATER WELL CONSTRUCTION aw PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUT A. Neat Cement Grout: 1. Cement conforming to ASTM C-150 and water with not more than six gallons of water per sack of cement. 2. Use for up to 1'/2 inch openings. B. Sand Cement Grout: 1. A mixture of equal parts of cement conforming to ASTM C-150 and sand with not more than six gallons of water per sack of cement. 2. Use for openings 1% inch to 4 inches. C. Concrete Grout: 1. A mixture of cement conforming to ASTM C-150, sand and coarse aggregate aw (1/2 inch or less) with not more than six gallons of water per sack of cement. Approximate mix ratios by weight - 1 cement to 2'/2 sand to 3 coarse aggregate. 2. Use for openings four inches and larger. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WELL DECOMMISSIONING AND DEMOLITION .� A. Shall be performed in conformance with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Environmental Protection Private Well Guidelines, and other applicable Local, State and Federal requirements. B. Comply with all reporting requirements for State and Local authorities, including but not limited to a Well Completion Report to the Department of Environmental Protection Division of Water Supply Protection and a Decommissioning Report to the Owner. END OF SECTION 12359 ,� w 02800-1 SECTION 02800 WATER WELL DECOMMISSIONING AND DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Includes: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, transportation, supplies, plant, equipment and other appurtenances necessary for the decommissioning and demolition water well and appurtenances all as shown on the Contract Drawings and described herein. 2. The existing well was used as a non-potable water source for the Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant processes. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The drinking water well to be decommissioned and demolished by a Commonwealth of Massachusetts registered Well Driller in conformance with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Environmental Protection Private Well Guidelines, and other applicable Local, State and Federal requirements. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Permits: 1. Obtain all permits, certificates and licenses required by law for the complete execution of work. 2. Comply with all Federal, State and local laws, ordinances, or rules and regulations relating to the work. B. Local Conditions: 1. The location of the well to be decommissioned and demolished is shown on the Drawings. 2. The Contractor shall personally investigate the site prior to bidding and shall satisfy himself regarding all local conditions affecting the work. 3. For the purposes of bidding the Contractor can assume a 6-inch diameter casing, and a well of 100 feet deep. The Contractor is encouraged to confirm this assumption prior to bidding during their investigation of the site. C. Competent Workmen: 1. Only competent workmen shall be used in the execution of this work. 2. All work shall be performed under the direct supervision of a well driller experienced in the decommissioning and demolition of wells of similar size and capacity. 12359 MW 02623-2 PERFORATED PLASTIC PIPE 2. Pipe and fittings shall be installed to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to insure true alignments and gradients. 3. Joints shall not be "pulled" or "cramped" unless permitted by the Engineer. C. Pipe Deflection: 1. Pipe provided under this specification shall be installed so there is no more than a maximum deflection of 5.0 percent. Such deflection shall be computed by multiplying the amount of deflection (normal diameter less minimum diameter when measured) by 100 and dividing by the nominal diameter of the pipe. D. Construction: 1. Underdrain - The trench shall be excavated to the required width and depth as shown on the drawings. Perforated pipe shall be laid with the perforations above the springline of the pipe. .. 2. After the pipe has been firmly bedded and joints securely connected, it will be inspected before any backfill is placed. , 3. The upstream end of the completed underdrain pipe that is to be buried shall be capped, and sealed with cement mortar or other acceptable material. Care shall be taken that soil does not enter the pipe. Pipe so contaminated before backfilling shall be removed, cleaned and relaid. END OF SECTION 12359 02623-1 SECTION 02623 PERFORATED PLASTIC PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Provide and install Perforated Plastic pipe and fittings of the size(s) and type(s) and in the location(s) shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: (When Applicable) 1. Excavation and backfill, dewatering, pavement, borrow and bedding material are specified in the appropriate sections of this division. 2. Pipe Fittings - General is specified in Division 15. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: 1. North American Pipe Corporation 2. Or equivalent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe for Underdrain: PVC highway underdrain pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F758 and shall be perforated. 2. The joints shall be soil tight (ST), and shall be sealed by a factory installed rubber o-ring gasket that meets the requirements of the current ASTM F477. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Inspection: 1. The centerline of the pipe shall not deviate from a straight line drawn between the centers of the openings at the ends of the pipe by more than 1/4 inch per foot of length. 2. If a piece of pipe fails to meet this requirement for straightness it shall be rejected and removed from the site. 3. Any pipe unit or fitting discovered to be defective either before or after installation shall be removed and replaced with a sound unit. 4. Any pipe unit or fitting discovered to be defective either before or after installation shall be removed and replaced with a sound unit. B. Jointing: 1. All pipe and fittings shall be cleared of all debris, dirt, etc., before being installed and shall be kept clean until accepted in the completed work. 12359 02513134 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING (Massachusetts) B. Mineral Filler: 1. Limestone dust, portland cement, or other inert material complying with ASTM D 242 or AASHTO M 17. C. Tack Coat: 1. Emulsified type, Grade RS-1, CRS-1, HFMS-1, CSS-1, lh PART 3 - EXECUTION .. 3.1 GENERAL A. Grade Control: 1. The Contractor shall establish and maintain the required lines and grades, including crown and cross-slope, for each course during construction operations. B. Trench areas shall receive initial paving as the work progresses where trenches are in paved streets. Not more than 300 linear feet of backfill trench shall be left unpaved. .� C. Reset all existing manholes to finished grade as required at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 PAVEMENT REMOVAL A. General: 1. Exercise extreme care in the removal of pavement so that pavement will not be unnecessarily disturbed or destroyed. 2. Mechanically cut pavement to be removed to a straight line, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Tack coats shall conform to the Mass. D.O.T. Standard Specifications. B. Tack Coat: 1. Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into asphalt concrete pavement. .s Distribute at rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gallons per square yard of surface. 3.4 PLACING THE MIX A. General: 1. Place asphalt concrete mixture on prepared surface. Minimum allowable temperature for placing is 225°F. Maximum shall be 325°F. Place in areas inaccessible to paving machine and small areas by hand. Place each course to required grade, cross-slope and compacted thickness. B. Protection: 1. After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened to the extent that the pavement will not be damaged. END OF SECTION 12359 • 0251313-3 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING(Massachusetts) TABLE A *PERCENT BY WEIGHT PASSING SQUARE OPENING SIEVES Standard Base Binder Surface **Dense Surface ***Patching Sieves Course Course Course Mix Treatment Mix 2" 100 1%2" 90-100 t" 65-90 100 3/4" 55-80 80-100 1/2" 40-65 55-80 100 100 100 3/8" 80-100 80-100 100 90-100 No. 4 20-45 28-50 50-76 55-80 80-100 50-65 8 15-33 20-38 37-54 48-63 64-85 24-36 16 26-40 36-49 46-68 14-28 30 8-17 8-22 17-31 24-38 26-50 8-25 50 4-12 5-15 10-23 14-27 13-31 5-21 100 6-16 6-18 7-17 3-15 200 0-4 0-5 2-7 4-8 3-8 2-8 Bitumen 4-5 4.5-5.5 5.5-7.0 7-8 7-8 4-6 * Percentages shown in table above for aggregate sizes are stated as proportional percentages of integral total aggregate for the mix. ** Dense mix including approved anti-stripping compound shall be furnished and used for protective (bottom) courses of pavement on bridges, and elsewhere shown on the plans. *** Patching mix shall include I% of hydrated lime based on weight of total aggregate. No job mix formula will be approved which specifies: More than 45%passing No. 8 for Top Course. More than 55%passing No. 8 for Dense Mix. Less than 4%passing No. 200 for Top Course. Should a change of sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula shall be established by the Contractor before the new material is used. When unsatisfactory results or other conditions make it necessary, the Engineer may establish a new job mix formula. The aggregate will be accepted in stockpile at the plant site. The bituminous material will be accepted on certification. If the Contractor elects to furnish bituminous concrete from more than one plant, the job mix formula must be adhered to be all plants. ww 12359 .. 0251313-2 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING(Massachusetts) 2. Date. 3. Project. 4. Identification of material. 5. Gross, tare and net weights. 6. Signed by the bituminous concrete producer. 7. Stamped by a licensed public weighmaster. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Class 1 Bituminous Concrete. 1. General - These mixtures shall be composed of mineral aggregate, mineral filler, if required, and bituminous material. 2. Composition of the mixture - The mineral aggregates, filler, if required, and .� bituminous material shall be proportioned and mixed as hereinafter specified to conform with the composition by weight tabulated in Table A, herein. Sufficient approved mineral filler shall be used to correct any deficiencies in grading of fine aggregate. 3. Job Mix Formula - The composition limits in Table A are master ranges of W tolerances of materials in general. In order to obtain standard texture, density and stability, the Contractor will furnish to the Engineer a specific job mix formula for the particular uniform combination of materials and sources of W supply to be used on each project. The job mix formula for each mixture shall establish a single percentage of aggregate passing each required sieve size, a single percentage of bituminous material to be added to the the aggregate and the number of seconds for dry mixing time and the number of seconds for wet mixing time. AASHO-T195 (Ross Count) with a coating factor of 98% will be used when necessary to evaluate proper mixing time. The job mix formula W shall also specify a single source of uniform blend of particular sources for fine aggregate, a single source of supply for mineral filler and for asphalt. Two or more job mix formula may be approved for a particular plant; W however, only material conforming to one job mix formula will be permitted to be used on any given calendar day. The job mix formula shall bind the Contractor to furnish paving mixtures not only within the master ranges, but also conforming to the exact formula thus set up for the project, within allowable tolerances as follows: Binder ±0.3% Passing No. 4 and larger sieves ±6.0% Passing No. 8 sieves ±5.0% Passing No. 16 to No. 50 sieves (inclusive) f3.0% Passing No. 100 sieve f2.0% �. Passing No. 200 sieve ±1.0% 12359 ow 02513-1 SECTION 02513 B BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Furnish all plant, labor, equipment and materials required to install bituminous concrete pavement courses, including sidewalks, driveways, temporary and permanent trench paving and restoration of pavement markings as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 2. Remove bituminous asphaltic and/or Portland cement pavement, and replace bituminous asphaltic pavement, base, binder courses and surface courses, including temporary pavement, within the area(s) shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. 3. Keep pavement removal to a minimum width suitable for the required construction. 4. Apply pavement markings to the permanent paving as specified. B. Work Not Included: Removal and replacement of paving for the convenience of the Contractor will not be considered for payment. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere(When Applicable): 1. Excavation, backfill, aggregate base and subbase. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: Use only materials furnished by a bulk bituminous concrete producer regularly engaged in the production of hot mixed, hot laid bituminous concrete. B. Equipment: Provide, maintain and operate pavers, dump trucks, tandem, 3-wheel and pneumatic tired rollers well suited to the mixtures being placed. Provide, maintain and operate hand equipment as required. When applicable, provide, maintain and operate trimming equipment and materials. C. Mix Requirements, Method of Placement and Compaction: The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications - Highways and Bridges, 1988 and updated in 2006, hereinafter called Massachusetts D.O.T. Standards, for mixing, placing and compacting bituminous concrete surfaces are applicable to this work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS !! A. A certificate of compliance shall be furnished to the Engineer that the materials supplied comply with the specification requirements. B. Delivery slips shall be furnished with each load of mix delivered to the project. Information shall include: 1. Vehicle identification. qW 12359 02485-6 LOAMING& SEEDING 4. If the soil is of such type that a smooth or corrugated roller cannot be operated satisfactorily, use a pneumatic roller (not wobbly wheel) that has tires of sufficient size to obtain complete coverage of the soil. 5. When using a cultipacker or similar equipment, perform the final rolling at right angles to the prevailing slopes to prevent water erosion, or at right angles to the prevailing wind to prevent dust. 3.3 PROTECTION & MAINTENANCE ow A. Protection: 1. Protect the seeded area against traffic or other use. 2. Erect barricades and place warning signs as needed. B. Maintenance: 1. At the time of the first cutting, set mower blades two inches high. All lawns shall receive at least two mowings before acceptance. Coordinate schedule for .� mowing with Engineer. 2. Maintenance shall also include all temporary protection fences, barriers and signs and all other work incidental to proper maintenance. 3. Maintain grass areas until a full stand of grass is indicated, which will be a minimum of 45 days after all seeding work is completed, and shall not necessarily related to Substantial Completion of the General Contract. 4. Protection and maintenance of grass areas shall consist of watering, weeding, cutting, repair of any erosion and reseeding as necessary to establish a uniform stand for the specified grasses, and shall continue until Acceptance by the Engineer of the work of this section. It shall also include the furnishing and applying of such pesticides as are necessary to keep grass areas free of insects and disease. All pesticides shall be approved by Engineer prior to use. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE A. At final acceptance of the project all areas shall have a close stand of grass with no weeds present and no bare spots greater than three inches (Y) in diameter over greater than five percent (5%) of the overall seeded area. END OF SECTION 12359 02485-5 LOAMING&SEEDING D. Placing Lime: 1. Uniformly distribute lime immediately following or simultaneously with the incorporation of fertilizer. 2. Distribute lime at a rate determined from the pH test, to a depth of at least 3 inches by discing, harrowing, or other methods acceptable to the Engineer. E. Seeding: 1. Fine rake and level out any undulations or irregularities in the surface resulting from tillage, fertilizing, liming or other operations before starting seeding operations. 2. Hydroseeding: a. Hydroseeding may be performed where approved and with equipment approved by the Engineer. b. Sow the seed over designated areas at a minimum rate of 5 pounds per 1000 square feet. C. Seed and fertilizing materials shall be kept thoroughly agitated in order to maintain a uniform suspension within the tank of the hydroseeder. d. The spraying equipment must be designed and operated to distribute seed and fertilizing materials evenly and uniformly on the designated areas at the required rates. 3. Drill Seeding: a. Drill seeding may be performed with approved equipment having drills not more than 2 inches apart. b. Sow the seed uniformly over the designated areas to a depth of 1/2 inch and at a rate of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet. 4. Broadcast Seeding: a. Broadcast seeding may be performed by equipment approved by the Engineer. b. Sow the seed uniformly over the designated areas at a rate of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet. C. Sow half the seed with the equipment moving in one direction and the remainder of the seed with the equipment moving at right angles to the first sowing. d. Cover the seed to an average depth of 1/2 inch by means of a brush harrow, spike-tooth harrow, chain harrow, cultipacker, or other approved devices. e. Do not perform broadcast seeding work during windy weather. F. Compacting: 1. Seeded areas must be raked lightly after sowing unless seeding is to be directly followed by application of an approved mulch. 2. Compact the entire area immediately after the seeding operations have been completed. 3. Compact by means of a cultipacker, roller, or other equipment approved by the Engineer weighing 60 to 90 pounds per linear foot of roller. 12359 02485-4 LOAMING& SEEDING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Equipment: 1. Provide all equipment necessary for the proper preparation of the ground surface and for the handling and placing of all required materials. 2. Demonstrate to the Engineer that the equipment will apply materials at the specified rates. B. Soil: Perform the following work prior to the application of lime, fertilizer or seed. 1. Scarify the subgrade to a depth of 2 inches to allow the bonding of the topsoil "W with the subsoil. 2. Apply topsoil to a depth of at least 4 inches or as directed on areas to be seeded. xW 3. Trim and rake the topsoil to true grades free from unsightly variations, humps, ridges or depressions. .� 4. Remove all objectionable material and form a finely pulverized seed bed. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Grading: 1. Grade the areas to be seeded as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. , 2. Leave all surfaces in even and properly compacted condition. 3. Maintain grades on the areas to be seeded in true and even conditions, including any necessary repairs to previously graded areas. B. Placing Topsoil: 1. Uniformly distribute and evenly spread topsoil on the designated areas. 2. Spread the topsoil in such a manner that planting work can be performed with little additional soil preparation or tillage. 3. Correct any irregularities in the surface resulting from top soiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions where water may stand. 4. Thoroughly till the topsoil to a depth of at least 3 inches by plowing, harrowing, or other approved method until the condition of the soil is acceptable to the Engineer. The surface shall be cleared of all debris and or .� stones one inch or more in diameter. C. Placing Fertilizer: 1. Distribute fertilizer uniformly at a rate determined by the soils test over the areas to be seeded. 2. Incorporate fertilizer into the soil to a depth of at least 3 inches by discing, harrowing, or other methods acceptable to the Engineer. 3. The incorporation of fertilizer may be a part of the tillage operation specified above. 4. Distribution by means of an approved seed drill equipped to sow seed and distribute fertilizer at the same time will be acceptable. 12359 ,. 02485-3 LOAMING&SEEDING PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Seed: 1. Provide the grass seed mixture approved by the Engineer, having the following composition: a. Park Mixture: 50 percent Creeping Red Fesque 30 percent Kentucky Bluegrass 20 percent Annual Ryegrass b. Roadside Mixture (to be used for lagoon site restoration): 50 percent Creeping Red Fescue 15 percent Kentucky Bluegrass 5 percent White Clover 2 percent Red Top 3 percent Birdsfoot Trefoil 25 percent Annual Ryegrass 2. Do not use seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or during storage. B. Topsoil: 1. Fertile, friable, natural topsoil typical of the locality, without admixture of subsoil, refuse or other foreign materials and obtained from a well-drained site. Mixture of sand, silt, and clay particles in equal proportions. 2. Free of stumps, roots, heavy of stiff clay, stones larger than 1-inch in diameter, lumps, coarse sand, weeds, sticks, brush or other deleterious matter. 3. Not less than 4 percent nor more than 20 percent organic matter. 4. Topsoil depth shall be 4-inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Lime: 1. Provide lime which is ground limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonate and of such fineness that 90% will pass a No. 20 sieve and 50% will pass a No. 100 sieve. 2. Coarser materials will be acceptable provided the specified rates of application are increased proportionately on the basis of quantities passing a No. 100 sieve. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the increased quantity. D. Fertilizer: 1. Provide a commercial fertilizer approved by the Engineer. 2. Provide fertilizer containing the following minimum percentage of nutrients by weight: 10% Available phosphoric acid 10%Available potash 10% Available nitrogen (75%of the nitrogen shall be organic) 12359 02485-2 LOAMING& SEEDING .W 2. Each lot of lime and fertilizer shall be subject to sampling and testing at the discretion of the Engineer. 3. Sampling and testing shall be in accordance with the official methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 4. Upon completion of the project, a final check may be made comparing the total quantities of fertilizer and lime used to the total area seeded. If the minimum rates of application have not been met, the Engineer may require the Contractor to distribute additional quantities of these materials to meet the minimum rates. .. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. Seed: 1. Furnish all seed in sealed standard containers, unless exception is granted in .w, writing by the Engineer. 2. Containers shall be labeled in accordance with the United States Department of Agriculture's rules and regulations under the Federal Seed Act in effect at •• the time of purchase. B. Fertilizer: 1. Furnish all fertilizer in unopened original containers. 2. Containers shall be labeled with the manufacturer's statement of analysis. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Topsoil: Do not place or spread topsoil when the subgrade is frozen, excessively wet or dry, or in any condition otherwise detrimental, in the opinion of the Engineer, to the proposed planting or to proper grading. B. Seeding: 1. Planting Seasons: The recommended seeding time is from April 1 to September 15. The Contractor may seed at other times. Regardless of the time of seeding, the Contractor shall be responsible for each seeded area until it is accepted. ow 2. Weather Conditions: a. Do not perform seeding work when weather conditions are such that beneficial results are not likely to be obtained, such as drought, excessive moisture, or high winds. b. Stop the seeding work when, in the opinion of the Engineer, weather conditions are not favorable. C. Resume the work only when, in the opinion of the Engineer, conditions become favorable, or when approved alternate or corrective measures and procedures are placed into effect. 12359 02485-1 SECTION 02485 LOAMING & SEEDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish, place, and test topsoil, seed, lime, and fertilizer where shown on the drawings and protect and maintain seeded areas disturbed by construction work, as directed by the Engineer. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Earthwork, and temporary erosion control are specified in the appropriate Sections of this Division. 1.2 SUBMITTALS AND TESTING A. Seed: 1. Furnish the Engineer with duplicate signed copies of a statement from the vendor, certifying that each container of seed delivered to the project site is fully labeled in accordance with the Federal Seed Act and is at least equal to the specification requirements. 2. This certification shall appear in, or with, all copies of invoices for the seed. ' 3. The certification shall include the guaranteed percentages of purity, weed content and germination of the seed, and also the net weight and date of shipment. No seed may be sown until the Contractor has submitted the certificates and certificates have been approved. 4. Each lot of seed shall be subject to sampling and testing, at the discretion of the Engineer, in accordance with the latest rules and regulations under the Federal Seed Act. B. Topsoil: 1. Inform the Engineer, within 30 days after the award of the Contract, of the sources from which the topsoil is to be furnished. 2. Obtain representative soil samples, taken from several locations in the area under consideration for topsoil removal, to the full stripping depth. 3. Have soil samples tested by an independent soils testing laboratory, approved by the Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. 4. Have soil samples tested for physical properties and pH (or lime requirement), for organic matter, available phosphoric acid, and available potash, in accordance with standard practices of soil testing. 5. Approval, by the Engineer, to use topsoil for the work will be dependent upon the results of the soils tests. C. Lime & Fertilizer: 1. Furnish the Engineer with duplicate copies of invoices for all lime and fertilizer used on the project showing the total minimum carbonates and minimum percentages of the material furnished that pass the 90 and 20 mesh sieves and the grade furnished. 12359 02401-3 DEWATERING 3. Provide treatment as necessary to prevent discharge of contaminated ground water caused by Contractor's operations, or any contaminated ground water that may pass through the excavation support system selected by the Contractor. 4. Contractor must obtain all necessary regulatory approvals for the disposal of dewatering flows. These may include, among others, approval by the USEPA under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)program for construction activities. C. Damage: low 1. Avoid damage to and settlement of adjacent buildings, roads, structures, utilities and other facilities. 2. Any damage to or settlement of structures resulting from the dewatering operations, or the failure of the Contractor to maintain the work in a suitably dry condition shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Temporary Underdrains: 1. When necessary, temporary underdrains may be placed in excavations. 2. Underdrain pipe shall be perforated corrugated metal, polyethylene or P.V.C. pipe. 3. Entirely surround the underdrain and fill the space between the underdrain and the pipe or structure with free draining material. E. Excavation Sump Pumping: 1. When necessary and where appropriate to the geotechnical conditions encountered, excavations may be over excavated 6 to 12 inches and filled with screened stone to allow sump pumping of groundwater. 2. The system shall be installed with suitable screens and filters so that pumping of fines does not occur. F. Well and Wellpoint System: 1. If necessary, dewater the excavations and trenches with an efficient well or wellpoint system to drain the soil and prevent saturated soil from flowing into the excavated wells and area. 2. Wellpoint and well system shall be of the type designed for dewatering work and shall be installed with suitable screens and filters so that pumping of fines does not occur. 3. Pumping units shall be capable of maintaining sufficient suction to handle large volumes of air and water at the same time. G. Corrective Action: 1. If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of the dewatering system (loosening of the foundation strata, or instability of slopes, or damage to foundations or structures), perform work necessary for reinstatement of foundation soil and damaged structure resulting from such inadequacy or failure by Contractor, at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 12359 02401-2 DEWATERING 5. Excavations are protected from becoming wet from surface water, or insure excavations are dry before additional work is undertaken ^ 6. Prevent loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick conditions or softening of foundation strata. 7. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavation. Construction operations are performed in the dry. 8. Any existing dewatering wells that can affect dewatering and excavation shall be sealed below the excavation subgrade. D. Design shall include an assessment of how the dewatering operations will affect the stability of all adjacent structures .� E. Contractor is responsible to perform whatever additional geotechnical investigations are needed to design the dewatering system to allow for proper construction of new facilities while protecting adjacent structures from damage due to settlement, and in accordance with this specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. General: 1. Prior to any excavation below the ground water table, place system into operation to lower water table as required and operate it continuously 24 hours a day, 7 days a week until utilities and structures have been satisfactorily constructed, which includes the placement of backfill materials and dewatering is no longer required. 2. Keep work areas dewatered until the pipes, and backfill have been completed to such an extent that they will not be damaged by water. 3. Thoroughly brace or otherwise protect against flotation all pipelines and structures which are not stable. 4. Maintain standby backup equipment and power supply throughout the duration of the dewatering operation. 5. Prevent soil particles from entering the discharge points. 6. Ground water level shall be maintained at least one foot below the bottom of the excavation. B. Disposal of Water: 1. Dispose of water pumped or drained from the construction site in a suitable manner to avoid siltation of adjacent drainage structures and piping, wetlands or water bodies, injury to public health, damage to public and private property, and damage to the work completed or in progress. 2. Provide suitable temporary channels for water that may flow along or across the construction site. aw Ow 12359 a� 02401-1 SECTION 02401 DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Furnish, operate and maintain, as incidental to the project, dewatering equipment to lower and control ground water table levels and hydrostatic pressures to permit excavation, backfill, and construction to be performed in the dry; collect and dispose of ground and surface water where necessary to complete the work. . B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: (When Applicable) 1. Earthwork is specified in the appropriate section in this division. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor has sole responsibility for the dewatering system as necessary to prevent damage and settlement to adjacent structures, utilities, streets adjacent to excavations and for the safety of persons working within the excavated areas. B. Submittal shall include: location, depth and size of wellpoints, headers, sumps, ditches; size and location of discharge lines; capacities of pumps and standby units, and detailed description of dewatering methods to be employed to convey the water from site to adequate disposal. C. Submit letter from dewatering system design engineer that the design of the dewatering system has been fully coordinated with the design of the excavation support system. 1.3 DESIGN A. Dewatering system shall be designed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Massachusetts who is experienced in the design of Dewatering systems B. Dewatering system shall be of sufficient size and capacity necessary to lower and maintain ground water table to an elevation at least one foot below the lowest subgrade or bottom of pipe trench to allow material to be excavated and backfilled in a dry condition. Operate dewatering system continuously until backfill work has been completed. C. Control of surface and subsurface water is part of dewatering system requirements. Maintain adequate control so that: 1. The stability of excavated and constructed slopes are not adversely affected by saturated soil, including water entering prepared subbase and subgrades where underlying materials are not free draining or are subject to swelling or freeze-thaw action. 2. Erosion is controlled. 3. Flooding of excavations or damage to structures does not occur. 4. Surface water drains away from excavations. 12359 02270-4 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL 4. Sedimentation ponds shall be sited and constructed to the grades and dimensions as shown on the Drawings and will include drainage pipe and an emergency spillway. B. Maintenance: Erosion control features shall be installed prior to excavation wherever appropriate. Temporary erosion control features shall remain in place and shall be maintained until a satisfactory growth of grass is established. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining erosion control features throughout the life of the construction contract. Maintenance will include periodic inspections by the Owner or Engineer for effectiveness of location, installation and condition with corrective action taken by the Contractor as appropriate. C. Removing and Disposing of Materials: 1. When no longer needed, material and devices for temporary erosion control MW shall be removed and disposed of as approved by the Engineer. 2. When removed, such devices may be reused in other locations provided they are in good condition and suitable to perform the erosion control for which �. they are intended. 3. When dispersed over adjacent areas, the material shall be scattered to the extent that it causes no unsightly conditions nor creates future maintenance problems. 4. Sedimentation basins, if no longer required, will be filled in, the pipe removed, the surface loamed and grass cover shall be established. END OF SECTION 12359 go 02270-3 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL 1. Temporary barriers shall be constructed along the toe of embankments when necessary to prevent erosion and sedimentation. C. Temporary Seeding: Areas to remain exposed for a time exceeding 3 weeks shall receive temporary seeding as indicated below: Season Seed Rate April 1 to June 1 Annual Ryegrass 40 lbs/Acre Aug. 15 to Sept. 15 May 1 to June 30 Foxtail Millet 301bs/Acre April 1 to July 1 Oats 801bs/Acre Aug. 15 to Sept. 15 Aug. 15 to Oct. 15 Winter Rye 120 lbs/Acre Nov. 1 to April 1 Mulch w/dormant seed 801bs/Acre @ 50% seed rate increase D. Siltation fences shall consist of porous filter fabric with a wire mesh backing and shall be supported by posts as per manufacturer's recommendations. Fabric shall be approved by the Engineer. E. Mulch All Areas Receiving Seeding: Hay Mulch at the rate of 90-100 lbs per 1,000 square feet or a hydro application of cellulose fiber shall be applied following seeding. A suitable binder will be used on hay mulch for wind control. Anchor mulch with: mulch netting (as per manufacturer); non asphaltic emulsion (on slopes 200 gal/acre, on level 150 gal/acre). On slopes greater than 3 to 1, use pick chain or equivalent (as required) for mulch anchoring. Wetting for small areas may be permitted. Biodegradable netting is recommended in areas to be exposed to drainage flow. F. Erosion control matting for slopes and ditches shall be anchored with pegs and/or staples per manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Temporary Erosion Checks: 1. Temporary erosion checks shall be constructed in ditches and at other locations designated by the Engineer. The Engineer may modify the Contractor's arrangement of silt fences, bales and bags to fit local conditions. 2. Baled hay, silt fences, or sandbags, or some combination, may be used in other areas as necessary to inhibit soil erosion. 3. Siltation fence, if called for in the plans, shall be located and installed as shown. 12359 02270-2 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL this plan will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of completion of the work as specified. .F PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Baled Hay: 1. At least 14" by 18" by 30" securely tied to form a firm bale, trenched and staked as necessary to hold the bale in place. B. Sand Bags: 1. Heavy cloth bags of approximately one cubic foot capacity filled with sand or gravel. C. Mulches: 1. Loose hay, straw, peat moss, wood chips, bark mulch, crushed stone, wood excelsior, or wood fiber cellulose. D. Mats and Nettings: 1. Pick chain, twisted craft paper, yarn, jute, excelsior wood fiber mats, glass fiber and plastic film. E. Permanent Seed: •w 1. Seed mix appropriate to the predominant soil conditions as specified in the MADEP SMS and/or "Massachusetts Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Urban and Suburban Areas," and subject to approval by the aw Engineer. F. Temporary Seeding: 1. Use species appropriate for soil conditions and season as specified in the "" MADEP SMS and/or "Massachusetts Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Urban and Suburban Areas," and subject to approval by the Engineer. H. Water: 1. The Contractor shall provide water and equipment to control dust, as directed by the Engineer. I. Filter Fabrics: 1. Filter fabric shall be of one of the commercially available brands such as Mirafi, Typar or equivalent. Fabric types for particular applications shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. 2.2 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Erosion Checks: 1. Temporary erosion checks shall be constructed in ditches and other locations as necessary. 2. Baled hay, sand bags or siltation fence may be used in an arrangement to fit local conditions. Aw B. Temporary Berms: aw 12359 MW 02270-1 SECTION 02270 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. The work under this section shall include provision of all labor, equipment, materials and maintenance of temporary erosion control devices as specified herein, as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. 2. Erosion control measures shall be provided as necessary to correct conditions w that develop prior to the completion of permanent erosion control devices or as required to control erosion that occurs during normal construction operations. 3. Construction operations shall comply with all federal, state and local regulations pertaining to erosion control. 4. Erosion control measures shall be in accordance with Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection's - Stormwater Management Standards - (referred to hereafter as MADEP SMS) and "Massachusetts Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Urban and Suburban Areas," 5. After awarded the Contract, prior to commencement of construction activities, the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer to discuss erosion control requirements and develop a mutual understanding relative to details of erosion control. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Site work is specified in appropriate sections of this Division. 2. Earthwork is specified in appropriate sections of this Division. 3. Clearing and grubbing as specified in appropriate sections of this Division. 4. Striping and stockpiling as specified in appropriate sections of this Division. 5. Rip rap and stone ditch protection as specified in appropriate sections of this Division. C. Design Criteria: 1. Conduct all construction in a manner and sequence that causes the least practical disturbance of the physical environment. 2. Stabilize disturbed earth surfaces in the shortest time and employ such temporary erosion control devices as may be necessary until such time as adequate soil stabilization has been achieved. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, in writing, his work plan giving proposed locations for storage of topsoil and excavated material before beginning construction. A schedule of work shall accompany the work plan. Acceptance of 12359 02260-2 FILTER FABRIC Mullen Burst Strength ASTM D3786-87 210 psi Puncture Strength ASTM D3787 60 pounds Trapezoid Tear ASTM D4533-85 50 pounds Strength Water Flow Rate ASTM D4491-85 120 gal/min/sf Equivalent Opening Size ASTM D4751 U.S. Std. Sieve #80 (EOS) Coefficient of ASTM D4491-85 0.2 cm/sec Permeability The geotextile shall have property values expressed in "typical" values that meet or exceed the values stated above as determined by the most recent test methods specified above. B. Filter fabric used for underdrains shall be the following: 1. US Construction Fabrics - GT-142 ' 2. US Fabrics 120NW 3. Or equivalent .w C. Filter Fabric for use in siltation fencing shall be the following: 1. Environfence 100X (Mirafi) .R 2. Supac 4NP (Phillip 66) 3. Exxon 180 Siltfence 4. Amoco 1380 Silt Stop „w 5. Harris Siltfence 6. Or equivalent .w PART 3 - EXECUTION .m 3.1 Install filter fabric as shown on the drawings or as directed in appropriate specifications in this division or in accordance with manufacturer's instructions or as directed by the Engineer. W ow END OF SECTION aw 12359 sm 02260-1 SECTION 02260 FILTER FABRIC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Furnish all materials and install filter fabric of the types, dimensions and in the location(s) shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Temporary Erosion Control, Riprap and Stone Ditch Protection, and Gabions and Revet Mattresses are specified in the appropriate sections of this Division. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A competent laboratory must be maintained by the manufacturer of the fabric at the point of manufacture to ensure quality control. B. During all periods of shipment and storage, the fabric shall be wrapped in a heavy duty protective covering to protect the fabric from direct sunlight, ultraviolet rays, temperatures greater than 1400F, mud, dirt, dust and debris. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer shall furnish certified test reports with each shipment of material attesting that the fabric meets the requirements of this Specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Filter fabric for use in stabilization, drainage, underdrains, erosion control, landscaping and beneath structures shall be formed in widths of not less than six (6) feet and shall meet the requirements of Table 1. Both woven and non-woven geotextiles are acceptable; however no "slit-tape" woven fabrics will be permitted for drainage, underdrain, and erosion control applications. Table 1 Geotextile Minimum Mechanical Propert y Test Method Permissible Value Grab Tensile Strength ASTM D4595-86 120 pounds (both directions) Grab Elongation ASTM D4632-86 50 percent 12359 02200-14 EARTHWORK c. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more than 3/8" above or below the required subgrade elevation. C. Compaction: 1. After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and percentage of maximum density for each area classification. D. Protection of Graded Areas: 1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. 2. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances. �F END OF SECTION 12359 *� 02200-13 EARTHWORK E. Compaction Methods: The Contractor may select any method of compaction that is suitable to compact the material to the required density. 1. General: Whatever method of compacting backfill is used, care shall be taken that stones and lumps shall not become nested and that all voids between stones shall be completely filled with fine material. All voids left by the removal of sheeting shall be completely backfilled with suitable materials and thoroughly compacted. 2. Tamping or Rolling: If the material is to be compacted by tamping or rolling, the material shall be deposited and spread in uniform, parallel layers not exceeding the uncompacted thicknesses specified. Before the next layer is placed, each layer shall be tamped as required so as to obtain a thoroughly compacted mass. Care shall be taken that the material close to the excavation a side slopes, as well as in all other portions of the fill area, is thoroughly compacted. When the excavation width and the depth to which backfill has been placed are sufficient to make it feasible, and it can be done effectively and without damage to the pipe or structure, backfill may, on approval, be compacted by the use of suitable rollers, tractors, or similar powered equipment instead of by tamping. For compaction by tamping or rolling, the rate at which backfilling material is deposited shall not exceed that permitted by the facilities for its spreading, leveling, and compacting as furnished by the Contractor. F. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, re-shape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.5 GRADING: A. General: 1. Grading shall consist of that work necessary to bring all areas to the final grades. 2. Uniformly grade areas within limits of work requiring grading, including adjacent transition areas. 3. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown, or between such points and existing grades. B. Grading Outside Building Lines: 1. Grade areas adjacent to building to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. 2. Grade surfaces to be free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: a. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish grade areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 1" above or below the required subgrade elevations. b. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross- section, with finish surface not more than 1/2" above or below the required subgrade elevation. 12359 02200-12 EARTHWORK 3. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory level. D. Embankment Compaction: 1. After each embankment layer has been spread to the required maximum 8- -inch thickness and its moisture content has been adjusted as necessary, it shall be rolled with a sufficient number of passes to obtain the required compaction. One pass is defined as the required number of successive trips which by means of sufficient overlap will insure complete coverage and uniform compaction of an entire lift. Additional passes shall not be made until the previous pass has been completed. 2. When any section of an embankment sinks or weaves excessively under the roller or under hauling units and other equipment, it will be evident that the required degree of compaction is not being obtained and that a reduction in the moisture content is required. If at any place or time such sinking and weaving aw produces surface cracks which, in the judgment of the Engineer are of such character, amount, or extent to indicate an unfavorable condition, he will recommend operations on that part of the embankment to be suspended until , such time as it shall have become sufficiently stabilized. The ideal condition of the embankment is that attained when the entire embankment below the surface being rolled is so firm and hard as to show only the slightest weaving •R and deflection as the roller passes. 3. If the moisture content is insufficient to obtain the required compaction, the rolling shall not proceed except with the written approval of the Engineer, and in that event, additional rolling shall be done to obtain the required compaction. If the moisture content is greater than the limit specified, the material of such water content may be removed and stockpiled for later use or the rolling shall be delayed until such time as the material has dried sufficiently so that the moisture content is within the specified limits. No adjustment in price will be made on account of any operation of the Contractor in removing and stockpiling, or in drying the materials or on account of delays occasioned thereby. 4. If because of insufficient overlap, too much or too little water, or other cause attributable to defective work, the compaction obtained over any area is less than that required, the condition shall be remedied, and if additional rollings , are ordered, they will be done at no cost to the Owner. If the material itself is unsatisfactory or if additional rolling or other means fails to produce satis- factory results, the area in question shall be removed down to material of satisfactory density and the removal, replacement, and re-rolling shall be done by the Contractor, without additional compensation. 5. Material compaction by hand-operated equipment or power-driven tampers • shall be spread in layers not more than 6 inches thick. The degree of compaction obtained by these tamping operations shall be equal in every respect to that secured by the rolling operation. 12359 02200-11 EARTHWORK C. Improper Backfill: 1. When lagoons, tanks, excavation and trenches have been improperly backfilled, and when settlement occurs, reopen the excavation to the depth required, as directed by the Engineer. 2. Refill and compact the excavation or trench with suitable material and restore the surface to the required grade and condition. 3. Excavation, backfilling, and compacting work performed to correct improper backfilling shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Ground Surface Preparation: 1. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow, strip, scarify or break-up sloped surface steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal. 2. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under ."compaction" for the particular area classification, break up the ground surface, pulverize, moisture-condition to the optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. 3:4 COMPACTION A. General: 1. Control soil compaction during construction to provide not less than the minimum percentage of density specified for each area classification. B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: 1. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 as indicated. a. Off Traveled Way Areas: Compact each layer of backfill or fill material to at least 90% of maximum dry density (ASTM D1557). b. Walkways: Compact each layer of backfill or fill material to at least 93% of maximum dry density(ASTM D1557). C. Roadways, Drives and Paved Areas: Compact each layer of fill, subbase material, and base material to at least 95% of maximum dry density (ASTM D1557). d. Pipes: Compact bedding material and each layer of backfill to at least 90% maximum dry density (ASTM D1557). Where backfilling with excavated material, compact to native field density. e. Lagoon backfill and Embankments: Compact each layer of lagoon backfill and embankment material to at least 95% of maximum dry density(ASTM D1557). C. Moisture Control: 1. Where subgrade or a layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material, in quantities controlled to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. 12359 02200-10 EARTHWORK 15. Place material in a manner that will prevent stones and lumps from becoming nested. 16. Completely fill all voids between stones with fine material. 17. Deposit backfill and fill material evenly on all sides of existing structures to avoid unequal soil pressures. 18. Keep stones or rock fragments with a dimension greater than two inches at least one foot away from pipe or structure during backfilling. B. Pipe Bedding, Initial Backfill and Trench Backfill ^ 1. Place bedding and backfill in layers of uniform thickness specified herein, and as shown on the Drawings. 2. Thoroughly compact each layer by means of a suitable vibrator or mechanical tamper. 3. Install pipe bedding and initial backfill in layers of uniform thickness not greater than eight (8) inches. 4. Deposit the remainder of the backfill in uniform layers not greater than eight inches. 5. Provide underground sewer marking tape for the full length of sewer trenches .. as shown on the Drawings. Marking tape shall be SETON #210 SEW or equivalent. 6. Where soft silt and clay soils are encountered the trench shall be excavated six inches below the normal bedding and backfilled with 6-inches of compacted sand. 7. Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18 inches of column or wall footings and which are carried below the bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to the level of the bottom of adjacent footings. 8. The following schedule lists the bedding materials for various types of pipe. Refer to the pipe trench detail for dimensional requirements. •" BEDDING REQUIREMENTS PVC or PE Pipe Screened stone. 9. The following schedule lists the initial backfill requirements for various types of pipes. Refer to the pipe trench detail for dimensional requirements. INITIAL BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS PVC or PE Pipe Screened stone 10. Special bedding and backfill requirements shown on the Drawings supersede requirements of this section. 12359 ,, 02200-9 EARTHWORK streets as necessary, so as to minimize the creation and dispersion of dust. Refer to Specification Section 01562. 2. If the Engineer decides that it is necessary to use calcium chloride for more effective dust control, the contractor shall furnish and spread the material, as directed. 3.3 BACKFILL AND FILL A. General: 1. Backfilling shall consist of replacing material removed to permit installation of structures or utilities, as indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Filling shall consist of placing material in areas to bring them up to grades indicated on the Drawings. 3. The Contractor shall provide and place all necessary backfill and fill material, in layers to the required grade elevations. 4. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: a. Inspection, approval, and recording locations of underground piping and utilities. b. Removal of trash and debris. C. Density testing having results meeting requirements specified herein. 5. In general, and unless otherwise indicated, material used for backfill of lagoons, tanks, and trenches shall be suitable excavated material. Unless otherwise specified or allowed by the Engineer the backfill and fill shall be placed in layers not to exceed 8 inches in thickness. 6. All fill and backfill under structures and pavement, and adjacent to structures, shall be compacted crushed stone or select fill as specified or as indicated on the Drawings. The fill and backfill materials shall be placed in layers not exceeding 8 inches in thickness. 7. Backfill material shall be select fill or common borrow, unless otherwise indicated, as required and as directed by the Engineer. 8. Do not backfill with, or on, frozen materials. 9. Remove, or otherwise treat as necessary, previously placed material that has frozen prior to placing backfill. 10. Do not mechanically or hand compact material that is, in the opinion of the Engineer, too wet. • 11. Do not continue backfilling until the previously placed and new materials have dried sufficiently to permit proper compaction. 12. The nature of the backfill materials will govern the methods best suited for their placement and compaction. Compaction methods and required percent compaction is covered in Compaction section. 13. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide a water content necessary to meet the required percentage of maximum dry density for each area classification specified. 14. Do not allow large masses of backfill material to be dropped into the excavation in such a manner that may damage remaining pipes and structures. 12359 02200-8 EARTHWORK Wft I. Shoring and Bracing: 1. Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross-braces, in good serviceable condition. 2. Provide trench shoring and bracing to comply with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. Refer to Specification Section 02156. 3. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Install shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. J. Material Storage: 1. Stockpile excavated materials which are satisfactory for use on the work until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage and protect with temporary seeding or other acceptable methods to control erosion. 2. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. .� 3. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified. K. Dewatering: O. 1. To ensure proper conditions at all times during construction, the Contractor shall provide and maintain ample means and devices (including spare units kept ready for immediate use in case of breakdowns) with which to intercept .. and/or remove promptly and dispose properly of all water entering trenches and other excavations (including surface and subsurface waters). 2. Excavations shall be kept dry until the structures, pipes, and appurtenances to + be built therein have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged. Refer to Specification Section 02401. L. Cold Weather Protection: 1. Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35°F. 2. No frozen material shall be used as backfill or fill and no backfill shall be placed on frozen material. M. Separation of Surface Material: 1. The Contractor shall remove only as much of any existing pavement as is necessary for the prosecution of the work. 2. Prior to excavation, existing pavement shall be cut where in the opinion of the Engineer it is necessary to prevent damage to the remaining road surface. 3. Where pavement is removed in large pieces, it shall be disposed of before proceeding with the excavation. 4. From areas within which excavations are to be made, loam and topsoil shall be carefully removed and separately stored to be used again as directed; or, if the Contractor prefers not to separate surface materials, he shall furnish, as • directed, loam and topsoil at least equal in quantity and quality to that excavated. N. Dust Control: 1. During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall conduct his operations and maintain the area of his activities, including sweeping and sprinkling of 12359 00 02200-7 EARTHWORK 5. Unless otherwise specifically directed or permitted by the Engineer, begin excavation at the low end of drainage lines and proceed upgrade. 6. The extent of open excavation shall be controlled by prevailing conditions subject to any limits prescribed by the Engineer. 7. As the excavation progresses, install such shoring and bracing necessary to prevent caving and sliding and to meet the requirements of the state and OSHA safety standards, as outlined in the appropriate section of this Specification. F. Protection of Persons, Property and Utilities: 1. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights in compliance with local and State regulations. 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from gar damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. Exercise extreme caution and utilize sheeting, bracing, and whatever other precautionary measures that may be required. 3. Rules and regulations governing the respective utilities shall be observed in execution of all work. Active utilities and structures shall be adequately protected from damage, and removed or relocated only as indicated or specified. Inactive and abandoned utilities encountered in excavation and grading operations shall be removed, plugged or capped only with written authorization of the utility owner. Report in writing to the Engineer, the locations of such abandoned utilities. Extreme care shall be taken when performing work in the vicinity of existing utility lines utilizing hand excavation in such areas as far as practicable. 4. Repair, or have repaired, all damage to existing utilities, structures, lawns, other public and private property which results from construction operations, at no additional expense to the Owner, to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer, the utility, the property owner, and the Owner. G. Use of Explosives: 1. Do not bring explosives onto site or use in work without prior written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor is solely r responsible for handling, storage, and use of explosive materials when their use is permitted. 2. All blasting shall be performed in accordance with all pertinent provisions of the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. H. Stability of Excavations: 1. Slope sides of excavations to comply with all codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 2. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. 12359 02200-6 EARTHWORK 4. The Contractor shall not have any right of property in any materials taken from any excavation. Do not remove any such materials from the construction site without the approval of the Engineer. This provision shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligations to remove and dispose of any material determined by the Engineer to be unsuitable for backfilling. The Contractor shall dispose of unsuitable and excess material in accordance with the applicable sections of the Contract Documents. B. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade ° elevations, notify the Engineer and Resident Project Representative who will observe the conditions. 1. If material unsuitable for the backfill or pipeline (in the opinion of the "' Engineer) is found at or below the grade to which excavation would normally be carried in accordance with the Drawings and/or Specifications, the Contractor shall remove such material to the required width and depth and replace it with thoroughly compacted select fill, screened stone, crushed stone, or concrete as directed by the Engineer. 2. All excavated materials designated by the Engineer as unsuitable shall become .� the property of the Contractor and disposed of at locations in accordance with all State and local laws and the provisions of the Contract Documents. C. Unauthorized Excavation: Shall consist of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific authorization of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work required by the Engineer shall be at the Contractor's expense. Remedial work required is as follows: 1. If the bottom of a trench is excavated beyond the limits indicated, backfill the resulting void with thoroughly compacted screened stone, unless otherwise indicated. D. Trench Excavation: Shall consist of removal, hauling and disposal of all material encountered in the excavation to the widths and depths shown on the Drawings to permit proper installation of underground utilities. 1. Excavate trenches to the uniform width shown on the Drawings sufficiently wide to provide sufficient space for installation, backfilling, and compaction. Every effort should be made to keep the sides of the trenches firm and undisturbed until backfilling has been completed and consolidated. 2. Trenches shall be excavated with approximately vertical sides between the Ow elevation of the center of the pipe and an elevation one foot above the top of the pipe. 3. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated for pipe and bedding to establish the indicated slopes and invert elevations, notching under pipe joints to provide solid bearing for the entire body of the pipe, where applicable. 4. If pipe is to be laid in embankments or other recently filled material, the material shall first be placed to the top of the fill or to a height of at least two feet above the top of the pipe, whichever is the lesser. Particular care shall be taken to ensure maximum consolidation of material under the pipe location. The pipe trench shall be excavated as though in undisturbed material. MW 12359 no 4 02200-5 EARTHWORK 4 2.2 CONCRETE A. If concrete is required for excess excavation, provide 3,000 psi concrete complying with requirements of Section 03300. 2.3 FILTER FABRIC A. If filter fabric is required, refer to Section 02260. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, backfilling, filling, compaction and grading are to be performed and notify the Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not '*! proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 EXCAVATION " A. General: 1. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of all material encountered when establishing line and grade elevations required for execution of the work. 2. The Contractor shall make excavations in such manner and to such widths as will give suitable room for backfilling the equalization lagoons, UST excavation, or laying and jointing the piping; shall furnish and place all sheet- ing, bracing, and supports; shall do all cofferdamming, pumping, and draining; and shall render the bottom of the excavations firm, dry and acceptable in all respects. 3. All excavation shall be classified as either earth or ledge. a) Earth Excavation shall consist of the removal, hauling and disposal of all earth materials encountered during excavation including but not limited to native soil or fill, pavement (bituminous or concrete), existing sewers and manholes, ashes, loam, clay, swamp muck, debris, soft or disintegrated rock or hard pan which can be removed with a backhoe, or a combination of such materials, and boulders that do not meet the definition of"Ledge" below. b) Ledge Excavation: Shall consist of the removal, hauling, and disposal of all ledge or rock encountered during excavation. "Ledge" and "rock" shall be defined as any natural compound, natural mixture that in the opinion of the Engineer can be removed from its existing position and state only by drilling and blasting, wedging, sledging, boring or breaking up with power operated tools. No boulder, ledge, slab, or other single piece of excavated material less than two cubic yards in total volume shall be considered to be rock unless, in the opinion of the Engineer it must be removed from its existing position by one of the methods mentioned above. 12359 02200-4 EARTHWORK Common borrow may be used provided that the material is at a moisture content „ suitable for compaction to the specified density. C. Crushed Stone: Shall be a uniform material consisting of clean, hard, and durable particles or fragments, free from vegetable or other objectionable matter, containing angular pieces, as are those which come from a mechanical crusher. Gradation requirements shall be as follows: .W Sieve Percent by Weight Designation Passing Square Mesh Sieve a 1-1/2 inch 100 1 inch 95-100 MW 1/2 inch 25-60 No. 4 0-10 D. Screened Stone: Shall be a well graded stone consisting of clean, hard, and durable particles or fragments, free from vegetable or other objectionable matter, meeting the following gradation requirements: Sieve Percent by Weight Designation Passing Square Mesh Sieve 1 inch 100 3/4 inch 90-100 3/8 inch 20-55 No. 4 0-10 No. 8 0-5 E. Select Fill: Shall consist of well graded granular material free of organic material, loam, wood, trash, snow, ice, frozen soil and other objectionable material and having no rocks with a maximum dimension of over 4 inches and meeting the following gradation requirements, except where it is used for pipe bedding in which case the maximum size shall be 2 inches. Sieve Percent by Weight Designation Passing Square Mesh Sieve 4 inch 100 3 inch 90-100 %2 inch 25-90 No. 40 0-30 No. 200 0-5 .a 12359 02200-3 EARTHWORK In 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Site Information: 1. Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy. It is expressly understood that Owner and Engineer will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by the Contractor. Data are made available for the convenience of Contractor. 2. Test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner. B. Existing Utilities and Structures: 1. The locations of utilities and structures shown on the Drawings are approximate as determined from physical evidence on or above the surface of the ground and from information supplied by the utilities. The Engineer in no way warranties that these locations are correct. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the actual locations of any utilities or structures within the project area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIAL A. Common Borrow - 6-inch Minus: Shall consist of approved material required for the construction of the work where designated. Common borrow shall be free from frozen material, perishable rubbish, trash, peat, organics, wood, rubber, fiberglass, plastic, HDPE, metals, construction debris, and other unsuitable material. Sieve Percentage by Weight Designation Passing Square Mesh Sieves 6-inch 100 No. 200 0-5 Common borrow may be used provided that the material is at a moisture content suitable for compaction to the specified density. No rocks shall exceed 3/4 of the depth of the specified lift thickness. B. Common Borrow - 2-foot Minus: Shall consist of approved material required for the construction of the work where designated. Common borrow shall be free from frozen material, perishable rubbish, trash, peat, organics, wood, fiberglass, rubber, plastic, HDPE, metals, and other unsuitable material. Sieve Percentage by Weight Designation Passing Square Mesh Sieves 2-foot 100 ` No. 200 0-5 12359 .. 02200-2 EARTHWORK shall be the density at optimum moisture as determined by ASTM Standard Methods of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil Using .. 10-1b. Hammer and 18-in. Drop, Designation D-1557-78 (Modified Proctor), or latest revision, unless otherwise indicated. b. The in-place density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM ° Standard Method of Test for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone method, Designation D 1556-82, (or latest revision) or Nuclear method Designation D2922. c. Wherever specifically indicated, maximum density at optimum moisture may be determined by ASTM Standard Methods of Test for Moisture Density Relations of Soils, ASTM D-698-78 (Standard Proctor). 1.3 TEST AND SUBMITTALS A. Submit test results in accordance with the procedure specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Submit test results (including gradation analysis) and source location for all borrow material to be used at least 10 working days prior to its use on the site. Contractor shall identify and provide access to borrow sites. C. Submit moisture density curve for each type of soil (on site or borrow material) to , be used for embankment construction or fill beneath structures or pavement. D. Field density tests on embankments (where applicable), shall be taken on every 1,000 cubic yards of embankment material. In order to determine optimum water content, maximum allowable lift, and number of equipment passes required, one test section shall be constructed, and thoroughly tested. The section shall be a minimum of 1,000 cubic yards in volume. To avoid conflicts the Contractor shall allow a minimum of one working day for testing to be conducted on the test section. The test section may be part of the embankment. E. All testing shall be performed by a qualified testing laboratory approved by the Engineer and at the Contractor's expense unless otherwise indicated. F. In addition to the above tests the Contractor will be responsible for 20 additional density tests at locations and times requested by the Engineer. ` G. Additional density testing will be required by the Engineer if the Engineer is not satisfied with the apparent results of the Contractor's compaction operation. 1. If the test results fail to meet the requirements of these specifications, the Contractor shall undertake whatever action is necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner, to obtain the required compaction. The cost of the retesting will be borne by the Contractor and no allowance will be considered for delays in the performance of the work. 2. If the test results pass and meet the requirements of thee Specifications, the direct invoice cost of the testing laboratory to the Contractor will be borne by the Owner, but no allowance will be considered for delays in the performance of the work. • 12359 ow 02200-1 SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Work described by this Section consists of all earthwork encountered and necessary for construction of the project as indicated in the Contract Documents, and includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Excavation 2. Backfilling and Filling 3. Compaction 4. Embankment Construction 5. Grading 6. Providing soil material as necessary 7. Disposal of excess suitable material and unsuitable materials B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: (When Applicable) 1. The use of explosives is specified in the Supplementary Conditions section of this Contract, and in Division 1. 2. Traffic Regulation is specified in Division 1. 3. Clearing and Grubbing, Dewatering, Filter Fabric, Temporary Erosion Control, Stripping and Stockpiling of Topsoil, Sheeting, Landscaping, and Paving are specified in the appropriate sections of this Division. 4. Pipe, fittings and valves are specified in Division 15 or 2. 1.2 (QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. All work shall be performed and completed in accordance with all local, state and federal regulations. 2. The General Contractor shall secure all other necessary permits unless otherwise indicated from, and furnish proof of acceptance by, the municipal and state departments having jurisdiction and shall pay for all such permits, except as specifically stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Line and Grade: 1. The Contractor shall establish the lines and grades in conformity with the Drawings and maintain same to properly perform the work. C. Testing Methods: 1. Gradation Analysis: Where a gradation is specified the testing shall be in accordance with ASTM D-422-72 (or latest revision). 2. Compaction Control: a. Unless otherwise indicated, wherever a percentage of compaction for backfill is indicated or specified, it shall be the in-place density divided by the maximum density and multiplied by 100. The maximum density "' 12359 ow 02115-2 STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING TOPSOIL D. Neatly trim and grade stockpiles to provide drainage from surfaces and to prevent depressions where water may become impounded. E. Construct temporary erosion control devices for all stockpiled material, subject to the Engineer's approval. F. All loam stripped and stockpiled shall be immediately seeded with 70% Domestic/30%Perennial Rye Grass. END OF SECTION MW 12359 No 02115-1 SECTION 02115 STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING TOPSOIL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Segregate topsoil approved by the Engineer prior to excavation and grading operations and stockpile it for use in the work. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere (When Applicable): 1. Demolition, clearing, grading, embankment, excavation and landscaping are specified in the appropriate sections in this division. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil shall consist of friable loam of at least two percent decayed organic matter (humus), free of subsoil, and reasonably free of clay lumps, brush, roots, weeds, and other objectionable vegetation, stones and similar objects larger than one (1) inch in any dimension, litter and other materials unsuitable or harmful to plant growth. It shall contain no toxic materials. B. The quality of the topsoil material to be used shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Remove topsoil from the areas that are likely to be disturbed as a result of construction operations to a depth based on the soil profile, as approved by the Engineer. B. Remove topsoil from all designated areas prior to the performance of normal excavation. 3.2 STORAGE A. Transport topsoil and deposit in storage piles convenient to the areas which are subsequently to receive the application of topsoil. B. Stockpile topsoil separate from other excavated materials in areas approved by the Engineer. C. Take all necessary precautions to prevent other excavated material and objectionable material from becoming intermixed with the topsoil before, during and after stripping and stockpiling operations. ' ` 12359 ow 02055-4 DEMOLITION ow K. Stockpile suitable material for backfill at a storage location agreeable to the Owner. L. Carefully remove, store and protect from damage all materials to be salvaged (if applicable). M. Buildings and Adjacent Property: .� 1. Protect all buildings and property adjacent to the tank to be removed from damage by erecting suitable barriers or by other suitable means. O. Leave adjacent structures to excavations in a permanently safe and satisfactory condition. P. When piping is to be altered or removed underground, the remaining piping shall ow be properly discontinued and capped. Q. Demolition Sequence: The demolition sequence is to conform to the reviewed and approved project schedule. 3.2 DOCUMENTATION A. It is critical that the person performing the UST closure assessments adequately documents all findings. Information documenting the UST closure shall be incorporated into a single report that shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner. At a minimum that report will include the following. 1. A sketch of the site indicating the location of the UST and associated piping, vents, locations of field screening points and laboratory sample collection, and anything else that may be notable. 2. Observations made at the time of each UST closure (e.g., visual, olfactory) with respect to the condition of the site prior to excavation, soil material excavated, UST, tank piping, piping to/from tank and groundwater, including presence/absence of petroleum product (provide digital photographs to serve as additional documentation). 3. Results of head space field screening and/or laboratory analyses (e.g., data reports from lab, chain of custody, etc.). 4. Documentation showing how contaminated media (soil and/or groundwater) were managed (if applicable), including copies of 21E Bills of Lading or Hazardous Waste Manifests used to transport contaminated media off-site. 5. Copy of Form FP 292 (permit for removing UST and for transportation to tank , disposal location). 6. Copy of Form FP 290R(change in UST registration). 7. Copy of Form 291 (receipt of the UST at disposal facility, including state license number of facility). END OF SECTION 12359 02055-3 DEMOLITION 1.6 PROTECTIONS A. Provide to the Engineer two (2) copies of the Contractor's health and safety plan for their use while on site. B. Ensure the safe passage of persons around the areas of demolition. Conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities and persons. Erect temporary, covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of tanks to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. 1.7 DAMAGES A. The Contractor shall promptly repair damages caused by demolition operations to adjacent facilities at no cost to the Owner. B. The Contractor will be fully responsible for any contamination that occurs as a result of their activities and shall comply with all the requirements of Federal, State and Local regulations concerning contamination, monitoring, reporting, and cleaning up and disposing of contamination at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Tank removal shall be in accordance with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Underground Storage Tank Closure Assessment Manual B. Contractor shall drain all UST piping into the tank and pump out all fuel oil. C. Blow out lines and wipe clean and flush all piping into the tank. Pump out liquid and all remaining sludge in the tanks. Dispose of in accordance with Federal, State, and Local regulations and codes. D. Remove all piping,valves, fittings, and appurtenances associated with the tank. E. Remove the USTs. F. Conduct all required headspace soil testing as identified by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Underground Storage Tank Closure Assessment Manual and document headspace readings. G. Perform all miscellaneous demolition actions to completely remove the USTs and accessories as shown on the Drawings. This shall include, but not be limited to tank manways and covers, soil excavations, tank tie-down straps, tank piping, tank, tank foundation pads, etc. H. Dispose of tanks, piping, valves, and appurtenances in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations I. Remove and dispose of non-salvageable material in accordance with all applicable local and state laws, ordinances and code requirements. J. Dispose of unsuitable material daily as it accumulates. 12359 02055-2 DEMOLITION 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Contractor should have a Minimum of 5 years experience in conducting .. closure and removal requirements for underground storage tanks. Contractor should be familiar with proper protocols for monitoring, sampling, testing and documenting contamination and be able to identify contamination conditions that require notification to DEP. Contractor should also be familiar with health and safety measures and capable of developing and implementing a health and safety plan necessary during UST removals. p 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Condition of Structures: 1. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the actual condition of the structures or equipment to be demolished or tanks and piping to be removed and disposed of off site. 2. Conditions existing at the time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by the Owner as far as practicable. 3. The Owner has reported that the existing soils and site are not contaminated with fuel products. Should the Contractor encounter contamination during the excavation and removal of the tanks they should notify the Engineer and .� Owner immediately. 4. The Contractor is responsible for preparing a health and safety plan for the work, with air monitoring being performed within the work area throughout the UST demolition. Monitor air quality, as a minimum for explosive vapor levels using a combustible gas meter. 1.4 UTILITIES A. Utility Locations: 1. Utility locations shown on the plans are approximate only, based on information supplied by Owner. B. Coordination of on site Utilities: 1. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and perform any necessary work to the satisfaction of the Owner and affected utility companies involved with the discontinuance or interruption of affected public utilities and services. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule - Demolition: 1. Submit two (2) copies of proposed means, methods and procedure to demolish USTs to the Engineer for review prior to the start of work. Include in the .M schedule the coordination for shut-off, capping and continuation of utility services as required. 2. Provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal work. 12359 Im 02055-1 SECTION 02055 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS ( USTs) PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and apparatus necessary and shall do all work required to complete the demolition, removal, and alterations of existing facilities as indicated on the Drawings, as herein specified, and/or as directed by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall coordinate the removal of the Underground Storage Tank (UST) with the City of Northampton Fire Department, and shall complete all required permits and paperwork associated with that removal and disposal of the tank, its contents and associated appurtenances. �. 3. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of an Underground Storage Tank (UST), and monitor soil and groundwater for contamination at the time of the tank removal and document all observations and actions taken as part of the • UST removal work. 4. The UST, equipment, piping, and other materials identified for demolition shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be properly disposed of by him, away from the site of the work and at his own expense in accordance with all Local, State and Federal regulations. 5. Demolition and removal of the UST and its appurtenances shall be accomplished without damaging the integrity of existing structures, equipment, and appurtenances to remain, to be salvaged for relocation or stored for future use. 6. Such items that are damaged shall be either repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense to a condition at least equal to that which existed prior to the start of his work. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Demolition is specified in this Division. 2. Earthwork is specified in this Division. C. Work will be performed in Accordance With: 1. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Underground Storage Tank Closure Assessment Manual DEP Policy#WSC-402-96 2. National Fire Protection Association Regulations. 3. The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Regulations 527 CMR 9.00 4. City of Northampton codes and regulations. 5. OSHA Regulations 12359 0205OA-3 DEMOLITION E. Architectural, structural, mechanical, process and electrical demolition, removal and alteration are indicated in the corresponding sections. F. Mechanical/Process Demolition: 1. Mechanical/Process demolition in general shall consist of the dismantling and removal of existing piping, tanks, pumps, motors, equipment and other appurtenances as specified, and indicated on the Drawings. 2. It shall also include, where necessary, the cutting of existing piping for the purpose of making connections thereto. 3. Piping not indicated to be removed but which may interfere with construction shall be removed to the nearest solid support, capped and left in place. Where piping that is to be removed passes through the wall of existing structures, it shall be cut off and properly capped on each side of the wall. *� 4. When piping is to be altered or removed underground, the remaining piping shall be properly capped or plugged. 5. Abandoned underground piping shall be left in place unless it interferes with new structures or unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. H. Salvage: 1. Salvaged items shall be stored on site for the Owner in an acceptable location and manner. L Tank Cleaning: (unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings): 1. Contractor shall give Owner 14 days minimum notice prior to beginning work in tanks requiring draining (process water or sludge) and cleaning; which are to be removed as part of this project. The Contractor will be responsible for removal and disposal of all tank contents of the existing tanks. The Contractor will clean the existing tanks and the media within them prior to their demolition. 2. After cleaning tanks and media shall be in such a state as to be appropriate for recycling where applicable. J. Leachate Equilization Lagoon Dewatering: 1. The Owner will dewater (pump out the existing water) the equalization lagoons one (1) time, at a time to be coordinated with the Contractor. Subsequent dewatering, for whatever reason, will be the responsibility of the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 12359 0205OA-2 DEMOLITION 1. Utility locations shown on the plans are approximate only, based on information supplied by the utility companies. B. Coordination with Utilities: I. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and perform any necessary work to the satisfaction of affected utility companies and +* governmental divisions involved with the discontinuance of affected public utilities and services. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule - Demolition: I. Submit two (2) copies of proposed methods and operations of demolition to the Engineer for review prior to the start of work. Include in the schedule the coordination for shut-off, capping and continuation of utility services as required. 2. Provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure the uninterrupted progress of the Owner's operations. 1.5 PROTECTIONS A. Ensure the safe passage of persons around the area of demolition. Conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities and persons. Erect temporary, covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. 1.6 DAMAGES A. The Contractor shall promptly repair damages caused by demolition operations to adjacent facilities at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Remove and dispose of non-salvageable material in accordance with all applicable local and state laws, ordinances and code requirements. B. Dispose of material daily as it accumulates. C. Carefully remove, store and protect from damage all materials to be salvaged. D. Buildings and Adjacent Property: 1. Protect all buildings and property adjacent to equipment to be removed from damage by erecting suitable barriers or by other suitable means. 2. Leave such buildings in a permanently safe and satisfactory condition. 12359 01800-5 EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM TESTING CERTIFICATION be provided at no additional cost to Owner. Under absolutely no circumstances shall warrantees become void due to Owner's failure to follow operational and maintenance procedures which were not fully detailed and described to Owner's representatives during these sessions. D. Refer to individual equipment specification sections for further requirements. E. The manufacturer representative shall fill out the Equipment Training Certification form included within this Section. Training will not be considered complete until this form has been provided to the Engineer. 12359 01800-4 EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM TESTING CERTIFICATION 2. That all manual, automatic and safety control features of the equipment functions properly, including all alarm, activation and deactivation sequences. 3. That the equipment can operate without excessive noise, vibration, overheating, overloading,jamming, etc. during normal operating conditions. 4. Amperage draws on all power feeds with equipment running under normal operating conditions. "w 5. The noise level of equipment, drives and motors, unless otherwise noted, shall not exceed 90 dBA, as measured 3 feet from the unit under free field conditions. i) Each unit shall be monitored for compliance independently with other area equipment deactivated. .� ii) For monitoring, the equipment will be run under normal operation conditions. iii) Contractor shall provide certified proof of calibration for instrument utilized to measure noise level. 6. Other specific requirements as outlined within the individual specifications sections. D. Each piece of equipment shall be tested sufficiently to ensure that all features required to be demonstrated and/or verified are within acceptable limits. E. Where multiple units are provided, each unit shall under go equipment certification testing procedures individually and then with multiple units on-line to verify the total systems output capacity and performance. F. The Contractor shall provide all power, tools, equipment, labor, water fuel, etc. as required for startup and testing. All waste materials shall be disposed of by the Contractor in an environmentally acceptable manner at no additional cost to the Owner. G. All equipment provided on the project shall be demonstrated to function properly. Demonstration as a component of an overall system shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities to demonstrate proper operation or verify specific requirements for each individual component. H. Minimum Certified Equipment Testing Requirements for Electrical Systems. 1. Refer to Section 16620. 3.3 OPERATOR TRAINING A. Operator Training shall be performed by a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, who is fully trained in the installation, startup and operation of the equipment. B. Unless otherwise noted within the specific specification sections, provide minimum of one day (8-hour days, not including travel time) of combined training and operational assistance for plant operators for each piece of equipment in the proper operations of provided equipment, and in the techniques, methods, schedules, etc. associated with maintenance. C. The level of the training and operational assistance provided shall be as required to ensure proper understanding of the equipments operations, maintenance and warranty conditions. Should manufacturer require time in addition to the minimums indicated herein, or within the individual specification sections, to sufficiently detail the proper operations and maintenance of the equipment, it will ow 12359 In 01800-3 EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM TESTING CERTIFICATION representative of the equipment manufacturer that the equipment is ready for testing, as outlined below, and in Section 11000, Paragraph 1.3.J. D. As part of the equipment startup, the Contractor shall: 1. Verify that the equipment is installed properly and in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and instructions, and as such, it is appropriate to apply power to the units in question. 2. Verify that all manual, automatic and safety control features of the equipment functions properly, including all alarm, activation and deactivation sequences. 3. Verify that the equipment can operate without excessive noise, vibration, overheating, overloading,jamming, etc. during normal operating conditions. 4. Check amperage draws on all power feeds with equipment running under normal operating conditions. E. Each piece of equipment shall be tested sufficiently to ensure that all features required to be demonstrated and/or verified during the equipment certification testing are within acceptable limits. The startup shall not be considered complete until the unit is fully capable of passing the equipment certification testing. F. Where multiple units are provided, each unit shall under go startup procedures. G. The Contractor shall provide all power, chemical, tools, equipment, labor, water fuel, etc. as required for startup. 1. All waste materials (if any) shall be disposed of by the Contractor in an environmentally acceptable manner at no additional cost to the Owner. r .H. The manufacturer representative shall fill out the equipment certification form included at the end of this Section. Startup will not be considered complete until this form has been provided to the Engineer. 3.2 CERTIFIED EQUIPMENT TESTING A. Certified Equipment Testing shall be performed after the equipment startup testing is completed and it has been verified that equipment functions in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents in all aspects. It is required that a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, who is fully trained in the installation, startup and operation of the equipment, be in attendance for the Certified Equipment Testing. B. Certified Equipment Testing shall not be scheduled concurrently with the equipment startup without the prior approval of the Engineer. In all cases, if the Engineer has arrived on-site for the scheduled Certified Equipment Testing and the equipment is not capable of demonstrating complete compliance with the Contract Documents, or if the manufacturer's representative is not present, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to the Engineer associated with failed testing, including travel expenses. The importance of prior and proper equipment startup demonstrations to verify the requirements of the Certified Equipment Testing is stressed. C. At a minimum during the Certified Equipment Testing, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer the following: 1. That the equipment is installed properly and in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and instructions, and as such, it is appropriate to apply power to the units in question. An 12359 01800-2 EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM TESTING CERTIFICATION D. Submittals: 1. A minimum of twenty days prior to the planned startup Contractor shall provide a preliminary equipment start-up schedule and plan for the Certified Equipment Testing and the Operator Training for each piece of equipment to the Engineer for review. This preliminary plan will include a written outline description of the means and methods to be employed during the certified equipment test of each piece of equipment. The schedule and means and methods of testing will be discussed with the Engineer as necessary. .� 2. Refer to Paragraph 3.1, A, regarding qualifications for the duly authorized representative of the manufacturer providing equipment startup and operation training. This individual(s) must be experienced in startup, operations, and maintenance for the equipment systems being provided. Provide the names and qualifications for these individuals for each equipment system. E. Schedules: aw 1. Contractor shall provide Engineer with at least 10 days of his desire to perform Certified Equipment Testing and/or training to allow necessary coordination with Owner representatives. Contractor shall be responsible for 4W any and all coordination necessary to accommodate his testing schedule. Actual date and time for testing and/or training will be the first mutually acceptable date and time available to all parties subsequent to receipt of the ow request. 3. Operator Training may be conducted concurrently with the Certified Equipment Testing with prior approval of the Engineer. However, under no Im circumstances will conditions of the testing interfere with the ability of Owner's representatives to observe necessary features, to hear and understand instructions, or to ask questions. Under such conditions, and as deemed .W necessary by the Engineer, Operator Training will be conducted separately from, and subsequent to, the Certified Equipment Testing. a. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ow (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION aw 3.1 EQUIPMENT STARTUP A. Equipment startup shall be performed by a duly authorized representative of the aw manufacturer, who is fully trained in the installation, startup and operation of the equipment, including, but not limited to, drive system alignment, equipment calibration, and other mechanical or electrical components of the equipment. Refer m to paragraph 1.1, D, 2 for information on manufacturer's representative qualification submittal requirements. B. The equipment startup shall be performed prior to equipment certification testing and Operator Training. C. No form of energy shall be applied to any part of the system prior to receipt by the Engineer of a certified statement of approval of the installation from the Contractor. This certification shall contain a statement by an authorized 123.59 01800-1 SECTION 01800 EQUIPMENT STARTUP CERTIFICATION AND OPERATOR TRAINING PART GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. General: The work included in this Section includes startup of equipment, Certified Equipment Testing and manufacturer provided Operator Training of the facility personnel in the proper operations and maintenance of the furnished equipment. This shall include all equipment provided for the project, regardless of specification Division, unless specifically noted otherwise. Clean, test and adjust each piece of equipment and/or system to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. 2. One Year Service Call: In addition to the manufacturer's installation and startup/testing services, the Contractor shall arrange for the manufacturer to provide one additional service call of one 8 hour working day on site upon demand of the Owner for each type of equipment within the first year of operation (commencing upon date of Substantial Completion) at no additional cost to the Owner. B. General Definitions: 1. Equipment Startup shall be generally defined as the initial placing into operation of the equipment by representatives of the Contractor, any subcontractors directly responsible for the equipment provided, and the equipment manufacturer. 2. Certified Equipment Testing shall generally be defined as the formal and scheduled demonstration of operations in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. This formal demonstration shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer by representatives of the General Contractor, any Subcontractors directly responsible for the equipment provided, and the equipment manufacturer. 3. Operator Training shall generally be defined as the formal and scheduled instruction of plant personnel and other Owner designated representatives in the proper operations of provided equipment, and in the techniques, methods, schedules, etc. associated with maintenance. This formal training shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer, by representatives of the Contractor, any subcontractors directly responsible for the equipment provided, and the equipment manufacturer. Operator Training shall also include assistance to plant personnel by manufacturer representatives during the initial operations of the equipment. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. HVAC Systems are specified in Division 15. 2. Electrical systems are specified in Division 16. 12359 01720-3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS be made on the Drawing and be properly labeled. Update dimensions and elevations on Drawings. b. Show finished concrete elevations (top of slab, top of wall, top of footing, etc.). Redraw any foundation, frost wall, etc. that was modified, s deepened, or altered during construction. C. Adjust finished concrete horizontal dimensions that are shown on the Drawings. d. Any additions or major changes should be shown in both plan and elevation (i.e. relocated doors, opposite door swings, change in wall location, relocation of floor drains). e. Show approximate location and routing of electrical conduits in walls, slabs and ceilings. Most conduits are run in groups, therefore, use range of measurements to define location for entire section of conduits. f. Special circuits for alarms should be shown. g. Show any changes in location and elevation of ductwork and devices, * fuel piping and equipment, and heat piping and equipment. h. If wall mounted electrical switches, control boxes, thermostats, etc. have been relocated significantly, (other side of door, or to a wall other than indicated diagrammatically on electrical plans) make the revision accordingly. E. Specifications and Addenda- Legibly mark up each section to record: 1. Manufacturer,trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Change Order, Field Order, or other method. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. At the completion of the project, deliver record documents to the Engineer. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: 1. Date, project title and number. 2. Contractor's name and address. 3. Title and number of each record document with certification that each document is completed and accurate. 4. Signature of Contractor, or his authorized representative. C. Failure to supply all information on the Project Record Drawings as specified in Part 1.3 may result in additional retainage from monthly partial payment requests, and in non-approval of final payments of the Contract and/or if contract time (as specified in accordance with the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract) has elapsed, this shall be grounds for the enactment of the liquidated " damages as specified. END OF SECTION s 12359 01720-2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS D. Project Record Drawings - Legibly mark Contract Drawings to record existing utilities and actual construction of all work, including but not limited to the following (where applicable): 1. Existing Utilities Water mains and services, water main gate valves, sewer mains and services, storm drains, culverts, steam lines, gas lines, tanks and other existing utilities encountered during construction must be accurately located and shown on the Drawings. In congested areas supplemental drawings or enlargements may be " required. a. Show any existing utilities encountered in plan and profile and properly labeled showing size, material and type of utility. Ties should be shown on plan. Utility should be drawn to scale in section (horizontally and vertically) and an elevation should be called out to the nearest hundredth , of a foot. b. When existing utility lines are broken and repaired, ties should be taken to these locations. ,A C. If existing water lines are replaced or relocated, document the area involved and pipe materials, size, etc. in a note, and with ties. 2. Manholes, Catch Basins, Handholes, Valve Pits and other structures. 4W a. Show ties to center of structure covers or hatches. b. In general, show inverts at center of structures. However, for manholes with drop structures, or steep channels (greater than 0.2' change on "' slope), show inverts at face of manhole. C. Draw any new structures that are added on plan and profile. d. Show any field or office redesigns. am g. Redraw plan if the structure's location is moved more than 5 feet in any direction. [Note: It is important to show existing utilities, as outlined in Paragraph 1 above, especially if they were one reason for relocating the am sewer, manholes and other structures.] 3. Water Mains and Force Mains a. Show ties to the location of all caps, valves, bends (horizontal and ow vertical), tees and other fittings. The use of thrust blocks should be recorded. ow b. Revise elevations indicated on the Drawings to reflect actual construction. 4. Yard Piping and Buried Electrical Conduit aw a. Site piping should be drawn to reflect the installed locations, with ties and elevation of all bends (horizontal and vertical). b. Show routing for electrical conduits and pull boxes, especially in close ow proximity to buildings and when the conduits change direction or cross process piping. 5. Buildings .. a. In general, small changes to structures should not be redrawn. If any dimensional changes were made in the field, the numerical change should aw 12359 am 01720-1 SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Keep accurate record documents for all additions, substitutions of material, variations in work, and any other additions or revisions to the Contract. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Shop Drawings, Project Data, and Samples are specified in "General Conditions" and Section 01340, Submittals. 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at job site, one copy of: 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Reviewed Shop Drawings 5. Change Orders 6. Any other modifications to the Contract 7. Field Test Reports B. Store documents in files and racks specifically identified for this use, that are apart from documents used for construction. C. File documents in a logical manner indexed for easy reference. D. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. E. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. F. Make documents available at all times for inspection by the Engineer and Owner, and by the end of the project, transmit these documents to the Engineer. 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in large high printed letters. B. Keep record documents current and do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. C. General Field Recording Issues: 1. All ties should be taken from existing, permanent features such as utility poles, corners of houses and hydrants. Porches, sheds or other house additions should be avoided for they could be torn down. A minimum of two ties should be taken. 2. Stations should be recorded to the nearest foot. 3. Inverts should be recorded to the nearest hundredth of a foot. 4. Elevations should be recorded to the nearest hundredth of a foot. 5. Building dimensions should be recorded to the nearest 1/4". * 12359 o 01710-2 PROJECT CLEANING aw 7. When applicable, schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. .W B. Control of Hazards: 1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from premises daily. 2. Prevent accumulation of wastes which may create hazardous conditions. 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. C. Disposal: 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in storm or sanitary drains. 3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. D. Final Cleaning: 1. Employ experienced workmen, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning. 2. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials, from construction work on all sight-exposed interior and exterior �• finished surfaces. 3. Repair,patch and touch up marred surfaces to specified finishes. 4. Broom clean paved surfaces. • 5. Rake clean non-paved surfaces of the project site. 6. Restore to their original condition those portions of the site not designated for alterations by the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION MW M 12359 ..� mm 01710-1 wn SECTION 01710 PROJECT CLEANING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Maintain premises and public properties free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish, caused by operations. 2. At completion of work, remove waste materials, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and clean all sight-exposed surfaces. Leave project clean and ready for use. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Conduct cleaning and disposal operations in accordance with all applicable local and state laws, ordinances, and code requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surfaces to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturers. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Cleaning During Construction: 1. Execute cleaning operations to ensure that buildings, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. 2. Entirely remove and dispose of material or debris during the progress of the work that has washed into or has been placed in watercourses, ditches, gutters, drains, catch basins, or elsewhere as a result of the Contractor's operations. 3. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. 4. At reasonable intervals during the progress of work, clean the site and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 5. Clean interiors of buildings, when applicable, prior to finish painting, and continue to clean on an as-needed basis until buildings are ready for occupancy. 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. Do not drop or throw material from heights. 12359 01562-1 SECTION 01562 DUST CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTIONS A. Work Included: 1. Furnish and apply water or calcium chloride on the road surfaces within the construction site, when required to control dust and when directed by the Engineer. 2. When dust control is not included as a separate item in the Contract, the work shall be considered incidental to the appropriate items of the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Water for Sprinkling: 1. Clean, free of salt, oil, and other injurious matter. B. Calcium Chloride: 1. Meet the requirements of AASHTO M144. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Water: 1. Apply water by methods approved by the Engineer. 2. Use approved equipment including a tank with gauge equipped pump and spray bar. B. Calcium Chloride: 1. Apply at a rate sufficient to maintain a damp surface but low enough to assure non-contamination of water courses. 2. Apply water prior to calcium chloride addition. END OF SECTION 12359 01500-4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS d. Locate all installations to avoid interference with materials handling equipment, storage areas, traffic areas and other work. .� B. Heating and Ventilation: 1. Maintain a heated and ventilated environment for the work at the temperature and for the length of time specified or as directed by the Engineer, and as needed to protect all individuals on the construction site. 2. Precaution: a. Operate temporary heating apparatus in such a manner that finished work will not be damaged. b. Repair all damage, caused by temporary heating operations, to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. C. Water: 1. Provide and maintain water for drinking and construction purposes as required for the proper execution of the Work. D. Sanitary Accommodations: 1. Provide and maintain sanitary accommodations for the use of the employees of the General Contractor, subcontractors, and Engineer. 2. Sanitary accommodations shall meet the requirements of all local, State and Federal health codes, laws and regulations. • END OF SECTION 12359 '"" 01500-3 ' ► TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS a) The General Contractor shall reimburse the Heating and Ventilating Sub- Contractor for labor required to be provided by the Sub-Contractor (as applicable). C. Water and Sanitary: 1. The General Contractor shall make necessary arrangements to provide for a temporary water supply at his own expense (note water service at the facility has been discontinued. The Contractor can contact the City Water Department and inquire about temporary restoration of this service). The General Contractor shall bear all costs incurred for the temporary water services, including the costs of the water itself. 2. All temporary lines shall be protected and maintained by the General Contractor. Temporary lines shall be removed by the General Contractor when the temporary service is no longer required. 3. The General Contractor shall provide an adequate drinking water supply, satisfactorily cooled, for his employees. 4. The General Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain and pay for adequate temporary chemical type toilet accommodations, for all persons employed on the work and located where approved by the Engineer. The accommodations shall be in proper enclosures and in accordance with Municipal Ordinances and shall be maintained in proper, safe and sanitary conditions and suitably heated when requested. 5. Remove all temporary facilities at completion of work or when directed by the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION * 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Electrical: 1. Provide electrical energy to: a. All necessary points on the construction site so that power can be obtained at any desired point with extension cords no longer than 100 feet. b. Lighting as required for safe working conditions at any location on the construction site. c. Night security light. 2. Maintain electrical energy throughout the entire construction period. 3. Capacity: w a. Provide and maintain adequate electrical service for construction use by all trades during the construction period at the locations necessary, as specified herein. 4. Installation: a. Install all work with a neat and orderly appearance. b. Have all installations performed by a qualified electrician. .w C. Modify service as job progress requires. 12359 01500-2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS a. Wire, cable or busses of appropriate type, sized in accordance with the latest National Electrical Code for the applied loads. b. Use only UL approved wire. 4. Conduit: a. Rigid steel, galvanized: ANSI C80.1. 00 b. Electrical metallic tubing: ANSI C80.3. C. Other material approved by NEC. 5. Equipment: Provide appropriate enclosures for the environment in which .f used in compliance with NEMA Standards. 6. Temporary power shall be based upon the following minimum requirements: or (a) Lighting - 300 watt per 1,000 square feet of floor area. (b) Receptacles - One 15 ampere duplex for 1,000 square feet of floor space. (c) Special Construction Equipment - Provide one 30-amp, 2-pole fused or switch for equipment connection. The cost for cables and connection from switch to the special equipment will be borne by the Sub-Contractor requiring same. aw 8. The General Contractor and Subcontractors of all trades shall furnish their own extension cords and such additional lamps as may be required for their work; and shall pay for the cost of any temporary wiring of a special nature for *w light and power requirements. 9. All temporary work shall be furnished and installed in conformity with the National Electrical Code and in accordance with local ordinances and am requirements of the municipal power authority. All temporary wiring and accessories shall be removed after it has served its purpose. B. Heating and Ventilation: am 1. As required for the work, the General Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain a complete temporary heating and ventilation systems, including fuel ow therefore, which will provide heat and ventilation as required by the trades and for the protection of personnel in the work spaces, and stored and installed materials from injury as can be caused by dampness and cold. The General Contractor shall employ, within the terms of the General Contract, a competent watchman who will maintain and operate the systems, as required. The General Contractor shall bear all costs incurred from the temporary heating and ventilation from the time the systems are first required until the date of Substantial Completion of the General Contract, as defined in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. 2. Under no circumstance shall the permanent heating system be used for temporary heating purposes. 3. Temporary heating equipment must be smokeless and fumeless type, Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual, Fire Marshal and Engineer approved, and will fulfill the heating requirements specified hereunder. 4. The General Contractor shall pay for all power and fuel consumed in the temporary operation of the systems 00 12359 .. 01500-1 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Provide and pay for all temporary applicable utilities required to properly perform the Work at no additional cost to the Owner including the placement and removal of the utilities. 2. Completely remove all temporary equipment and materials upon completion of the Work and repair all damage caused by the installation of temporary utilities. 3. Make all necessary applications and arrangements for electric power, light, water and other utilities with the local utility companies. Notify the local electric power company if unusually heavy loads, such as welders, will be connected. 4. Contractor shall provide temporary ventilation during construction as required +w to ensure a safe working environment. The temporary ventilation systems shall address the following conditions, including but is not limited to: removal of hazardous fumes from explosion-proof rated spaces (Class 1, Division I rated spaces), removal of paint flumes and other potentially toxic conditions associated with the contractor's activities, and ventilation of confined spaces, in compliance with all OSHA and State safety requirements. 1.2 _QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Obtain permits as required by local governmental authorities. 2. Obtain easements, when required, across private property other than that of the Owner for temporary power service. 3. Comply with the latest National Electrical Code. 4. Comply with all local, State and Federal codes, laws, and regulations. B. All temporary utilities are subject to the approval of the Engineer. „ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS �• A. Electrical: 1. Use new or used materials adequate in capacity for the purposes intended. 2. Materials must not create unsafe conditions or violate the requirements of applicable codes. 3. Conductors: 12359 01380-1 • SECTION 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Pre-Construction Record: Contractor shall utilize digital photographs and video to obtain a visual record of the project area; copies of same shall be given to the Engineer and Owner. 2. Notify Engineer at least three (3) working days prior to photographing or videoing the project area so Engineer may, at his option, observe. 1.2 QUALITY A. Pre-Construction Record: Quality shall be such that the condition of existing pavement, curbing, driveway entrances, sidewalks, etc. can be readily determined. 1.3 SUBMITTAL OF PRINTS A. Pre-Construction Record: Submit hard copy prints and electronic files on CD ROM, and video electronic files on DVD to the Engineer and Owner prior to any construction work. B. The quality of the photos and video are subject to approval by the Engineer prior to the start of construction work in the areas shown by the photos. END OF SECTION 12359 01370-1 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Extent of Work: 1. Provide a detailed breakdown of the agreed Contract Sum showing values allocated to each of the various parts of the Work, as specified herein and in other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, and Sections of these Specifications. 2. Schedule of values is required under the General Conditions. 3. Schedule of values is required to be compatible with applications for progress payment. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use required means to assure arithmetical accuracy of the sums described. B. When so required by the Engineer, provide copies of the subcontracts or other data acceptable to the Engineer substantiating the sums described. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to first application for payment, submit a proposed schedule of values to the Engineer. 1. Secure the Engineer's approval of the schedule of values prior to submitting first application for payment. END OF SECTION 12359 01340-7 SUBMITTALS M, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CERTIFICATION FORM PROJECT: CONTRACTOR'S PROJ. NO: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER'S PROD. NO: ENGINEER: TRANSMITTAL NUMBER: SHOP DRAWING NUMBER: SPECIFICATION SECTION OR DRAWING NO: DESCRIPTION: MANUFACTURER: The above referenced operations and maintenance manual has been reviewed by the undersigned and I/we certify that the manual is customized as needed for this project, is suitable for mounting in a 3-ring binder, and contains the following items: ❑ Table of Contents ❑ Project-Related Design Data ❑Maintenance Schedule and Summary ❑ Wiring Diagrams ❑ Lubrication Schedule ❑ Equipment Layout Drawings& Schematics ❑ Troubleshooting Information ❑ Equipment Performance Curves In ❑ Warranty Information ❑ Parts and Service Contact Information ❑ Rebuild Information for All Components/ ❑ Manufacturer's Contact Information Systems ❑ Emergency Operations Plan ❑ Startup,Operation, Shutdown Procedures ❑ List of Part Numbers for all Components ❑ Safety Procedures ❑ List of Spare Parts Supplied and Cost ❑ Shop Drawings corrected to As-Built ❑ List of Part Numbers for all Components Conditions By: By: Contractor Manufacturer Date: Date: a Contact information shall include name, address and telephone number. b Required on all Operation and Maintenance Manuals. ° When required by Specifications. Page of General Contractor's Stamp END OF SECTION 12359 SUBMITTAL CERTIFICATION FORM PROJECT: CONTRACTOR'S PROD. NO: CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER'S PROJ. NO: ENGINEER: TRANSMITTAL NUMBER: SHOP DRAWING NUMBER: SPECIFICATION SECTION OR DRAWING NO: DESCRIPTION: MANUFACTURER: The above referenced submittal has been reviewed by the undersigned and I/we certify that the material and/or equipment meets or exceeds the project specification requirements with ❑ NO DEVIATIONS or ❑ A COMPLETE LIST OF DEVIATIONS AS FOLLOWSa: .� By: By: Contractorb Manufacturerc *� Date: Date: a Any deviations not brought to the attention of the Engineer for review and concurrence shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to correct, if so directed. b Required on all submittals c When required by specifications Page of General Contractor's Stamp 12359 01340-5 SUBMITTALS dimensions necessary for proper fitting and construction of the work as required by the Contract and for achieving the result and performance specified thereunder. B. The Engineer's review comments will be summarized on a Submittal Review Form, which includes an action code. A description of each action code is provided below. 1. No Exceptions Taken (Status 0 on shop drawing log). The shop drawing complies with the Contract Document requirements. No changes or further information are required. Where appropriate, the submittal review form will be used to alert the Contractor, Owner and Field personnel of remaining items within that specification section that still needs to be submitted. 2. Make Corrections Indicated (Status 1 on shop drawing log). The shop drawing complies with the Contract Document requirements except for minor changes, as indicated. Resubmittal is not required unless it is specifically called for; however, Engineer requires that all comments will be addressed by the '■* Contractor, unless otherwise notified in writing prior to execution of the relevant work. 3. Conditional to Remarks (Status 2 on shop drawing log). The shop drawing potentially complies with the Contract Document requirements, contingent upon satisfactory resolution of review comments. Remarks will explicitly list what information needs to be resubmitted. Resubmittal from the Contractor should include a cover letter or summary which indicates how each review comment has been addressed. 4. Revise and Resubmit (Status 3 on shop drawing log). The shop drawing does not comply with the Contract Document requirement as submitted, but may with changes indicated and/or submission of additional information. The entire ap ckage must be resubmitted with the necessary information and a cover letter which indicates how each review comment has been addressed and where to find the information in the resubmittal. 5. Rejected (Status 4 on shop drawing log). The shop drawing does not comply with the Contract Document requirements, for the reasons indicated in the remarks, and is unacceptable. 6. In Review (Status 5 on shop drawing log). The shop drawing is currently under review. 7. For Information Only (Status 6 on shop drawing log). The shop drawing review was informational only. No comments are provided. 12359 01340-4 SUBMITTALS the specified requirements, to the manufacturer's satisfaction. All costs for meeting this requirement shall be included in the Contractor's bid price. 1.6 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Accompany submittals with transmittal letter, containing: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name and address. 4. The number of each Shop Drawing, Project Data and Sample submitted. 5. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents. 6. Other pertinent data. B. A completed Submittal Certification Form shall be attached to each copy of each shop drawing and must include: 1. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying review of the submittal, verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Where specified or when requested by the Engineer, manufacturer's certification that equipment, accessories and shop painting meet or exceed the Specification requirements. 4. Where specified, manufacturer's guarantee. C. Requirements for Electronic Submittals: 1. Each individual shop drawing or O&M submittal shall be contained in one PDF. 2. The first page of the PDF shall be the Submittal Certification Form, which clearly identifies the submittal, specification section and shop drawing number. File names shall also identify the submittal contained in the PDF. Example file name: 02444-(Shop Drawing No.).pdf ' 3. The electronic copy in PDF form shall be exactly as submitted in the hard copy. Electronic copies in PDF form shall be submitted on a CD or DVD and shall accompany the hard copies. ' 4. Electronic submittals that are not submitted in accordance with the requirements stated above will not be reviewed by the Engineer. 1.7 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. B. Indicate on drawings any changes which have been made other than those required by Engineer. 1.8 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A. The review of shop and working drawings hereunder will be general only, and nothing contained in this specification shall relieve, diminish or alter in any respect the responsibilities of the Contractor under the Contract Documents and in particular, the specific responsibility of the Contractor for details of design and 12359 01340-3 SUBMITTALS " reviewed and checked as deemed necessary by the Engineer, and the cost of such review and checking, as determined by the Owner, and based upon Engineer's documentation of time and rates established for additional services in the Owner- Engineer Agreement for this Project, may be deducted from the Contractor to make all modifications and/or corrections as may be required by the Engineer in an accurate, complete, and timely fashion. 1.3 SAMPLES A. The Contractor shall submit samples when requested by the Engineer to establish conformance with the specifications, and as necessary to define color selections available. 1.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer 4 copies and 1 electronic copy of a com- plete instruction manual for installation, operation and maintenance of each item specified (unless otherwise specified). At least 3 months prior to the expected substantial completion date, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer all manuals in accordance with the requirements specified herein. B. Each manual shall be provided in a stand-alone binder or shall be suitable for insertion into a 3-ring binder. Include the General Contractor's and Manufacturer's representative's contact information on the front cover. O&M manuals must be appropriate for the project and customized for the project. If a Manufacturer's standard O&M manual is included in the submittal, all non-applicable content must be removed or crossed out. C. Manuals shall include operating and maintenance information on all systems and pieces of equipment. The manual shall contain sufficient data to install, operate, maintain, repair and rebuild all components of the equipment, design data specific to the project. Descriptions of operation should include procedures for both normal „ and emergency operation. All information required by the Operations and Maintenance Manual Certification Form described herein and any additional information deemed necessary by the Owner and Engineer for proper installation, r operation and maintenance. Also include model numbers and serial numbers, as well as rated capacities and motor data, where applicable. D. Attached to every copy of each Operations and Maintenance Manual submitted, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the complete Operations and Maintenance Manual Certification Form (copy provided for the Contractor's use at the end of this Specification Section) signed by both the Contractor and the Manufacturer. 1.5 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. Prior to accepting the installation, the Contractor shall submit manufacturer's certificates for each item specified. B. Such manufacturer's certificates shall state that the equipment has been installed under either the continuous or periodic supervision of the manufacturer's authorized representative, that it has been adjusted and initially operated in the presence of the manufacturer's authorized representative, and that it is operating in accordance with 12359 01340-2 SUBMITTALS .w requirement, such as submitting miscellaneous metals grouped by structure, shall *� be requested in writing prior to any associated submittal. F. The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt and timely submittal of all shop and working drawings so that there shall be no delay to the work due to the absence of such drawings. G. No material or equipment shall be purchased or fabricated especially for the Contract until the required shop and working drawings have been submitted as hereinabove provided and reviewed for conformance to the Contract requirements. All such materials and equipment and the work involved in their installation or incorporation into the Work shall then be as shown in and represented by said drawings. H. Until the necessary review has been made, the Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work (such as the construction of foundations), the design or details of which are dependent upon the design or details of work, materials, equipment or other features for which review is required. W I. All shop and working drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer by and/or through the Contractor, who shall be responsible for obtaining shop and working drawings from his subcontractors and returning reviewed drawings to them. Shop W drawings shall be of standardized sizes to enable the Owner to maintain a permanent record of the submissions. Approved standard sizes shall be: (a) 24 inches by 36 inches; (b) 11 inches by 17 inches, and (c) 11 inches by 8-1/2 inches. M Provision shall be made in preparing the shop drawings to provide a binding margin on the left hand side of the sheet. Shop drawings submitted other than as specified herein may be returned for resubmittal without being reviewed. W J. Only drawings which have been checked and corrected by the fabricator should be submitted to the Contractor by his subcontractors and vendors. Prior to submitting drawings to the Engineer, the Contractor shall check thoroughly all such drawings to satisfy himself that the subject matter thereof conforms to the Drawings and Specifications in all respects. All drawings which are correct shall be marked with the date, checker's name, and indication of the Contractor's approval, and then shall be submitted to the Engineer. K. If a shop drawing shows any deviation from the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall make specific mention of the deviations in his letter of transmittal. L. Should the Contractor submit equipment that requires modifications to the structures, piping, electrical conduit, wires and appurtenances, layout, etc., detailed on the Drawings, he shall also submit details of the proposed modifications. If such equipment and modifications are accepted, the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner, shall do all work necessary to make such modifications. W M. A maximum of two submissions of each Shop Drawing will be reviewed, checked, and commented upon without charge to the Contractor. Any additional submissions which are ordered by the Engineer to fulfill the stipulations of the ■* Drawings and Specifications, and which are required by virtue of the Contractor's neglect or failure to comply with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications, or to make those modifications and/or corrections ordered by the Engineer in the review of the first two submissions of each Shop Drawing, will be 12359 W 01340-1 SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Submit to the Engineer, Shop Drawings, Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Manufacturers' Certificates, Project Data, and Samples required by the Specification Sections. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Construction Schedules: Section 01310 2. Project Record Documents: Section 01720 3. General Conditions: Section 00700. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings are required for each and every element of the work. Each shop drawing shall be assigned a sequential number for purposes of easy identification, and shall retain its assigned number, with appropriate subscript, on required resubmissions. B. Shop Drawings are generally defined as all fabrication and erection drawings, + diagrams, brochures, schedules, bills of material, manufacturers data, spare parts lists, and other data prepared by the Contractor, his subcontractors, suppliers, or manufacturers which illustrate the manufacturer, fabrication, construction, and installation of the work, or a portion thereof. C. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a minimum of 6 copies of Shop Drawings and approved data and 1 electronic copy. The Engineer will retain 3 copies (for Owner's, Engineer's and Field Representative's files) and return 3 copies to the Contractor for distribution to subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers. If the Contractor requires more than 3 then the number of copies submitted shall be adjusted accordingly. The only exception to the above is that all shop drawings which incorporate blue line type drawings shall be submitted with only one good quality reproducible and 1 electronic copy. The Engineer will return the one marked up reproducible to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the completed Submittal Certification Form (copy provided for Contractor's use at the end of this Specification Section) which shall be attached to every copy of each shop drawing. Shop Drawings shall show the principal dimensions, weight, structural and operating features, space required, clearances, type and/or brand of finish or shop coat, grease fittings, etc., depending on the subject of the drawing. When it is customary to do so, when the dimensions are of particular importance, or when so specified, the drawings shall be certified by the manufacturer or fabricator as correct for the work. E. Shop Drawings shall be submitted as a complete package by specification section, unless otherwise reviewed and approved by the Engineer. It is the intent that all information, materials and samples associated with each specification section be included as a single submittal for the Engineer's review. Any deviation from this 12359 01320-4 SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN MM TABLE 1 LANDFILL LEACHATE FACILITY M POTENTIAL CONFINED SPACE LISTING Confined Space Location Hazard Description Anaerobic Reactors Possible lack of oxygen or presence of explosive or hazardous gases. Pump Stations Wet Wells Possible lack of oxygen or presence of explosive or hazardous gases - Hydrogen Sulfide. Equalization Lagoons Possible presence of explosive or hazardous gases. Aerobic Biotowers and Sludge Possible lack of oxygen or presence of explosive or Tanks hazardous gases. Soda Ash, Bio-seeder, Polymer, Chemical hazards. Sodium Hypochlorite, Caustic Soda, Phosphoric, and Ferric Chloride Tanks Note: This list has been provided based knowledge of the site and may not include all site hazards. Its intent is to aid the Contractor in determining the magnitude of effort needed to fulfill the safety and health requirements of this Contract. TABLE 2 LANDFILL LEACHATE FACILITY ELECTRICAL HAZARD LISTING Location Electrical Classification Anaerobic Room Class 1, Division 1 Note: This list has been provided based upon knowledge of the site and may not include all site , hazards. Its intent is to aid the Contractor in determining the magnitude of effort needed to fulfill the safety and health requirements of this Contract. .A END OF SECTION .a 12359 „ 01320-3 SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN C. Updating: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for updating the Safety and Health Plan as appropriate throughout the course of the construction period. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of construction site safety. Provide 3 copies of the Contractor's site specific Safety and Health Plan to the Engineer. The Safety and Health Plan is provided for information only to inform the Owner, Engineer (and Resident Project Representative) of the project specific safety program requirements. The Contractor will overview the plan with the Owner (and staff), Engineer (and Resident Project Representative) at the beginning of the project, and subsequently when the safety plan is updated. B. Provide updated Safety and Health Plans as necessary during the course of the project. C. Contractor's most current Safety and Health Plan shall be available at the construction site throughout the construction project. 1.3 ON-SITE COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Contractor shall review key aspects of Safety and Health Plan at the Pre- Construction Meeting, and subsequent on-site safety informational meeting. B. Contractor shall report to Engineer and Owner at each progress meeting concerning compliance with the Safety and Health Plan for the most recent construction period and new considerations and requirements for the upcoming period. C. Contractor shall hold weekly on-site coordination meetings with Resident Project Representative (when available) and Owner to ensure that Owner's staff is aware of key Safety and Health Plan requirements of the current phase of construction. 1.4 SITE-SPECIFIC INFORMATION A. Refer to Tables 1 and 2 below. 12359 01320-2 SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN evaluation to identify all hazards and potential hazards in work areas whether included in Table 1 or not, prior to control of site. MW b. The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of construction site safety including development of appropriate confined space entry procedures. The plan shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: • Definitions • Confined Space Evaluations aw • Equipment Selection • Confined Space Entry Training Documentation ow • Permit Required Confined Space Entry Requirements • Testing (Monitoring) and Ventilation • Confined Space Entry Permit Form • • Rescue and Emergency Procedures • Emergency Contact Information c. The Contractor shall inform the Owner and Engineer's representative whenever work will be performed in a confined space and the permit space program that the Contractor will follow. d. The Contractor shall inform the Owner and Engineer's representative of any hazards confronted or created during entry operations, either through a briefing or during the entry operation. e. The Contractor will coordinate entry operations with the Owner when both Owner personnel and Contractor personnel will be working in or near permit spaces. f. The Owner, Engineer, their representatives, independent testing laboratories and government agencies, when inspecting the site, shall be supplied by the Contractor proper safety equipment when entry into a confined space is required. 3. The Owner has provided Table 2 at the end of this section listing electrically- classified spaces where the Contractor may be required to carry out work tasks. The Contractor is required to perform a site evaluation to identify all hazards and potential hazards in work areas whether included in Table 2 or not, prior to control of site. Contractor shall implement appropriate safety precautions and/or construction practices to comply with classification requirements. Contractor shall ensure that all employees and subcontractors working in these areas have received appropriate training and are properly equipped in accordance with Contractor's Safety and Health Plan. 4. The Landfill Leachate Building does have various chemical storage and handling spaces where the Contractor will be required to carry out work tasks. The Contractor is required to perform a site evaluation to identify all hazards and potential hazards in work areas prior to control of site. Contractor shall ensure that all employees and subcontractors working in these areas have received appropriate training and are properly equipped in accordance with Contractor's Safety and Health Plan. 12359 .. 01320-1 SECTION 01320 SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work, as outlined herein and in the General and Special Conditions of the Contract Documents. Within (10) days after the effective date of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, submit to the Engineer a Safety and Health Plan as specified herein. 2. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations related to the safety of persons or property, or for the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. 3. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative (OSHA defined "Competent Person") at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs, including a "Job Hazards Analysis" 4. The Contractor shall be solely responsible to provide all labor, equipment, and utilities sufficient to ensure no construction noise, particulates, or odors, are allowed to accumulate to levels which adversely affect health or work in, or near the construction area. B. Content of Safety and Health Plan: 1. Prepare complete safety and health plan in accordance with the requirements of CFR Title 29 Part 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. a. Provide documentation that Contractor's hazardous communication program is up to date. b. Provide documentation that Contractor's safety training is up to date. c. Prepare a project specific Safety and Health Plan addressing construction safety issues, including but not limited to excavations, fall protection and egress, as well as provisions for construction in hazardous environmental conditions at the wastewater treatment facility. The hazardous environmental conditions at the wastewater treatment facility include, but are not limited to, confined space entry, electrically-classified spaces, and chemical storage and handling areas, to name a few. 2. Safety provisions for confined space entry shall follow General Industry Standard CFR Title 29 Part 1910.146 and will be incorporated into the Safety and Health Plan. a. The Owner has provided Table 1 at the end of this section listing possible confined space locations which may be encountered during the execution of this Contract. However, the Contractor is required to perform a site '�` 12359 01310-2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 1W b. Activities modified since previous updating. c. Revised projections due to changes. d. Other identifiable changes. 4. Provide narrative report, including: a. Discussion of problem areas, including current and anticipated delay factors. b. Corrective action taken, or proposed. C. Description of revisions that may affect schedules. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit updated schedules with each progress payment request. B. Submit 4 copies of initial and updated schedules to the Engineer. END OF SECTION 12359 .. 01310-1 SECTION 0 13 10 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Within ten (10) days after the effective date of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor submit to the Engineer an estimated progress schedule as specified herein. B. Form of Schedules: 1. Narrative: Completely describe the construction methods to be employed. 2. Network Analysis System: a. Provide a separate horizontal schedule line for each trade or operation and show concurrent and preceding activities. b. Present in chronological order the beginning of each trade or operation „ showing duration and float time. C. Scale: Identify key dates and allow space for updating and revision. 3. Mathematical Analysis: a. A mathematical analysis shall accompany the network diagram. A computer printout will be acceptable. b. Information shall be included on activity numbers, duration, early start, late start, etc. and float times. C. Content of Schedules: 1. Provide complete sequence of construction by activity: a. Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples: 1) Submittal dates. 2) Dates reviewed copies will be required. b. Decision dates for: 1) Products specified by allowances. 2) Selection of finishes. c. Estimated product procurement and delivery dates. d. Dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. 2. Identify work of separate phases and logically grouped activities. 3. Show the projected percentage of completion for each item of work as of the first day of each month. 4. Provide separate sub-schedules, if requested by the Engineer, showing submittals, review times,procurement schedules, and delivery dates. D. Updating: 1. Show all changes occurring since previous submission. 2. Indicate progress of each activity, show completion dates. 3. Include: a. Major changes in scope. 12359 01200-2 PROJECT MEETINGS subcontractors. The Engineer will advise other interested parties and request their attendance. B. Minimum agenda: Distribute data on, and discuss: 1. Identification of key project personnel for Owner, Engineer, Contractor, funding/regulatory Agencies. 2. Responsibilities of Owner, Engineer, Resident Project Representative, Contractor. 3. Channels and procedures for communications. 4. Construction schedule, including sequence of critical work. 5. Permits. 6. Contract Documents, including distribution of required copies of original .R documents and revisions. 7. Processing of Shop Drawings and other data submitted to the Engineer for a. review. 8. Processing of field decisions and Change Orders. 9. Rules and regulations governing performance of the Work, including funding/regulatory Agency requirements. 10. Procedures for safety and first aid, security, quality control, housekeeping, and other related matters. 3.4 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Attendance: To the maximum extent practicable, assign the same person or persons to represent the Contractor at project meetings throughout progress of the Work. The Superintendent shall attend. Subcontractors, materials suppliers, and others may be invited to attend those project meetings in which their aspects of the Work are involved. B. Minimum agenda: 1. Review, revise as necessary, and approved minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review progress of the Work since last meeting, including status of submittals for approval. 3. Review schedule of work to be accomplished prior to next meeting. 4. Discuss monthly partial payment request. 5. Review status of change order requests and Work Directive Changes. 6. Identify problems which impede planned progress. 7. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain planned schedule. 8. Complete other current business. END OF SECTION 12359 IRK 01200-1 SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: To enable orderly review during progress of the work, and to provide for systematic discussion of problems, the Engineer will conduct project meetings throughout the construction period. B. Related work described elsewhere: The Contractor's relations with his subcontractors and materials suppliers and discussions relative thereto, are the Contractor's responsibility and are not part of project meetings content. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Persons designated by the Contractor to attend and participate in the project meetings shall have all required authority to commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon in the project meetings. .■ 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Agenda items: To the maximum extent practicable, advise the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of project meetings regarding all items to be added to the agenda. B. Minutes: The Engineer will compile minutes of each project meeting and will furnish a copy to the Contractor. The Contractor may make and distribute such other copies as he wishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (No products are required in this Section.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MEETING SCHEDULE A. Except as noted below for Preconstruction Meeting, project meetings will be held as needed. Coordinate as necessary to establish mutually acceptable schedule for meetings. 3.2 MEETING LOCATION A. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings will be held at the job site. 3.3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Preconstruction meeting will be scheduled within twenty days after the Effective " Date of the Agreement, but before the Contractor starts work at the site. Provide attendance by authorized representatives of the Contractor and all major 12359 01150A-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 30. Test pits to determine existing utility locations and elevations, soils conditions, groundwater conditions, dewatering requirements and as required to complete the project �* 31. Removal of existing pavement 32. Earthwork (except ledge) 33. Construction administration and insurance * 1.9 DESCRIPTION OF PAY ITEMS A. The following sections describe the measurement of and payment for the work to be ■* done under the respective items listed in the Bid Form. B. Each unit or lump sum price stated in the Bid Form shall constitute full compensation, as herein specified, for each item of the work completed. Item IA Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning Payment of the lump sum price for Item 1 shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment required for the decommissioning of the Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant, complete as indicated on the Drawings and as specified and all its' appurtenances in its entirety, except that work included for payment under other items. Item 2. Sub-Bid Items ' Payment of the lump sum prices of the individual Sub-bid items shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment required for construction of the items .. included in the listed Sub-Bids, complete as shown on the Drawings, and as specified. This shall include the following Sub-bids: A. Membrane Roofing, being all work under Division 7 and as shown on the Drawings. B. Electrical, being all work under Division 16 and as shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION .R 12359 01045-3 CUTTING,CORING AND PATCHING 3.5 PERFORMANCE A. Perform all required excavating and backfilling as required under pertinent sections of these specifications. Perform cutting, coring and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and/or new work. Perform fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. B. Rough patching shall be such as to bring the cut or cored area flush with existing construction unless otherwise shown. Finish patching shall match existing surfaces as approved. END OF SECTION IR IT 12359 01045-2 CUTTING,CORING AND PATCHING 2. After uncovering the work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new work. B. Discrepancies: aw 1. If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Engineer and secure needed directions. 2. Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been MW fully resolved. 3.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING AND CORING aw A. Provide all required protection including, but not necessarily limited to, shoring, bracing and support to maintain structural integrity of the work. B. All cutting and coring shall be performed in such a manner as to limit the extent of patching. C. All holes cut through concrete and masonry walls or slabs shall be core drilled unless otherwise approved. No structural members shall be cut without approval of the Engineer and all such cutting shall be done in a manner directed by him. No holes may be drilled in beams or other structural members without obtaining prior approval. All work shall be performed by mechanics skilled in this type of work. D. If holes are cored through floor slabs they shall be drilled from below. 3.3 CORING A. Coring shall be performed with an approved non-impact rotary tool with diamond core drills. Size of holes shall be suitable for pipe, conduit, sleeves, equipment or mechanical seals to be installed. B. All equipment shall conform to OSHA standards and specifications pertaining to plugs, noise and fume pollution, wiring and maintenance. C. Provide protection for existing equipment, utilities and critical areas against water or other damage caused by drilling operation. D. Slurry or tailings resulting from coring operations shall be vacuumed or otherwise �* removed from the area following drilling. 3.4 CUTTING A. Cutting shall be performed with a concrete wall saw and diamond saw blades of proper size. B. Provide for control of slurry generated by sawing operation on both sides of wall. C. When cutting a reinforced concrete wall,the cutting shall be done so as not to damage bond between the concrete and reinforcing steel left in structure. Cut shall be made so that steel neither protrudes nor is recessed from face of the cut. aw D. Adequate bracing of area to be cut shall be installed prior to start of cutting. Check area during sawing operations for partial cracking and provide additional bracing as aw required to prevent a partial release of cut area during sawing operations. E. Provide equipment of adequate size to remove cut panel. 12359 .. qW 01045-1 SECTION 01045 CUTTING, CORING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL * 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included - This section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting, excavating, coring, fitting, and patching of the Work required to: 1. Make alterations to existing structures. 2. Make the parts fit properly. 3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. All cutting, coring, and rough patching shall be performed by the Contractor. Do not cut or alter work performed under separate contract without the Engineer's written permission. Finish patching shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be performed by the trade associated with the application of the particular finish. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Perform all cutting, coring and patching in strict accordance with pertinent requirements of these Specifications, and in the event no such requirements are determined, in conformance with the Engineer's written direction. C. Submittals: ., 1. Request for the Engineer's consent: a. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to the Engineer for permission to proceed with cutting. b. Should conditions of the work, or schedule, indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Engineer and secure his written permission prior to proceeding. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials for replacement of work shall be equal to those of adjacent construction and shall comply with the pertinent sections of these Specifications. B. Concrete and grout for rough patching shall be as specified in Divisions 3 and 4. ■ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, coring, backfilling, and patching. 12359 01010A-2 SUMMARY OF WORK related service lines, which shall continue to be utilized as part of the finished project. The Contractor is responsible for all coordination in this regard. .� 2. Provide in the bid a sufficient amount to include all removals, relocations, rearrangements and reconnections herein specified, necessary or required to provide approved operation and coordination of the combined new and existing systems and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS "" Not Applicable. 00 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MAINTAIN EXISTING WORKS A. Existing Operations: 1. The existing Landfill Leachate Treatment plant is non operational, except the back-up power generator. 2. Back-up power must be maintained to the Leachate Pump Station, at all times throughout the work. 3. There are no working bathrooms or water(potable or non potable) on site. 4. The site is not heated or cooled. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and acceptance a complete schedule of his proposed sequence of construction operations prior to commencing any work. This schedule shall include the Contractor's plans for doing the work. B. The Contractor shall include the cost of all temporary facilities required during construction in his bid price. The cost shall include the cost for all labor, tools, equipment and materials necessary. C. Any and all isolation of electrical or mechanical equipment or process shall be accomplished in strict accordance with applicable codes and standards and the .� stricter of the Contractor's or Owner's lock-out/tag-out procedures. D. The following items must be reflected in the Contractor's proposed sequence of construction operations: 1. The completion dates for different aspects if the work outlined in Section 00510 paragraph 4.02. 2. Residual liquids and sludge may need to be removed and disposed of from tanks and equipment. See Section 02001. 3. The tanks, equipment, and media within them (where applicable) must be drained and cleaned prior to their demolition. See Section 02050. 4. Tanks may have to be disassembled, or cut up to be disposed of. 5. The Contractor should make every effort to recycle or resell equipment, *' materials, etc. Any value from recycling or resale will be the Contractors. END OF SECTION 12359 .�.� 01010A-1 a� SECTION 0101OA SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Demolishing and removing identified equipment and tanks and providing limited upgrades to specific systems in the City of Northampton Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant. The major proposed work under this Contract includes: 1. Demolition of: a. Identified tanks and their contents, equipment, and their piping and appurtenances within and around the Landfill Leachate Treatment Building; b. The Effluent Pump Station and Valve Vault in their entirety including all appurtenances; c. The Leachate Equalization Lagoons and all appurtenances; d. The Leachate Equalization Lagoons valve vault and all appurtenances; e. An Underground Storage Tank(UST) and all appurtenances; f. The Non potable water well and all appurtenances; g. Piping and conduit, as indicated on the Drawings; and h. Other removals/demolitions as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 2. Replacement of. a. The Landfill Leachate Treatment Building roof and appurtenances; b. The Electric Generator and appurtenances; c. Piping, site work, equipment systems, structures, instrumentation, and electrical systems, as indicated on the Drawings. d. Other replacements as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 3. Construction of: a. Electric handhole and; e. Site work, equipment systems, structures, instrumentation, control and electrical systems, as indicated on the Drawings. b. Other appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 4. Remove and/or relocate equipment as indicated on the Drawings. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Coordination: Section 01050 2. Construction Schedules: Section 0 13 10. C. Removals, Relocations and Rearrangements 1. Examine the existing site for the work of all trades which will influence the cost of the work under the bid. This work shall include removals, relocations and rearrangements which may interfere with, disturb or complicate the performance of the work under the bid involving systems, equipment and 12359 Stored Material Summary Contractor's Application For(contract): Application Number: Application Period: Application Date: A B C D E F G Stored Previously Stored this Month Incor orated in Work Materials Remaining Shop Drawing Materials Description Date Amount Amount Date Amount in Storage($) Invoice No. Transmittal No. p Subtotal Month/Year $) (Montl>/Year) ($) ($) ( ) D+E-F Totals EJCDC C-620 Contractors Application for Payment 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 4 Progress Estimate Contractor's Application For(contract): Application Number: Application Period: Application Date: Item Estimated Total Completed % Balance to Finish Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value Quantity Value Materials Presently Bid Item No. Description Q ty Q ty Stored(not in C) and Stored to Date (F) (B-F) Installed (D+E) B Totals EJCDC C-620 Contractor's Application for Payment ®2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC All rights reserved Page 3 of 4 A # A I a A Progress Estimate Contractor's Application For(contract). Application Number. Application Period. Application Date. A B Work Completed E F C' Item C D Materials Presently Total Completed % Balance to Finish Specification Section Scheduled Value From Previous Application This Period Stored(not in C or D) and Stored to Date (F) (B-F) Description (C+D) (C+D+E) B No. Totals EJCDC C-620 Contractor's Application for Payment ®2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 4 Contractor's Application for Payment No. Application Period: Application Date. To(Owner) From(Contractor). Via(Engineer): Project- Contract: Owners Contract No.. Contractor's Project No Engineers Project No.: Application For Payment Change Order Summary Approved Change Orders 1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT PRICE.......................................................... S Number Additions Deductions 2. Net change by Change Orders................................................................. $ 3. Current Contract Price(Line I f 2)........................................................ S 4. TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (Column F on Progress Estimate)........................................................... $ 5. RETAMAGE: a. X Work Completed.......... S b. X Stored Material............ $ c.Total Retainage(Line 5a+Line 5b)............................... S 6. AMOUNT ELIGIBLE TO DATE(Line 4-Line 5c)............................. S TOTALSI 7. LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS(Line 6 from prior Application)........ S NET CHANGE BY 8. AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION................................................. S CHANGE ORDERS 9.BALANCE TO FINISH,PLUS RETAINAGE (Column G on Progress Estimate+Line 5 above).................................. S Contractor's Certification The undersigned Contractor certifies that to the best of its knowledge:(I)all previous progress Payment of $ payments received from Owner on account of Work done under the Contract have been applied on (Line 8 or other-attach explanation ofthe other amount) account to discharge Contractors legitimate obligations incurred in comtection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment;(2)title of all Work,materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to Owner at time of payment is recommended by: free and clear of all Liens,security interests and encumbrances(except such as are covered by a Bond (Engineer) (Date) acceptable to Owner indenutifying Owner against any such Liens,security interest or encumbrances); and(3)all Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not defective. Payment of $ (Line 8 or other-attach explanation of the other amount) is approved by (Owner) (Date) By: Date: Approved by: Funding Agency(if applicable) (Date) Endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. EJCDC C-620 Contractors Application for Payment ■ ■■ ■ ■■©2007 Nation■al Society of Professional En Veers for EJC C. All riehts served ■ +mot 4 SECTION 00844 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT (The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally) > 4n EJCDC No.C-620 Contractor's Application for Payment(2007 Edition) 00842-5 CHANGE ORDER CALCULATION SHEET (1) Labor Foreman 10 hrs @ $65.00/hr. $ 650.00 Operator 10 hrs @ 55.00/hr 550.00 Laborers 20 hrs @ 40.00/hr 800.00 $2,000.00 (2) Direct Labor Cost(use the agreed upon Direct Labor Cost) * (50)% of$2,000 * (Used for example purposes only) 1,000.00 (3) Materials &Freight 1501.f of 12"pipe @$100.00/l.f. $ 1,500.00 15 v.f. precaset SMH 3,000.00 Freight(slip# Enclosed) 500.00 5,000.00 (4) Equipment 1 Backhoe 10 hrs @ $100.00/hr $ 1,000.00 1 Truck-crane 10 hrs @ $100.00/hr 1,000.00 2,000.00 Total(Items 1 through 4) 10,000.00 (5) 15%markup for Overhead, Profit 15%of$10,000 1,500.00 (6) 5%markup for general contractor(if subcontractor is involved) 5% of$10,000 500.00 (7) Credits (deductibles) -1,000.00 Total Cost $ 11,000.00 Reminder: Provide support documentation as necessary i.e. vouchers, correspondence, Calculations,photographs, reports, etc. Adapted from EJCDC No.C-941(2002 Edition) 12359 ..e 00842-4 CHANGE ORDER (b)For equipment not on the project the daily rate, the weekly rate, or monthly rate will prevail, whichever will prove to be most cost effective. Small tools and manual equipment are examples of costs not allowable under this item. These costs are considered to be included in the overhead markup as provided in items (5) and/or (6) (1 month (normal use) = 176 hours) (5) & (6) Overhead and Profit —All other costs not previously mentioned are considered to be included in this item, be it for the general contractor or subcontractor(s). (7) Credits — Work deleted, material and equipment removed from the contractor, stored and/or returned shall be credited to the cost of the change order, less costs. The Contractor shall furnish itemized statements of the cost of the work ordered and shall give the Engineer access to all accounts, bills and vouchers relating thereto; and unless .� the Contractor shall furnish such itemized statements, and access to all accounts, bills and vouchers, he shall not be entitled to payment for any items of extra work for which such information is sought by the Engineer. Deviations from any of the above will be reviewed for financial assistance on a case-by-case basis. .b Aw Adapted from EJCDC No.C-941 (2002 Edition) 12359 aw 00842-3 �s CHANGE ORDER Explanation of items (1)through (7) as outlined in `B" and "C": (1) Labor—Only those workers employed on the project who are doing the extra work, including the foreman in charge, are allowable. General foremen, superintendents, or other supervisory personnel are considered to be included in the overhead markup as provided in items (5) and/or (6). Hourly labor rates in excess of those as listed in the contract wage rates (Federal or State, whichever applies require documentation. As a minimum, an explanation and the appropriate copy of the certified payroll are required. (2) Direct Labor Costs - These costs are limited to those which are required in the contract document. Coverage in excess of the contract provisions, secured by the contractor/subcontractor(s) at his option, are ineligible for financial assistance. The following list of typical direct labor charges is provided for your assistance and is in no way intended to be complete or all encompassing: • Workman's Compensation • Federal/State: Social Security Tax and Unemployment Tax; • Health, Welfare and Pension Benefits; (this cost is included in the wage rates appearing in the Mass. Wage Rates of the contract specifications) • Liability Insurance: Bodily Injury; Excess Umbrella; Property damage; Public Liability • Blasters Insurance ) • Builders Risk Insurance ) If applied to any required • Experience Modification Insurance ) direct labor costs. • Surcharges ) Following award and prior to execution of a construction contract, the contractor and filed sub-bidders (where applicable) shall submit for review by the owner, documentation to establish the Direct Labor Cost percentage(s) (Direct Labor markup percentage(s)). The documented direct labor markup for this contract may be adjusted on an annual basis as measured from the date the contract is executed. The contract agreement will provide for the establishment of the Direct Labor Cost percental4e. (3) Material and Freight—Only those materials required as a result of the change order and reasonable freight charges for delivery of same are allowable. (4) Equipment — Only the equipment required as a result of the change order is allowable. Equipment rental rates shall be governed by the current Nielson/Dataquest Rental Rate bluebook for Construction Equipment (the "Bluebook"). In determining the rental rate the following shall apply: (a)For equipment already on the project—the monthly prorated rental rate by the hourly use shall be applicable; Adapted from EJCDC No.C-941 (2002 Edition) 12359 00842-2 CHANGE ORDER Payment of change orders shall be made in accordance with one of the following three methods: A. Existing unit prices as set forth in the contract; or B. Agreed upon lump sum or unit prices; or C. Time and materials A. Payment for work for which there is a unit price in the contract: Where the contract contains a unit price for work and the Engineer orders a change for work of the same kind as other work contained in the contract and is performed under , similar physical conditions, the contractor may accept full and final payment at the contract unit price(s) for the acceptable quantities. B. Payment for work or materials for which no price is contained in the contract: If the Engineer directs, the contractor shall submit promptly in writing to the Engineer and offer to do the required work on a lump sum or unit price basis, as specified by the Engineer. The stated price, either lump sum or unit price, shall be divided so as to show that it is the sum of- (1) The estimated cost of labor, plus (2) Direct Labor Cost, plus (3) Material and Freight Costs, plus (4) Equipment Costs, plus (5) An amount not to exceed 15% of the sum of items (1)through (4) for overhead .� and profit,plus (if applicable), (6) In the case of work done by a subcontractor an amount not to exceed 5%, for the general contractor of the sum of items (1) through (4) for overhead and profit, (7) Credits for work deleted from the contract. C. Payment for work on a time and materials basis: Unless an agreed lump sum and/or unit price is obtained from above and is so stated in the change price, the contractor shall accept as full payment for which no other agreement is contained in contract, and amount equal to: (1) The estimated cost of Labor, plus (2) Direct Labor Cost, plus (3) Material and Freight Costs, plus aw (4) Equipment Costs, plus (5) An amount not to exceed 15% of the sum of items (1)through(4) for overhead and profit, plus (if applicable), (6) In the case of work done by a subcontractor an amount not to exceed 5%, for the general contractor of the sum of items (1)through(4) for overhead and profit, (7) Credits for work deleted from the contract. Adapted from EJCDC No.C-941 (2002 Edition) 12359 +.�* 00842-1 SECTION 00842 CHANGE ORDER No. Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Project: Owner: Owner's Contract No.: Contract: Date of Contract: Contractor: Engineer's Project No.: The Contract Documents are modified as follows upon execution of this Change Order: Description: Attachments: (List documents supporting change): CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES: Original Contract Price: Original Contract Times: ❑ Working days ❑ Calendar days Substantial completion(days or date): $ Ready for final payment(days or date): +lAll [Increase][Decrease]from previously approved Change [Increase][Decrease] from previously approved Change Orders Orders No. to No. No. to No. ew Substantial completion(days): $ Ready for final payment(days): Contract Price prior to this Change Order: Contract Times prior to this Change Order: Substantial completion(days or date): $ Ready for final payment(days or date): [Increase][Decrease]of this Change Order: [Increase][Decrease]of this Change Order: Substantial completion(days or date): ' $ Ready for final payment(days or date): Contract Price incorporating this Change Order: Contract Times with all approved Change Orders: Substantial completion(days or date): $ Ready for final payment(days or date): RECOMMENDED: ACCEPTED: ACCEPTED: By: By' By. Engineer(Authorized Signature) Owner(Authorized Signature) Contractor(Authorized Signature) Date: Date: Date: APPROVED: Date: Agency(Authorized Signature) Adapted from EJCDC No.C-941 (2002 Edition) 12359 SECTION 00840 Work Change Directive No. Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Project: Owner: Owner's Contract No.: Contract: Date of Contract: Contractor: Engineer's Project No.: Contractor is directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Item No. Description 4M Attachments (list documents supporting change): 40 Purpose for Work Change Directive: Authorization for Work described herein to proceed on the basis of Cost of the Work due to: ❑ Nonagreement on pricing of proposed change. ❑ Necessity to expedite Work described herein prior to agreeing to changes on Contract Price and Contract Time. Estimated change in Contract Price and Contract Times: Contract Price $ (increase/decrease) Contract Time (increase/decrease) days Recommended for Approval by Engineer: Date Authorized for Owner by: Date • Received for Contractor by: Date Received by Funding Agency (if applicable): Date: EJCDC C-940 Work Change Directive tA� Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page I of 1 An 00839-1 40 SECTION 00839 ■M WAIVER OF LIEN - MATERIALS AND LABOR {. STATE OF COUNTY OF TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: WHEREAS, the undersigned have been employed by to furnish labor and materials for the project known as NOW THEREFORE, KNOW YE, THAT WE, the undersigned, for good and valuable considerations do hereby waive and release any and all lien or right of lien on said above project and premises under the Law, in relation to Mechanics' Liens Law, on account of labor and materials, or both, furnished by the undersigned to or on account of the said contract for the said project and premises only so far as that portion of work which has been included in our requisition dated and all prior requisitions. THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE is being made to the undersigned in the amount of $ which sum the undersigned certifies to be the balance due the undersigned for all labor, materials or both, furnished by the undersigned to or on account of the said contract as included on his requisition dated GIVEN UNDER hand and seal, the day " of , 20 —. By: END OF SECTION 12359 The following documents are attached to and made part of this Certificate: This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Engineer Date Accepted by Contractor Date Accepted by Owner Date EJCDC C-625 Certificate of Substantial Completion Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 2 of 2 """ SECTION 00838 Certificate of Substantial Completion Project: Owner: Owner's Contract No.: 40 Contract: Engineer's Project No.: This [tentative] [definitive] Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: err ❑All Work under the Contract Documents: ❑The following specified portions of the Work: Date of Substantial Completion The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner, Contractor, and Engineer, and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby declared and is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents, except as stated below. f„ A [tentative] [definitive] list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-inclusive, and the failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The responsibilities between Owner and Contractor for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as provided in the Contract Documents except as amended as follows: ❑Amended Responsibilities ❑Not Amended Owner's Amended Responsibilities: Contractor's Amended Responsibilities: EJCDC C-625 Certificate of Substantial Completion 40 Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 1 of 2 sm 00837-2 CONTRACTOR'S RELEASE am IN WITNESS WHEREOF, (Contractor) am has caused these presents to be duly executed this day of 20 A Signed, Sealed and Delivered in the presence of: (seal) (Individual-Contractor) aw aw ow (seal) (Partnership-Contractor) um By (seal) (Partner) no Attested: "" (Corporation) Im By (Secretary) (President or Vice President) mw (Corp. Seal) END OF SECTION op 12359 - 00837-1 SECTION 00837 CONTRACTOR'S RELEASE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that (Contractor) of , County of and State of do hereby acknowledge that has this day had, and received of (Contractor) and from the sum of One Dollar and other valuable considerations in (Owner) full and complete satisfaction and payment of all sums of money owed, payable and belonging to by any means whatsoever, for on account of a Contract (Contractor) Agreement between and (Owner) (Contractor) dated for (Agreement Date) (Project) NOW, THEREFORE, the said (Contractor) (for myself, my heirs, executors and administrators) (for itself, its successors and assigns) do/does, by these presents remise, release, quit-claim and forever discharge (Owner) of and from all claims and demands, arising from or in connection with the said contract dated , and of and from all, and all manner of action and (Agreement Date) actions, cause and causes of action and actions, suits, debts, dues, duties, sum and sums of money, accounts, reckonings, bonds, bills, specialties, covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, variances, damages,judgments,extents, executions, claims and demand, whatsoever in law or equity, or otherwise, against its successors and assigns, which(1, (owner) my heirs, executors, or administrators) (it, its successors and-assigns) ever had, now have or which (I, my heirs, executors, or administrators) (it, its successors and assigns) hereafter can, shall or may have, for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever; from the beginning of recorded time to the date of these presents. 12359 MA 00836-1 SECTION 00836 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT STATE OF COUNTY OF Before me,the undersigned, a (Notary Public,Justice of Peace,Alderman) in and for said County and State personally appeared, (Individual,Partner or duly who being duly sworn according to law authorized representative of corporate contractor) deposes and says that the cost of all the Work, and outstanding claims and indebtedness of whatever nature arising out of the performance of the contract between w- (Owner) and of (Contractor) dated for the construction of the (Agreement Date) (Project) and necessary appurtenant installations have been paid in full. me (Individual,Partner,or duly authorized representative of corporate contractor) on Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 20 END OF SECTION 12359 SECTION 00811 Notice to Proceed Date: Project: Owner: Owner's Contract No.: Contract: Engineer's Project No.: Contractor: + Contractor's Address: [send Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested] You are notified that the Contract Times under the above Contract will commence to run 4` on On or before that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement, the date of Substantial Completion is , and the date of readiness for final payment is [(or) the number of days to achieve Substantial Completion is , and the number of days to achieve readiness for final payment is ]. Before you may start any Work at the Site, Paragraph 2.01.13 of the General Conditions provides that you and Owner must each deliver to the other (with copies to Engineer and other identified additional insureds and loss payees) certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents. Also, before you may start any Work at the Site, you must: [add other requirements]. Owner Given by: Authorized Signature Title .,, Date Copy to Engineer wa EJCDC C-550 Notice to Proceed Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 1 of 1 in SECTION 00810 Notice of Award Date: Project: w, Owner: Owner's Contract No.: Contract: Engineer's Project No.: Bidder: Bidder's Address: [send Notice ofAward Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested] You are notified that your Bid dated for the above Contract has been considered. You are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for [Indicate total Work, alternates, or sections of Work awarded.] The Contract Price of your Contract is Dollars [Insert appropriate data if unit prices are used. Change language for cost-plus contracts.] copies of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within [15] days of the date you receive this Notice of Award. 1. Deliver to the Owner [ ] fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents. 2. Deliver with the executed Contract Documents the Contract security [Bonds] as specified in the Instructions to Bidders (Article 20), General Conditions (Paragraph 5.01), and Supplementary Conditions (Paragraph SC-5.01). " ! 3. Other conditions precedent: Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default,annul this Notice of Award, and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you one fully executed counterpart of the Contract Documents. Owner By: Authorized Signature Title Copy to Engineer EJCDC C-510 Notice of Award *# Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 1 of 1 SC-41-1 SECTION SC-41 NOTICE TO LABOR UNIONS OR OTHER ORGANIZATIONS OF WORKERS NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT To: (Name of union or organization of workers) The undersigned currently holds Contract(s)with (Name of Applicant) involving funds or credit of the U. S. Government of(a) subcontract(s) with a prime contractor holding such contract(s). You are advised that under the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and in accordance with Executive Order 11246, dated September 24, 1965, the undersigned is obliged not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, or national origin. This obligation not to discriminate in employment includes, but is not limited to, the following: HIRING, PLACEMENT,UPGRADING, TRANSFER, OR DEMOTION; RECRUITMENT, ADVERTISING, OR SOLICITATION FOR EMPLOYMENT; TRAINING DURING EMPLOYMENT; RATES OF PAY OR OTHER FORMS OF COMPENSATION; SELECTION FOR TRAINING, INCLUDING APPRENTICESHIP; LAYOFF, OR TERMINATION. This notice is furnished you pursuant to the provisions of the above contract (s) or subcontract(s) and Executive Order 11246. COPIES OF THIS NOTICE WILL BE POSTED BY THE UNDERSIGNED IN CONSPICUOUS PLACES AVAILABLE TO EMPLOYEES OR APPLICANTS FOR EMPLOYMENT. /s/ (Contractor or Subcontractor) (Date) • END OF SECTION 12359 SC-3 8-7 EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g. those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). END OF SECTION ■ 12359 SC-38-6 EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. The obligation to comply, however, is the CONTRACTOR's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the CONTRACTOR's noncompliance. .� 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The CONTRACTOR, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the CONTRACTOR may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the CONTRACTOR has achieved its goals for women generally, the CONTRACTOR may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The CONTRACTOR shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. , 11. The CONTRACTOR shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing Subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any CONTRACTOR who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order o 11246, as amended. 13. The CONTRACTOR, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 80-4.8. 14. The CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company's EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provision hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least aw 12359 SC-38-5 EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a CONTRACTOR's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60.3. 1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices,job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the CONTRACTOR's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the CONTRACTOR's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through 7p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the CONTRACTOR is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through 7p of these Specifications provided that the CONTRACTOR actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the CONTRACTOR's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and time- tables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the 12359 MW SC-38-4 EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 MW e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training MW programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the CONTRACTOR's employment needs, especially those ow programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The CONTRACTOR shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. ^ f. Disseminate the CONTRACTOR's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the CONTRACTOR in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year, and, by posting the company's , EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the CONTRACTOR's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media and providing written notification to and discussing the CONTRACTOR's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the CONTRACTOR does or anticipates doing .. business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female w. and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the CONTRACTOR's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any •o recruitment source the CONTRACTOR shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures and tests to be used in the selection process. *� 12359 Wo SC-38-3 EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The CONTRACTOR shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the CONTRACTOR's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The CONTRACTOR shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coersion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the CONTRACTOR's employees are assigned to work. The CONTRACTOR, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The CONTRACTOR shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the CONTRACTOR's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the CONTRACTOR or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. C. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the CONTRACTOR by the union or, if referred, not employed by the CONTRACTOR, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore, along with whatever additional actions the CONTRACTOR may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the CONTRACTOR has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the CONTRACTOR a minority person or woman sent by the CONTRACTOR, or when the CONTRACTOR has other information that the union referral process has impeded the CONTRACTOR's efforts to meet its obligations. 12359 MW SC-38-2 EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority ,.. and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this Contract resulted. 3. If the CONTRACTOR is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their "o participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and am to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other .e Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7a through 7p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this Contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the CONTRACTOR should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered construction contractors performing construction work in geo- graphical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The CONTRACTOR is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each MW craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure .. by a union with whom the CONTRACTOR has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the CONTRACTOR's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the CONTRACTOR during the training period, and the CONTRACTOR 12359 SC-3 8-1 SECTION SC-38 EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246) 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this Contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs,United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; C. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security ,.. number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U. S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: (1) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (3) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (4) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North American and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these 12359 MW SC-36-2 00 (7) The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24,1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Department, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. END OF SECTION ow MW .w 12359 40 SC-36-1 w SECTION SC-36 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. (3) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or workers' representatives of the contractor's commitment under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places " available employees and applicants for employment. (4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (5) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the Department and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (6) In the event of the contractor's non-compliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 12359 WEEKLY PAYROLL RECORDS REPORT & STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE In accordance with Massachusetts General Law c. 149, §2713, a true and accurate record must be kept of all persons employed on the public works project for which the enclosed rates have been provided. A Payroll Form has been printed on the reverse of this page and includes all the information required to be kept by law. Every contractor or subcontractor is required to keep these records and preserve them for a period of three years from the date of completion of the contract. In addition, every contractor and subcontractor is required to submit a copy of their weekly payroll records to the awarding authority. For every week in which an apprentice is employed, a photocopy of the apprentice's identification card must be attached to the payroll report. Once collected, the awarding authority is also required to preserve those records for three years. In addition, each such contractor, subcontractor, or public body shall furnish to the awarding authority directly, within fifteen days after completion of its portion of the work a statement, executed by the contractor, subcontractor or public body who supervises the payment of wages, in the following form: STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 20 (Name of signatory party) (Title) do hereby state: That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by on the MR (Contractor,subcontractor or public body) (Building or project) and that all mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers employed on said project have been paid in accordance with wages determined under the provisions of sections twenty-six and twenty-seven of chapter one hundred and forty nine of the General Laws. Signature Title DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY, 19 STAMFORD STREET,2nd FLOOR,BOSTON,MA 02114 Al A MASSACHUSETTS WEEKLY CERTIFIED PAYROLL REPORT FORM � f Y Cornpar A Witte: Address: Phone No.: Payroll No.: �E;W 3rrT�� tern 1 erts S" lure: Title: Contract No: Tax Pa er ID No. Work Week Ending: Awarding AxitbodWs Name: Public Works Project Blame: Public Works Prcjeetlocation; lign..Wage Rate Sheet No. Ganerai`7 Prime contrattges Name: Subcontractors Name: "Errrgioyer"Hourly Fringe 8anerd Contributions g+C+D+E A x F Hours Project Project Gross Worked Hours ?health& Wages Employee is Appr. (A) Hourly Base Welfare 'ERISA Supp. Total Hourly (G) OSHA 10 Rate All Other'r? Wage Insurance Pins our Plan Unernp' Prev.Wage Total Gross Check No. Employee Name&Complete Address Certified ? Work Classification: % Su. Mo. Tu. We. Th. Fr. Sa. burs g C D E F Wages H El NOTE: Pursuant to MGL Ch. 149 s.27B,every contractor and subcontractor is required to submit a"true and accurate"copy of their weekly payroll records directly to the awarding authority. Failure to comply may result in the commencement of a criminal action or the issuance of a civil citation. Date recieved by awarding authority Page of THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS .W Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN G-nor Secrctaq Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149 Sections 26 to 27H ow Lt Govv TIMOTHY HURRAY ' p ' HEATHER E.ROWE ernor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton OR Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. IM Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate am __ __ Unemployment . ...._....._....... TREE TRIMMER GROUNDMAN 02/01/2009 $14.64 $2.42 $0.00 0.00 $17.06 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on MW and around utility lines. Additional Apprentice Information: MW Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L.c.149,ss.26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L. c.23,ss.IIE-11L. All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L.c.23,ss. I IE-I IL. All steps are six months(1000 hours)unless otherwise specified. * Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. WP ** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field. *** APP to JM;1:1,2:2,2:3.3:4,4:4,4:5,4:6,5:7,6:7,6:8,6:9,7:10,8:10,8:11,8:12,9:13,10:13,10:14,etc. **** APP to 1M;1:1,1:2,2:3,2:4,3:5,4:6,4:7,5:8,6:9,6:10,7:11,8:12,8:13,9:14,10:15,10:16,etc. or eW lw ms ■s wr This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the am employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ow violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 56 of 56 aw THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL ePATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE S cretary TIMOTHY P.HURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Director LL Governor Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON 4W Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA on Supplemental Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Total Rate Unemployment 4 Apprentice- LINEMAN(Outside Electrical)-West Local 42 Effective Date- 08/31/2008 Supplemental +w Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $24.73 $5.70 0.74 $0.00 $31.17 2 65 $26.79 $5.70 0.80 $0.00 $33.29 3 70 $28.85 $5.70 7.37 $0.00 $41.92 4 75 $30.92 $5.70 7.43 $0.00 $44.05 w 5 80 $32.98 $5.70 7.49 $0.00 $46.17 6 85 $35.04 $5.70 7.55 $0.00 $48.29 7 90 $37.10 $5.70 7.61 $0.00 $50.41 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:2 ..........____......._............._... TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER 07/18/2011 $25.94 $4.18 $2.78 0.00 $32.90 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 � 07/16/2012 $26.33 $4.18 $2.79_ 0.00 $33.30 TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 07/18/2011 $24.42 $4.18 $2.73 0.00 $31.33 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 41 07/16/2012 $24.78 $4.18 $2.74 0.00 $31.70 TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECI NICIAN 07/18/2011 $24.42 $4.18 $2.73 0.00 $31.33 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL-12 07/16/2012 $24.78 $4.18 $2.74 0.00 $37.70 TRACTOR-TRAILER DRIVER 08/31/2008 $35.04 $5.70 $5.80 0.00 $46.54 O UTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 TREE TRIMMER 02/01/2009 $16.59 $2.42 $0.00 0.00 $19.01 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 IN This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on and around utility lines. 40 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative ' obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 55 of 56 ...r THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE e etary EIx Gov.PA Secretary Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H �* TIMOTHY P.HURRAY HEATHER E.ROWE Ll.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton " Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate + " Unemployment VAC-HAUL 12/01/2011 $30.14 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $45.97 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE B 06/01/2012 $30.44 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $46.27 ow 08/01/2012 $30.44 $8.91 $7.27 0.00 $46.62 12/01/2012 $30.74 $8.91 $8.00 0.00 $47.65 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 w. LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.47 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEA VY&HIGHWAY) WATER METER INSTALLER 03/17/2012 $34.91 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $56.36 PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 09/17/2012 $35.66 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.11 03/17/2013 $36.41 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.86 Outside Electrical-West EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 08/31/2008 $35.04 $5.70 $5.80 0.00 $46.54 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 GROUNDMAN 08/31/2008 $22.67 $5.70 $1.18 0.00 $29.55 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 1R GROUNDMAN/TRUCK DRIVER 08/31/2008 $30.92 $5.70 $4.93 0.00 $41.55 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 TSIDEELE . HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 08/31/2008 $37.10 $5.70 $6.11 0.00 $48.91 OUTSIDE WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN 08/31/2008 $41.22 $5.70 $7.74 0.00 $54.66 ,wr OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 WIN Wr This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the "m employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the w violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 54 of 56 4W THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 1; c ra EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT I DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVACovemo TRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE AGO DSTEIN Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHERE ROWE TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Lt.Governor Director rn Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON wll Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Supplemental Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Unemplovment Total Rate Apprentice- TEST BORING LABORER(Laborers Foundation&Marine) Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental w Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ......_.._...__....__........_....._. 1 60 $18.99 $7.10 12.60 $0.00 $38.69 2 70 $22.16 $7.10 12.60 $0.00 $41.86 3 80 $25.32 $7.10 12.60 $0.00 $45.02 4 90 $28.49 $7.10 12.60 $0.00 $48.19 Notes: ?R Apprentice to dourneyworker Ratio:1:3 TRACTORS 12/01/2011 $28.98 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.25 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $29.21 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48.20 12/01/2012 $29.53 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.15 TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT 12/01/2011 $30.72 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $46.55 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.IOZONE B 06/01/2012 $31.02 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $46.85 08/01/2012 $31.02 $8.91 $7.27 0.00 $47.20 12/01/2012 $31.32 $8.91 $8.00 0.00 $48.23 44 TUNNEL WORK-COMPRESSED AIR 12/01/2011 $44.08 $7.10 $13.00 0.00 $64.18 LABORERS(COMPRESSED AIR) TUNNEL WORK-COMPRESSED AIR(HAZ.WASTE) 12/01/2011 $46.08 $7.10 $13.00 0.00 $66.18 LABORERS(COMPRESSED AIR) TUNNEL WORK-FREE AIR 12/01/2011 $36.15 $7.10 $13.00 0.00 $56.25 LABORERS(FREE AIR TUNNEL) so . ........_......_................_. TUNNEL WORK-FREE AIR(HAZ.WASTE) 12/01/2011 $38.15 $7.10 $13.00 0.00 $58.25 LABORERS(FREE AIR TUNNEL) This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 53 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS f ( EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT l _ " DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS 7 1j Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Gov- Secromaw TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Govemor Dtreaor ow Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of owl Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate up Unemplovment MW Apprentice- TEST BORING DRILLER(Laborers Foundation&Marine) Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate r, 1 60 $19.83 $7.10 12.60 $0.00 $39.53 2 70 $23.14 $7.10 12.60 $0.00 $42.84 3 80 $26.44 $7.10 12.60 $0.00 $46.14 a 4 90 $29.75 $7.10 12.60 $0.00 $49.45 Notes: aaa Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 ow TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER 12/01/2011 $31.77 $7.10 $12.60 0.00 $51.47 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE TEST BORING LABORER 12/01/2011 $31.65 $7.10 $12.60 0.00 $51.35 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE tar ow air atr aw This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 52 of 56 r THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Gov emor TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE LL Govemor Dina., Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON am Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment 9M Apprentice- MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local I Marble/Tile(Spr/Pitt) Effective Date- 03/05/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $14.22 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $39.52 2 60 $17.06 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $42.36 m 3 70 $19.90 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $45.20 4 80 $22.74 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $48.04 410 5 90 $25.59 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $50.89 6 95 $27.01 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $52.31 Notes: Steps are 800 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 TEST BORING DRILLER 12/01/2011 $33.05 $7.10 $12.60 0.00 $52.75 LABORF_RS-FO UNDA TION AND MARJNE MR MW am This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative vp obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 51 of 56 c THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS °XDAY i° Prevailing Wage Rates nEVAL L PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Governor Secreta Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149 Sections 26 to TIMOTHY v errar HURRAY ' p ' ry LL Go HEATHER E.ROWE Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN-Local 7 way Effective Date- 01/02/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 . $11.63 $4.00 0.35 $0.00 $15.98 2 45 $13.09 $4.00 0.39 $0.00 $17.48 3 50 $14.54 $8.55 5.09 $0.00 $28.18 4 55 $15.99 $8.55 5.13 $0.00 $29.67 5 65 $18.90 $8.55 6.22 $0.00 $33.67 6 70 $20.36 $8.55 7.26 $0.00 $36.17 am Effective Date- 07/02/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $14.14 $4.00 0.42 $0.00 $18.56 2 45 $15.91 $4.00 0.48 $0.00 $20.39 ow 3 50 $17.68 $8.55 5.18 $0.00 $31.41 4 55 $19.45 $8.55 5.23 $0.00 $33.23 5 65 $22.98 $8.55 6.34 $0.00 $37.87 >w< 6 70 $24.75 $8.55 7.39 $0.00 $40.69 Notes:Pre-5/31/11 1$31.68/2$33.17/3$34.67/4$36.17/5$37.67/6$39.16 Steps are 800 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 TERRAZZO FINISHERS 03/05/2012 $28.43 $10.18 $15.12 0.00 $53.73 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL I(SPR PITT)-MARBLE&TII E was This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the aw employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ww violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 50 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS E EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' pia DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAGo L.PATRICK As determined b the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Y P Secretary TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt Gov- Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA X11 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- SPRINKLER FITTER-Local 676 Effective Date- 01/01/2010 Supplemental ! Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $16.20 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $32.40 2 45 $18.23 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $34.43 3 50 $20.25 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $36.45 4 55 $22.28 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $38.48 5 60 $24.30 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $40.50 6 65 $26.33 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $42.53 7 70 $28.35 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $44.55 8 75 $30.38 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $46.58 9 80 $32.40 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $48.60 10 85 $34.43 $7.80 8.40 $0.00 $50.63 Notes: te[ Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 01/02/2012 $29.08 $8.55 $9.02 0.00 $46.65 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/02/2012 $35.36 $8.55 $9.21 0.00 $53.12 12/31/2012 $35.86 $8.55 $9.23 0.00 $53.64 07/01/2013 $36.86 $8.55 $9.26 0.00 $54.67 12/30/2013 $37.36 $8.55 $9.27 0.00 $55.18 �r This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative s obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 49 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT 1, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS ,.. 7,w Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secretaq Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149 Sections 26 to 27H TIMOTHY P.HURRAY ° p ' U.Govemor HEATHER E.ROWE Duedor Awarding Authority: City of Northampton 'a' Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate ws Unemployment Apprentice- SIGN ERECTOR-Local 35 Zone 3 ow Effective Date- 06/01/2009 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $12.41 $7.07 0.00 $0.00 $19.48 2 55 $13.65 $7.07 2.40 $0.00 $23.12 3 60 $14.89 $7.07 2.40 $0.00 $24.36 4 65 $16.13 $7.07 2.40 $0.00 $25.60 5 70 $17.37 $7.07 5.90 $0.00 $30.34 6 75 $18.61 $7.07 5.90 $0.00 $31.58 a� 7 80 $19.85 $7.07 5.90 $0.00 $32.82 8 85 $21.09 $7.07 5.90 $0.00 $34.06 w 9 90 $22.33 $7.07 5.90 $0.00 $35.30 Notes: Steps are 4 mos. ow Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP<35 TONS 12/01/2011 $30.14 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $45.97 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.IO ZONE B 06/01/2012 $30.44 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $46.27 08/01/2012 $30.44 $8.91 $7.27 0.00 $46.62 ow 12/01/2012 $30.74 $8.91 $8.00 0.00 $47.65 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP>35 TONS /01/2011 $30.43 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $46.26 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.IOZONE B 06/01/2012 $30.73 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $46.56 ow 08/01/2012 $30.73 $8.91 $7.27 0.00 $46.91 12/01/2012 $31.03 $8.91 $8.00 0.00 $47.94 Im SPRINKLER FITTER 01/01/2010 $40.50 $7.80 $8.40 0.00 $56.70 SPRINKLER FITTERS LOCAL 676 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the owl employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the aw violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 48 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ` « EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS 1414*'01 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNES creGOLDSTEIN TIMOTHY P.HURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE rec Lt.Gove"nr Ditor Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment a! Apprentice- SHEET METALWORKER-Local 63 Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental few Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 45 $14.05 $5.56 3.11 $0.00 $22.72 2 50 $15.62 $5.83 3.46 $0.00 $24.91 me 3 55 $17.18 $6.09 6.23 $0.89 $30.39 4 60 $18.74 $6.35 6.23 $0.94 $32.26 5 65 $20.30 $6.61 6.23 $0.99 $34.13 6 70 $21.86 $6.87 6.23 $1.05 $36.01 7 75 $23.42 $7.13 6.23 $1.10 $37.88 w 8 80 $24.98 $7.39 11.56 $1.32 $45.25 9 85 $26.55 $7.66 11.56 $1.37 $47.14 10 90 $28.11 $7.92 11.56 $1.43 $49.02 "t1R Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 SIGN ERECTOR 06/01/2009 $24.81 $7.07 $5.90 0.00 $37.78 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 47 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT or z �r � �' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS ` Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secmary aW TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H Lt.Govemor HEATHER E.ROWE Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton aR Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate aw UnemploYmeot SCRAPER OPERA TING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 12/01/2011 $29.59 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.86 06/01/2012 $29.82 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48.81 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.76 SELF-POWERED ROLLERS AND COMPACTORS 12/01/2011 $28.98 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.25 (TAMPERS) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $29.21 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48.20 12/01/2012 $29.53 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.15 SELF-PROPELLED POWER BROOM 12/01/2011 $26.36 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $44.63 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 w 06/01/2012 $26.59 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $45.58 12/01/2012 $26.91 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $46.53 SHEETMETAL WO RKERS LOCAL 63 WORKER SHEF.TMETAL WO 01/01/2012 $31.23 $8.44 $12.25 1.56 $53.48 as s a� a� aw aw aw This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the aw employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors withguestions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative, obligation to inquire with DLS alvww.mass.gov/doll or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the 4W violation to the Fair Labor Divisiionaf the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 46 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 4 EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT t DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS l Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Secretary Gov- TIMOTHY P.HURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHERE.ROWE Director U.Govemor Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON slat Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment rllll Apprentice- ROOFER(Slate/Tile/Precast Concrete)-Local 248 Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $15.99 $8.30 0.00 $0.00 $24.29 2 65 $17.32 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $37.42 3 70 $18.66 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $38.76 4 75 $19.99 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $40.09 5 80 $21.32 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $41.42 6 85 $22.65 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $42.75 7 90 $23.99 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $44.09 8 95 $25.32 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $45.42 Effective Date- 07/16/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.29 $8.30 0.00 $0.00 $24.59 2 65 $17.65 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $37.75 3 70 $19.01 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $39.11 4 75 $20.36 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $40.46 5 80 $21.72 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $41.82 6 85 $23.08 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $43.18 7 90 $24.44 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $44.54 +111 8 95 $25.79 $8.30 11.80 $0.00 $45.89 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 w This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates" listed above,on public works projects is a violation of rI.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 0210$; Tel: i 91 Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 45 of 56 ow THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT + ' 4 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS ow ` r r Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L PATRJCK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Gov— Secretary � TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER ar ROWE Lt.Govemor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton 4W Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. s Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate aw _.. Unemployment ROOFER SLATE/TILE/PRECAST CONCRETE 01/01/2012 $26.65 $8.30 $11.80 0.00 $46.75 ROOFERS LOCAL 218 07/16/2012 $27.15 $8.30 $11.80 0.00 $47.25 ., 01/01/2013 $27.40 $8.30 $11.80 0.00 $47.50 JW ow ow JRt This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the wlr employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ow violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 44 of 56 t THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT 1 . DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS ' Prevailing Wage Rates DEV L ePATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNES creGO�LDSTEIN TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor D-tu Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON air Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate W WTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA in Supplemental Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Unemplovmenf Total Rate elll Apprentice- ROOFER-Local 248 Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental Mr Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $15.69 $8.30 0.00 $0.00 $23.99 2 65 $17.00 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $36.60 3 70 $18.31 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $37.91 4 75 $19.61 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $39.21 5 80 $20.92 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $40.52 6 85 $22.23 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $41.83 7 90 $23.54 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $43.14 8 95 $24.84 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $44.44 Effective Date- 07/16/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $15.99 $8.30 0.00 $0.00 $24.29 2 65 $17.32 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $36.92 VM 3 70 $18.66 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $38.26 4 75 $19.99 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $39.59 5 80 $21.32 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $40.92 6 85 $22.65 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $42.25 7 90 $23.99 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $43.59 r 8 95 $25.32 $8.30 11.30 $0.00 $44.92 Notes: 4W Steps are 750 hrs.Roofer(Tear Off)1:1;Same as above Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 40 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative ma obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: +wt Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 43 of 56 a , THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS �( j3 EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT 'ti : .x DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS z 'v r/ff Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secretary Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H t TIMOTHY P.HURRAY U HEATHER E.ROWE Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton + Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment ■sr Effective Date- Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate $0.00 $0.00 . Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio: ROOFER(Inc.Roofer Waterproofng&Roofer Damproofg) 01/01/2012 $26.15 $8.30 $11.30 0.00 $45.75 aAr ROOFERS LOCAL 148 07/16/2012 $26.65 $8.30 $11.30 0.00 $46.25 01/01/2013 $26.90 $8.30 $11.30 0.00 $46.50 wa ■. ow Iwo N' This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the w violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 42 of 56 t THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS 117 far Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined b the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemo, Y P Secretan TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt Gm•emor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA i Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment w!! Apprentice- CARPENTER(Residential Wood Frame)-Local 108 Effective Date- 04/01/2010 Supplemental 1 Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $12.32 $6.60 0.00 $0.00 $18.92 2 60 $12.32 $6.60 5.00 $0.00 $23.92 3 65 $13.35 $6.60 5.00 $0.00 $24.95 4 70 $14.38 $6.60 5.00 $0.00 $25.98 5 75 $15.41 $6.60 5.00 $0.00 $27.01 6 80 $16.43 $6.60 5.00 $0.00 $28.03 7 85 $17.46 $6.60 5.00 $0.00 $29.06 8 90 $18.49 $6.60 5.00 $0.00 $30.09 Notes: ** 1: 1-5,2:6-8,3:9-11 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 " ROLLER OPERATOR 12/01/2011 $28.98 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.25 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $29.21 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48.20 12/01/2012 $29.53 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.15 ROOFER(Coal tar pitch) 01/01/2012 $26.65 $8.30 $11.80 0.00 $46.75 ROOFERS LOCAL 248 07/16/2012 $27.15 $8.30 $11.80 0.00 $47.25 01/01/2013 $27.40 $8.30 $11.80 0.00 $47.50 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05121/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 41 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ,J I� EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT 'S } . DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secrelary Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149 Sections 26 to 27H Lr Gov TIMOTHY HURRAY ° p ons HEATHER E.ROWE . emor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate _ Unemployment POWDERMAN&BLASTER 12/05/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.39 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $27.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.39 12/03/2012 $28.64 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $45.34 POWDERMAN&BLASTER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $27.44 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $44.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) aw PUMP OPERATOR(CONCRETE) 12/01/2011 $30.12 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $48.39 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $30.35 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $49.34 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $50.29 " PUMP OPERATOR(DEWATERING,OTHER) 12/01/2011 $29.59 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.86 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $29.82 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48.81 I 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.76 READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER 05/01/2008 $19.13 $6.59 $5.15 0.00 $30.87 TEAMSTERS LOCAL 404 RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER** 04/01/2010 $20.54 $6.60 $5.00 0.00 $32.14 **The Residential Wood Frame Carpenter classification applies only to the construction of new,wood frame residences that do not exceed four stories including the basement.CARPENTERs aW LOCAL 108-HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE As of 9/1/09 Carpentry work on wood-frame residential WEATHERIZATION projects shall be paid the RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER rate. ws mp aw ow This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the ow employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ,a„ violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 40 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS M EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT r, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates # DEVAGo L.PATRICK As determined b the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F GOLDSTEIN y p Se-tan TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA t Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment +fit Apprentice- PL UMBER/PIPEFITTER-Local 104 Effective Date- 03/17/2012 Supplemental 4W Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 45 $15.71 $8.30 8.05 $0.00 $32.06 2 50 $17.46 $8.30 8.05 $0.00 $33.81 M* 3 60 $20.95 $8.30 8.05 $0.00 $37.30 4 70 $24.44 $8.30 8.05 $0.00 $40.79 s 5 80 $27.93 $8.30 13.15 $0.00 $49.38 Effective Date- 09/17/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate MR 1 45 $16.05 $8.30 8.05 $0.00 $32.40 2 50 $17.83 $8.30 8.05 $0.00 $34.18 go 3 60 $21.40 $8.30 8.05 $0.00 $37.75 4 70 $24.96 $8.30 8.05 $0.00 $41.31 5 80 $28.53 $8.30 13.15 $0.00 $49.98 as Notes: Steps are 2000 hrs. #111 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 PNEUMATIC CONTROLS(TEMP.) 03/17/2012 $34.91 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $56.36 PL UMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 09/17/2012 $35.66 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.11 03/17/2013 $36.41 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.86 .._..._....__...._.. PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR(HEAVY& 12/01/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.47 w HIGHWAY) LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative nw obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 39 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS *• 1 ,. a�y1 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F GOLDSTEIN G-mor Secretary Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149 Sections 26 to 27H Lt Gov,ernor TIMOTHY HURRAY p ° HEATHER E.ROWE Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. ow Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate ow Unemployment PANEL&PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER 12/01/2011 $29.68 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $45.51 TEAMSTERS.IOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B 06/01/2012 $29.98 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $45.81 08/01/2012 $29.68 $8.91 $7.27 0.00 $45.86 12/01/2012 $30.28 $9.07 $8.00 0.00 $47.35 PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR(UNDERPINNING AND 08/01/2011 $35.01 $8.08 $17.12 0.00 $60.21 DECK) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(70NE 3) PILE DRIVER 08/01/2011 $35.01 $8.08 $17.12 0.00 $60.21 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) ow M Apprentice- PILEDRIVER-Local 56 Zone 3 Effective Date- 08/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate m, 1 0 $0.00 $0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Notes:Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps; (Same as set in Zone 1) 1$48.18/2$50.10/3$52.01/4$53.93/5$55.84/6$57.76/7$59.67/8$61.59 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 aw PIPELAYER 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 ow PIPELAYER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.47 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) PLUMBER&PIPEFITTER 03/17/2012 $34.91 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $56.36 PLUMBERS&PIPEF177ERSLOCAL 104 09/17/2012 $35.66 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.11 03/17/2013 $36.41 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.86 ow This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 38 of 56 w THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT 1 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS " Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL ,eP TRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F GOLDSTEIN TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA 'R Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3-BRUSH REPAINT Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $11.90 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $19.70 2 55 $13.09 $7.80 1.16 $0.00 $22.05 3 60 $14.28 $7.80 1.26 $0.00 $23.34 4 65 $15.47 $7.80 1.37 $0.00 $24.64 5 70 $16.66 $7.80 10.17 $0.00 $34.63 6 75 $17.85 $7.80 10.28 $0.00 $35.93 7 80 $19.04 $7.80 10.38 $0.00 $37.22 8 90 $21.42 $7.80 10.59 $0.00 $39.81 Effective Date- 07/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $12.15 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $19.95 2 55 $13.37 $7.80 1.29 $0.00 $22.46 3 60 $14.58 $7.80 1.41 $0.00 $23.79 4 65 $15.80 $7.80 1.53 $0.00 $25.13 a 5 70 $17.01 $7.80 10.60 $0.00 $35.41 6 75 $18.23 $7.80 10.71 $0.00 $36.74 7 80 $19.44 $7.80 10.83 $0.00 $38.07 +w 8 90 $21.87 $7.80 11.07 $0.00 $40.74 Notes: a� Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 a� This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 37 of 56 ow THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS No Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL v PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE.F.GOLDSTEIN Governor Secreran� � TIMOTHY P MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E RowE Lt.Govemor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton ow Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of ow Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate wa _ Unemployment PAINTER/TAPER(BRUSH,REPAINT) 01/01/2012 $23.80 $7.80 $10.80 0.00 $42.40 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 07/01/2012 $24.30 $7.80 $11.30 0.00 $43.40 ws 01/01/2013 $24.80 $7.80 $11.80 0.00 $44.40 ow .M SIP ow ow ■s ow w owl This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the ow employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ow violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 36 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 4.r EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS �i Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE S CfGOLDSTEIN TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lr.Governor Direcior Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate W WTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA vp Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER-Local 35 Zone 3-BRUSH NEW Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $13.24 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $21.04 2 55 $14.56 $7.80 1.16 $0.00 $23.52 4" 3 60 $15.89 $7.80 1.26 $0.00 $24.95 4 65 $17.21 $7.80 1.37 $0.00 $26.38 MR 5 70 $18.54 $7.80 10.17 $0.00 $36.51 6 75 $19.86 $7.80 10.28 $0.00 $37.94 7 80 $21.18 $7.80 10.38 $0.00 $39.36 in 8 90 $23.83 $7.80 10.59 $0.00 $42.22 Effective Date- 07/01/2012 Supplemental 4" Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $13.49 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $21.29 2 55 $14.84 $7.80 1.29 $0.00 $23.93 401 3 60 $16.19 $7.80 1.41 $0.00 $25.40 4 65 $17.54 $7.80 1.53 $0.00 $26.87 AIM 70 $18.89 $7.80 10.60 $0.00 $37.29 6 75 $20.24 $7.80 10.71 $0.00 $38.75 7 80 $21.58 $7.80 10.83 $0.00 $40.21 400 8 90 $24.28 $7.80 11.07 $0.00 $43.15 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates" listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 35 of 56 ow THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS A EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS JIM Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secretary Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H aw TIMOTHY HURRAY HEATHERE.ROWS LL Govv ernor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton 'w Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. aw Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate •" Unemployment PAINTER(TRAFFIC MARKINGS) 12/01/2011 $26.44 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) PAINTER/TAPER(BRUSH,NEW)* 01/01/2012 $26.48 $7.80 $10.80 0.00 $45.08 *If 30%or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, 07/01/2012 $26.98 $7.80 $11.30 0.00 $46.08 NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 01/01/2013 $27.48 $7.80 $11.80 0.00 $47.08 wio ow go OPP ow aw IMF ow This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the am employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ew violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 34 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS } EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT 'ti I DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL PATRICK As determined b the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN y p Secretary TIMOTHY P MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Ll.Governor Direclor Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment +a4 Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3-Spray/Sandblast-Repaint Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental 's1 Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $12.60 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $20.40 2 55 $13.86 $7.80 1.16 $0.00 $22.82 3 60 $15.12 $7.80 1.26 $0.00 $24.18 4 65 $16.38 $7.80 1.37 $0.00 $25.55 5 70 $17.64 $7.80 10.17 $0.00 $35.61 6 75 $18.90 $7.80 10.28 $0.00 $36.98 7 80 $20.16 $7.80 10.38 $0.00 $38.34 8 90 $22.68 $7.80 10.59 $0.00 $41.07 Effective Date- 07/01/2012 Supplemental I Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $12.85 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $20.65 2 55 $14.14 $7.80 1.29 $0.00 $23.23 V" 3 60 $15.42 $7.80 1.41 $0.00 $24.63 4 65 $16.71 $7.80 1.53 $0.00 $26.04 no 5 70 $17.99 $7.80 10.60 $0.00 $36.39 6 75 $19.28 $7.80 10.71 $0.00 $37.79 7 80 $20.56 $7.80 10.83 $0.00 $39.19 ma 8 90 $23.13 $7.80 11.07 $0.00 $42.00 Notes: �Ae Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative ' obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 33 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS h EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT 5 �iiA r ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS `' Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F GOLDSTEIN G.—, Massachusetts aR TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H }LEATHER E.ROWE Lc Govemor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton r" Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate ow Unemployment PAINTER(SPRAY OR SANDBLAST,REPAINT) 01/01/2012 $25.20 $7.80 $10.80 0.00 $43.80 PA/NTL'RS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 07/01/2012 $25.70 $7.80 $11.30 0.00 $44.80 ,m„ 01/01/2013 $26.20 $7.80 $11.80 0.00 $45.80 or dw ow so ow Now ow ow This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the .aa violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 32 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT t , DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVA Govemo TRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNES Gtetary EIN TIMOTHY P MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor Di-tor Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Supplemental Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3-Spray/Sandblast-New Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $13.94 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $21.74 2 55 $15.33 $7.80 1.16 $0.00 $24.29 3 60 $16.73 $7.80 1.26 $0.00 $25.79 4 65 $18.12 $7.80 1.37 $0.00 $27.29 5 70 $19.52 $7.80 10.17 $0.00 $37.49 6 75 $20.91 $7.80 10.28 $0.00 $38.99 7 80 $22.30 $7.80 10.38 $0.00 $40.48 8 90 $25.09 $7.80 10.59 $0.00 $43.48 Effective Date- 07/01/2012 Supplemental 1 Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $14.19 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $21.99 2 55 $15.61 $7.80 1.29 $0.00 $24.70 3 60 $17.03 $7.80 1.41 $0.00 $26.24 4 65 $18.45 $7.80 1.53 $0.00 $27.78 5 70 $19.87 $7.80 10.60 $0.00 $38.27 6 75 $21.29 $7.80 10.71 $0.00 $39.80 7 80 $22.70 $7.80 10.83 $0.00 $41.33 8 90 $25.54 $7.80 11.07 $0.00 $44.41 Notes: thll Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:l +m This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 31 of 56 IM THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS **� 16 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govertnor rrror Secretary � TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWS LI.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton War Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of 11110;Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate ow ....._.... __ _..... Unemployment PAINTER(SPRAY OR SANDBLAST,NEW) ............ 01/01/2012 $27.88 $7.80 $10.80 0.00 $46.48 *If 30%or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, 07/01/2012 $28.38 $7.80 $11.30 0.00 $47.48 NEW paint rate Shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 so 01/01/2013 $28.88 $7.80 $11.80 0.00 $48.48 aw w as aw w male This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the ow employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the aw violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 30 of 56 MW THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS jt EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE S F.GOLDSTEIN TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Govemor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment 40 Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $22.01 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $29.81 2 55 $24.21 $7.80 3.25 $0.00 $35.26 3 60 $26.41 $7.80 3.54 $0.00 $37.75 4 65 $28.61 $7.80 3.84 $0.00 $40.25 5 70 $30.81 $7.80 12.83 $0.00 $51.44 6 75 $33.01 $7.80 13.13 $0.00 $53.94 7 80 $35.21 $7.80 13.42 $0.00 $56.43 8 90 $39.61 $7.80 14.01 $0.00 $61.42 Effective Date- 07/01/2012 Supplemental ags Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $22.26 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $30.06 2 55 $24.48 $7.80 3.38 $0.00 $35.66 3 60 $26.71 $7.80 3.69 $0.00 $38.20 4 65 $28.93 $7.80 4.00 $0.00 $40.73 5 70 $31.16 $7.80 13.26 $0.00 $52.22 6 75 $33.38 $7.80 13.56 $0.00 $54.74 7 80 $35.61 $7.80 13.87 $0.00 $57.28 st[ 8 90 $40.06 $7.80 14.49 $0.00 $62.35 Notes: Steps are 750 his. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates" listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 29 of 56 Mb, THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS ,m Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secretaq• Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H aW TIMOTHY P.MURRAY HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Govemor D-clor Awarding Authority: City of Northampton M` Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. ■F Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate ow Upemployment PAINTER(BRIDGES/TANKS) 01/01/2012 $44.01 $7.80 $14.60 0.00 $66.41 PAINTERS LOCAL,35-ZONE 3 07/01/2012 $44.51 $7.80 $15.10 0.00 $67.41 ea 01/01/2013 $45.01 $7.80 $15.60 0.00 $68.41 NIP as s► w >W .r. ow This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the w employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ow violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 28 of 56 .m THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT t DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL ePATRICK As determined b the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN y p S-1- P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.G.-, Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON tit Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA e Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment 4W Apprentice- MILLWRIGHT-Local 1121 Zone 3 Effective Date- 04/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $15.13 $8.67 11.64 $0.00 $35.44 2 55 $16.64 $8.67 11.64 $0.00 $36.95 3 60 $18.15 $8.67 13.23 $0.00 $40.05 4 65 $19.66 $8.67 13.23 $0.00 $41.56 5 70 $21.18 $8.67 14.02 $0.00 $43.87 6 75 $22.69 $8.67 14.02 $0.00 $45.38 7 80 $24.20 $8.67 14.82 $0.00 $47.69 8 85 $25.71 $8.67 14.82 $0.00 $49.20 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MORTAR MIXER 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 OILER 12/01/2011 $25.28 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $43.55 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $25.51 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $44.50 12/01/2012 $25.83 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $45.45 OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT-CLASS VI 12/01/2011 $23.30 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $41.57 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $23.53 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $42.52 wm 12/01/2012 $23.85 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $43.47 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 27 of 56 VW"\ THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS MW �. Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Gov- Secretary TIMOTHY P MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H w Lt.Govemor HEATHER E.ROWE Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton as Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. ■r Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate new Unemplovment Apprentice- MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECH-Local I Marble/Tile(Spr/Pitt) or Effective Date- 03/05/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $17.53 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $43.12 2 60 $21.04 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $46.63 3 70 $24.54 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $50.13 w 4 80 $28.05 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $53.64 5 90 $31.55 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $57.14 6 95 $33.31 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $58.90 ' Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MECH.SWEEPER OPERATOR(ON CONST.SITES) 12/01/2011 $30.12 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $48.39 ' OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $30.35 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $49.34 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $50.29 _ w MECHANIC/WELDERBOOM TRUCK 12/01/2011 $29.59 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.86 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $29.82 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48.81 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.76 MILLWRIGHT(Zone 3) 04/01/2011 $30.25 $8.67 $15.61 0.00 $54.53 MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121-Zone 3 aw ■r; This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the .w violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 26 of 56 a THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS «, .. Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE S I.GOLDSTEIN GO,-, TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.G-mor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON IM Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local I Marble/Tile(Spr/Pitt) Effective Date- 03/05/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $14.22 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $39.52 2 60 $17.06 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $42.36 3 70 $19.90 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $45.20 4 80 $22.74 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $48.04 5 90 $25.59 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $50.89 MR 6 95 $27.01 $10.18 15.12 $0.00 $52.31 Notes. Steps are 800 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS&TERRAZZO MECH 03/05/2012 $35.06 $10.18 $15.41 0.00 $60.65 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL I(SPR P177)-MARBLE&TILE 7M MR This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative 'M obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 25 of 56 d THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS .• Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE S CfGO DSTEIN Governor TIMO'T'HY P HURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E ROWE Nor . . Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton NIP Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. im Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate o' Unemployment LABORER:MULTI-TRADE TENDER 12/05/2011 $25.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.39 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.39 m, 12/03/2012 $27.64 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.34 LABORER:TREE REMOVER 12/05/2011 $25.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.39 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) s 06/04/2012 $26.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.39 12/03/2012 $27.64 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.34 This classification applies to the wholesale removal of standing trees including all associated trimming of branches and limbs,and applies to the removal of branches at locations not on or around utility lines. LASER BEAM OPERATOR 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0,00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 LASER BEAM OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.47 LABORERS-70NE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) MARBLE&TILE FINISHERS 03/05/2012 $28.43 $10.18 $15.12 0.00 $53.73 s BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 1(SPR PITT)-MARBLE&TILE w am or Alts This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 24 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS i EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS N1 .,. . � _0 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN ".� Governor Secretar}• TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment go Apprentice- LABORER-Zone 3 Heavy&Highway Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental 4W Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $15.86 $7.10 9.68 $0.00 $32.64 2 70 $18.51 $7.10 9.68 $0.00 $35.29 3 80 $21.15 $7.10 9.68 $0.00 $37.93 4 90 $23.80 $7.10 9.68 $0.00 $40.58 Notes: At1J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 LABORER:CARPENTER TENDER 12/05/2011 $25.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.39 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.39 aAt 12/03/2012 $27.64 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.34 LABORER:CEMENT FINISHER TENDER 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) sett 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 LABORER.HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER 12/05/2011 $25.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.39 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.39 12/03/2012 $27.64 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.34 LABORER:MASON TENDER 12/05/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.39 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $27.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.39 12/03/2012 $28.64 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $45.34 LABORER:MASON TENDER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.47 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 23 of 56 ow Cx THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS { Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK Governor As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Secretary TIMOTHY P MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton ow Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. 1W Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate 9 Unemplovment Apprentice- LABORER-Zone 3 Building&Site Wr Effective Date- 12/05/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ............ 1 60 $15.41 $7.10 9.60 $0.00 $32.11 2 70 $17.98 $7.10 9.60 $0.00 $34.68 3 80 $20.55 $7.10 9.60 $0.00 $37.25 ar 4 90 $23.12 $7.10 9.60 $0.00 $39.82 Effective Date- 06/04/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.01 $7.10 9.60 $0.00 $32.71 2 70 $18.68 $7.10 9.60 $0.00 $35.38 aw 3 80 $21.35 $7.10 9.60 $0.00 $38.05 4 90 $24.02 $7.10 9.60 $0.00 $40.72 ae Notes: as Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 LABORER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $26.44 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) WOOF ar This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the as violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 22 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS 1 F ' Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F cretan � Govemor Se TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment go Apprentice- .IRONWORKER-Local 7 Springfield Effective Date- 04/02/2012 Supplemental Iff Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.53 $7.70 18.10 $0.00 $42.33 2 70 $19.29 $7.70 18.10 $0.00 $45.09 3 75 $20.66 $7.70 18.10 $0.00 $46.46 4 80 $22.04 $7.70 18.10 $0.00 $47.84 5 85 $23.42 $7.70 18.10 $0.00 $49.22 6 90 $24.80 $7.70 18.10 $0.00 $50.60 Notes: Structural 1:6;Ornamental 1:4 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio: JACKHAMMER&PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 LABORER 12/05/2011 $25.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.39 LABORERS-ZONE 3(B UILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.69 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.39 allr 12/03/2012 $27.64 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.34 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative ±# obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 21 of 56 ow THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS k r EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT " F . " y DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS ow 4 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PAMCK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOry DSTEIN oe Gemor TIMOTHY P HURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE m' . Lr.Governor Direcbr Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate aw Unemplovment or Apprentice- ASBESTOS INSULATOR(Pipes& Tanks)-Local 6 Springfield Effective Date- 09/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1W 1 50 $16.27 $10.40 8.30 $0.00 $34.97 2 60 $19.52 $10.40 8.88 $0.00 $38.80 3 70 $22.77 $10.40 9.46 $0.00 $42.63 ow 4 80 $26.02 $10.40 10.04 $0.00 $46.46 Effective Date- 09/01/2012 we Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $16.83 $10.40 8.30 $0.00 $35.53 2 60 $20.19 $10.40 8.88 $0.00 $39.47 aw 3 70 $23.56 $10.40 9.46 $0.00 $43.42 4 80 $26.92 $10.40 10.04 $0.00 $47.36 Sir Notes: Steps are 1 year aw Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 IRONWORKER/WELDER 04/02/2012 $27.55 $7.70 $18.10 0.00 $53.35 IRONWORKERS LOCAL 7(SPRINGFIELD AREA) or 1111 4W This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the aw employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ow violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 20 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ( EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT '4 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS = ' Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Governor Se-lzry TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E�ROWE Lt Governor Direaor on Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate W WTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment GRADER/TRENCHING MACHINE/DERRICK 12/01/2011 $30.12 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $48.39 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 MR 06/01/2012 $30.35 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $49.34 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $50.29 HVAC(DUCTWORK) 01/01/2012 $31.23 $8.44 $12.25 1.56 $53.48 SHEETMETAL WORKERSLOCAL 63 HVAC(ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) 01/01/2012 $34.11 $8.55 $9.17 0.00 $51.83 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/02/2012 $35.36 $8.55 $9.21 0.00 $53.12 12/31/2012 $35.86 $8.55 $9.23 0.00 $53.64 07/01/2013 $36.86 $8.55 $9.26 0.00 $54.67 12/30/2013 $37.36 $8.55 $9.27 0.00 $55.18 HVAC(TESTING AND BALANCING-AIR) 01/01/2012 $31.23 $8.44 $12.25 1.56 $53.48 SHEETMETAL WORKERSLOCAL 63 HVAC(TESTING AND BALANCING-WATER) 03/17/2012 $34.91 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $56.36 PL UMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 09/17/2012 $35.66 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.11 03/17/2013 $36.41 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.86 11 HVAC MECHANIC 03/17/2012 $34.91 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $56.36 PL UMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 09/17/2012 $35.66 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.11 03/17/2013 $36.41 $8.30 $13.15 0.00 $57.86 HYDRAULIC DRILLS(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $27.19 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.97 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) INSULATOR(PIPES&TANKS) 09/01/2011 $32.53 $10.40 $11.20 0.00 $54.13 ASBESTOS WORKERS LOCAL 6(SPRINGFIELD) 09/01/2012 $33.65 $10.40 $11.20 0.00 $55.25 09/01/2013 $34.93 $10.40 $11.20 0.00 $56.53 001 09/01/2014 $36.53 $10.40 $11.20 0.00 $58.13 IN M This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative ws obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 19 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT �'es34' i DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS .. Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Goverrwr Se cretaq� Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149 Sections 26 to 27H am TIMOTHY P.HURRAY ' p ' Lt Governor HEATHER E.ROWE . Dtrcdor Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. MW Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate aw Unemployment ws Apprentice- GLAZIER-Local 1333 Effective Date- 06/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $16.37 $8.40 1.00 $0.00 $25.77 2 56 $18.41 $8.40 1.00 $0.00 $27.81 3 63 $20.46 $8.40 1.50 $0.00 $30.36 4 69 $22.50 $8.40 1.50 $0.00 $32.40 5 75 $24.55 $8.40 2.00 $0.00 $34.95 6 81 $26.59 $8.40 2.00 $0.00 $36.99 a 7 88 $28.64 $8.40 7.25 $0.00 $44.29 8 94 $30.68 $8.40 7.25 $0.00 $46.33 ow Effective Date- 06/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $16.89 $8.40 1.00 $0.00 $26.29 2 56 $19.00 $8.40 1.00 $0.00 $28.40 3 63 $21.11 $8.40 1.50 $0.00 $31.01 4 69 $23.22 $8.40 1.50 $0.00 $33.12 5 75 $25.34 $8.40 2.00 $0.00 $35.74 6 81 $27.45 $8.40 2.00 $0.00 $37.85 ow 7 88 $29.56 $8.40 7.25 $0.00 $45.21 8 94 $31.67 $8.40 7.25 $0.00 $47.32 or Notes: wr Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the ow employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.cIt. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the Mr violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 18 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAGo ePATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F GOLDSTEIN TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE U.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON as Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA No Supplemental Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Total Rate Unemployment GLAZIER(GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR 06/01/2011 $32.73 $8.40 $7.25 0.00 $48.38 SYSTEMS) aw 06/01/2012 $33.78 $8.90 $7.25 0.00 $49.93 GLAZIERS LOCAL 1333 "M VE 4W me i This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 17 of 56 ow THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS I; r EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT o 't DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS 7 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secretary TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H sr Lt.Govemor HEATHER E.ROWE D-d., Awarding Authority: City of Northampton st Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. wr Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Supplemental Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Total Rate wa Unemployment FLAGGER&SIGNALER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $20.50 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $37.28 LABORERS-70NE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) FLOORCOVERER 03/01/2012 $34.89 $9.80 $16.61 0.00 $61.30 FLOORCOVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE II ow Apprentice- FLOORCOVERER-Local 2168 Zone H Effective Date- 03/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $17.45 $9.80 1.79 $0.00 $29.04 2 55 $19.19 $9.80 1.79 $0.00 $30.78 3 60 $20.93 $9.80 11.24 $0.00 $41.97 4 65 $22.68 $9.80 11.24 $0.00 $43.72 5 70 $24.42 $9.80 13.03 $0.00 $47.25 6 75 $26.17 $9.80 13.03 $0.00 $49.00 7 80 $27.91 $9.80 14.82 $0.00 $52.53 8 85 $29.66 $9.80 14.82 $0.00 $54.28 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. aw Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 ..........................._. ... FORK LIFT 12/01/2011 $29.81 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $48.08 ow OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $30.04 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $49.03 12/01/2012 $30.36 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.98 ar _ _ GENERATORS/LIGHTING PLANTS 12/01/2011 $26.36 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $44.63 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $26.59 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $45.58 12/01/2012 $26.91 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $46.53 Wr This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,see.27. Failure of the Im employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: am Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 16 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE S cGOLDSTEIN � Gov-TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 t0 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment FIRE ALARM REPAIR/MAINTENANCE 01/02/2012 $29.08 $8.55 $9.02 0.00 $46.65 /COMMISSIONINGELEcTRICIANs 07/02/2012 $35.36 $8.55 $9.21 0.00 $53.12 � LOCAL 7 12/31/2012 $35.86 $8.55 $9.23 0.00 $53.64 07/01/2013 $36.86 $8.55 $9.26 0.00 $54.67 ' 12/30/2013 $37.36 $8.55 $9.27 0.00 $55.18 FIREMAN 12/01/2011 $29.59 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.86 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $29.82 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48.81 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.76 Apprentice- OPERATING ENG. -Local 98 Class 3 Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $17.75 $9.00 9.27 $0.00 $36.02 2 70 $20.71 $9.00 9.27 $0.00 $38.98 ' 3 80 $23.67 $9.00 9.27 $0.00 $41.94 4 90 $26.63 $9.00 9.27 $0.00 $44.90 Effective Date- 06/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ........___.............____.___- 1 60 $17.89 $9.35 9.64 $0.00 $36.88 2 70 $20.87 $9.35 9.64 $0.00 $39.86 3 80 $23.86 $9.35 9.64 $0.00 $42.85 in 4 90 $26.84 $9.35 9.64 $0.00 $45.83 Notes: aw Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.;Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:6 in This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative tw obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 15 of56 te1A aw THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS { EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT it t DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secretary TIMOTHY P MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H s Lt Govemor HEATHER E.ROWE Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton MW Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. aw Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate ow Unemplovment Apprentice- ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR-Local 41 Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $23.69 $8.78 6.96 $0.00 $39.43 2 55 $26.05 $8.78 6.96 $0.00 $41.79 3 65 $30.79 $8.78 6.96 $0.00 $46.53 wA+: 4 70 $33.16 $8.78 6.96 $0.00 $48.90 5 80 $37.90 $8.78 6.96 $0.00 $53.64 w Notes: Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.;Steps 3-5 are 1 year m Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:l:l ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER 01/01/2012 $33.16 $8.78 $6.96 0.00 $48.90 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41 _ w FENCE&GUARD RAIL ERECTOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.47 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) FIELD ENG.INST/ROD-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 06/01/1999 $18.84 $4.80 $4.10 0.00 $27.74 1 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 FIELD ENG.PARTY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 06/01/1999 $21.33 $4.80 $4.10 0.00 $30.23 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 ow FIELD ENG.SURVEY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 06/01/1999 $22.33 $4.80 $4.10 0.00 $31.23 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 FIRE ALARM INSTALLER 01/02/2012 $34.11 $8.55 $9.17 0.00 $51.83 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/02/2012 $35.36 $8.55 $9.21 0.00 $53.12 12/31/2012 $35.86 $8.55 $9.23 0.00 $53.64 s 07/01/2013 $36.86 $8.55 $9.26 0.00 $54.67 12/30/2013 $37.36 $8.55 $9.27 0.00 $55.18 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the iw employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the MW violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 14 of 56 z THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F GOLDSTEIN � Govemor TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 t0 27H HEATHER E ROWE Lt.Govemor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA a1! Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN-Local 7 Effective Date- 01/02/2012 Supplemental s Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $13.64 $4.00 0.41 $0.00 $1 8.05 2 45 $15.35 $4.00 0.46 $0.00 $19.81 '"ill 3 50 $17.06 $8.55 5.16 $0.00 $30.77 4 55 $18.76 $8.55 5.21 $0.00 $32.52 5 65 $22.17 $8.55 6.32 $0.00 $37.04 4 6 70 $23.88 $8.55 7.37 $0.00 $39.80 sw Effective Date- 07/02/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $14.14 $4.00 0.42 $0.00 $18.56 11111 2 45 $15.91 $4.00 0.48 $0.00 $20.39 3 50 $17.68 $8.55 5.18 $0.00 $31.41 4 55 $19.45 $8.55 5.23 $0.00 $33.23 ' 5 65 $22.98 $8.55 6.34 $0.00 $37.87 6 70 $24.75 $8.55 7.39 $0.00 $40.69 Notes:Pre-5/31/11 1$26.12/2$27.87/3$34.28/4$36.04/5$40.24/6$42.17 Steps 1-2 are 1000 firs;Steps 3-6 are 1500 Ins. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3**** ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 01/01/2012 $47.37 $8.78 $6.96 0.00 $63.11 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL JI e1111 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative +M obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dois or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 13 of 56 Al MW THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS f x $ EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT (qr� DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS a Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secretary E. am P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER ar RowE Lt Go-- Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton OF Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. aw Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment DIVER PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 08/01/2011 $55.07 $8.08 $17.12 0.00 $80.27 DIVER TENDER 08/01/2011 $40.12 $8.08 $17.12 0.00 $65.32 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) DIVER TENDER(EFFLUENT) 08/01/2011 $60.18 $8.08 $17.12 0.00 $85.38 ow PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) DIVER/SLURRY(EFFLUENT) 08/01/2011 $82.60 $8.08 $17.12 0.00 $107.80 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) ELECTRICIAN 01/02/2012 $34.11 $8.55 $9.17 0.00 $51.83 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/02/2012 $35.36 $8.55 $9.21 0.00 $53.12 12/31/2012 $35.86 $8.55 $9.23 0.00 $53.64 07/01/2013 $36.86 $8.55 $9.26 0.00 $54.67 12/30/2013 $37.36 $8.55 $9.27 0.00 $55.18 MW aw a Ms This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the Aw employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols.or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the >. violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 12 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined b the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Governor Y P Secretary TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landfill Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment No Apprentice- LABORER Demo(Group 2) Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental MW Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $19.53 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $39.08 2 70 $22.79 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $42.34 401 3 80 $26.04 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $45.59 4 90 $29.30 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $48.85 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 DEMO:WRECKING LABORER 12/01/2011 $31.80 $7.10 $12.45 0.00 $51.35 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) a�1 Apprentice- LABORER Demo(Group I) Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $19.08 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $38.63 2 70 $22.26 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $41.81 3 80 $25.44 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $44.99 4 90 $28.62 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $48.17 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 11 of 56 a THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS s EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ' 4 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE Se crGOLDSTEIN Govemor TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE .- Lt.G-.- Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton .: Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate m" Unemployment DEMO:CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER 12/01/2011 $32.80 $7.10 $12.45 0.00 $52.35 LABORFRS-ZONF_3(BUILDING&SITE) tt Apprentice- LABORER Demo(Group 3) aw Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $19.68 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $39.23 "W 2 70 $22.96 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $42.51 3 80 $26.24 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $45.79 4 90 $29.52 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $49.07 .a. Notes: .o Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 DEMO:JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2011 $32.55 $7.10 $12.45 0.00 $52.10 "Or LABORFR.S-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) ow s= This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov Idols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 10 of 56 t THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates am DEVAL L PATRICK As determined b the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Governor y p Secreun, TIMOTHY MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER ROWE Lt Govemor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON on Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA ww Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Ir Apprentice- LABORER Demo(Group 3) Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental 'y Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $19.68 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $39.23 2 70 $22.96 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $42.51 3 80 $26.24 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $45.79 4 90 $29.52 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $49.07 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 DEMO:BURNERS 12/01/2011 $32.55 $7.10 $12.45 0.00 $52.10 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) Apprentice- LABORER Demo(Group 2) Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate _60 $19.53 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $39.08 2 70 $22.79 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $42.34 3 80 $26.04 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $45.59 4 90 $29.30 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $48.85 Notes Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 pow This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative aw obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: In Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 9 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS t p EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS 9 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNESecrGO DSTEIN Governor Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E ROWE �s TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Lt Governor Director i Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate ■r' Unemployment DEMO:ADZEMAN 12/01/2011 $31.80 $7.10 $12.45 0.00 $51.35 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) Apprentice- LABORER Demo(Group 1) wtc Effective Date- 12/01/2011 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $19.08 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $38.63 2 70 $22.26 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $41.81 3 80 $25.44 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $44.99 4 90 $28.62 $7.10 12.45 $0.00 $48.17 wp Notes: ■r Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 DEMO:BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2011 $32.80 $7.10 $12.45 0.00 $52.35 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) NIP o ■w SIP This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the 010. employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the IMF violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 8 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS 14 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL.PATRICK Gove nor As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Secretan TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWS Lt.Go- Director MR Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental �l11 Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $22.01 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $29.81 2 55 $24.21 $7.80 3.25 $0.00 $35.26 3 60 $26.41 $7.80 3.54 $0.00 $37.75 4 65 $28.61 $7.80 3.84 $0.00 $40.25 wl 5 70 $30.81 $7.80 12.83 $0.00 $51.44 6 75 $33.01 $7.80 13.13 $0.00 $53.94 7 80 $35.21 $7.80 13.42 $0.00 $56.43 8 90 $39.61 $7.80 14.01 $0.00 $61.42 Effective Date- 07/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $22.26 $7.80 0.00 $0.00 $30.06 2 55 $24.48 $7.80 3.38 $0.00 $35.66 3 60 $26.71 $7.80 3.69 $0.00 $38.20 4 65 $28.93 $7.80 4.00 $0.00 $40.73 w 5 70 $31.16 $7.80 13.26 $0.00 $52.22 6 75 $33.38 $7.80 13.56 $0.00 $54.74 7 80 $35.61 $7.80 13.87 $0.00 $57.28 8 90 $40.06 $7.80 14.49 $0.00 $62.35 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 +tla This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 7 of 56 t THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT �; DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS •. Prevailing Wage Rates DEVALL.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secraary i TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E ROWE Lt.Govemor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton ow Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. m` Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate mR Unemployment DELEADER(BRIDGE) 01/01/2012 $44.01 $7.80 $14.60 0.00 $66.41 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 07/01/2012 $44.51 $7.80 $15.10 0.00 $67.41 , 01/01/2013 $45.01 $7.80 $15.60 0.00 $68.41 ww wer wwa ow s aw own ow ow This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the am employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ow violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 6 of 56 t THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSAC14USETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates oEVAL L PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the IOANNESecrelar), IN Governor TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifil Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Supplemental Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Total Rate Unemployment s Apprentice- CARPENTER-Local 108 Hampden Hampshire Effective Date- 10/03/2011 Supplemental wr Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $14.60 $7.20 1.12 $0.00 $22.92 2 60 $17.51 $7.20 1.12 $0.00 $25.83 3 70 $20.43 $7.20 9.90 $0.00 $37.53 4 75 $21.89 $7.20 9.90 $0.00 $38.99 5 80 $23.35 $7.20 11.02 $0.00 $41.57 6 80 $23.35 $7.20 11.02 $0.00 $41.57 7 90 $26.27 $7.20 12.14 $0.00 $45.61 8 90 $26.27 $7.20 12.14 $0.00 $45.61 Notes:Pre-6/09 Step 1$22.55/2$24.00/3$37.97/4$40.89/5$43.81/6$45.27 ** 1: 1-5/2:6-8/3:9-11/Steps:6 mos(600 hrs)/rates by step 7$46.73/8$48.19 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING 03/05/2012 $36.87 $9.93 $13.92 0.00 $60.72 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL I(SPRINGFIELD PITTSFIELD) CHAIN SAW OPERATOR 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 w LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 COMPRESSOR OPERATOR 12/01/2011 $29.59 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.86 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $29.82 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48.81 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.76 CRANE/BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR 12/01/2011 $30.12 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $48.39 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $30.35 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $49.34 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $50.29 s This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 5 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ', l s''re DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS 4 Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE Se creGOL DSTEIN Governor Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H aw P.HURRAY HEATHER E ROWE Lt.Governor Dveao r ow Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of ns Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate 4e Unemployment aw Apprentice- BRICK/PLASTERICEMENT MASON-Local I Springfield/Pittsfteld Effective Date- 03/05/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate aw 1 50 $17.53 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $43.12 2 60 $21.04 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $46.63 3 70 $24.54 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $50.13 aw 4 80 $28.05 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $53.64 5 90 $31.55 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $57.14 w► 6 95 $33.31 $10.18 15.41 $0.00 $58.90 Notes: ow Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 BULLDOZER/POWER SHOVEL/TREE SHREDDER 12/01/2011 $30.12 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $48.39 ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 /CLAM SHELLOPERATING 06/01/2012 $30.35 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $49.34 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $50.29 �. CAISSON&UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN 12/01/2011 $32.80 $7.10 $12.60 0.00 $52.50 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE CAISSON&UNDERPINNING LABORER 12/01/2011 $31.65 $7.10 $12.60 0.00 $51.35 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE CAISSON&UNDERPINNING TOP MAN 12/01/2011 $31.65 $7.10 $12.60 0.00 $51.35 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE aw CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 "'P CARPENTER 10/03/2011 $29.19 $7.20 $13.26 0.00 $49.65 CARPENTERS LOCAL 108-HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE_ aw This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the ewe violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 4 of 56 owl t THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT +an s iy st j DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL v PATRICK Governor As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Secretary TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWS Lt Govemor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA wR Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment OR Apprentice- BOILERMAKER-Local 29 Effective Date- 01/01/2010 Supplemental tw Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 65 $24.51 $6.97 11.18 $0.00 $42.66 2 65 $24.51 $6.97 11.18 $0.00 $42.66 3 70 $26.39 $6.97 11.18 $0.00 $44.54 4 75 $28.28 $6.97 11.18 $0.00 $46.43 5 80 $30.16 $6.97 11.18 $0.00 $48.31 6 85 $32.05 $6.97 11.18 $0.00 $50.20 7 90 $33.93 $6.97 11.18 $0.00 $52.08 40 8 95 $35.82 $6.97 11.18 $0.00 $53.97 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY(fNCL.MASONRY 03/05/2012 $35.06 $10.18 $15.41 0.00 $60.65 WATERPROOFING) BRICKLAYERS LOCAL I(SPRINGFIELD PITTSFIELD) 4W This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative '! obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dots or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 3 of 56 �1 aw THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 4 EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS ow Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOn DSTEIN Gov- Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H TIMOTHY P.MURRAY HEATHER E.ROWE Lt Governor Director M� Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment , , AUTOMATIC GRADER-EXCAVATOR(RECLAIMER) 12/01/2011 $30.12 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $48.39 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $30.35 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $49.34 m, 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $50.29 BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 BATCH/CEMENT PLANT-ON SITE 12/01/2011 $29.59 $9.00 $9.27 0.00 $47.86 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 06/01/2012 $29.82 $9.35 $9.64 0.00 $48:81 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 0.00 $49.76 BLOCK PAVER,RAMMER/CURB SETTER 12/05/2011 $26.44 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.14 ow LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $27.44 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.14 ..._._.........._____....__.... . 12/03/2012 $28.39 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $45.09 BLOCK PAVER,RAMMER/CURB SETTER(HEAVY& 12/01/2011 $27.19 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.97 HIGHWAY) LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) BOILER MAKER 01/01/2010 $37.70 $6.97 $11.18 0.00 $55.85 or BOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29 Mn ow r AK This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the "w employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 2 of 56 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS $ EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govemor Secrelap• TIMOTHY P.MURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER E.ROWE LI.Governor Director Awarding Authority: City of Northampton Contract Number: 12359A City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Northampton Landifll Lechate WWTP Decommissioning-The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility. Job Location: Northampton,MA �s Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Construction (2 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 12/01/2011 $29.85 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $45.68 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO,IO ZONE B 06/01/2012 $30.15 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $45.98 08/01/2012 $30.15 $8.91 $7.27 0.00 $46.33 12/01/2012 $30.45 $8.91 $8.00 0.00 $47.36 (3 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 12/01/2011 $29.92 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $45.75 TEAMSTERS JOINT CO UNCIL NO.10 ZONE B 06/01/2012 $30.22 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $46.05 08/01/2012 $30.22 $8.91 $7.27 0.00 $46.40 12/01/2012 $30.52 $8.91 $8.00 0.00 $47.43 110 (4&5 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 12/01/2011 $30.04 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $45.87 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE B 06/01/2012 $30.34 $8.56 $7.27 0.00 $46.17 08/01/2012 $30.34 $8.91 $7.27 0.00 $46.52 12/01/2012 $30.64 $9.07 $8.00 0.00 $47.71 .... _ _ ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT 08/01/2011 $82.60 $8.08 $17.12 0.00 $107.80 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 40 AIR TRACK OPERATOR 12/05/2011 $26.44 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.14 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/04/2012 $27.44 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.14 12/03/2012 $28.39 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $45.09 AIR TRACK OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $27.19 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.97 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) ASBESTOS WORKER(PIPES&TANKS) 12/01/2011 $28.40 $9.90 $5.95 0.00 $44.25 ASBESTOS WORKERS LOCAL 6(SPRINGFIELD) ASPHALT RAKER 12/05/2011 $25.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $42.64 I ABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) w 06/04/2012 $26.94 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $43.64 12/03/2012 $27.89 $7.10 $9.60 0.00 $44.59 ASPHALT RAKER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2011 $26.69 $7.10 $9.68 0.00 $43.47 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) This wage schedule must be posted by the contractor at the work site in accordance with M.G.L.ch.149,sec.27. Failure of the employer to pay"prevailing wage rates,"which are the"total rates"listed above,on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L.ch. 149,sec.27. Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at www.mass.gov/dols or at 617-626-6952. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the Office of the Attorney General,100 Cambridge Street,Boston,MA 02108; Tel: As Issue Date: 05/21/2012 Wage Request Number: 20120521-044 Page 1 of 56 44 SC-32-1 SECTION SC-32 •0 WAGE RATES Wage rates apply to this project. The Wage Rates are attached to these specifications or will be supplied as a separate document, issued as an Addendum. It is the responsibility of the Contractor, before bid opening, to request, if necessary, any additional information on Wage Rates for those trades people who are not covered by the applicable Wage Rates, but who may be employed for the proposed work under this contract. 12359 +A SC-20-11 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS This page is intentionally left blank. (This document was obtained from www.mass.gov in September 2011) 12359 SC-20-10 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ow GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS PART I. o ADMINISTRATION OF THE GOVERNMENT TITLE III. LAWS RELATING TO STATE OFFICERS M CHAPTER 30. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO STATE DEPARTMENTS, .. COMMISSIONS,OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES Chapter 30: Section 390.Contracts for construction and materials; suspension,delay or interruption due to order of awarding authority; adjustment in contract price; written claim [Text of section applicable as provided by 2009, 30, Secs. 15 and 46.] Section 390. Every contract subject to the provisions of section thirty-nine M of this chapter or subject to section forty-four A of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall contain the following provisions(a)and(b) in their entirety and, in the event a suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act of the awarding •� authority increases the cost of performance to any subcontractor,that subcontractor shall have the same rights against the general contractor for payment for an increase in the cost of his performance as provisions(a) and (b) give the general contractor against the awarding authority, but nothing in provisions , (a)and(b) shall in any way change, modify or alter any other rights which the general contractor or the subcontractor may have against each other. (a)The awarding authority may order the general contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all .w or any part of the work for such period of time as it may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the awarding authority; provided however, that if there is a suspension, delay or interruption for fifteen days or more or due to a failure of the awarding authority to act within the time specified in this contract, the awarding authority shall make an adjustment in the contract price for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract but shall not include any profit to the general contractor on such increase; and provided further,that the awarding authority shall not make any adjustment in the contract price under this provision for any suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act to the extent that such is due to any cause for which this contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the contract price under any other contract provisions. .. (b)The general contractor must submit the amount of a claim under provision(a)to the awarding authority in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act and, in any event, not later than the date of final payment under this contract and, except for costs due to a suspension order,the awarding authority shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty days before the general contractor notified the awarding authority in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim. (This document was obtained from www.mass.gov in September 2011) 12359 '" SC-20-9 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS This page is intentionally left blank. MW a .�r wr This document was obtained from www.mass.gov gov in September 2011) 12359 SC-20-8 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS a. GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS o PART L ADMINISTRATION OF THE GOVERNMENT TITLE III. o LAWS RELATING TO STATE OFFICERS CHAPTER 30. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO STATE DEPARTMENTS, ow COMMISSIONS,OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES Chapter 30: Section 39N. Construction contracts; equitable adjustment in contract price for ow differing subsurface or latent physical conditions [Text of section applicable as provided by 2009, 30, Secs. 15 and 46.1 Section 39N. Every contract subject to section forty-four A of chapter one hundred and forty-nine or subject to section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall contain the following paragraph in its entirety and an awarding authority may adopt reasonable rules or regulations in conformity with that paragraph concerning the filing, investigation and settlement of such claims: If, during the progress of the work,the contractor or the awarding authority discovers that the actual aw subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the site differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents either the contractor or the contracting authority may request an equitable adjustment in the contract price of the contract applying to work affected by the differing site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the party making such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such conditions are discovered. Upon receipt of such a claim from a contractor, or upon its own initiative,the contracting authority shall make an investigation of such physical conditions,and, if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the plans and contract documents and are of such a nature as to cause an increase or decrease in the cost of performance of the work or a change in the construction methods required for the performance of the work which results in an increase or decrease in the cost of the work,the contracting authority shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price and the contract shall be modified in writing accordingly. .. (This document was obtained from www.mass.gov in September 2011) 12359 '"° 49 SC-20-7 in SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The awarding authority may make changes in any periodic estimate submitted by the contractor and the payment due on said periodic estimate shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made, but such changes or any requirement for a corrected periodic estimate shall not affect the due date for the periodic payment or the date for the commencement of interest charges on the amount of the periodic payment computed in accordance with the changes made, as provided herein; provided,that the awarding authority may,within seven days after receipt,return to the contractor for correction, any periodic estimate which is not in the required form or which contains computations not arithmetically correct and, in that event,the date of receipt of such periodic estimate shall be the date of receipt of the corrected periodic estimate in proper form and with arithmetically correct computations. The date of receipt of a periodic estimate received on a Saturday shall be the first working day thereafter. The provisions of section thirty-nine G shall not apply to any contract for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, ••� remodeling, repair or demolition of any public building to which this section applies. All periodic estimates shall be submitted to the awarding authority, or to its designee as set forth in writing to the contractor, and the date of receipt by the awarding authority or its designee shall be marked on the estimate.All periodic estimates shall contain a separate item for each filed subtrade and each sub- subtrade listed in sub-bid form as required by specifications and a column listing the amount paid to each subcontractor and sub-subcontractor as of the date the periodic estimate is filed. The person making payment for the awarding authority shall add the daily interest provided for herein to each payment for each day beyond the due date based on the date of receipt marked on the estimate. A certificate of the architect to the effect that the contractor has fully or substantially completed the work shall, subject to the provisions of section thirty-nine J, be conclusive for the purposes of this section. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, at any time after the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimation of the awarding authority, less than 1 per cent of the adjusted contract price, or the awarding authority has determined that the contractor has substantially completed the work and the awarding authority has taken possession for occupancy,the awarding authority may send to the general contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested, a complete and final list of all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items, including, for each item on the list, a good faith estimate of the fair and reasonable cost of completing such item. The general contractor shall then complete all such work items ' within 30 days of receipt of such list or before the contract completion date,whichever is later. If the general contractor fails to complete all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items within 45 days after receipt of such items furnished by the awarding authority or before the contract completion date, whichever is later, subsequent to an additional 14 days'written notice to the general contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested,the awarding authority may terminate the contract and complete the incomplete and unsatisfactory work items and charge the cost of same to the general contractor and such termination shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the awarding authority may have under the contract. The awarding authority shall note any such termination in the evaluation form to be filed by the awarding authority pursuant to the provisions of section 44D of chapter 149. (This document was obtained from www.mass.gov_in September 2011) 12359 .p SC-20-6 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS PART L ADMINISTRATION OF THE GOVERNMENT TITLE III. LAWS RELATING TO STATE OFFICERS CHAPTER 30. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO STATE DEPARTMENTS, COMMISSIONS,OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES ow Chapter 30: Section 39K.Public building construction contracts; payments ,w [ Text of section applicable as provided by 2009, 30, Secs. 15 and 46.] Section 39K. Every contract for the construction, reconstruction, alteration,remodeling,repair or demolition of any public building by the commonwealth, or by any county, city,town, district, board, commission or other public body, when the amount is more than five thousand dollars in the case of the commonwealth and more than two thousand dollars in the case of any county, city,town, district, board, commission or other public body, shall contain the following paragraph:-- Within fifteen days (30 days in the case of the commonwealth, including local housing authorities) after receipt from the contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month,the awarding authority will make a .� periodic payment to the contractor for the work performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site(or at some location agreed upon in writing)to which the contractor has title or to which a subcontractor has title and has authorized the contractor to transfer title to the awarding authority, upon certification by the contractor that he is the lawful owner and that the materials are free from all encumbrances, but less(1)a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor and less (2)a retention for direct ' payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, and less(3)a retention not exceeding five per cent of the approved amount of the periodic payment. After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within sixty-five days after +� (a)the contractor fully completes the work or substantially completes the work so that the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the awarding authority, less than one per cent of the original contract price, or(b)the contractor substantially completes the work and the awarding authority takes possession for occupancy,whichever occurs first,the awarding authority shall pay the contractor the entire balance due on the contract less(1)a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work and less(2)a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, or based on the record of payments by the contractor to the subcontractors under this contract if such record of payment indicates that the contractor has not paid subcontractors as provided in section thirty-nine F. If the awarding authority fails to make payment as herein provided,there shall be added to each such payment daily interest at the rate of three percentage points above the rediscount rate than charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston commencing on the first day after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is delivered or mailed to the " contractor; provided,that no interest shall be due, in any event, on the amount due on a periodic estimate for final payment until fifteen days(twenty-four days in the case of the commonwealth)after receipt of such a periodic estimate from the contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated. The contractor agrees to pay to each subcontractor a portion of any such interest paid in accordance with the amount due each subcontractor. (This document was obtained from www.mass.gov in September 2011) 12359 SC-20-5 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS This page is intentionally left blank. s w (This document was obtained from www.mass.gtov in September 2011) 12359 SC-20-4 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS the general contractor. Thereafter the awarding authority shall proceed as provided in subparagraph(e), (f), (g)and(h). (2)Any assignment by a subcontractor of the rights under this section to a surety company furnishing a bond under the provisions of section twenty-nine of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall be invalid. The assignment and subrogation rights of the surety to amounts included in a demand for direct payment which are in the possession of the awarding authority or which are on deposit pursuant to subparagraph (f)of paragraph(1)shall be subordinate to the rights of all subcontractors who are entitled to be paid under this section and who have not been paid in full. (3) "Subcontractor"as used in this section (i)for contracts awarded as provided in sections forty-four A to forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall mean a person who files a sub-bid and receives a subcontract as a result of that filed sub-bid or who is approved by the awarding authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, (ii)for contracts awarded as provided in paragraph(a)of section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall mean a person approved by the awarding authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, and(iii)for contracts with the commonwealth not awarded as provided in forty-four A to forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall also mean a person contracting with the general contractor to supply materials used or employed in a public works project for a price in excess of five thousand dollars. (4)A general contractor or a subcontractor shall enforce a claim to any portion of the amount of a demand 1W for direct payment deposited as provided in subparagraph(f)of paragraph 1 by a petition in equity in the superior court against the other and the bank shall not be a necessary party. A subcontractor shall enforce a claim for direct payment or a right to require a deposit as provided in subparagraph(f)of paragraph 1 by • a petition in equity in the superior court against the awarding authority and the general contractor shall not be a necessary party. Upon motion of any party the court shall advance for speedy trial any petition filed as provided in this paragraph. Sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B of chapter two hundred thirty-one shall apply to such petitions. The court shall enter an interlocutory decree upon which execution shall issue for any part of a claim found due pursuant to sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B and, upon motion of any party, shall advance for speedy trial the petition to collect the remainder of the claim. Any party aggrieved by such interlocutory decree shall have the right to appeal therefrom as from a final decree. The court shall not consolidate for trial the petition of any subcontractor with the petition of one or more subcontractors or the same general contract unless the court finds that a substantial portion of the evidence of the same events during the course of construction(other than the fact that the claims sought to be consolidated arise under the same general contract) is applicable to the petitions sought to be consolidated and that such consolidation will prevent unnecessary duplication of evidence. A decree in any such proceeding shall not include interest on the disputed amount deposited in excess of the interest earned for the period of any such deposit.No person except a subcontractor filing a demand for direct payment for which no funds due the general contractor are available for direct payment shall have a right to file a petition in court of equity against the awarding authority claiming a demand for direct payment is premature and such subcontractor must file the petition before the awarding authority has made a direct payment to the subcontractor and has made a deposit of the disputed portion as provided in part(iii)of subparagraph (e)and in subparagraph(f) of paragraph(1). .. (5)In any petition to collect any claim for which a subcontractor has filed a demand for direct payment the court shall, upon motion of the general contractor, reduce by the amount of any deposit of a disputed amount by the awarding authority as provided in part(iii)of subparagraph(e)and in subparagraph(f)of paragraph(1) any amount held under a trustee writ or pursuant to a restraining order or injunction. (This document was obtained from www.mass.gov in September 2011) 12359 SC-20-3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS and also a statement of the status of completion of the subcontract work. Any demand made after substantial completion of the subcontract work shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seventieth day after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work. Within ten days after the subcontractor has delivered or so mailed the demand to the awarding authority and delivered or so mailed a copy to the general contractor,the general contractor may reply to the demand. The reply shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the awarding authority and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the general contractor against the subcontractor. (e)Within fifteen days after receipt of the demand by the awarding authority, but in no event prior to the seventieth day after substantial completion of the subcontract work, the awarding authority shall make direct payment to the subcontractor of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount(i)retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of work, (ii) specified in any court proceedings barring such payment, or(iii) disputed by the general contractor in the sworn reply; provided,that the awarding authority shall not deduct from a direct payment any amount as provided in part(iii) if the reply is not sworn to, or for which the sworn reply does not contain the detailed breakdown required by subparagraph(d). The awarding authority shall make further direct payments to the subcontractor forthwith after the removal of the basis for deductions from direct payments made as provided in parts (i)and(ii)of this subparagraph. (f)The awarding authority shall forthwith deposit the amount deducted from a direct payment as provided in part(iii) of subparagraph(e) in an interest-bearing joint account in the names of the general contractor and the subcontractor in a bank in Massachusetts selected by the awarding authority or agreed upon by the general contractor and the subcontractor and shall notify the general contractor and the subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the bank receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account, including accrued interest, as provided in an agreement between the general contractor and the subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. (g)All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct payments deposited in an interest- bearing account or accounts in a bank pursuant to subparagraph (f) shall be made out of amounts payable to the general contractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor and out of amounts which later become payable to the general contractor and in the order of receipt of such demands from subcontractors. All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the awarding authority to the general contractor to the extent of such payment. (h)The awarding authority shall deduct from payments to a general contractor amounts which,together with the deposits in interest-bearing accounts pursuant to subparagraph(f), are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of demands for direct payment received from subcontractors. All such amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments, and the subcontractors shall have a right in such deductions prior to any claims against such amounts by creditors of the general contractor. (i)If the subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in subparagraph(a) or if the general contractor does not submit a periodic estimate for the value of the labor or materials performed or furnished by the subcontractor and the subcontractor does not receive payment for same when due less the deductions provided for in subparagraph(a),the subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in subparagraph(d)and the general contractor may file a sworn reply as provided in that same subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month following that for which the subcontractor performed or furnished the labor and materials for which the subcontractor seeks payment shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a periodic estimate from (This document was obtained from www.mass.g_ov in September 2011) 12359 SC-20-2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL LAWS OF MASSACHUSETTS PART L ADMINISTRATION OF THE GOVERNMENT TITLE III. LAWS RELATING TO STATE OFFICERS CHAPTER 30. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATIVE TO STATE DEPARTMENTS, COMMISSIONS,OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES Chapter 30: Section 39F. Construction contracts; assignment and subrogation; subcontractor defined; enforcement of claim for direct payment; deposit, reduction of disputed amounts [Text of section applicable as provided by 2009, 30, Secs. 15 and 46.] Section 39F. (1)Every contract awarded pursuant to sections forty-four A to L, inclusive, of chapter one hundred and forty-nine shall contain the following subparagraphs (a)through (i) and every contract awarded pursuant to section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall contain the following subparagraphs(a) through (h) and in each case those subparagraphs shall be binding between the general contractor and each subcontractor. (a)Forthwith after the general contractor receives payment on account of a periodic estimate,the general contractor shall pay to each subcontractor the amount paid for the labor performed and the materials furnished by that subcontractor, less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. (b)Not later than the sixty-fifth day after each subcontractor substantially completes his work in accordance with the plans and specifications,the entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, shall be due the subcontractor; and the awarding authority shall pay that amount to the general contractor. The general contractor shall forthwith pay to the subcontractor the full amount received from the awarding authority less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. (c)Each payment made by the awarding authority to the general contractor pursuant to subparagraphs(a) ' and(b)of this paragraph for the labor performed and the materials furnished by a subcontractor shall be made to the general contractor for the account of that subcontractor; and the awarding authority shall take reasonable steps to compel the general contractor to make each such payment to each such subcontractor. If the awarding authority has received a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor for any amount which has already been included in a payment to the general contractor or which is to be included in a payment to the general contractor for payment to the subcontractor as provided in subparagraphs(a)and (b),the awarding authority shall act upon the demand as provided in this section. (d)If,within seventy days after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work, the subcontractor has not received from the general contractor the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work,the subcontractor may demand direct payment of that balance from the awarding authority. The demand shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the awarding authority, and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the general contractor at the same time. The demand shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract (This document was obtained from www.mass.gov in September 2011) 12359 "` SC-20-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-20 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS PROVISIONS 1.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the following Commonwealth of Massachusetts Provisions apply to the work to be performed under this Contract and that these provisions supersede any conflicting provisions of this Contract. 1.2. Applicable provisions of Massachusetts General Laws and Regulations and/or the United States Code and Code of Federal Regulations govern this Contract and any provision in violation of the foregoing shall be deemed null, void and of no effect. Where conflict between Code of Federal Regulations and State Laws and Regulations exist, the more stringent requirement shall .. apply. 1.3. Massachusetts General Laws: The following are incorporated into the Contract by reference. 1.3.1. Chapter 30, Section 39I 1.3.2. Chapter 30, Section 39J 1.3.3. Chapter 30, Section 39L 1.3.4. Chapter 30, Section 39M 1.3.5. Chapter 30, Section 39P 1.3.6. Chapter 30, Section 39Q 1.3.7. Chapter 30, Section 39R 1.3.8. Chapter 82, Section 40 1.3.13. Chapter 149, Section 34 1.3.14. Chapter 149, Section 44F 1.3.15. Chapter 149, Section 44G 1.3.16. Chapter 149, Section 44J 1.4. Massachusetts General Laws: The following are incorporated into the Contract by insertion. 1.4.1. Chapter 30, Section 39F 1.4.2. Chapter 30, Section 39N 1.4.3. Chapter 30, Section 390 1.4.4. Chapter 30, Section 39K 2.0. CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MA 2.1. Order of Conditions from Conservation Commission(Pending- to be inserted in Appendix B). 12359 00800-21 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. The requirements and provisions of all applicable laws and any amendments thereof or additions thereto as to the employment of labor, and to the schedule of minimum wage rates established in compliance with laws shall be a part of these Contract Documents. Copies of the wage schedules are included in SC-32 of these Supplementary Conditions. If, after the Notice of Award, it becomes necessary to employ any person in a trade or occupation not classified in the wage determinations, such person shall be paid at not less than such rates as shall be determined by the officials administrating the laws mentioned above. Such approved minimum rate shall be retroactive to the time of the initial employment of such person in such trade or occupation. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER of CONTRACTOR's intention to employ persons in trades or occupations not classified in sufficient time for OWNER to obtain approved rates for such trades or occupations. B. The schedules of wages referred to above are minimum rates only, and OWNER will not consider any claims for additional compensation made by CONTRACTOR because of payment by CONTRACTOR of any wage rate in excess of the applicable rate contained in these Contract Documents. All disputes in regard to the payment of wages in excess of these specified in the schedules shall be resolved by CONTRACTOR. C. The said schedules of wages shall continue to be the minimum rates to be paid during the life of this Agreement and a legible copy of said schedules shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the work. D. The State schedule of minimum wage rates are included in SC-32 of these Supplementary Conditions. Where rates differ, the higher rates shall apply as a minimum for that trade. SC-18 NOT USED SC-19 NOT USED END OF SECTION 12359 am 00800-20 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-15.02 OWNER MAY TERMINATE FOR CAUSE Add a new phrase immediately after paragraph 15.02.A.4 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: 5. If CONTRACTOR abandons the Work, or sublets this Contract or any part thereof, without the previous written consent of OWNER, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder shall be assigned by CONTRACTOR otherwise than as herein specified; SC-16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .. SC-16.01 METHODS AND PROCEDURES ..e Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 16.01.A of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: B. Any dispute or controversy between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of, relating to, or concerning any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this CONTRACT, shall be controlled by applicable Massachusetts law. Any lawsuit arising out of such dispute or controversy shall be filed in the County Superior Court in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, unless otherwise agreed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER in writing. SC-17 MISCELLANEOUS Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 17.06 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: 17.07. Addresses A. Both the address given in the Bid Form upon which this Agreement is founded, and CONTRACTOR's office at or near the site of the Work are hereby designated as places to either of which notices, letters, and other communications to CONTRACTOR shall be certified, mailed, or delivered. The delivering at the above named place, or depositing in a " postpaid wrapper directed to the first-named place, in any post office box regularly maintained by the post office department, of any notice, letter or other communication to Contractor shall be deemed sufficient service thereof upon CONTRACTOR; and the date of said service shall be the date of such delivery or mailing. The first-named address may be changed at any time by an instrument in writing, executed and acknowledged by CONTRACTOR, and delivered to OWNER and ENGINEER. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to preclude or render inoperative the service of any notice, letter, or other communication upon CONTRACTOR personally. Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 17.07. of the Supplementary Conditions: ow 17.08 Wage Rates: 12359 • 00800-19 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-14.04 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Add the following new paragraph 14.04.F. immediately after paragraph 14.04.E., which is to reach as follows: F. ENGINEER shall be entitled to withhold substantial completion if CONTRACTOR has not brought all systems and subsystems that are part of the Work substantially complete to functioning condition to the satisfaction of the OWNER; provided training to OWNER to the satisfaction of the OWNER on all operating systems that are part of the Work substantially complete; and provided all necessary documentation for operation and maintenance of all operating systems including, but not limited to, final manufacturer's operation and maintenance manuals. SC-14.07 FINAL PAYMENT Delete paragraph 14.07B.1, of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation - all as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. Thereupon ENGINEER will give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, OWNER shall in accordance with the applicable Massachusetts General Law, pay CONTRACTOR the amount recommended by ENGINEER. SC-15.01 OWNER MAY SUSPEND WORK ,. Delete paragraph 15.01 A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. OWNER may order, at any time and without cause, suspension of the Work in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 390. 12359 00800-18 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS After Subparagraph 14.02.D.Le. add new subparagraphs: f. CONTRACTOR has failed to make payment to Subcontractors or Suppliers or for labor. " g. Liability for liquidated damages has been incurred by CONTRACTOR. h. CONTRACTOR has not delivered, or ENGINEER has not been given sufficient time to review such submittals and other documentation as final shop drawings; warranties; installation, operation and maintenance manuals; test reports, certifications; start-up reports and other documentation required by the Contract Documents. i. CONTRACTOR has not complied with applicable prevailing wage rates established for the project as established by the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries, as determined by ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment, as described in subparagraph 14.02.B.1.a. SC-14.03 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Add two new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 14.03A of the General Conditions which are to read as follows: B. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by CONTRACTOR or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. CONTRACTOR warrants that CONTRACTOR has good title to all materials and supplies used by CONTRACTOR in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. C. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and save OWNER harmless from all claims growing , out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men, and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. CONTRACTOR , shall at OWNER's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then OWNER may, after having served written notice on the said CONTRACTOR either ow pay unpaid bills, of which OWNER has written notice, direct, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged whereupon payment to CONTRACTOR shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon OWNER to either CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the CONTRACTOR, OWNER shall be deemed the agent of CONTRACTOR and any payment so made by OWNER, shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by OWNER to CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any such payment made in good faith. 12359 .•� 40 00800-17 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-14.02 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Add the following sentence at the end of paragraph 14.02.A.3: No payments will be made that would deplete the retainage, place in escrow any funds that are required for retainage, or invest the retainage for the benefit of the Contractor. Add new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 14.02A.3 of the General Conditions which are to read as follows: 4. CONTRACTOR shall furnish evidence that payment received on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated and suitably stored, has in fact been paid to the respective *� supplier(s) within sixty days of payment by OWNER. Failure to provide such evidence of payment may result in the withdrawal of previous approval(s) and removal of the cost of related materials and equipment from the next submitted Application for Payment. 5. The ENGINEER shall receive and review, in connection with its review of the CONTRACTOR's applications for payment, the weekly payroll records required to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to MGL Chapter 149, Section 27B. Such review shall be for the purpose of determining that the amount of wages paid to laborers employed on the project is no less than the applicable prevailing wage rates established for the project by the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries. The ENGINEER shall maintain, as part of the Project records, one complete copy of all such payroll records, and shall transmit to the OWNER, upon completion of the review provided for herein, the original weekly records as submitted by the CONTRACTOR. The ENGINEER shall promptly notify the OWNER if(1) any payroll records submitted by the CONTRACTOR do not represent payment of at lest the applicable prevailing wage rates established for the project or (2) the ENGINEER knows or has reason to believe that the weekly payroll records submitted by the CONTRACTOR do not accurately represent the wages actually paid to laborers employed on the project and that the CONTRACTOR is not paying said laborers at least the amount of said prevailing wage rates." Delete paragraph 14.02B.I of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1. Progress Payments will be made in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39K. Delete Paragraph 14.02.C.1 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1. The Application for Payment with Engineer's recommendations will be presented to the Owner and Agencies for consideration. If both the Owner and Agencies find the Application for Payment acceptable, the recommended amount less any reduction under the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.1) will become due twenty days after the Application for Payment is presented to the Owner, and the Owner will make payment to the Contractor. 12359 00800-16 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1. if the Bid price of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 50 percent or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price ow Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 30 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and .. 2. if there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. if Contractor believes that Contractor has incurred additional expense as a result thereof or '° if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the unit price, either Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 10 if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any 'w such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed. SC-12.01 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE At the end of subparagraph 12.0l.C.2.b,prior to the semicolon, add the following words: "calculated on Subcontractor's actual cost before Subcontractor's fee is added". At the end of subparagraph 12.01.C.2.c,prior to the semicolon, add the following words: "calculated on the actual cost of the work performed before any tier Subcontractor's fee is added. The total fee on actual work shall not exceed 20%." Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 12.01.C.21, of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: g. To the sum of the costs and mark ups provided in this Article, a maximum of 2.5 percent may be added as compensation for bonds and insurance. SC-13.05 OWNER MAY STOP THE WORK Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 13.05.A of the General Conditions to read as follows: B. If OWNER stops Work under Paragraph 13.05.A, CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. MW SC-13.09 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK Delete the word "seven" in the first sentence of Paragraph 13.09.A, and replace with the word no "twenty-one." 12359 "" 00800-15 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2.4 Shall not advise on, issue directions relative to or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction unless such advice or directions are specifically required by the Contract Documents. 2.5 Shall not advise on, issue directions regarding or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 2.6 Shall not accept Shop Drawing or sample submittals from anyone other than Contractor. 2.7 Shall not authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part. law 2.8 Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others except as specifically authorized by Engineer. "" C. ENGINEER'S interpretations will be made in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39P. Im SC-11.01 COST OF THE WORK g' Delete the second sentence in paragraph 11.0l.A.1, of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following: "Such employees shall include foremen at the site." Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 11.0I.A.1, of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: a. CONTRACTOR shall establish, in the Agreement, the Direct Labor Cost percentage. This percentage, where approved by OWNER, will be used in the determination of the Direct Labor Cost listed in the Change Order Form. The Direct Labor Costs are defined to include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' and workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay, and cost of premiums for all additional insurance required because of changes in the Work. SC-11.02 ALLOWANCES Delete paragraphs 11.02.A and B, of the General Conditions in their entirety. SC-11.03 UNIT PRICE WORK Delete Paragraph 11.03.1) in its entirety and insert the following in its place: D. The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: me 12359 ■® 00800-14 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ow b. keep a diary or log book recording Contractor hours on the job site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of Work Directive Changes, Change ap Orders or changed conditions, list of job site visitors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general, and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures; and send copies to Engineer. aw C. Record names, address and telephone numbers of all contractors, subcontractors and major suppliers of materials and equipment. 1.9 Reports: a. Furnish Engineer periodic reports as required of progress of the Work and of Contractor's compliance with the progress schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals. b. Consult with Engineer in advance of scheduled major tests, inspections or start of important phases of the Work. C. Draft proposed Change Orders and Work Directive Changes, obtaining backup material from Contractor and recommend to Engineer Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, and Field Orders. d. Report immediately to Engineer and Owner upon the occurrence of any accident. 1.10 Payment Requests: Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the schedule of values, Work .� completed and materials and equipment delivered at the site but not incorporated in the Work. 1.11 Certificates, Maintenance and Operation Manuals: During the course of the Work, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed and in accordance with the Contract Documents, and have this material delivered to Engineer for review and forwarding to Owner prior to final payment for the Work. 1.12 Completion: a. Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. b. Conduct final inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected. C. Observe that all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance. 2 Limitations of Authority of the Resident Project Representative: 2.1 Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment, unless authorized by Engineer. 2.2 Shall not exceed limitations of Engineer's authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. .• 2.3 Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, subcontractors or Contractor's superintendent. 12359 .. 00800-13 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS a. Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor, working principally through Contractor's superintendent and assist in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents; and assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with Contractor when Contractor's operations affect Owner's on-site operations. b. Assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required for proper execution of the Work. 1.4 Shop Drawings and Samples: a. Record date of receipt of Shop Drawings and samples. b. Receive samples which are furnished at the site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of availability of samples for examination. C. Advise Engineer and Contractor of the commencement of any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample if the submittal has not been reviewed by Engineer. 1.5 Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Inspections and Tests: a. Conduct on-site observations of the Work in progress to assist Engineer in determining if the Work is in general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Report to Engineer whenever Resident Project Representative believes that any Work is unsatisfactory, faulty or defective or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, test or approval required to be made; and advise Engineer of Work that Resident Project Representative believes should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. C. Verify that tests, equipment and systems startups and operating and maintenance training are conducted in the presence of appropriate personnel, and that Contractor maintains adequate records thereof; and observe, record and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and startups. d. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the results of these inspections and report to Engineer. 1.6 Interpretation of Contract Documents: Report to Engineer when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to Contractor clarifications and interpretations as issued by Engineer. 1.7 Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications in Drawings or Specifications and report with recommendations to Engineer. Transmit to the Contractor decisions as issued by Engineer. 1.8 Records: * a. Maintain at the job site orderly files for correspondence, reports of job conferences, Shop Drawings and samples, reproductions of original Contract Documents including all Work Directive Changes, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract, Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports, and other Project related documents. 12359 00800-12 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS If through the acts of neglect on the part of CONTRACTOR, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the Work, CONTRACTOR shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against OWNER and/or ENGINEER on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR, who shall indemnify, defend, and save harmless OWNER and/or ENGINEER against any such claims. A„ Delete paragraphs 6.20.C, C. I and C.2 of the General Conditions in their entirety. Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.2013 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: 6.21 Definitions; Contract Provisions; Management and Financial Statement; Enforcement A. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable provisions of Chapter 30, Section 39R of the Massachusetts General Laws regarding CONTRACTOR's records. o SC-8.06. INSURANCE Delete paragraph 8.06. of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-9.03 PROJECT REPRESENTATION Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 9.03A of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: • B Resident Project Representative is Engineer's agent at the site, will act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer, and will confer with Engineer regarding Resident "" Project Representative's actions. Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on-site work shall in general be with Engineer and Contractor keeping Owner advised as necessary. Resident Project Representative's dealings with subcontractors shall only be through or with the full knowledge and approval of Contractor. Resident Project Representative shall generally communicate with Owner ow with the knowledge of and under the direction of Engineer. 1 Duties and Responsibilities of Resident Project Representative: 1.1 Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing submittals ON and schedule of values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning acceptability. 1.2 Conferences and Meetings: Attend meetings with Contractor, such as or preconstruction conferences, progress meetings,job conferences and other project-related meetings, and prepare and circulate copies of minutes thereof. s. 1.3 Liaison: 12359 .. 00800-11 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS "B. Record Drawings shall comply with the requirements of Mass DEP-DMS CG-4 - Record Drawings: Wastewater Facilities, Lateral Sewers, Interceptor Sewers and Force Mains". The following clarification of Mass DEP-DMS CG-4 are provided: a. Mass DEP-DMS CG-4 discusses the requirements for Record Drawings. Item No. 1 of the Memorandum Policy states that "The Owner shall be responsible for the preparation of all Record Drawings required by this contract. This responsibility may be delegated to the Owner's representative. The responsibility for the preparation of record drawings shall not be delegated or transferred to the �.► contractor." The intent of this statement in context with the requirements of this Contract, require the Contractor to submit "Record Documents" to the Engineer prior to final payment in accordance with Section 01720. The Engineer will use the information from these record documents to prepare the Record Drawings as required by CG-4. The Record Documents submitted by the Contractor to the Owner shall include clearly legible, red line markups made on one set of the Contract Drawings. Submission of the Contractor's field set will not be accepted as a Record Document. SC-6.13 SAFETY AND PROTECTION " Add a new paragraph 6.13.0 to read as follows: C. Safety provisions for confined space entry shall follow General Industry Standard CFR Title 29 Part 1910.146. SC-6.19 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Add the following new paragraph 6.19.D., immediately after paragraph 6.19.B., of the General Conditions: D. CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and Work performed for a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees for a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion of the systems that the completed systems are free from all defects due to faulty materials or .. workmanship and CONTRACTOR shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs of any damage to other parts of the system resulting from such defects. OWNER will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that CONTRACTOR should fail to make such repairs, adjustments, or other work that may be made necessary by such defects, OWNER may do so and charge CONTRACTOR the cost thereby incurred. The Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect through the guarantee period." SC-6.20 INDEMNIFICATION Add two new sentences at the end of paragraph 6.20.A to read as follows: 12359 00800-10 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Add the following language at the end of Paragraph 6.06.17 of the General Conditions: "except as required otherwise by Massachusetts General Law Chapter 149, Section 44F." Add a new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.06.G: H. The Contractor shall not award work valued at more than fifty (50%) percent of the Contract Price to Subcontractor(s),without prior written approval of the Owner. SC-6.08 PERMITS Add a new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.08A of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a Building Permit and other permits and approvals as required from the City of Northampton. However, fees payable to the City of Northampton for such permits, if required, shall be paid directly by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR will be allowed no allowance for overhead and profit on fees paid to the City of Northampton. All costs associated with obtaining these permits and approvals (other than the fees paid directly to the City of Northampton) shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid price. ow SC-6.10 TAXES Add a new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.10.A: B. Section 6(f) of Chapter 64 H of the Massachusetts General Laws exempts from Massachusetts sales tax building materials and supplies to be used in the project, and bidders shall not include ow in their bids any amount therefore. The words "building materials and supplies" shall include all materials and supplies consumed, employed or expended in the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling or repair of any building, structure, public highway, bridge or other such up public work, as well as such material and supplies physically incorporated therein. Said words shall also include rental charges for construction vehicles, equipment and machinery rented specifically for use on the site of the project or while being used exclusively for the transportation of materials for the project. SC-6.12 RECORD DOCUMENTS Add the following paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.12.A of the General Conditions: 12359 -- 40 00800-9 ON SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Am c. It shall be CONTRACTOR's responsibility to coordinate all submittals to ENGINEER for approval to eliminate any conflicts which might arise due to the use of"or equal" items. Any additional costs incidental to the use of"or equal" items shall be paid by 40 CONTRACTOR. Add a new paragraph SC-6.05.A.3. immediately after paragraph 6.05.A.2.d. of the General o Conditions,which is to read as follows: 3. Procurement standards under Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39M ON requires specifications be written for competitive bidding by at least three (3) manufacturers or suppliers for each item of material to be furnished under the contract; except, however, that said specifications may be otherwise written for sound reasons in the public interest stated in writing in the public records of the awarding authority or promptly given in writing by the awarding authority to anyone making a written request. SC-6.06 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS Delete Paragraphs 6.06A and 6.0613 of the General Conditions in their entirety and insert' therefor the following: A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. Acceptance of any Subcontractor, other person or organization by OWNER shall not constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER to reject defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, other person or organization against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. B. Not Used. Add the following paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.06.C.2: 3. OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to CONTRACTOR on account of Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a particular Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Add the following language as 6.06.C.4 of the General Conditions: 4. CONTRACTOR shall make payments to Subcontractors in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39F. Add a new sentence at the end of paragraph 6.06.E to read as follows: OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid on their behalf to CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment. 12359 om 00800-8 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this Article 5 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.05. CONTRACTOR will provide such additional aw information in respect of insurance provided by CONTRACTOR as OWNER may reasonably request. ow SC-6.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.0213 of the General Conditions. C. Regular working hours are defined as 8 hours per day, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, between the hours of 7:30 AM and 5:00 PM. Requests to work other than regular working hours shall be submitted to ENGINEER not less than 48 hours prior to any proposed weekend work or scheduled extended work weeks. Occasional unscheduled overtime on weekdays may be permitted provided two hours notice is given to ENGINEER. D. CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for additional engineering and/or inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours stipulated in Article SC-6.02.C. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the CONTRACTOR's monthly payment request or deducted from the CONTRACTOR's retention prior to release of final payment. Overtime costs for the OWNER's personnel shall be based on the individual's current overtime wage rate. Overtime costs for personnel employed by the ENGINEER or OWNER's independent testing laboratory shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of their respective contracts with the OWNER. E. This Agreement is subject to the applicable provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, Public Law 87-581, 87th Congress. No Contractor or Subcontractor contracting for any part of the Work shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic to be employed on the Work in excess of forty hours in any work week unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times that person's basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such work week. F. CONTRACTOR shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR, in writing, that any person on the Work appears to be incompetent, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the Project and shall not again be employed on it except with the consent of OWNER. SC-6.05 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR-EQUALS" Add a new paragraph SC-6.05.A.1.c immediately after paragraph 6.05.A.1.b of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: 12359 '" 00800-7 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-5.06 PROPERTY INSURANCE Delete the first sentence of paragraph 5.06A of the General Conditions and replace it with: A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the work at this site, written on the completed value form, in an amount equal to the total bid price for the completed construction. Delete paragraph 5.06E of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following: B. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such equipment breakdown insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and + subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee. " ►► Delete Paragraph 5.06.0 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following: C. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 5.06.A. shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued by certified mail. Delete paragraph 5.06D of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-5.07 WAIVER OF RIGHTS Delete paragraph 5.07A of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-5.08 RECEIPT AND APPLICATION OF INSURANCE PROCEEDS Delete paragraph 5.08A of the General Conditions in its entirety. Delete paragraph 5.08B of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-5.09.A ACCEPTANCE OF BONDS AND INSURANCE; OPTION TO REPLACE Delete paragraph 5.09A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 12359 00800-6 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS up a. State: Statutory b. Applicable Federal Wr (e.g., Longshoremen's) Statutory c. Employer's Liability 1$ 500,0001 c. Employer's Liability $2,000,000 Each Accident $2,000,000 Disease per Employee 2. Contractor's General Liability under Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through A.6 of the General Conditions which shall include completed operations and product liability coverages and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody and control of the Contractor: a. General Aggregate {$ 2,000,0001 AW b. Products - Completed Operations Aggregate {$ 2,000,000} c. Personal and Advertising aw Injury {$ 1,000,0001 d. Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) {$ 1,000,000} e. Property Damage liability insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverages where applicable. .� f. Excess or Umbrella Liability 1) General Aggregate J$ 5,000,0001 2) Each Occurrence {$ 5,000,0001 3. Automobile Liability under Paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions: a. Bodily Injury: Each Person {$ 1,000,000) Each Accident {$ 1,000,0001 *� b. Property Damage: Each Accident {$ 1,000,000} 4. The Contractual Liability coverage required by paragraph 5.04.13.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: a. Bodily Injury: Each Person {$ 2,000,0001 Each Accident {$ 2,000,0001 b. Property Damage: Each Accident {$ 2,000,0001 Annual Aggregate {$ 2,000,0001 12359 Rq 00800-5 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS established above are incorporated therein by reference. Contractor is not entitled to rely upon other information and data utilized by Engineer and Engineer's Consultants in the preparation of Drawings and Specifications. M SC-4.03 DIFFERING SUBSURFACE OR PHYSICAL CONDITIONS Add a new paragraph 4.03D which is to read as follows: D. Adjustments resulting from subsurface or latent physical conditions will be in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39N. SC-4.05 REFERENCE POINTS Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 4.05A of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: B. ENGINEER may check the lines, elevations, reference marks, batter boards, etc., set by CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR shall correct any errors disclosed by such check. Such a check shall not be considered as approval of CONTRACTOR's work and shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for accurate construction of the entire Work. CONTRACTOR shall furnish personnel to assist ENGINEER in checking lines and grades. SC-4.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION AT SITE Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 4.06.A: 1. The following reports of Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site are known to the Owner: a. Report dated February 22, 2012, prepared by Eastern Analytical, Concord, NH; for samples taken from the Sludge Thickening Tank and Sludge Holding Tank. The Report is included in the Appendices of this Specification SC-5.04 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 5.04.13: C. The limits of liability for insurance required by Paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: 1 . Workers' Compensation, and related coverages under Paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and A.2 of the *f General Conditions and in accordance with MGL Chapter 149, Section 34A: 12359 .. 00800-4 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS w� SC-3.01 INTENT Add a new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 3.01 C of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: D. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract , Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. SC-4.02 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS Add the following new paragraph(s) immediately after paragraph 4.02.13: C. In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications, Engineer or Engineer's Consultants , relied upon the following reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the Site: 1. No reports or explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to the Owner or Engineer. D. In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications, Engineer or Engineer's Consultants relied upon the following drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the Site: aw 1. Drawings dated December 1988, of the Leachate Treatment Facilities, civil and site layout; prepared by Dufresne-Henry., Greenfield, MA., entitled: "Leachate Treatment Facilities, Northampton Sanitary Landfill, Northampton, MA; Contract No. 2", , consisting of 32 sheets numbered GI to E8, with some sheets missing. 2. Drawings dated June 1989, of the Leachate Treatment Facilities, process equipment; prepared by Lancy International INC, entitled: "Warner Brothers Incorporated Northampton Sanitary Landfill, Northappton, Massachusetts, Lancy Project No. 201590, Warner Brothers Incorporated P.O. No. 201501" consisting of 38 sheets " numbered Al to T7,with a number of sheets missing. E. Copies of reports and drawings itemized in SC-4.02.0 and SC-4.02.13 that are not included with Bidding Documents may be examined at the Engineer's Office during regular business hours. These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Contractor may rely as identified and 12359 '° 00800-3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-1.02.1) DEFECTIVE Insert the following language as paragraph 1.02 D.1.d: d. or fails to provide the level of service for which it was intended. SC-2.01 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 2.01.13 of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: C. Non-Resident Contractor: The Contractor, if a corporation established under laws other than the State in which the proposed construction is located, shall file with the Owner, notice of the name of its resident attorney, appointed as required by the laws of the State in which the proposed construction is located. The Contractor, if a resident of a State other than that in which the proposed construction is located and not a corporation, shall file, at the time of execution of the Agreement, with the Owner a written appointment of a resident of the State in which the construction is located, having an office or place of business therein, to be his true and lawful attorney upon whom all lawful processes in any actions or proceedings against him may be served; and in such writing, which shall set forth said attorney's place of residence, shall agree that any lawful process against him which is served on said attorney shall be of the same legal force and validity as if served on him and that the authority shall continue in force so long as any liability remains outstanding against him in said State. The power of attorney shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State if required, and copies certified by the Secretary shall be sufficient evidence thereof. Such appointment shall continue in force until revoked by an instrument in writing, designating in a like manner some other person upon whom such processes may be served, which instrument shall be filed in the manner provided herein for the original appointment. " SC-2.03 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES; NOTICE TO PROCEED Delete Paragraph 2.03.A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. SC-2.05 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Add the following as paragraph 2.05.13: B. The value of mobilization shall not exceed 2.5 percent of the contract price. 12359 00800-2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC-1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. SC-1.01.A.3. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 1.0l.A.3: The Application for Payment form to be used on this Project is EJCDC No. C-620 or similar approved format. SC-1.01.A.9. CHANGE ORDER Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 1.01.A.3: The Change Order form to be used on this Project is the modified version of EJCDC No. C-941 provided in these specifications. SC-1.01 A.29 OWNER Add the following to the end of paragraph 1.29 of the General Conditions: 1W Owner is referred to as Grantee in certain sections of these Contract Documents. Owner and Grantee are one and the same. SC-1.01 A.52 NON-RESIDENT CONTRACTOR Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 1.01.A.51 of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: 52. Non-Resident Contractor- a. A person who is not a resident in the State where the proposed construction is to be located, or b. Any partnership that has no member thereof resident in the State where the proposed construction is to be located. C. Any corporation established under laws other than those of the State in which the proposed construction is located. 12359 ow 00800-1 ?�r SECTION 00800 4 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Supplementary Conditions These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Funding Agency Edition, EJCDC C-700 (2007 Edition), hereinafter called the General Conditions, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. The address system used in these Supplementary Conditions is the same as the address system used in the General Conditions, with the prefix "SC" added thereto. Contents of Supplementary Conditions Section No. Section Title Page No. SC-1 to SC-19 Amendments to General Conditions 00800-1 SC-20 Commonwealth of Massachusetts Provisions SC-20-1 SC-32 Wage Rates SC-32-1 SC-36 Equal Opportunity Clause SC-36-1 SC-38 Executive Order 11246 SC-38-1 SC-41 Notice to Labor Unions SC-41-1 12359 MW 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the IM corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Computation of Times ow A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. or 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other aw provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation,right, and remedy to which they apply. aw 17.04 Survival of Obligations MW A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Law • A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 62 of 62 to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.1) shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 61 of 62 so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13 and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.0I.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.13 and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for(without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior MW to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work,plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of s engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or(ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 60 of 62 .. ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving „ Contractor (and surety) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or e conversion); 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner r has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere; and 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.13, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 59 of 62 documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the .m Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation,the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated aw damages, will become due and will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ow A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims ow A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled "" Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees aw specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in 1W accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ow EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 58 of 62 MR Am 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is ► complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, .guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied(except as previously delivered)by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.13.6; b. consent of the surety, if any,to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 57 of 62 final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization MW A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or aw which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: a 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially .W complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 14.04.A through D for that part of the Work. W 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall W make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part W of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 56 of 62 D. Reduction in Payment: 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction.and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.I and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 55 of 62 involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: owl a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the „ moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner , free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's .w opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D)become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 54 of 62 Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. B. Review of Applications: 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer's �. review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief. a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph ,. 9.07, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 53 of 62 aw 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work aw A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude „ Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and .R equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable a. Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of ow engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued Im incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in aw Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 'w 14.01 Schedule of Values o A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ow Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments .W A. Applications for Payments: ON 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 52 of 62 ..f 40 10 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others)will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work,the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of,the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate *� amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 51 of 62 C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, „ and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory ., replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work .. A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will *M conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the "' benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. am 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). ' B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, .. Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. MW 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may .. be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.1 LA is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: M EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 62 +* 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 7M B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections,tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections,tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.13 shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such �. public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. 4W D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of "" materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to 44 Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by M Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work ' A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 49 of 62 00 neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as s contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer, and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays s within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. .a ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK owl 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be ow given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. .r 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, ow independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and .» testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. O EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 62 C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.0 LA.1 and 11.0I.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.0l.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a and 12.01.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.0I.A.I and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.4, 11.0l.A.5, and 11.01.13; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclusive. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph AIR 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 62 00 the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the or estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the ,w purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. ,w C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. ow D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if: 1W 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ,.w 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph ., 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the „ Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or Im 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.0l.C.2); or .w 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the aw Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit(determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 46 of 62 limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.O1.A. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work,Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs I LOLA and 11.01.13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. nw 11.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor(less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work a� A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 4" Page 45 of 62 ,.._ said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease , when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which .mot Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of �s property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose �F acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. ° B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.0I.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 44 of 62 MR on 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with *� the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. M Page 43 of 62 shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start „ of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.13. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Times shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.13. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: o' 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part; MW 2. approve the Claim; or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole MW discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. ow D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days,the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.1) will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. ARTICLE 11 —COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK .w 11.01 Cost of the Work .W A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.13, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an .w adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may aw be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.13, and shall include only the following items: so, .o- EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 62 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended,modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.D. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.0l.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or(iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 41 of 62 or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety ow precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. •° C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. so D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, WW tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with,the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. 9.10 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Engineer's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which Engineer has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.D. ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS w1k 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work aw A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 1W 10.05. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 40 of 62 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work Aw A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of +�* the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believes that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the w purposes of Paragraph 10.05.13. C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or `" decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 39 of 62 continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and " limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. .w 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning .� whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. �F EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 38 of 62 !► 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. � r 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents. 8.12 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Owner's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which Owner has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.D. ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 62 jw B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's wrongful actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor under direct contract to Owner for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's wrongful action or inactions. ARTICLE 8—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .W 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications MP to Contractor through Engineer. owl 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be '" that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. aw 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 62 E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents,then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site,the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 35 of 62 am B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, or partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or , anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or .r other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. or 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 62 .. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice r of acceptability by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable . EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 62 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer's Review: 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the ..� Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible .� with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means,methods,techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction(except where a particular means, method,technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any .� disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 32 of 62 required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. �* 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. .r 2. Samples: a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. r B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures: 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety *!! precautions and programs incident thereto. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 31 of 62 shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal,relocation, and replacement of their property. .. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner's safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner's safety programs that are applicable to the Work. D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety , program with which Owner's and Engineer's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). ' F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.14 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 30 of 62 *•r by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. + r B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 29 of 62 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. .K B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of ow Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective W Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any W such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes W A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are aw applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas aw A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: or 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or MW other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. we 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 62 W Contractor, Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is �. subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including �. but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents,but not identified as being subject to payment of any license 4M fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold 40 harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,architects, attorneys, •• and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,process,product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor,when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 62 required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or „ perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other MW individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: .w 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor #° 2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of MW Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. s� E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. ow F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically .� binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a , Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as a loss payee on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 62 c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and b) available engineering, sales,maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner)resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or-equal"at Contractor's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.13), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Im Page 25 of 62 MW 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service. .� b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and .R 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. ow 2. Substitute Items: am a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. or b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that MW named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than MW Contractor. c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as AW supplemented by the General Requirements, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute .w item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, ' b) be similar in substance to that specified, and MW c) be suited to the same use as that specified; 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract MM with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 62 .� B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or-Equal"Items: If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if- a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; s EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 62 aw interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change am Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ow A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall a„ commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the .a policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. aw ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence MW A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the owl Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific ow means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. .. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent(which will not be unreasonably withheld)given after prior written notice to Engineer. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment .w A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, "" temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. ow EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 62 I. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.13 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the loss payees, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.13. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, .A the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof,and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order. B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance „ with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents,the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.13. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party's EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 62 1 0. members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, „M each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee. C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be MW purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to ,.. each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07. D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. "' E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and ow the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. aw 5.07 Waiver of Rights IM A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, ow partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the 4M event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or loss payees thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property „ . insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and ,. subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so d issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, .w directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 62 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, *■ at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, ' collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage (other than that caused by flood), and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such equipment breakdown insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 62 dw a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of „w such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason; ,.,, 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and „ 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. MW B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: ow 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, be written on an occurrence basis, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and any other individuals or MW entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; .. 3. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 4. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 5. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; ' and 6. include completed operations coverage: ' a. Such insurance shall remain in effect for two years after final payment. b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at .w final payment and one year thereafter. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 62 aA meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. *' 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. B. Owner shall .deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain. ' C. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of Contractor's full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. D. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor. E. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. 5.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by w anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 62 6W H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold r„ harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, o, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to •• indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. No I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds .PW A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's VW obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or M by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. Wk B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as s Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual's authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.01.13, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and .. Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification,provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.13 and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 62 C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible "■ for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby(except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 4.06.E. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either parry may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, *" partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 62 consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change , Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points AW A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings ow known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. MW B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and MW drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, ,w„ employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 62 Am MR contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or d c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, neither Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated.• The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 62 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract .� Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith(except as aforesaid)until receipt of written order to do so. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) , of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: , 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times i£ a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or aw b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 62 on ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS w 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors,members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. ,i Pagel 1 of 62 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or ow 3. Engineer's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to Owner or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies(also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or ,W otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60-day .r acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. 4W .W EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 62 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation , (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby(except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 62 ow Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING,REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of `F the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. XW EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 62 .n R 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. ++ 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation ofAuthorized Representatives A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A,procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining " required records. B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit instructions, receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective parry. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 62 E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: aw 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location)ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance aw A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. .W B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary o Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the ow Agreement or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. ow EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 62 addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.13 through F are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: * 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day: 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 62 40. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 41. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 42. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 43. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 44. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has ,. progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 45. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 46. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 47. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. .F 48. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 49. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 50. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 51. Work Change Directive—A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an MP EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 62 '* 27. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 28. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 29. Owner—The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 30. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls. 31. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 32. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 33. Project—The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 34. Project Manual—The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents. 35. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.)as amended from time to time. 36. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 37. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 38. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 39. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 62 .m 12. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard MW copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. ow 13. Contract Price—The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the a provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve ., Milestones, if any; (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. r4 16. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 for definition. 17. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. .w 19. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 20. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 21. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, , Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 23. Hazardous Waste—The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act(42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. ; 25. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. IW 26. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. .� EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 62 ..F ARTICLE 1 —DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 9. Change Order—A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim—A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract—The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements,whether written or oral. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 62 14.09 Waiver of Claims ........................................................................................................................58 Article 15 — Suspension of Work and Termination.........................................................................................59 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work.........................................................................................................59 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause................................................................................................59 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience...................................................................................60 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate...................................................................................60 Article 16—Dispute Resolution ......................................................................................................................61 16.01 Methods and Procedures.............................................................................................................61 A Article17—Miscellaneous..............................................................................................................................61 17.01 Giving Notice..............................................................................................................................61 or 17.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................................................62 17.03 Cumulative Remedies.................................................................................................................62 17.04 Survival of Obligations...............................................................................................................62 W 17.05 Controlling Law..........................................................................................................................62 17.06 Headings......................................................................................................................................62 or ow .W EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page iv ow .w 9.02 Visits to Site.................................................................................................. .............................37 9.03 Project Representative.................................................................................................................38 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work...................................................................................................38 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work...........................................................................................................38 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments..........................................................................39 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work...........................................................................................39 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work.....................39 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities ........................................................39 9.10 Compliance with Safety Program...............................................................................................40 Article 10-Changes in the Work; Claims......................................................................................................40 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................................40 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work............................................................................................41 10.03 Execution of Change Orders.......................................................................................................41 MW 10.04 Notification to Surety..................................................................................................................41 10.05 Claims..........................................................................................................................................41 Article 11 -Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work.......................................................................42 11.01 Cost of the Work.........................................................................................................................42 11.02 Allowances..................................................................................................................................45 .F 11.03 Unit Price Work ..........................................................................................................................45 Article 12-Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Times................................................................46 12.01 Change of Contract Price............................................................................................................46 12.02 Change of Contract Times ..........................................................................................................47 12.03 Delays..........................................................................................................................................47 Article 13 -Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work.......................48 13.01 Notice of Defects.........................................................................................................................48 13.02 Access to Work...........................................................................................................................48 13.03 Tests and Inspections ..................................................................................................................49 13.04 Uncovering Work........................................................................................................................49 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work.........................................................................................................50 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work................................................................................50 13.07 Correction Period........................................................................................................................50 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work...................................................................................................51 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work..........................................................................................52 Article 14-Payments to Contractor and Completion ....................................................................................52 14.01 Schedule of Values......................................................................................................................52 14.02 Progress Payments.......................................................................................................................52 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title....................................................................................................55 14.04 Substantial Completion...............................................................................................................55 14.05 Partial Utilization........................................................................................................................56 14.06 Final Inspection 14.07 Final Payment..............................................................................................................................57 �. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed..........................................................................................................58 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page iii 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ...........................................................21 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer..........................................................22 Article 6-Contractor's Responsibilities.........................................................................................................22 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence.....................................:.........................................................22 6.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................22 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................22 6.04 Progress Schedule .......................................................................................................................23 6.05 Substitutes and"Or-Equals" .......................................................................................................23 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................25 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties............................................................................................................27 6.08 Permits.........................................................................................................................................27 6.09 Laws and Regulations.................................................................................................................28 6.10 Taxes............................................................................................................................................28 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................28 6.12 Record Documents 6.13 Safety and Protection...................................................................................................................29 6.14 Safety Representative..................................................................................................................30 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................30 6.16 Emergencies ................................................................................................................................30 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples ......................................................................................................31 6.18 Continuing the Work...................................................................................................................32 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee ..........................................................................33 6.20 Indemnification ...........................................................................................................................33 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services...............................................................................34 Article7-Other Work at the Site...................................................................................................................35 7.01 Related Work at Site...................................................................................................................35 7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................35 7.03 Legal Relationships.....................................................................................................................36 Article 8-Owner's Responsibilities...............................................................................................................36 8.01 Communications to Contractor...................................................................................................36 8.02 Replacement of Engineer............................................................................................................36 8.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................36 8.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................36 .. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................36 8.06 Insurance......................................................................................................................................36 8.07 Change Orders.............................................................................................................................37 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals................................................................................ 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities....................................................................................37 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .h 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements..........................................................................................37 8.12 Compliance with Safety Program...............................................................................................37 Article 9-Engineer's Status During Construction.........................................................................................37 9.01 Owner's Representative..............................................................................................................37 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page ii STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 —Definitions and Terminology...........................................................................................................l 1.01 Defined Terms...............................................................................................................................1 1.02 Terminology..................................................................................................................................5 Article2—Preliminary Matters .........................................................................................................................6 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance .............................................................................6 2.02 Copies of Documents....................................................................................................................6 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times;Notice to Proceed...............................................................6 2.04 Starting the Work..........................................................................................................................7 2.05 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives..................................7 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules....................................................................................................7 Article 3 —Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse.............................................................................8 3.01 Intent..............................................................................................................................................8 .." 3.02 Reference Standards........................................................... .........................8 .................................. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.......................................................................................9 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents...................................................................9 3.05 Reuse of Documents 3.06 Electronic Data............................................................................................................................10 Article 4—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points...........................................................................................................11 4.01 Availability of Lands...................................................................................................................l 1 qW 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions...........................................................................................11 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.............................................................................12 ,m 4.04 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................13 4.05 Reference Points..........................................................................................................................14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site..............................................................................14 ofArticle 5—Bonds and Insurance......................................................................................................................16 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds...................................................................................16 �., 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers....................................................................................................16 5.03 Certificates of Insurance..............................................................................................................17 5.04 Contractor's Insurance ................................................................................................................17 t5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance........................................................................................................19 5.06 Property Insurance.......................................................................................................................19 5.07 Waiver of Rights.........................................................................................................................20 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .......21 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Page +R M These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor (EJCDC C-520 or C-525, 2007 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a or change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Narrative Guide to the EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC C-001, 2007 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions ow (EJCDC C-800, 2007 Edition). .W a aR .W aw Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street,Alexandria,VA 22314-2794 a. (703) 684-2882 www.nspe.org a American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347-7474 aw www.acec.or American Society of Civil Engineers a 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (800) 548-2723 as www.asce.or Associated General Contractors of America 2300 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 400, Arlington,VA 22201-3308 a. (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org a aw The copyright for this EJCDC document is owned jointly by the four EJCDC sponsoring organizations and held in trust for their benefit by NSPE. ow MW EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its " use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the controlling Laws and Regulations. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly by p 6[NCAj� ACEC ®` A-.-'A,(,()I'N(:[I.OF C-1;.4,\I£.t 5 K I l t Sy INTEGRITY ASCEAmerican Society National Society of of Civil Engineers Professional Engineers Professional Engineers in Private Practice AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES w. ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTORS OF AMERICA AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A Practice Division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS �w Endorsed by ,NN CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE .Nr EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 0 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. ERR (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by shall be to include without limitation in the terms of anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished "labor, materials, or equipment" that part of the 40 by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph telephone service, or rental equipment used in the are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of Construction Contract, architectural and limitation available to sureties as a defense in the engineering services required for performance of jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. the work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a 13. Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address where the labor, materials, or equipment were shown on the page on which their signature appears. furnished. Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. 16.3 Construction Contract: The agreement between 40 the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover 14. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a page, including all Contract Documents and all statutory or other legal requirement in the location where changes made to the agreement and the Contract the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Documents. w Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions 16.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement not been remedied or waived,to pay the Contractor shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, as required under the Construction Contract or to am the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory perform and complete or comply with the other bond and not as a common law bond. material terms of the Construction Contract. 15. Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a 16.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that MR potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and comprise the agreement between the Owner and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall Contractor. permit a copy to be made. 17. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a 16. Definitions contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term 16.1 Claim: A written statement by the Claimant Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. ,au including at a minimum: 18.Modifications to this Bond are as follows: 1. The name of the Claimant; 2. The name of the person for whom the labor was done,or materials or equipment furnished; 3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials, or equipment was furnished for use in the ' performance of the Construction Contract; 4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or equipment furnished; 5. The date on which the Claimant last performed 'R labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; 7. The total amount of previous payments me received by the Claimant;and 8. The total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim. 44� 16.2 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials, or 4nr equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic's 4n lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located.The intent of this Bond EJCDC C-615,Payment Bond Published December 2010 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 3 NOW 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind 7. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall ow successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following materials, and equipment furnished for use in the actions: performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the .p terms. Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and 2. If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due the basis for challenging any amounts that are aw to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless disputed;and the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed equipment furnished for use in the performance of the amounts. quo Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. 7.3 The Surety's failure to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 shall not be deemed to 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or ow Contract, the Surety's obligation to the Owner under this Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the except as to undisputed amounts for which the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, Paragraph 13)of claims,demands, liens,or suits against the however, the Surety fails to discharge its ow Owner or the Owner's property by any person or entity obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2, the Surety seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable furnished for use in the performance of the Construction attorney's fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to Contract, and tendered defense of such claims, demands, recover any sums found to be due and owing to the MW liens,or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. Claimant. 4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph 8. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of 3, the Surety hall promptly and at the Surety's expense '� Y P P Y tY' P this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney's fees defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner against a provided under Paragraph 7.3,and the amount of this Bond duly tendered claim,demand,lien,or suit. shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. swP 5. The Surety's obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following: 9. Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of 5.1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, aw the Contractor, under any construction performance bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, 5.1.1 have furnished a written notice of non- they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the payment to the Contractor, stating with performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to aw substantial accuracy the amount claimed satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this and the name of the party to whom the Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for materials were, or equipment was, the completion of the work. furnished or supplied or for whom the 1 labor was done or performed,within ninety 10. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants, or (90)days after having last performed labor others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to or last furnished materials or equipment the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable included in the Claim;and for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant owl under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no 5.1.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the obligation to make payments to or give notice on behalf of address described in Paragraph 13). Claimants, or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants R under this Bond. 5.2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to 11. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related ow 13). subcontracts,purchase orders,and other obligations. 6. If a notice of non-payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is 12. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in I► satisfy a Claimant's obligation to furnish a written notice of the state in which the project that is the subject of the non-payment under Paragraph 5.1.1. Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2, or EJCDC C-615,Payment Bond Published December 2010 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 Y, SECTION 00620 . . ............... }____.._:a__ PAYMENT BOND CONTRACTOR(name and address): SURETY (name and address ofprincipal place of business): OWNER(name and address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT „. Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description (name and location): BOND Bond Number: Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: ❑ None ❑ See Paragraph 18 a� Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY (seal) (seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature (attach power of attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title �s Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title wn� Notes: (1)Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties,such as joint venturers. (2)Any singular reference to Contractor,Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EJCDC C-615,Payment Bond Published December 2010 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 M" two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years 14.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all 40 Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations Contract Documents. available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be .air applicable. 14.3 Contractor Default:Failure of the Contractor,which has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to comply 12. Notice to the Surety,the Owner, or the Contractor shall be mailed with a material term of the Construction Contract. or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature ,w appears. 14.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived,to pay the Contractor as required under 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. OR be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and 14.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished,the intent is 'M that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a 15. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and common law bond. subcontractor,the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. 14. Definitions ar 16. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: 14.1 Balance of the Contract Price:The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract aA after all proper adjustments have been made including allowance for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and art proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. w aM a! aR a� OR EJCDC C-610—Performance Bond Published December 2010 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 3 MW 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and Contractor Default;or assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable 2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety promptness under the circumstances: * and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for Paragraph 3. which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined,make payment to 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract,the the Owner;or Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 5.4.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the .. 3.1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and Owner,citing the reasons for denial. the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is 6. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with requesting a conference among the Owner,Contractor,and Surety reasonable promptness,the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on wry to discuss the Contractor's performance. If the Owner does not this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its days after receipt of the Owner's notice, request such a obligations under this Bond,and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference,the Owner any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided r shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference in Paragraph 5.4,and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has requested under this Paragraph 3.1 shall be held within ten (10) denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner business days of the Surety's receipt of the Owner's notice. If the shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. Owner, the Contractor, and the Surety agree,the Contractor shall ow be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction 7. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, then Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than right,if any,subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than MW 3.2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to the the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety;and commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price, the Surety is obligated,without duplication for: 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction 7.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; Construction Contract. 7.2 additional legal, design professional, and delay costs 4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice resulting from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5;and with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations, or release the a,F Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety 73 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are demonstrates actual prejudice. specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. 5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the g. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the following actions: Surety's liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for Owner,to perform and complete the Construction Contract; obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract,and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or 5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of Contract itself,through its agents or independent contractors; action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs,executors,administrators,successors,and assigns. 5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for 10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including •® performance and completion of the Construction Contract, changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner subcontracts,purchase orders,and other obligations. and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a 11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within EJCDC C-610—Performance Bond Published December 2010 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 ,. SECTION 00610 .-- PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACTOR(name and address): SURETY(name and address of principal place of business): 4eAl OWNER(name and address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description (name and location): BOND Bond Number: ° Date(not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: ❑ None ❑ See Paragraph 16 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY (seal) (seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature(attach power of attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature 4 Title Title Notes: (1)Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties,such as joint venturers. (2)Any singular reference to Contractor,Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. 44 EJCDC C-610—Performance Bond Published December 2010 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. qP Page 1 �w ae Approved as to Form: " City Solicitor Address for giving notices: (If Owner is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign. If Owner is a public body, attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of this Agreement.) XR in EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. Page 9 of 9 �A MW IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement. Counterparts have ow been delivered to Owner and Contractor. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or have been identified by Owner and Contractor or on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). OWNER: CONTRACTOR „ By: David Narkewicz By: MW Title:Mayor of the City of Northampton Title: (If Contractor is a corporation, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.) Board of Public Works Attest: City of Northampton, Massachusetts (OWNER) Title: Terry Culhane, Chair Address for giving notices: Rosemary Schmidt,Vice Chair Mary(MJ)Adams, Member License No.: (Where applicable) David W. Shearer, Member Agent for service of process: Gary hartwell, Member Michael Parsons, Member Chris Hellman, Member Approved as to availability of appropriation: City Auditor EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. Page 8 of 9 ws 1. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the Contract execution; 2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and 4. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. Page 7 of 9 B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—MISCELLANEOUS 10.01 Terms A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. ow 10.02 Assignment of Contract .w A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may no not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 10.03 Successors and Assigns A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 10.04 Severability A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any .� Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Contractor's Certifications A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive „ practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 10.05: aw 1W EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. Page 6 of 9 ow ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement(pages 1 to 7, inclusive). 2. Performance bond(pages 00610-1 to 00610-3, inclusive). 3. Payment bond(pages 00620-1 to 00620-3, inclusive). 4. Other bonds(pages to , inclusive). a. (pages to , inclusive). a� b. (pages to , inclusive). c. (pages to , inclusive). 5. General Conditions(pages C-700 -1 to C-700 -62, inclusive). 6. Supplementary Conditions (pages 00800-1 to SC-41-1, inclusive). 7. Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual. 8. Drawings consisting of 23 sheets with each sheet bearing the following general title: City of Northampton, MA Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning. 9. Addenda(numbers to , inclusive). 10. Exhibits to this Agreement(enumerated as follows): a. Contractor's Bid(pages to , inclusive). b. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award (pages to inclusive). C. [List other required attachments (if any), such as documents required by funding or lending agencies]. 11. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed(pages to , inclusive). b. Work Change Directives. c. Change Orders. EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. +w Page 5 of 9 ARTICLE 8—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 8.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Agreement, Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost,progress, and performance of the Work. C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost,progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities), if any, that have been identified in Paragraph SC-4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data," and (2) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in Paragraph SC-4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data." E. Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings .� identified in the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2)the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Contract Documents; and (3) Contractor's safety precautions and programs. F. Based on the information and observations referred to in Paragraph 8.01.E above, Contractor does not consider that further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. W G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor. .. I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. MW OW EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. Page 4 of 9 MW *� ARTICLE 6—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment on or about the last day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph 6.02.A.1 below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer may determine or Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with Paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions: a. 95 percent of Work completed(with the balance being retainage); and b. 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being retainage). 2. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 98 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts as Engineer shall determine in accordance with Paragraph 14.023.5 of the General Conditions. No interest will be paid to the Contractor on retainage funds. Retainage will be release on successful completion of the Correction Period. 6.03 Final Payment A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 7—INTEREST 7.01 All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall bear interest at the rate of 5 percent per annum. EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. lAl Page 3 of 9 4.02 Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment A. The outside Work which involves loam and seeding as part of its restoration including but not limited to: the demolition and restoration of the leachate equalization lagoons; removal of the Underground Storage Tank and restoration of that area; the installation of the underdrain system behind the Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant; the removal of the effluent pump station; and demolishing and restoring the area around the well will be substantially completed within 30 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. B. The Work associated with the Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant roof will be substantially completed within 90 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions C. The reminder of the Work will be substantially completed within 120 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. D. All Work will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within 150 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 4.03 Liquidated Damages A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 4.01 above and that Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay Owner $1000 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 above for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner $1000 for .. each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 above for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. ARTICLE 5—CONTRACT PRICE 5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract . Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to Paragraphs 5.0l.A, 5.01.B, and 5.01.0 below: A. For all Work, at the prices stated in Contractor's Bid, attached hereto as an exhibit. EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright©2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. Page 2 of 9 , SECTION 00510 SUGGESTED FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (STIPULATED PRICE) THIS AGREEMENT is by and between ("Owner") and ("Contractor"). Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I —WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: Decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant. Major items included in this work include, but are not limited to, demolishing existing treatment equipment " and tanks (fiberglass and metal); backfilling and re-grading the leachate equalization lagoons; demolishing the effluent pump station; decommissioning a non-potable water well; removing a fuel oil Underground Storage Tank; installing a new emergency power generator; installing a new roof, and making modifications to the treatment building. ARTICLE 2—THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: City of Northampton, MA; Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning ARTICLE 3 —ENGINEER 3.01 The Project has been designed by Wright-Pierce (Engineer), which is to act as Owner's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT TIMES 4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. EJCDC C-520 Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract(Stipulated Price) Copyright C 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 9 PENAL SUM FORM .w 1. Bidder and Surety,jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, aw and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. Payment of the penal sum is the extent of Bidder's and Surety's liability. Recovery of such penal sum under the terms of this Bond shall be Owner's sole and exclusive remedy upon default of Bidder. 2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents. 3. This obligation shall be null and void i£ .W 3.1 Owner accepts Bidder's Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents, or 1W 3.2 All Bids are rejected by Owner, or 3.3 Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required by Paragraph 5 hereof). 4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default of Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due. a° 5. Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award aw including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from Bid due date without Surety's written consent. 6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default ..� required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after Bid due date. 7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located. am 8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier, or by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be deemed to be effective •w upon receipt by the party concerned. 9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer, agent, or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal, and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby. 10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect. 11. The term "Bid"as used herein includes a Bid, offer, or proposal as applicable. EJCDC C430 Bid Bond(Penal Sum Form) Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 of 2 PENAL SUM FORM SECTION 00410 BID BOND Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. BIDDER (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): BID Bid Due Date: Description (Project Name and Include Location): BOND Bond Number: Date (Not earlier than Bid due date): Penal sum $ (Words) (Figures) Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. BIDDER SURETY (Seal) (Seal) Bidder's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature (Attach Power of Attorney) w Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title Note:Above addresses are to be used for giving any required notice. Provide execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary. EJCDC C-430 Bid Bond(Penal Sum Form) Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 2 MW 00406-1 a■ SECTION 00406 COMPLIANCE STATEMENT EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 Date: This statement relates to a proposed contract with the who expects to finance the contract with assistance from an agency of agencies of the United States Government. I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that----- 1. I ( ) have, ( ) have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to Executive Order 11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. 2. If I have participated in such a contract or subcontract, I ( ) have, ( ) have not, filed all compliance reports that I have been required to file in connection with the contract or subcontract. I understand that if I have failed to file any compliance reports that have been required of me, I am not eligible and will not be eligible to have my bid considered or to enter into the proposed °? contract unless and until I make an arrangement regarding such reports that is satisfactory to the office where the reports are required to be filed. Signature of Bidder or Prospective Contractor Address: Street, P.O. Box, etc. City, State and Zip Code (This page to be completed by the Bidder and submitted with his Bid Form) END OF SECTION 12359 00405-3 EXPERIENCE STATEMENT Do you grant the Engineer permission to contact this (these) institutions? _(Yes) (No) Dated at this day of , 20 (Name of Bidder) By State of S Title County of ) being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of and that the answers to the foregoing (Name of Organization) questions and all statements contained therein are true and correct. Sworn to before me this day of , 20 (Notary Public) My commission expires END OF SECTION 12359 00405-2 EXPERIENCE STATEMENT 9. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you?_(Yes) (No) If so, where and why? .. 10. Have you ever defaulted on a contract?_(Yes) (No). If so, where and why? .R 11. List the more important contracts recently executed by your company, stating approximate cost for each, and the month and year completed. OW 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. OW 13. List your key personnel such as Project Superintendent and foremen available for this contract. OW 14. List any subcontractors whom you would expect to use and the general components of OW the Project (e.g. Electrical, Plumbing, HVAC, etc.) for which they will be responsible. Indicate other projects on which the proposed subcontractor has worked with you. .W 15. Name and address of banking institutions with whom you do business. 12359 �** 00405-1 SECTION 00405 EXPERIENCE STATEMENT(FA) All questions must be answered with clear and comprehensive data; if necessary, add additional pages. This statement must be notarized. 1. Name of Bidder. 2. Permanent Main Office address. 3. When organized. 4. Where incorporated. 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present *� firm name? Also state names and dates of previous firm names, if any. 6. State work of a similar nature to that stated in the Bid Proposal, including references that will assist the Owner to judge experience, skill and business standing: 7. Contracts on hand. (Schedule these, showing gross amount of each contract and the approximate anticipated dates of completion.) 8. General character of work performed by your company. 12359 00306-6 FORM FOR SUB-BID 12359 00306-5 FORM FOR SUB-BID RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED on , 20_ An Individual: By(Individual's Signature) (SEAL) (Print Individual's Name) doing business as Business address: A Partnership: By (Authroized Signature) (SEAL) (Print Partner's and Firm Name) Business address: A Corporation: By (Authorized Signature) (Corporate Seal) �• (Print Name and Title of Person Authorized to Sign) (Corporation Name) (State of Incorporation) Attest(Secretary) Business address: A Joint Venture By(Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: By (Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: By (Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above). PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN '! 12359 00306-4 FORM FOR SUB-BID MW K. CERTIFICATIONS MW Pursuant to M.G.L. Ch. 62C, sec. 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I, to my best knowledge and belief, have filed all state tax returns and paid all state taxes required under law. The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed on the work and that he/she will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to Section 44F. The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that there have been no substantial changes in his financial position or business organization other than those changes noted within the application since the applicant's most recent pre-qualification statement. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects .. bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of Section Twenty-nine F of Chapter Twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated hereunder. Social Security Number or Individual or Corporate Name Federal Identification Number (Print or Type) For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) Signatures for Joint Ventures For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) 12359 �'gi 00306-3 FORM FOR SUB-BID statement summarizing the Sub-Bidder's record for the period between the latest certification and the date the bid is submitted. Sub-bidder shall also submit a Bid Security accompanying this Bid in the amount of 5 percent of the Bid. The Bid Security shall be sealed in a separate envelope from the Bid and then attached to the envelope containing the Bid. I. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his/her qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of the general contractor and architect/engineer on which you served as a sub-contractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building/project. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract r (a) (b) (c) 4. Bank reference J. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: (a) Bid Security (Section 00410 - Bid Bond) (b) Experience Statement (Section 00405)with supporting data (c) DCAM Certificate of Eligibility (d) DCAM Update Statement (e) Certificate of Authority to Sign 12359 ow 00306-2 FORM FOR SUB-BID MW C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except ®` ( ) may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders, insert "X" in one parenthesis only and fill in blank following that parenthesis. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) D. The undersigned agrees that, if he/she is selected as a sub-bidder, he/she will, within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder .� a sub-contract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefore, furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. MW E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the ,.. provisions of the section of the specification for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his/her own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each „ such class of work or part thereof and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: NAME CLASS OF WORK BID PRICE (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by the undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids; based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the .. amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the general contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him/her all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. Sub-bidder shall submit a copy of their Certificate of Eligibility from the Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management (DCAM) for the Sub-Bid category, and an update 12359 00306-1 SECTION 00306 BID FORM FOR SUB-BID CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: By (Contractor Name): (Address for Giving Notice): (Telephone): (FAX): A. Sub-Bid Price: Subbid category: (Subbidders, insert name of sub-bid category in blank above, i.e. masonry, electrical, etc. as appropriate.) The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications, and addenda, all the work specified in Section Nos. of the Specifications and in all Plans specified in such Sections, prepared by Wright- Pierce, for the Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning in the Northampton, Massachusetts for the contract sum o£ Dollars (in words) $ (in figures). B. This sub-bid includes addenda: Number Dated 12359 I 00302-1 MM, SECTION 00302 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN w At a duly authorized meeting of the Board of Directors of (Company Name) held on , at which all the Directors were present or waived notice, it was voted (Date) (Officer) that , (Officer Names) of this Company, be and he/she/they hereby is/are authorized to execute Bidding Document, Contracts and Bonds in the name and on behalf of said Company, and affix its corporate seal thereto, and such execution of any contract or obligation in this Company's name on its behalf by such under seal of the Company shall be valid and binding upon this Company. (Officer title) I hereby certify that the above vote has not been amended or rescinded and remains in full effect as of this date A true copy, ATTEST Ix Clerk (Corporate Seal) (General Bidders and Sub-Bidders shall complete and submit this Form or a similar Form as proof of Authority to Sign) l 12359 00300-6 FORM FOR GENERAL BID RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED on , 20 An Individual: By (Individual's Signature) (SEAL) aw (Print Individual's Name) doing business as �* Business address: A Partnership: By (Authooized Signature) (SEAL) .. (Print Partner's and Firm Name) Business address: A Corporation: By (Authorized Signature) (Corporate Seal) (Print Name and Title of Person Authorized to Sign) .e (Corporation Name) (State of Incorporation) Attest (Secretary) Business address: A Joint Venture By (Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: By (Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: By(Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above). PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN 12359 00300-5 FORM FOR GENERAL BID CERTIFICATIONS Pursuant to M.G.L. Ch. 62C, sec. 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I, to my best knowledge and belief, have filed all state tax returns and paid all state taxes required under law. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section forty-four A. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of Section Twenty-nine F of Chapter Twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Social Security Number or Individual or Corporate Name Federal Identification Number (Print or Type) For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) Signatures for Joint Ventures For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) ' 12359 MW 00300-4 FORM FOR GENERAL BID MW pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the OWNER will hold the selected Contractor strictly liable for all such damages and any other damages, costs, expenses or liabilities sustained or incurred by the OWNER arising out of such delays, as further provided in MW the Agreement, or for any delay in achieving any other milestones set forth in the Contract Documents in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The undersigned accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time in the amount of $1,000 per day after substantial completion time limits and $1,000 per day after final completion time limits. In accordance with the above understanding, the undersigned proposes to perform the Work, furnish all materials and complete the work in its entirety in the manner and under the conditions required. The OWNER shall select the low responsive and responsible bidder based on the Base Bid and available funding. " The undersigned agrees that extra work, if any, will be performed in accordance with Article 10 of the General Conditions of the Contract and will be paid for in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions of the Contract. The bidding and award of this Contract will be in accordance with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Sections MW 44A - 44J. The undersigned must furnish a 100 percent Performance Bond and a 100 percent Payment Bond with a surety company acceptable to OWNER. Where indicated for amounts to be shown in both words and figures, in case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: (a) Bid Security (Section 00410 - Bid Bond) (b) Experience Statement(Section 00405) with supporting data (c) DCAM Certificate of Eligibility (d) DCAM Update Statement (e) Certificate of Authority to Sign 12359 Im 00300-3 IF FORM FOR GENERAL BID conform thereto. E. The undersigned agrees that, if he is. selected as general contractor, he will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the awarding authority, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials or payment bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority and each in the sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the general contractor and are included in the contract price. The undersigned declares that the only persons or parties interested in this Bid as principals are as stated; that the Bid is made without any collusion with other persons, firms, or corporations; that all, the Contract Documents as prepared by Wright-Pierce, 40 Shattuck Road Suit 305, Andover, MA 01810 and dated May 2012 have been carefully examined; that the undersigned is fully informed in regard to all conditions pertaining to the Work and the place where it is to be done, and from them the undersigned makes this Bid. These prices shall cover all expenses incurred in performing the Work required under the Contract Documents, of which this Bid Form is a part. The time period for holding bids, where Federal approval is not required is 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of bids. The Bid Security accompanying this Bid shall be in the amount of 5 percent of the Bid. The Bid Security shall be sealed in a separate envelope from the Bid and then attached to the envelope containing the Bid. If a Notice of Award accompanied by at least six unsigned copies of the Agreement and all other applicable Contract Documents is delivered to the undersigned within thirty days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays after the actual date of the opening of the General Bids, the undersigned will within five days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, after the date of receipt of such notification, execute and return all copies of the Agreement and all other applicable Contract Documents to OWNER. The premiums for all Bonds required shall be paid by CONTRACTOR and shall be included in the Contract Price. The undersigned Bidder further agrees that the Bid Security accompanying this Bid shall become the property of OWNER if the Bidder fails to execute the Agreement as stated above. The undersigned hereby agrees that the Contract Time shall commence twenty days following the Effective Date of the Agreement and that the Work will be substantially complete and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General and Supplementary Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. Work will be substantially complete within 120 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General and Supplementary Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment within 150 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. The undersigned further understands that delays in completion of the Work will cause the OWNER to suffer damages and incur substantial costs, and will expose the OWNER to other substantial liabilities, and that if the selected Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to achieve Substantial Completion or final completion of the Work within the times specified above, as such times may be extended 12359 .w 00300-2 FORM FOR GENERAL BID Item 1. The work of the General Contractor, being all work other than that covered by Item 2. Item Quantity Brief Description of Item Unit Bid Amount No. with Unit Bid Price in Words In Figures In Figures IA 1 LS Decommission Leachate Treatment Plant, complete with all appurtenances, except unit price items listed below. The Sum of$ Per Lump Sum TOTAL ITEM 1 The Sum of$ Per Lump Sum * Indeterminate quantities assumed for comparison of bids. Quantities are not guaranteed. Payment will be based on actual quantities constructed. Item 2. — Sub-Bids as follows: Amount Bonds Req'd Sub-trade Name of Sub-Bidder (in figures) Yes or No 2A. Roofing and flashing $ Yes 2B. Electrical $ Yes TOTAL ITEM 2 The Sum of$ .. (in words) (in figures) The undersigned agrees that each of the above named sub-bidders will be used for the work indicated at the amount stated, unless a substitution is made. The undersigned further agrees to pay the premiums for the performance and payment bonds furnished by sub-bidders as requested herein and that all of the cost of all such premiums is included in the amount set forth in Item 1 of this bid. The undersigned agrees that if he is selected as general contractor, he will promptly confer with the awarding authority on the question of sub-bidders; and that the awarding authority may substitute for any sub-bid listed above a sub-bid filed with the awarding authority by another sub-bidder for the sub-trade against whose standing and ability the undersigned makes no objection; and that the undersigned will use all such finally selected sub-bidders at the amounts named in their respective sub-bids and be in every way as responsible for them and their work as aw if they had been originally named in this general bid, the total contract price being adjusted to 12359 .w VM O 00300-1 SECTION 00300 FORM FOR GENERAL BID CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING The following Bid is submitted to: City of Northampton Department of Public Works 125 Locust Street Northampton Massachusetts 01060 By (Contractor Name): (Address for Giving Notice): (Telephone): (FAX): A. The Undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING in Northampton, Massachusetts, in accordance with the accompanying plans and specifications prepared by Wright-Pierce for the contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications. B. This bid includes addenda Number Dated C. The proposed contract price for the Bid including Bid Items 1 and 2 complete is dollars ($ )• aR (in Words) (in Figures) D. The subdivision of the proposed contract price is as follows: 12359 •w 00100-13 w INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS in B. Pursuant to Section 49A of Chapter 62C of the Massachusetts General Laws, the CONTRACTOR must certify that it has complied with all laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to taxes. ,F C. Pursuant to Section 39R of Chapter 30 of the Massachusetts General Laws, the Contract Documents require the GENERAL CONTRACTOR to make and keep books,records and accounts pertaining to the CONTRACTOR's financial affairs and to file with DCAM and the OWNER the statements and certificates described in said Section 39R. Records and statements required under Section 39R are not public records and are not open to public inspection, but shall be made available as provided in said Section 39R. END OF SECTION +.A *w► s win 12359 .w 00100-12 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 27.01 Applicable provisions of Massachusetts General Laws and Regulations and/or the United States Code and Code of Federal Regulations govern this Contract and any provision in violation of the foregoing shall be deemed null, void and of no effect. Where conflict between Code of Federal Regulations and State Laws and Regulations exist,the more stringent requirement shall apply. 27.02 Minimum Wage Rates as determined by the Commissioner of Department of Workforce Development under the provision of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27D, as amended, apply to this project. It is the responsibility of the contractor, before bid opening, to request if necessary, any additional information on Minimum Wage Rates for those trades people who may be employed for the proposed work under ,. this contract. The State schedule of minimum wage rates is included in the Supplementary Conditions. 27.03 The contractor guarantees that the Work and Services to be performed under the Contract, and all workmanship, materials and equipment performed, furnished, used or installed in the construction of the same shall be free from defects and flaws, and shall be performed and furnished in strict accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and other contract documents, that the strength of all parts of all manufactured equipment shall be adequate and as specified and that the performance test requirements of the Contract shall be fulfilled. This w. guarantee shall be for a period of one year from and after the date of completion and acceptance of the Work as stated in the final estimate. If part of the Work is accepted in accordance with that subsection of this AGREEMENT titled "Partial Acceptance", the guarantee for that part of the Work shall be for a period of one year from the date fixed for such acceptance. 27.04 If at any time within the said period of guarantee any part of the Work requires repairing, correction or replacement, the Owner may notify the contractor in writing to make the required repairs,correction or replacements. If the Contractor neglects to commence making such repairs, corrections or replacements to the satisfaction of the Owner within seven (7) days from the date of receipt of such notice, or having commenced fails to prosecute such Work with diligence, the Owner may employ other persons to make said repairs, correction or replacements, and charge the costs, including compensation for additional professional services,to the Contractor. 27.05 Safety: ■W A. This project is subject to the Safety and Health Regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor set forth in Title 29 CFR, Part 1926 and to all subsequent amendments, and to the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries, Division of Industrial Safety `Rules and Regulations for the Prevention of Wr Accidents in Construction Operations' (Chapter 454 CMR 10.00 et seq.). Contractors shall be familiar with the requirements of these regulations. B. Safety provisions for confined space entry shall follow General Industry Standard CFR Title 29 Part "w 1910.146. C. The Successful Bidder shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for ,. Construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL-91-596) and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act(PL-91-54). D. The Successful Bidder shall have a competent person or persons, as required under the Occupational " Safety and Health Act on the Site to inspect the Work and to supervise the conformance of the Work with the regulations of the Act. 27.06 No work, including the startup of equipment, shall be performed before the hour of 7:00 a.m. and after the hour of 5:00 p.m. on weekdays, or on Saturdays or Sundays. 27.07 Additional Massachusetts Requirements: '• A. Representatives of the Commonwealth, the EPA, and any local agencies having a direct interest in the Work shall have access to the Work under this contract wherever it is in preparation or progress and the "" Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. 12359 .. 00100-11 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 21 -SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21.01 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within 5 DAYS thereafter, Successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner. Within ten days thereafter,Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Successful Bidder with a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. ARTICLE 22-SALES AND USE TAXES 22.01 Section 6(f)of Chapter 64 H of the Massachusetts General Laws exempts building materials and supplies to be used in the project from Massachusetts sales tax,and bidders shall not include in their bids any amount therefore. "® The words "building materials and supplies" shall include all materials and supplies consumed, employed or expended in the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling or repair of any building, structure, public highway, bridge or other such public work project, as well as such material and supplies physically incorporated w therein. Said words shall also include rental charges for construction vehicles, equipment and machinery rented specifically for use on the site of the project or while being used exclusively for the transportation of materials for the project. Refer to Paragraph 6.10 of the Supplementary Conditions for additional information. ARTICLE 23 -RETAINAGE 23.01 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 24-CONTRACTS TO BE ASSIGNED Not Used s ARTICLE 25 -PARTNERING Not Used ARTICLE 26-DELETION OF ITEMS 26.01 Owner reserves the right to reduce project scope by the elimination of Bid items,reduction of quantities on .. unit price Bid items, or deleting elements of lump sum Bid items. No adjustment to other Bid items prices will be permitted. In the case of reduction of quantities on unit price items, the unit price will not be adjusted. Such adjustments to project scope will be determined prior to award of the Contract and will be negotiated with the apparent Successful Bidder only. If such negotiations are not satisfactory to Owner,Owner will reject all Bids ARTICLE 27-SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS w� 12359 00100-10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 19.03 In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements,and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. A Bid ow which includes a Bid Price,for any Item,that is abnormally low or high may be rejected as unbalanced. 19.04 In evaluating Bidders, Owner will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 1W 19.05 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. aw 19.06 If the Contract is to be awarded, Owner will award the Contract to the responsible Bidder whose Bid, conforming with all the material terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, is lowest,price and other factors considered. The Basis for Award shall be the Total Bid. my 19.07 All protests arising from the Owner's procurement practices must be submitted to the Owner as soon as practical. Owner will investigate the basis for the protest, seek advice of legal counsel, document all meeting and ow actions, and attempt to resolve the protest promptly and equitably. In the event the protest can not be settled,an appeal may be filed with the Massachusetts Office of Attorney General. 19.08 The OWNER reserves the right to reject a sub-bid on any sub-trade, if less than three such sub-bids were ow received or if it deems that the prices are not reasonable for acceptance without further competition. 19.09 In accordance with Massachusetts General Law, after opening of sub-bids, the OWNER will reject every sub- ow bid which is not accompanied by the required bid deposit or which otherwise does not conform to the statutory requirements, or which is on a form that is not completely filled in, or which is incomplete, conditional or obscure, or which contains any addition not called for; provided, however, that the failure of the OWNER to reject such a sub-bid within such period shall not validate such a sub-bid nor preclude the OWNER from subsequently rejecting it. 'w ARTICLE 20-CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE ow 20.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth Owner's requirements as to performance and payment Bonds and insurance. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed 4W Agreement to Owner,it must be accompanied by such Bonds and insurance certificates. 20.02 Selected Filed Sub-bidders may be required to furnish a performance and payment bond at the request of .w the General Bidder set forth in the general bid form. The performance and payment bond shall be for the benefit of the General Contractor, shall secure the performance of the subcontract by the subcontractor; and shall indemnify and hold harmless the General Contractor and the surety or sureties under the labor and materials or payment bond ow furnished by the General Contractor to the OWNER against(i)any and all loss and expense arising out of any and all claims in connection with the performance of the subcontract which would be required to be paid under the labor and materials or payment bond furnished by the General Contractor to the OWNER and (ii) attorneys' fees in the event that the subcontractor, after notice, fails to assume the defense of and defend such claims. The General Contractor *w shall pay the premiums for the sub-bidder's performance and payment bond from a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority. If the General Bidder requires performance and payment bonds from the Sub-Bidder, the General Bidder shall carry the cost for the o, premiums of such bonds in their General Bid. 12359 00100-9 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on the outside with the notation "BID ENCLOSED - Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning." A mailed Bid „ shall be addressed to City of Northampton,Department of Public Works, 125 Locust Street,Northampton,MA 01060. 15.03 Each Sub-bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope as specified in Paragraph 15.02 above and in addition shall have the name of the Sub-bid category for which it is submitted on the outside of the envelope. Name: [Name of Sub-bidder] Sub-bid for: [Trade] Project: Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning City of Northampton, MA s ARTICLE 16-MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.01 A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. ARTICLE 17-OPENING OF BIDS a 17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to Bid and, unless obviously non-responsive,read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates,if any, will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. ARTICLE 18-BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form,but Owner may,in its sole discretion,release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 19-AWARD OF CONTRACT 19.01 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation,nonconforming,nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. Owner further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to be non-responsible. Owner may also reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. Owner also reserves the w right to waive all informalities not involving price,time,or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. 19.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. 12359 ow 00100-8 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS am 13.07 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid form. The ■. official address of the joint venture must be shown below the signature. 13.08 All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signatures. 13.09 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda,the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid form. Aw 13.10 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 13.11 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. Bidder's state contractor ■s license number for the state of the Project,if any,shall also be shown on the Bid form. ow ARTICLE 14-BASIS OF BID;EVALUATION OF BIDS 14.01 Basis of Bid a A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a lump sum basis for each lump sum item of Work and on a unit price basis for each unit price item of Work,for the Base Bid. a B. The total of all estimated prices will be determined as the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the unit price Bid for the item. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with ow Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved 1W in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. 14.02 The Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for overhead and profit on account of up cash allowances,if any,named in the Contract Documents as provided in Paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 15 -SUBMITTAL OF BID ow 15.01 Each prospective Bidder is furnished one copy of the Bidding Documents including one copy each of the Bid .p form and the Bid Bond. The Bid form is to be completed and submitted with the following: A. The Bid Form in its Entirety. 1W B. Required Bid Security. C. Required Experience Statement(Section 00405)with supporting data. .n D. Signed Compliance Statement(Section 00406). E. Required DCAM Certificate of Eligibility and Update Statement. 4 15.02 A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the '" advertisement or invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project 12359 "" 00100-7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS s guarantee replacement of that equipment in the event of failure. Such bond shall be an Efficiency Guarantee Bond executed on a form to be approved by the OWNER. WR ARTICLE 12-SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS 12.01 If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or No entities to be submitted to Owner in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within five days after Bid opening, submit to Owner a list of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for go which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity if requested by Owner. If Owner or Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity, Owner may, before the Notice of Award is given, request "'M apparent Successful Bidder to submit a substitute, in which case apparent successful bidder shall submit an acceptable substitute,Bidder's bid price will be increased(or decreased)by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and owner may consider such price adjustment in evaluating bids and making the Contract Award. imp 12.02 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors,Suppliers, individuals,or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which Owner or Engineer makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions. a� 12.03 Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 12.04 The bidding and the Award of the Contract shall be in full compliance with Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive. Bids from General Contractors shall be for the complete project as specified and shall include the names of all Filed Sub-Bidders designated in the Bid Form. ARTICLE 13 -PREPARATION OF BID 13.01 The Bid form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies may be obtained from Engineer. 13.02 All blanks on the Bid form shall be completed by printing in ink or by typewriter and the Bid signed. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item listed therein. sir 13.03 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. 13.04 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 13.05 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm must be shown on below the signature. 13.06 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 12359 ow 00100-6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS be forfeited to the OWNER as liquidated damage. The amount forfeited to OWNER shall not exceed the difference between the Bid Price of said Bidder and that of the next lowest responsible and eligible bidder and provided further , that, in case of death, disability, or other unforeseen circumstances affecting the Bidder, such Bid Security may be returned to the Bidder. 8.03 All Bid Securities of Sub-Bidders, except those of the Sub-Bidders named in the General Bids of the three lowest responsible and eligible General Bidders and those of the three lowest responsible and eligible Sub-Bidders for each subtrade, will be returned within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of the General Bids. If the Successful Sub-Bidder fails to execute and deliver a contract with the General Bidder within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Sub-Bidder will be forfeited to the OWNER as liquidated damage. The amount forfeited to OWNER shall not exceed the difference between the Bid Price of said Sub-Bidder and that of the next lowest responsible and eligible sub- bidder and provided further that, in case of death, disability, or other unforeseen circumstances affecting the Bidder, "w such Bid Security may be returned to the Bidder. 8.04 All Bid Securities will be returned on the execution of the Agreement or if no award is made, within sixty •w days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays after the actual date of opening of the General Bids, unless forfeited under the conditions herein stipulated. to ARTICLE 9- CONTRACT TIMES ow 9.01 The number of days within which,or the dates by which,the Work is to be(a)Substantially Completed and(b) also completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement. ■w ARTICLE 10-LIQUIDATED DAMAGES aw 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages,if any,are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 11 - SUBSTITUTE AND"OR-EQUAL"ITEMS .w 11.01 The Contract, if awarded,will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding o` Documents. Procurement standards under M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39M requires specifications be written for competitive bidding by at least three (3) manufacturers or suppliers for each item of material to be furnished under the contract. If three manufacturers or suppliers are not listed, then a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or w� equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Engineer. Application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions and may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 11.02 Whenever a material, article,or piece of equipment is identified by reference to a manufacturer or trade name, it shall be understood that this is referenced for defining the performance of the material, article, or piece of equipment *w and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall be considered. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate all submittals to the Engineer for approval to eliminate any conflicts which might arise due to the use of the "or equal" item. Any additional costs incident to the use of substitute or "or-equal" items will be paid 4W by the Contractor. 11.03 Wherever it is written that an equipment manufacturer must have a specified period of experience with its product, equipment which does not meet the specified experience period can be considered if the equipment supplier "" or manufacturer is willing to provide a bond or cash deposit for the duration of the specified time period which will 12359 ow 00100-5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents,that Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts,errors,ambiguities,and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by Engineer are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. No ARTICLE 5 -PRE-BID CONFERENCE 5.01 A pre-Bid conference will be held for Bidders at the Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant on June 14, 2012, at 10:00 AM. Representatives of Owner and Engineer will be present to discuss the Project. A tour of the Project site will be made during the pre-Bid conference. Engineer will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. ARTICLE 6- SITE AND OTHER AREAS as 6.01 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities,construction equipment,or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. w ARTICLE 7-INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to Engineer in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by 40 Addenda mailed,transmitted by facsimile(FAX)or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without 40 legal effect. 7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify,correct,or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will be issued not later than three working days before the bid opening. Bidders are responsible for 4" determining that they have received all Addenda issued. to ARTICLE 8-BID SECURITY 8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of 5%of Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond on the form attached issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions. 8.02 All Bid Securities of General Bidders except those of the three lowest responsible and eligible General Bidders will be returned within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after opening of the General Bids. The Bid security of the three lowest Bidders will be retained until the successful Bidder has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award,Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will 12359 .. 00100-4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4.05 On request, Owner will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations,investigations,tests,and studies. 4.06 Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general nature of 1W other work that is to be performed at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work for which a Bid is to be submitted. On request, Owner will provide to each Bidder for examination access to or copies of Contract Documents(other than portions thereof related to price)for such other work. , 4.07 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, including any Addenda and the other related data .wl identified in the Bidding Documents; B. visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost,progress,and performance of the Work; C. become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all federal, state,and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost,progress, or performance of the Work; '"` D. carefully study all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site(if any) and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the o Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in Paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and carefully study all reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the Site which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in Paragraph 4.06 o of the General Conditions; E. obtain and carefully study (or assume responsibility for doing so) any additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and so Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means,methods,techniques, sequences,and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly IM required by the Bidding Documents,and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; F. agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, investigations, explorations,tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times go and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; G. become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to .. the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; H. correlate the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, aw reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests,studies,and data with the Bidding Documents; I. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts, effors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder ow discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder; and J. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all aw terms and conditions for the performance of the Work. 4.08 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied ow with every requirement of this Article 4,that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the 12359 ow ■A 00100-3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3.03 In accordance,with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44D,Filed Sub-bids will only be valid when accompanied by (1) a current certificate of eligibility issued by DCAM in the corresponding class of work and a capacity to perform this work and(2)an update statement summarizing the Sub-Bidder's record for the period between the latest DCAM certification and the date the bid is submitted. ARTICLE 4-EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS,OTHER RELATED DATA,AND SITE 4.01 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Bidding Documents. 2. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site(except Underground Facilities)that Engineer has used in preparing the Bidding Documents. B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in Paragraph 4.01.A will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any"technical data"or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. �w 4.02 Underground Facilities A. Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities,including Owner,or others. 4.03 Hazardous Environmental Condition A. The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site,if any,that Engineer has used in preparing the Bidding Documents. B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in Paragraph 4.03.A will be made available by Owner to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph 4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any"technical data"or any other data, interpretations,opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 4.04 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any,and possible changes in the Contract Documents due in to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work appear in Paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. 12359 MW 00100-2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS am ARTICLE 1 -DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. .W A. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. B. Issuing Office--The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the bidding ow procedures are to be administered. Wright-Pierce .. 40 Shattuck Road Suite 305 Telephone: 978-416-8000 M Fax: 978-470-3558 Contact Name:Paul Brinkman,Project Manager E-mail:Paul.Brinkrnan @wriglrt pierce.com no C. Successful Bidder--The lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner(on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided)makes an award. ARTICLE 2 - COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Issuing Office. The deposit will be refunded to each document holder of record who returns a complete set of bidding documents in good condition within 30 days after aw opening of bids. 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids;neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any or responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.03 Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. ARTICLE 3 -QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS a� 3.01 To be considered a responsive Bidder(General or File Sub-bid), the Contractor shall have obtained at least one set of paper plans and specifications from the Engineer(Wright-Pierce). The Bid will not be awarded to a Bidder unless a record for the purchase of at least one set of paper plans and specifications exists in the office of the Engineer. To meet this requirement and to establish the record of purchase, a prospective Bidder must purchase paper plans and specifications using the name that is to appear in the Bid Documents. 3.02 In accordance, with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44D, General Bids will be valid only when accompanied ow by(1)a current certificate of eligibility issued by the Division of Capital Asset Management(DCAM), showing that the General Bidder has the classification of Sewage and Water Treatment Plants, Pumping Stations, and Building Systems and a capacity to perform this work and (2) an update statement summarizing the General Bidder's record for the period between the latest DCAM certification and the date the bid is submitted. or 12359 am g 00100-1 O SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE1 -DEFINED TERMS...................................................................................................................................2 ARTICLE 2-COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS..................................................................................................2 ARTICLE3-QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS.........................................................................................................2 ARTICLE 4-EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS,OTHER RELATED DATA,AND SITE...............3 ARTICLE5-PRE-BID CONFERENCE.......................................................................................................................5 ARTICLE6-SITE AND OTHER AREAS....................................................................................................................5 ARTICLE 7-INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA...............................................................................................5 ARTICLE8-BID SECURITY.......................................................................................................................................5 ARTICLE9-CONTRACT TIMES................................................................................................................................6 ARTICLE10-LIQUIDATED DAMAGES...................................................................................................................6 ARTICLE 11 -SUBSTITUTE AND"OR-EQUAL"ITEMS........................................................................................6 ARTICLE 12-SUBCONTRACTORS,SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS........................................................................7 ARTICLE13 -PREPARATION OF BID.......................................................................................................................7 ARTICLE 14-BASIS OF BID;EVALUATION OF BIDS..........................................................................................8 ARTICLE15-SUBMITTAL OF BID...........................................................................................................................8 ARTICLE 16-MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID.............................................................................9 ARTICLE17-OPENING OF BIDS...............................................................................................................................9 ARTICLE 18-BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE............................................................................9 ARTICLE19-AWARD OF CONTRACT....................................................................................................................9 ARTICLE 20-CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE....................................................................................10 rARTICLE 21 -SIGNING OF AGREEMENT................................................................................................................11 ARTICLE22-SALES AND USE TAXES....................................................................................................................11 ARTICLE23 -RETAINAGE..........................................................................................................................................I 1 ARTICLE24-CONTRACTS TO BE ASSIGNED........................................:..............................................................11 ARTICLE25 -PARTNERING.......................................................................................................................................11 ARTICLE26-DELETION OF ITEMS.........................................................................................................................1 I ARTICLE 27-SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................................11 12359 00020-3 BID ADVERTISEMENT A pre-Bid conference will be held at The Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant, Northampton, MA 01060 on June 14, 2012 at 10:00 AM. A tour of the Project site will be made at that conference. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informality in or to reject any or all Bids if deemed to be in its best interest. CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS END OF SECTION 12359 Aw 00020-2 BID ADVERTISEMENT wr Each General Bid and Sub-bid shall be submitted in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and shall be accompanied by a Bid Security in the amount of 5 percent of the Bid. The following Im filed Sub-bids are required for this work: Roofing and Flashing ,w Electrical .W No Bidder may withdraw his Bid for a period of thirty (30) days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays after the actual date of the opening of the General Bids. This advertisement does not obligate the Owner for any costs associated with preparing or submitting bids. The successful General Bidder must furnish a 100 percent Performance Bond and a 100 percent Payment Bond with a surety company acceptable to the Owner. Minimum wage rates as determined by the Commissioner of Department of Workforce aw Development under the provisions of M.G.L., Chapter 149, Section 26 to 27D, as amended, apply to this project. It is the responsibility of the contractor, before bid opening, to request if necessary, any additional information on Prevailing Wage Rates for those trades people who may •w be employed for the proposed work under this contract. Contract Documents may be examined and/or obtained at the office of the Wright-Pierce, 40 aw Shattuck Road, Suite 305, Andover, MA 01810, telephone 978-416-8000. Contract Documents may also be examined at the City of Northampton Department of Public Works 125 Locust Street, Northampton, MA 01060; after June 6, 2012. The Contract Documents are available for viewing electronically through McGraw-Hill Construction at www.dodgeplans.construction.com. For project information and plan and specification purchasing instructions, please go to www.wright-pierce.com. A deposit of$150 in cash or check, payable to Wright-Pierce, will be required for each set of the Contract Documents. A refund of the deposit will be made for Documents returned in good condition within 30 calendar days after the Bids are received. Bidders will be furnished one set of Contract Documents for the deposit specified. Additional sets may be purchased at the above price. No deposit refund will be given for the return of additional sets. Bidders requesting Contract Documents by mail shall include a separate non-refundable check payable to Wright-Pierce in the amount of$50 per set to cover costs of handling and mailing. To be considered a responsive Bidder,the Contractor shall have obtained at least one set of paper plans and specifications from the Engineer(Wright-Pierce). The Bid will not be awarded to a Bidder unless a record for the request of at least one set of paper plans and specifications exists in the office of the Engineer. To meet this requirement and to establish the record of request, a prospective Bidder must obtain paper plans and specifications using the name that is to appear in the Bid Documents. 12359 40 00020-1 w SECTION 00020 BID ADVERTISEMENT CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING The City of Northampton is seeking bids for the "Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning". Sealed Bids for the General Contract will be received from General Contractors for the work associated with the "Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning" project at the City of Northampton, Department of Public Works, 125 Locust Street, Northampton, MA 01060 until 2:00 PM. on July 10, 2012 and at that time and place bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. Sealed bids for the Filed Sub-Contracts, designated herein, will be received from certified Subcontractors for the construction of Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning Project at the City of Northampton, Department of Public Works, 125 Locust Street, Northampton, MA 01060 until 2:00 PM. on June 20, 2012 and at that time and place bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. The work consists of decommissioning the City of Northampton's Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant. Major items included in this work will include, but are not limited to, demolishing existing treatment equipment and tanks (fiberglass and metal); Demolishing, backfilling and re- grading the Leachate Equalization lagoons; demolishing the effluent pump station; decommissioning a non-potable water well; removing a fuel oil Underground Storage Tank; installing a new emergency power generator; installing a new roof, and making minor modifications to the building. The time for completion of this Contract is 150 calendar days. The bidding and award of this Contract will be under the provisions of M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44A-44J. Complete instructions for filing Bids and Sub-Bids are included in the Instructions to Bidders. In accordance, with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44D, General Bids will be valid only when accompanied by; (1) a current certificate of eligibility issued by the Division of Capital Asset Management (DCAM), showing that the General Bidder has the classification of Sewage and Water Treatment Plants, Pumping Stations, General Building Construction and a capacity to perform this work and (2) an update statement summarizing the General Bidder's record for the period between the latest DCAM certification and the date the bid is submitted. In accordance with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44D, Filed Sub-bids will be valid only when accompanied by; (1) a current certificate of eligibility issued by the DCAM, showing that the Sub-Bidder has the corresponding category of work and a capacity to perform this work and (2) an update statement summarizing the Sub-Bidder's record for the period between the latest DCAM certification and the date the Sub-bid is submitted. 12359 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) SECTION TITLE DIVISION 9 -FINISHES 09900 Painting DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15061 Steel Pipe and Fittings 15063 Copper Pipe and Fittings 15070 Emergency Generator Exhaust Piping 15180 Pipe and equipment Insulation 15400 Plumbing - General 15600 HVAC - General 15604 Automatic Temperature Control (Electric) 15608 Steel Inside Fuel Storage Tank Piping and Equipment 15820 Ventilation Fans 15832 Roof Ventilators 15840 Ductwork and Devices 15862 Dampers 15869 Louvers 15891 Duct Insulation 15907 Testing and Balancing Heating and Ventilating Systems DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16001 Electrical Filed Sub-Bid 16010 Electrical - General 16050 Basic Materials and Methods 16160 Cabinets and Enclosures 16400 Service and Distribution 16620 Standby Power Generator System APPENDIX A Analytical Testing Data of the Contents of the Tank END OF SECTION 12359 or TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) ow SECTION TITLE 01720 Project Record Documents or 01800 Equipment Start-up, Certification, and Operator Training DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK or 02001 Removal and Disposal of Lagoon Sludge 02050 Demolition .w 02055 Demolition and Removal of Underground Storage Tanks (USTs) 02115 Stripping and Stockpiling Topsoil aw 02200 Earthwork 02260 Filter Fabric 02270 Temporary Erosion Control 02401 Dewatering 02485 Loaming& Seeding 02513B Bituminous Concrete Paving 02623 Perforated Pipe 02800 Water Well Construction DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300A Cast-In-Place Concrete .� DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 Unit Masonry DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07002 Roofing Filed Sub-Bid 07220 Roof and Deck Insulation 07531 Single-Ply EPDM Roof(Fully Adhered) 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08360 Sectional Overhead Doors 08710 Finished Hardware 12359 o TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0 -BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00020 Advertisement for Bid 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Form for General Bid 00302 Certificate of Authority to Sign 00306 Form for Sub-Bid 00405 Experience Statement 00406 Compliance Statement 00410 Bid Bond 00510 Agreement • 00610 Performance Bond 00620 Payment Bond 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00810 Notice of Award 00820 Notice to Proceed 00836 Contractor's Affidavit 00837 Contractor's Release 00838 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00839 Waiver of Lien - Materials and Labor 00840 Work Change Directive 00842 Change Order 00844 Application for Payment DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01045 Cutting and Patching 01050 Coordination 01150A Measurement and Payment 01200 Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedules 01320 Safety and Health Plan 01340 Submittals 01370 Schedule of Values 01380 Preconstruction Photos 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01562 Dust Control 01710 Project Cleaning 12359 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING MAY 2012 �,tNOFM o�C R ER T E �w IV /STEa �o.ZG�1 * Prepared By: Wright-Pierce 40 Shattuck Road,Suite 305 Andover,MA 01810 Phone: 978-416-8000 Fax: 978-470-3558 J Photo #3 - South Lagoon; north section n v O Photo #4—North Lagoon Photos of the partially dewatered lagoons are as follows: Photo #1 - South Lagoon; south section -M AT- "MON MI ........... .......... 4 Photo #2- South Lagoon; center section ON ADDENDUM NO.3 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON,MA LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING PROJECT As a point of clarification, it should be understood that the Contract Documents govern all aspects of the project. Informal discussions held during the Pre-Bid Conference, via e-mail, or over the telephone are informational only. All official changes to the Contract Documents are made only by addenda. The following changes and additional information are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. QUESTION A question was received from a plan-holder on June 29, 2012. 1) Is there any sludge in the outside lagoons? 2) If there is: a. forward the analytical data so we know disposal requirements b. Anticipated depth/volume of the sludge (similar to interior tanks where they told you what to assume for removal). ANSWER 1) There are residuals contained within the outside lagoons. Contractors shall review the photographs contained in this addendum. 2) The lagoons have not received leachate for over ten years. The residuals contained within the lagoons are a combination of their original usage as well as their abandonment and exposure to the environment in the vicinity of the project site. Organic materials such as leaves, grass and other debris are likely associated with the residuals. a. Analytical data for plant residuals are contained in the Contract Documents. Specific samples were not acquired relative to the materials in the outside lagoons. It is anticipated that Contractors will dispose of these materials in a similar manner to the other residuals within the facility. Contractors are instructed to consider the provided sample analysis in their costs for handling and disposal. b. The volume of dewatered material from lagoons is estimated at approximately 100 cubic yards. V ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MA LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING PROJECT July 2012 PREPARED BY: WRIGHT-PIERCE 40 Shattuck Road, Suite 305 Andover, MA 01810 00407-2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXPERIENCE STATEMENT 9. Has Electrical Contractor ever defaulted on a contract? (Yes) _(No). If so, where and why? .............--.......................--........ 10, List the more important contracts recently executed by Electrical Contractor, stating approximate cost for each, and the month and year completed. ............................... ..........11........... 11, List your major equipment available for this contract. .............................................................- ....................... 12, List key electrical personnel such as Project Superintendent and foremen available for this contract. ......................................... ................. 12359 00407-1 SECTION 00407 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXPERIENCE STATEMENT (FA) All questions must be answered with clear and comprehensive data; if necessary, add additional pages. 1. Name of Electrical Contractor. 2. Permanent Main Office address. 3. When organized. 4. Where incorporated. How many years has the electrical contracting business been under the present firm name? Also state names and dates of previous firm names, if any. 6. State work of a similar nature to that stated in the Bid Proposal, including references that will assist the Owner to judge experience, skill and business standing: 7. Contracts on hand. (Schedule these, showing gross amount of each contract and the approximate anticipated dates of completion.) 8. Has Electrical Contractor ever failed to complete any work awarded?_(Yes) �(No) If so, where and why? 12359 R ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MA LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING PROJECT ATTACHMENT 1 t 2. General Contractors are directed to complete the Electrical Contractor Experience Statement form in Attachment 1, consisting of two pages. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 00020, Bid Advertisement, DELETE "Sealed Bids for the General Contract will be received from General Contractors for the work associated with the "Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning" project at the City of Northampton, Department of Public Works, 125 Locust Street, Northampton, MA 01060 until 2:00 PM. on July 10, 2012 and at that time and place bids will be publicly opened and read aloud." and REPLACE with "Sealed Bids for the General Contract will be received from General Contractors for the work associated with the "Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning" project at the City of Northampton, Department of Public Works, 125 Locust Street, Northampton, MA 01060 until 2:00 PM.on July 12,2012 and at that time and place bids will'be publicly opened and read aloud." 2. Section 00407 - Electrical Contractor Experience Statement. ADD the new specification section 00407, included as Attachment 1 and consisting of two pages. ADDENDUM NO.2 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON,MA LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING PROJECT As a point of clarification, it should be understood that the Contract Documents govern all aspects of the project. Informal discussions held during the Pre-Bid Conference, via e-mail, or over the telephone are informational only. All official changes to the Contract Documents are made only by addenda. The following changes and additional information are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. FILED SUB-BID RESULTS Filed sub-bid were opened on June 20, 2012 at 2:00 PM. The official filed sub-bid results are: Contractor Bid Amount Restrictions Electrical None Received Roofing and Flashing Capeway Roofing Systems, Inc. $84,100.00 None 664 Sanford Road Westport, MA 02790 (508674-0800,____ F Rockwell Roofing, Inc. $89,000.00 ` None 44 Pond Street Leominster, MA 01453 i (978)537-7825 R.C.I. Roofing LLP $104,600.00 None 6 Line Street Southampton, MA 01073 (413)527-4775 Belcour Corp. $128,200.00 Builder Systems (excluded) P.O. Box 813 99 Front Street Woonsocket, RI 02895 1)762-4695 ? L No filed sub-bids were received for the work associated with Sub-trade 2B. Electrical. General Contractors are instructed to include the cost of the work associated with the Sub-trade 2B. Electrical an amount to cover all the work required for the Sub-trade. General Contractors are directed to enter a value of$0,00 for item 2B on the Form for General Bid and include all Electrical costs within their work under Bid Item 1. ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MA LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING PROJECT S` 14 e June 2012 PREPARED BY: WRIGHT-PIERCE 40 Shattuck Road, Suite 305 Andover, MA 01810 S I G.N-I NS1 PRE-BlIv C()N-, Flw,RFN("V ITY CIF]NOWFHAM PTOIN�NUN ----------- ............. Orgallil Na I RV 1111.011V tNoallipt"r t,ax Nurnher uriw Add .. na vc,s ....................... .......... ...<...,..,...... 1, 3,19 12359 Addendum No. I June 15,2012 Page 18 of 18 • The remainder of the Work will be substantially completed within 120 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run; and • All Work will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within 150 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 16. Work hours. Refer to Section 00800. • The Landfill gate is open from 7:00 AM to 3:00 PM. Section 00800 will be changed by addendum to reflect these times. 17. Miscellaneous • Existing utility information on the drawings are based on Record Drawings or information provided by the City. The Contractor should confirm locations of utilities prior to commencing work in any area. Of particular importance is the cell tower UGE line in the east bank of the leachate lagoons. A question was asked if there were drawings of this UGE. The Owner stated "no". During the site tour Wright--Pierce pointed out the potential location of this UGE and noted the contractor would need to do a number of hand dug test pits to definitively locate the utility. • The non-potable well has been assumed to be 100 ft deep with a 6-inch well casing. Contractors shall confirm and notify the Engineer of these dimensions at least two weeks prior to starting work on the well. During the site tour Wright-Pierce pointed out the well and its close proximity to the nearby trees. • Residual liquids and sludge may need to be removed and disposed of from tanks and equipment. See Section 02001. • The tanks, equipment, and media within them (where applicable) must be drained and cleaned prior to their demolition. See Section 02050. • Tanks may have to be disassembled,or cut up to be disposed of • The Contractor should make every effort to recycle or resell equipment, materials, etc. Any value from recycling or resale will be the Contractors. Wright-Pierce emphasized that much of the equipment had very little, if any,use on it. • The Owner will dewater (pump out the existing water) from the equalization lagoons once, at a time to be coordinated with the Contractor. Subsequent dewatering, for whatever reason, will be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner stated that subsequent dewatering must be in compliance with EPA requirements, pumped to the forcemain, and coordinate with the Owner. Lagoon dewatering cannot be pumped onto the ground. • The Contractor shall coordinate the removal of the Underground Storage Tank (UST) with the City of Northampton Fire Department, and shall complete all required permits and paperwork associated with that removal and disposal of the tank, its contents and associated appurtenances. 18. Questions Q: Is there a maximum size allowed for the initial opening that the Contractor can make in the wall to the Records Room? A: Wright-Pierce stated they would confirm and respond in the addendum. (Note, since the meeting Drawing A-1 states that the opening will be approximately 10'-4" wide by 8'-0" tall. The Owner will consider larger openings; however, the Contractor will be responsible for replacing the wall and installing the doors as shown. A plan will need to be submitted during construction that outlines what the Contractor is considering and details how they want to proceed. At that point the Owner and Engineer will make a final decision as to approval of the request or not. All costs associated with these changes will be paid by the Contractor with no additional cost to the Owner. 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 17 of 18 • Installing a new roof(demolishing the existing) • Minor building modifications;and • Other items as described in the Contract Documents. 4. There have been no addenda issued to date for this project. An addendum will be issued following this meeting. 5. The project location is off 170 Glendale Road,located west of the center of the City,off Route 66. 6. Bids must include: • Bid Form • Bid Security(Section 00410-Bid Bond) • Experience Statement(Section 00405)with supporting data • DCAM Certificate of Eligibility • DCAM Update Statement • Certificate of Authority to Sign 7. Bid Dates and Location: • Filed Sub-bids Bid Opening: June 20,2012,2:00 PM • General Contract Bid Opening:July 10,2012,2:00 PM • Bid openings will be conducted at City of Northampton's Department of Public Works, 125 Locust Street, Northampton,MA. 8. The contract, awarded at the City's discretion, is anticipated to occur to within 60 days of the bid opening. Award will be in conformance with the Contract Documents and MGL. See Information for Bidders and Bid sections of Contract Documents. Wright-Pierce noted that this was a mistake and the time for holding bids was 30 days Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after bid opening. 9. Bidders wishing to conduct any additional site visits or subsurface exploration should coordinate with the City of Northampton (Mr. David Veleta). The Bidder shall restore the site to its former condition upon completion. The Bidder shall provide evidence of insurance coverage suitable to the Owner and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer from and against all damages and injuries related to such use of the site. Refer to Section 00100. 10. Prospective bidders should familiarize themselves with coordination requirements pertaining to the organization listed below. Refer to Sections 01010A and 01050. • City of Northampton • Utility Companies 11. The Engineer is providing a part-time Residential Project Representative (RPR) on-site during aspects of the construction. The Contractor will need to coordinate their schedule with that of the part time RPR. 12. General restrictions related to construction sequencing are discussed in Specification Section 01010A. A construction- sequencing plan must be prepared by the Contractor for review and approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor must maintain back-up power to the Leachate Pump Station at all times throughout the work. 13. All permits shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 14. Plan Holders Lists. Copies of the latest list of Plan Holders are available on Wright-Pierce's web site (www.wriaht- pierce.com),under"Projects to Bid". 15. Substantial/Final Completion. Refer to Section 00510. • Outside Work which involves loam and seeding as part of its restoration will be substantially completed within 30 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run; • Work associated with the Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant roof will be substantially completed within 90 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run; 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 16 of 18 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MA LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING PRE-BID CONFERENCE MEETING MINUTES June 14,2012-10:00 am A non-mandatory prebid nieeting was conducted on June]*2012 at 10:00 AM at the Landfill Leachate Treatment plant. Wright-Pierce read the contents of the following agenda to those attending, answered questions and conducted a tour of the site. Identifications Owner: City of Northampton Department of Public Works 125 Locust Street Northampton,MA 01060 Telephone: (413)587-1570 Contacts: David Veleta-Department of Public Works Engineer: Wright-Pierce 40 Shattuck Road Suit 305 Andover,MA 0 18 10 Telephone: (978)416-8000 Contacts: Paul Brinkman Project Manager Rob Steen Lead Project Engineer TBD Resident Project Representative Agenda Items 1. Introductions 2. Objectives: • The purpose of the Pre-Bid Meeting is to provide a general overview of the project and answer questions from potential bidders and sub bidders relating to the Contract Documents. • It is extremely important to note that bids must be based solely on information contained in the Contract Documents, including any addenda. Nothing stated in this meeting modifies the Contract Documents unless it is followed up in the context of an Addendum to the Contract Documents. 3. Overview of Project Scope - Decommissioning the City's landfill leachate wastewater treatment plant. Major items include: • Demolishing existing treatment equipment and tanks(fiberglass and metal); • Demolishing,backfilling, and re-grading the Leachate Equalization Lagoons; • Demolishing the effluent pump station; • Decommissioning a non-potable water well; • Removing a fuel oil Underground Storage Tank; • Installing a new emergency power generator(demolishing the existing); 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 15 of 18 RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED on , 20 An Individual: By(Individual's Signature) (SEAL) (Print Individual's Name) doing business as Business address: A Partnership: By (Authoozed Signature) (SEAL) (Print Partner's and Firm Name) Business address: A Corporation: By (Authorized Signature) (Corporate Seal) (Print Name and Title of Person Authorized to Sign) (Corporation Name) (State of Incorporation} Attest(Secretary) Business address: A Joint Venture By(Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: By (Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: By (Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above). PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 14 of 18 K. CERTIFICATIONS Pursuant to M.G.L. Ch. 62C, sec. 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I, to my best knowledge and belief, have filed all state tax returns and paid all state taxes required under law. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section 44F. The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that there have been no substantial changes in his financial position or business organization other than those changes noted within the application since the applicant's most recent pre-qualification statement. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of Section Twenty-nine F of Chapter Twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated hereunder. Social Security Number or Individual or Corporate Name Federal Identification Number (Print or Type) For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) Signatures for Joint Ventures For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 13 of 18 amount of 5 percent of the Bid. The Bid Security shall be sealed in a separate envelope from the Bid and then attached to the envelope containing the Bid. I. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his/her qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of the general contractor and architect/engineer on which you served as a sub-contractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building/project. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract (a) (b) (c) 4. Bank reference J. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: (a) Bid Security (Section 00410 -Bid Bond) (b) Experience Statement(Section 00405)with supporting data (c) DCAM Certificate of Eligibility (d) DCAM Update Statement (e) Certificate of Authority to Sign 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 12 of 18 C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except ( ) may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders, insert "X" in one parenthesis only and fill in blank following that parenthesis. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) D. The undersigned agrees that, if he/she is selected as a sub-bidder, he/she will, within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a sub-contract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefore, furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specification for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his/her own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereof and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: NAME CLASS OF WORK BID PRICE (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by the undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids; based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the general contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him/her all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. Sub-bidder shall submit a copy of their Certificate of Eligibility from the Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management (DCAM) for the Sub-Bid category, and an update statement summarizing the Sub-Bidder's record for the period between the latest certification and the date the bid is submitted. Sub-bidder shall also submit a Bid Security accompanying this Bid in the 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 11 of 18 00306-1 SECTION 00306 BID FORM FOR SUB-BID CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: By (Contractor Name): (Address for Giving Notice): (Telephone): (FAX): A. Sub-Bid Price: Subbid category: (Subbidders, insert name of sub-bid category in blank above, i.e. masonry, electrical, etc. as appropriate.) The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications, and addenda, all the work specified in Section Nos. of the Specifications and in all Plans specified in such Sections, prepared by Wright-Pierce, for the Landfill Leachate Treatment Plant Decommissioning in the Northampton, Massachusetts for the contract sum of: Dollars (in words) $ (in figures). B. This sub-bid includes addenda: Number Dated 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 10 of 18 � F RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED on , 20 An Individual: By (Individual's Signature) (SEAL) (Print Individual's Name) doing business as Business address: A Partnership: By (Authooized Signature) (SEAL) (Print Partner's and Firm Name) Business address: A Corporation: By (Authorized Signature) (Corporate Seal) (Print Name and Title of Person Authorized to Sign) (Corporation Name) (State of Incorporation) Attest(Secretary) Business address: A Joint Venture By (Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: By(Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: By(Authorized Signature) (SEAL) Business address: (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above). PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 9 of 18 e CERTIFICATIONS Pursuant to M.G.L. Ch. 62C, sec. 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I, to my best knowledge and belief,have filed all state tax returns and paid all state taxes required under law. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section 44A. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of Section Twenty-nine F of Chapter Twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Social Security Number or Individual or Corporate Name Federal Identification Number (Print or Type) For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) Signatures for Joint Ventures For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) For Certifications By: (Signature of Authorized Person) 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 8of18 expenses or liabilities sustained or incurred by the OWNER arising out of such delays, as further provided in the Agreement, or for any delay in achieving any other milestones set forth in the Contract Documents in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The undersigned accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time in the amount of$1,000 per day after substantial completion time limits and $1,000 per day after final completion time limits. In accordance with the above understanding, the undersigned proposes to perform the Work, furnish all materials and complete the work in its entirety in the manner and under the conditions required. The OWNER shall select the low responsive and responsible bidder based on the Base Bid and available funding. The undersigned agrees that extra work, if any, will be performed in accordance with Article 10 of the General Conditions of the Contract and will be paid for in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions of the Contract. The bidding and award of this Contract will be in accordance with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Sections 44A -44J. The undersigned must furnish a 100 percent Performance Bond and a 100 percent Payment Bond with a surety company acceptable to OWNER. Where indicated for amounts to be shown in both words and figures, in case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern. The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: (a) Bid Security (Section 00410 - Bid Bond) (b) Experience Statement(Section 00405)with supporting data (c) DCAM Certificate of Eligibility (d) DCAM Update Statement (e) Certificate of Authority to Sign 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 7 of 18 MMOOMMOW E. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as general contractor, he will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the awarding authority, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials or payment bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority and each in the sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the general contractor and are included in the contract price. The undersigned declares that the only persons or parties interested in this Bid as principals are as stated; that the Bid is made without any collusion with other persons, firms, or corporations; that all, the Contract Documents as prepared by Wright-Pierce, 40 Shattuck Road Suit 305, Andover, MA 01810 and dated May 2012 have been carefully examined; that the undersigned is fully informed in regard to all conditions pertaining to the Work and the place where it is to be done, and from them the undersigned makes this Bid. These prices shall cover all expenses incurred in performing the Work required under the Contract Documents, of which this Bid Form is a part. The time period for holding bids, where Federal approval is not required is 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of bids. The Bid Security accompanying this Bid shall be in the amount of 5 percent of the Bid. The Bid Security shall be sealed in a separate envelope from the Bid and then attached to the envelope containing the Bid. If a Notice of Award accompanied by at least six unsigned copies of the Agreement and all other applicable Contract Documents is delivered to the undersigned within thirty days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays after the actual date of the opening of the General Bids, the undersigned will within five days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, after the date of receipt of such notification, execute and return all copies of the Agreement and all other applicable Contract Documents to OWNER. The premiums for all Bonds required shall be paid by CONTRACTOR and shall be included in the Contract Price. The undersigned Bidder further agrees that the Bid Security accompanying this Bid shall become the property of OWNER if the Bidder fails to execute the Agreement as stated above. The undersigned hereby agrees that the Contract Time shall commence twenty days following the Effective Date of the Agreement and that the Work will be substantially complete and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General and Supplementary Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. Work will be substantially complete within 120 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General and Supplementary Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment within 150 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. The undersigned further understands that delays in completion of the Work will cause the OWNER to suffer damages and incur substantial costs, and will expose the OWNER to other substantial liabilities, and that if the selected Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to achieve Substantial Completion or final completion of the Work within the times specified above, as such times may be extended pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the OWNER will hold the selected Contractor strictly liable for all such damages and any other damages, costs, 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 6 of 18 Item 1. The work of the General Contractor, being all work other than that covered by Item 2. Item Quantity Brief Description of Item Unit Bid Amount No. with Unit Bid Price in Words In Figures In Figures IA 1 LS Decommission Leachate Treatment Plant, complete with all appurtenances, except unit price items listed below. The Sum of$ Per Lump Sum TOTAL ITEM 1 The Sum of$ Per Lump Sum * Indeterminate quantities assumed for comparison of bids. Quantities are not guaranteed. Payment will be based on actual quantities constructed. Item 2. —Sub-Bids as follows: Amount Bonds Req'd Sub-trade Name of Sub-Bidder (in figures) Yes or No 2A. Roofing and flashing $ 2B. Electrical $ TOTAL ITEM 2 The Sum of$ (in words) (in figures) The undersigned agrees that each of the above named sub-bidders will be used for the work indicated at the amount stated, unless a substitution is made. The undersigned further agrees to pay the premiums for the performance and payment bonds furnished by sub-bidders as requested herein and that all of the cost of all such premiums is included in the amount set forth in Item 1 of this bid. The undersigned agrees that if he is selected as general contractor, he will promptly confer with the awarding authority on the question of sub-bidders; and that the awarding authority may substitute for any sub-bid listed above a sub-bid filed with the awarding authority by another sub-bidder for the sub-trade against whose standing and ability the undersigned makes no objection; and that the undersigned will use all such finally selected sub-bidders at the amounts named in their respective sub-bids and be in every way as responsible for them and their work as if they had been originally named in this general bid,the total contract price being adjusted to conform thereto. 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 5 of 18 00300-1 SECTION 00300 FORM FOR GENERAL BID CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING The following Bid is submitted to: City of Northampton Department of Public Works 125 Locust Street Northampton, Massachusetts, 01060 By (Contractor Name): (Address for Giving Notice): (Telephone): (FAX): A. The Undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING in Northampton, Massachusetts, in accordance with the accompanying plans and specifications prepared by Wright-Pierce for the contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications. B. This bid includes addenda Number Dated C. The proposed contract price for the Bid including Bid Items 1 and 2 complete is dollars ($ ). (in Words) (in Figures) D. The subdivision of the proposed contract price is as follows: 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 4 of 18 8. Section 07002, Roofing Filed Sub-bid, Paragraph 1.1.A: DELETE the paragraph in its entirety and REPLACE with "The work of this section requires a filed sub-bid in accordance with Massachusetts General Law, Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44J, inclusive and as amended. The following technical specification sections describe the work to be provided under a single filed sub-bid for the Roofing and Flashing category of work. 07002 - Roofing Filed Sub-Bid 07220 - Roof and deck Insulation 07531 - Single-Ply EPDM Roof(Fully Adhered) 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim DRAWINGS 1. Drawing A-1, Roof Plan Detail: DELETE "Scale:1/8"=V-O" " and REPLACE with " Scale:1/16"=1'-0" ". SIGNIFICANT QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS DURING THE BIDDING PERIOD 1. Q: What DCAM Certificates will be required for this project? A: Refer to Section 00100, Article 3.02, as modified in this addendum. 2. Q: Drawing A-1 has both the Roof Plan Detail and the Floor Plan Detail at the same scale when they are obviously not the same scale? A: The Drawing will be modified by this addendum. 3. Q: Could the DCAM certification for demolition be included in the Contract Documents? A: The DCAM definition for Demolition is as follows: "Demolition.Work customarily performed by a building wrecking contractor including the razing of buildings or parts of buildings, major gutting of buildings or removal of structural elements of a building. The removal of partitions, flooring, windows, etc. incidental to a renovation or remodeling project are not within this category." This project does not fall within this category of work. 4. Q: What type of roof is being installed? A: Refer to the Contract Documents. 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 3 of 18 ADDENDUM NOA CITY OF NORTHAMPTON,MA LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING PROJECT As a point of clarification, it should be understood that the Contract Documents govern all aspects of the project. Informal discussions held during the Pre-Bid Conference, via e-mail, or over the telephone are informational only. All official changes to the Contract Documents are made only by addenda. The following changes and additional information are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 00100, Instructions to Bidders, Article 3.02: DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with "In accordance, with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44D, General Bids will be valid only when accompanied by (1) a current certificate of eligibility issued by the Division of Capital Asset Management (DCAM), showing that the General Bidder has the classification of Sewage and Water Treatment Plants, or General Building Construction and a capacity to perform this work and (2) an update statement summarizing the General Bidder's record for the period between the latest DCAM certification and the date the bid is submitted." 2. Section 00300: DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the attached Form for General Bid 3. Section 00306: DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the attached Form for Sub-Bid 4. Section 00510, Suggested Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor For Construction Contract (Stipulated Price), Page 9 of 9: DELETE the title "City Solicitor" in its entirety and REPLACE with the title "Chief Procurement Officer" 5. Section 00800, Supplementary Conditions, Paragraph SC-6.02, C: DELETE the sentence "Regular working hours are defined as 8 hours per day, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, between the hours of 7:30 AM and 5:00 PM." in its entirety and REPLACE with the sentence "The Landfill is open between 7:00 AM and 3:00 PM. As a result, regular working hours are defined as 8 hours per day, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, between the hours of 7:00 AM and 3:00 PM". 6. Section 02800, Water Well Decommissioning and Demolition, Paragraph 1.3.B.3: ADD the following immediately after the last sentence "At a minimum, Contractors shall confirm and notify the Engineer of these dimensions at least two weeks prior to starting work on the well." 7. Section 02800, Water Well Decommissioning and Demolition, Paragraph 3.LA: ADD the following immediately after the last sentence "Contractor can assume the well casing will remain and not need to be removed. Conform with the specific requirements for the upper portion of the well casing/decommissioned well in the 'Surface Seal' paragraph of the Guidelines." 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 2 of 18 r ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO CITY OF NORTHAMPTON,MA LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING PROJECT June 2012 N0.38482 � PREPARED BY: WRIGHT-PIERCE 40 Shattuck Road, Suit 305 Andover, MA 01810 12359 Addendum No. 1 June 15,2012 Page 1 of 18 IN �J g COPY NO. LANDFILL LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT DECOMMISSIONING NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS WN MAY 2012 12359A WRIGHT-PIERCE -=� '�� Middletown, CT • Andover,MA • Portland,ME Engineering a Better Environment Topsham, ME • Portsmouth, NH • Providence, RI